Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F

 

(Mark One)

 

o

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

OR

 

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019.

 

 

OR

 

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from             to             

 

 

OR

 

 

o

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date of event requiring this shell company report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

 

For the transition period from                       to                        

 

Commission file number: 001-38430

 

OneSmart International Education Group Limited

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s Name Into English)

 

The Cayman Islands

(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

 

Honggang (Greg) Zuo, Chief Financial Officer

165 West Guangfu Road

Putuo District, Shanghai

People’s Republic of China

Telephone: +86-21-5255-9339

Email: greg.zuo@onesmart.org

(Name, Telephone, E-mail, and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Trading Symbol

 

Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered

American depositary shares, each American depositary share representing 40 Class A ordinary shares

 

ONE

 

New York Stock Exchange

Class A ordinary shares, par value US$0.000001 per share*

 

 

 

 

 


*     Not for trading, but only in connection with the listing on the New York Stock Exchange of American depositary shares.

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

None

(Title of Class)

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

 

None

(Title of Class)

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:

 

As of August 31, 2019, there were 6,427,103,843 ordinary shares outstanding, par value US$0.000001 per share, being the sum of 4,130,261,827 Class A ordinary shares and 2,296,842,016 Class B ordinary shares.

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

 

¨ Yes   x No

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

o Yes   x No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

x Yes   o No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

x Yes   o No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer o

 

Accelerated filer x

 

Non-accelerated filer o

 

Emerging growth company x

 

If an emerging growth company that prepare its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. x

 

†The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP x

 

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board
o

 

Other o

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

o Item 17   o Item 18

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

o Yes   x No

 

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.

 


Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

INTRODUCTION

1

 

 

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

2

 

 

 

PART I

 

3

 

 

 

ITEM 1.

IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS - DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

3

 

 

 

ITEM 2.

OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

3

 

 

 

ITEM 3.

KEY INFORMATION

3

 

 

 

ITEM 4.

INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

39

 

 

 

ITEM 4A.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

73

 

 

 

ITEM 5.

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

73

 

 

 

ITEM 6.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

91

 

 

 

ITEM 7.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

101

 

 

 

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

103

 

 

 

ITEM 9.

THE OFFER AND LISTING

103

 

 

 

ITEM 10.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

104

 

 

 

ITEM 11.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

114

 

 

 

ITEM 12.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

115

 

 

 

PART II

 

117

 

 

 

ITEM 13.

DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

117

 

 

 

ITEM 14.

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

117

 

 

 

ITEM 15.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

118

 

 

 

ITEM 16A.

AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

119

 

 

 

ITEM 16B.

CODE OF ETHICS

119

 

 

 

ITEM 16C.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

119

 

 

 

ITEM 16D.

EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

119

 

 

 

ITEM 16E.

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

119

 

 

 

ITEM 16F.

CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

120

 

 

 

ITEM 16G.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

120

 

 

 

ITEM 16H.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

120

 

 

 

PART III

 

121

 

 

 

ITEM 17.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

121

 

 

 

ITEM 18.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

121

 

 

 

ITEM 19.

EXHIBITS

121

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

125

 


Table of Contents

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Except where the context otherwise requires and for purposes of this annual report only, references in this annual report to:

 

·                  “ADSs”  are to our American depositary shares, each of which represents 40 Class A ordinary shares;

 

·                  “ADRs” are to the American depositary receipts that evidence our ADSs;

 

·                  “China” or the “PRC” are to the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for the purposes of this annual report only, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan;

 

·                  each “enrollment,” for the purpose of calculation, are to a student who takes at least one class for one subject in a certain period is treated as one enrollment in the same period. Under this methodology, a student taking at least one class for each of two subjects in a certain period is treated as two enrollments in the same period. The number of students enrolled in our invested schools is not included for this purpose;

 

·                  “ordinary shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, par value US$0.000001 per share;

 

·                  “RMB” and “Renminbi” are to the legal currency of China;

 

·                  “US$,” “U.S. dollars,” “$,” and “dollars” are to the legal currency of the United States; and

 

·                  “we,” “us,” “our company” and “our” are to OneSmart International Education Group Limited, its subsidiaries and its consolidated variable interest entities and the subsidiaries of its consolidated variable interest entities.

 

1


Table of Contents

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This annual report on Form 20-F contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current expectations and views of future events. Known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those listed under “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors,” may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

 

You can identify some of these forward-looking statements by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “is/are likely to,” “potential,” “continue” or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements include statements relating to:

 

·                  our goals and strategies;

 

·                  our future business development, results of operations and financial conditions;

 

·                  the expected growth of the K-12 after-school or overall education industries in China;

 

·                  our expectations regarding demand for and market acceptance of our products and services;

 

·                  our relationships with our students, their parents, our business partners and other stakeholders;

 

·                  competition in our industry; and

 

·                  relevant government policies and regulations relating to our industry.

 

These forward-looking statements involve various risks and uncertainties. Although we believe that our expectations expressed in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, our expectations may later be found to be incorrect. Our actual results could be materially different from our expectations. Important risks and factors that could cause our actual results to be materially different from our expectations are generally set forth in “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors,” “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview,” “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” and other sections in this annual report. You should read thoroughly this annual report and the documents that we refer to with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and worse than what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

This annual report contains certain data and information that we obtained from various government and private publications. Statistical data in these publications also include projections based on a number of assumptions. The K-12 after-school industry or overall education industries may not grow at the rate projected by market data, or at all. Failure of this market to grow at the projected rate may have a material and adverse effect on our business and the market price of our ADSs. In addition, the rapidly evolving nature of the education industry results in significant uncertainties for any projections or estimates relating to the growth prospects or future condition of our market. Furthermore, if any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data are later found to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

 

The forward-looking statements made in this annual report relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this annual report. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should read this annual report and the documents that we refer to in this annual report and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this annual report is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

 

2


Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1.                             IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2.                             OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 3.                             KEY INFORMATION

 

A.                                    Selected Financial Data

 

Our Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 

The following selected consolidated statements of income data for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, selected consolidated balance sheet data as of August 31, 2018 and 2019, and selected consolidated cash flow data for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. The selected consolidated statement of income data for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of August 31, 2016 and 2017 and the selected consolidated cash flow data for the year ended August 31, 2016 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this annual report. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP. Our historical results do not necessarily indicate results expected for any future periods. You should read this Selected Consolidated Financial Data section together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Item 5—A. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

 

 

Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

(in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

Summary Consolidated Statement of Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues

 

1,528,619

 

2,057,557

 

2,862,692

 

3,993,873

 

558,248

 

Cost of revenues

 

(729,937

)

(1,002,266

)

(1,413,090

)

(2,072,067

)

(289,625

)

Gross profit

 

798,682

 

1,055,291

 

1,449,602

 

1,921,806

 

268,623

 

Operating expenses:(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing

 

(261,330

)

(369,221

)

(590,589

)

(816,658

)

(114,149

)

General and administrative

 

(303,270

)

(381,332

)

(629,596

)

(876,609

)

(122,529

)

Total operating expenses

 

(564,600

)

(750,553

)

(1,220,185

)

(1,693,267

)

(236,678

)

Operating income

 

234,082

 

304,738

 

229,417

 

228,539

 

31,945

 

Interest income

 

12,365

 

13,484

 

23,824

 

81,207

 

11,351

 

Interest expense

 

 

 (192

)

(18,660

)

(60,637

)

(8,476

)

Other income

 

16,032

 

19,410

 

89,320

 

82,836

 

11,578

 

Other expense

 

(3,950

)

 

 (4,428

)

(15,738

)

(2,200

)

Foreign exchange gain/(loss)

 

727

 

(180

)

(1,168

)

(138

)

(19

)

Income before income tax and share of net (loss)/income from equity investees

 

259,256

 

337,260

 

318,305

 

316,069

 

44,179

 

Income tax expense

 

(71,496

)

(92,016

)

(108,479

)

(121,541

)

(16,989

)

Income before share of net (loss)/income from equity investees

 

187,760

 

245,244

 

209,826

 

194,528

 

27,290

 

Share of net (loss)/income from equity investees

 

(993

)

(1,939

)

4,630

 

(28,325

)

(3,959

)

Net income

 

186,767

 

243,305

 

214,456

 

166,203

 

23,231

 

Add: Net (income)/ loss attributable to non-controlling interests

 

2,586

 

15,522

 

31,480

 

79,165

 

11,065

 

Net income attributable to OneSmart International Education Group Limited’s shareholders

 

189,353

 

258,827

 

245,936

 

245,368

 

34,296

 

Earnings/(loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 0.0425

 

 0.0580

 

 (0.1740

)

0.0380

 

0.0053

 

Diluted

 

 0.0425

 

 0.0580

 

 (0.1740

)

0.0366

 

0.0051

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares used in earnings/(loss) per share computation (in millions of shares):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

2,534

 

2,534

 

4,145

 

6,460

 

6,460

 

Diluted

 

2,534

 

2,534

 

4,145

 

6,709

 

6,709

 

 


(1)         Including share-based compensation expenses as set forth below:

 

3


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

(in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

Allocation of Share based Compensation Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing

 

795

 

735

 

2,113

 

906

 

127

 

General and administrative

 

56,553

 

24,240

 

144,373

 

70,626

 

9,871

 

Total

 

57,348

 

24,975

 

146,486

 

71,532

 

9,998

 

 

The following table presents our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of the periods indicated:

 

 

 

As of August 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Summary Consolidated Balance Sheet:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

266,238

 

981,772

 

1,410,747

 

1,386,412

 

193,787

 

Total current assets

 

1,160,018

 

1,609,745

 

2,479,565

 

2,419,625

 

338,205

 

Total assets

 

1,419,067

 

2,317,610

 

4,202,927

 

6,071,475

 

848,646

 

Total current liabilities

 

1,406,627

 

1,988,358

 

2,661,471

 

3,390,300

 

473,883

 

Total liabilities

 

1,415,710

 

2,001,370

 

3,107,684

 

4,914,002

 

686,859

 

Total mezzanine equity

 

1,749,900

 

1,749,900

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ (deficit)/equity

 

(1,746,543

)

(1,433,660

)

1,095,243

 

1,157,473

 

161,787

 

 

The following table presents our selected consolidated cash flow data for the periods indicated:

 

4


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Summary Consolidated Cash Flow Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

613,715

 

773,281

 

867,370

 

345,374

 

48,273

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(496,730

)

(80,961

)

(1,169,244

)

(1,392,335

)

(194,613

)

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

 

(21,621

)

23,214

 

652,605

 

988,358

 

138,148

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

 

 

 

78,244

 

34,268

 

4,790

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

95,364

 

715,534

 

428,975

 

(24,335

)

(3,402

)

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of year

 

170,874

 

266,238

 

981,772

 

1,410,747

 

197,189

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of year

 

266,238

 

981,772

 

1,410,747

 

1,386,412

 

193,787

 

 

B.                                    Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not applicable.

 

C.                                    Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

D.                                    Risk Factors

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

If we are unable to continue attracting students and their parents to enroll in our education programs at reasonable costs, our business and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

 

The success of our business depends primarily on the number of students enrolled in our education programs as well as the amount of tuition fees that we are able to charge our students. Therefore, our ability to continue to recruit and retain students for our programs at reasonable costs is critical to the continued success and growth of our business. This in turn will be subject to several factors, including our ability to:

 

·                  enhance existing education programs and services to respond to market changes and student demands;

 

·                  continue to incentivize our students to take and consume our classes;

 

·                  develop new programs and services that appeal to our students and their parents;

 

·                  expand our study centers and geographic reach to satisfy our strategic needs;

 

·                  manage our growth while maintaining consistent and high teaching quality;

 

·                  maintain our reputation and enhance our brand recognition;

 

·                  effectively market and precisely target our programs to a broader base of prospective students; and

 

·                  respond effectively to competitive pressures.

 

If we are unable to continue to attract students and parents without significantly decreasing tuition fees or incurring significant increase in our selling and marketing expenses, our revenues may decline or we may not be able to maintain profitability, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial conditions.

 

5


Table of Contents

 

Any actual or perceived deterioration in our service quality may harm our brands and reputation and may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our ability to deliver a satisfactory learning experience and improved academic performance is vital to our brands, reputation and business. Students and their parents may decide not to continue to enroll in our programs due to a perceived lack of improvement in students’ academic performance or general dissatisfaction with our services. Our education services may not be able to meet the expectations of our students and their parents or satisfy all their needs. Satisfaction with our services may be affected by factors beyond our control, such as the ability, efforts and time commitment of each student for his or her academic performance and expectation of each student or his or her parent on academic performance. Nevertheless, students or parents may attribute the failure to improve the academic performance to our quality of service. The students and parents may also have a negative perception of our services if their interaction with our teachers or advisors does not meet their expectations. If students or parents feel that we are not providing them with the experience or quality of service they are seeking, they may decide to withdraw from or not renew their existing programs. We generally offer refunds for remaining classes to students who decide to withdraw from their class registration. Although we have not experienced any significant refund requests in the past, if an increasing number of students request refunds, cash flow, revenues and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

Furthermore, dissatisfied students or their parents may decide not to refer other students to us, or even attempt to persuade existing or prospective students and their parents to switch to our competitors, which may materially and adversely harm our reputation and affect our ability to continue to recruit and retain new students. Any of the foregoing will materially and adversely affect our reputation, business, results of operations and financial conditions.

 

If we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

 

Our track record in providing quality customized premium tutoring services established “OneSmart” as a leading brand in the industry. Market recognition of our brand is critical to maintain our competitive advantage and ensure our future success. As we continue to grow in size, broaden our program and service offerings and extend our geographic reach, it may be more difficult to maintain quality and consistent standards of our services and to protect and enhance our “OneSmart” brand name and promote other new brands. Currently, we licensed two online tutoring services providers to operate under “OneSmart” brand. We hold minority equity interests in these service providers and collect a license fee from them. Under the current arrangement, we may not be able to constantly monitor and thus ensure the tutoring services quality of these two platforms using our brand name. Customer perception of our brand value is affected by a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control. For example, incidents and interruptions to our services and any negative publicity related thereto, even if factually incorrect, may lead to significant deterioration in our brand image and reputation, and consequently negatively affect students’ and parents’ interest in our services and products. In addition, although we have invested significantly in brand promotion initiatives, we may not be able to utilize marketing tools in a cost-effective manner. If we are unable to successfully promote and market our brands and services, our ability to maintain and grow student enrollment and attract more business partners could be adversely impacted and, consequently, our business and financial performance could suffer.

 

We may not be able to improve our existing education programs and teaching materials or to develop new program offerings on a timely basis and in a cost-effective manner.

 

We constantly upgrade our proprietary online teaching resource database named “OneSmart Teaching Bank” and improve the teaching materials of our existing programs as well as develop new program offerings to meet our students’ study needs and evolving market demands. However, changes to our teaching materials or the expansion of the new programs may not be well received by existing or prospective students or their parents. Even if we are able to improve our existing programs or develop new programs that are well received, we may not be able to improve or introduce them in a timely or cost-effective manner. If we do not respond adequately to changes in market demands, our ability to attract and retain students may be impaired, and our financial results could suffer.

 

6


Table of Contents

 

In addition, we have heavily invested in human capital, financial and facility resources and management time and attention in the development and marketing of our newer education programs. We launched HappyMath in 2014 and acquired FasTrack English in 2018, and the average monthly enrollments in HappyMath and FasTrack English reached 27,024 and 15,934 in the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, respectively. Both HappyMath program and FasTrack English program have achieved fast growth in the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019. Compared with our premium tutoring services, we have limited experience with the teaching materials or relevant services of those newer programs and it is not certain whether or not the newly developed programs can be well received by the market. We also cannot assure you that any of our newer programs will achieve the same level of market acceptance as our premium tutoring services or generate sufficient revenues to offset the costs and expenses incurred in relation to our development and promotion efforts, any failure of which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Failure to efficiently manage the expansion of our study centers may materially and adversely affect our ability to capitalize on new business opportunities.

 

Our business has experienced significant growth in recent years. We have increased the number of study centers from 195 as of August 31, 2017 to 432 as of August 31, 2019. We plan to continue to increase the number of our study centers and expand our operations in different geographic markets in China. Our expansion has resulted, and will continue to result, in substantial investments in teachers and management, capital expenditures, marketing expenses and other resources. We may not be able to attract sufficient student enrollments or charge premium pricing for our courses that are high enough for us to recover our costs, in particular, in the geographic markets which we are not familiar with and which are already dominated by local competitors. If as a result our new study centers are not ramped up as expected, our overall financial performance may be materially and adversely affected. Our planned expansion will also place significant pressure on us to maintain the consistency of our teaching quality, controls and policies to ensure that our brand does not suffer as a result of any decrease, whether actual or perceived, in the quality of our programs and services. We cannot assure you that we will be able to effectively and efficiently manage the growth of our operations, maintain or accelerate our current growth rate, maintain or increase our gross and operating profit margins, recruit and retain qualified teachers and management personnel, successfully integrate new study centers into our operations and otherwise effectively manage our growth. Any failure to effectively and efficiently manage our expansion may materially and adversely affect our ability to capitalize on new business opportunities, which may have a material and adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We face intense competition in our industry, which could lead to our premium pricing pressure, reduced operating margins, loss of market share, departure of qualified faculty and increased capital expenditures.

 

The K-12 after-school private education market in China is rapidly evolving, highly fragmented and competitive, and we expect competition to persist and further intensify. We face competition in each type of the services we offer and in the markets in which we operate. Our competitors at the national level mainly include New Oriental, TAL, Puxin, ONLY, GSX Techedu and Kooleam. We compete with them in many aspects, including the quality of program and curriculum offerings, tuition fee levels, qualified teachers and other key personnel and facility locations and conditions. Our competitors may offer similar programs with different pricing and service packages that may be more appealing than our offerings. In addition, some of our competitors may be able to devote greater resources than we can to the development, promotion and sale of their programs, services and products, and respond more quickly than we can to changes in student needs, testing materials, admission standards, market trends or new technologies. Moreover, the increasing use of the internet and advances in internet-related and computer-related technologies, such as web video conferencing and online testing simulators, are eliminating geographic and physical facility-related entry barriers to providing private education services. As a result, smaller companies or internet-content providers may be able to offer their programs, services and products at the PC or mobile end quickly and cost-effectively to a large number of students with less capital expenditure than previously required. Consequently, we may be pressured to reduce tuition fees or increase spending in response to competition in order to retain or attract students or pursue new market opportunities, which could result in a decrease in our revenues and profitability. If we are unable to maintain our competitive position or otherwise respond to competition effectively, we may lose our market share and our profitability may be adversely affected.

 

7


Table of Contents

 

We are subject to governmental policies, licensing and compliance requirements for operating our K-12 after-school education business.

 

We are subject to a number of licensing requirements from different governmental authorities. For example, before the Amended Law for Promoting Private Education took effect on September 1, 2017, or the 2017 Private Education Law, we were required to obtain an educational permit issued by the local counterparts of the Ministry of Education, or MOE, and register with the local counterparts of Ministry of Civil Affairs to provide after-school education services. Alternatively, we may register with the local counterparts of the State Administration for Industry and Commerce as a commercial private training institution, according to the regulations or rules promulgated by the local government.

 

Under the Amended Law for Promoting Private Education taking effect on December 29, 2018, or the Amended Private Education Law, all private schools and training institutions that operate for profit are required to obtain an educational permit and a business license. If we fail to obtain or maintain the licenses or permits, or otherwise fail to comply with such policies and other requirements needed to operate our business and facilities, our operations may be disrupted or discontinued and our financial results and business may be materially and negatively impacted. On February 13, 2018, the General Office of the Ministry of Education, together with three other government authorities, promulgated the Notice on Alleviating After-School Burden on Primary and Middle School Students and Imposing Special Administration on After-School Training Institutions, or Alleviating After-School Burden Notice, which aims to alleviate after-school burden on primary and middle school students through inspection and rectification on after-school training institutions. This notice provides specific licensing and compliance requirements for operating primary and middle school after-school training institutions and requires that after-school training institutions that are not in compliance must complete all rectification before the end of 2018, or the Prescribed Rectification Timeframe. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business overview—Regulations—Regulations on Private Education in the PRC—Notice on Alleviating After-School Burden on Primary and Middle School Students and Imposing Special Administration on After-School Training Institutions.” Many local governments historically adopted different practices in granting educational permits to private schools or issuing business licenses to companies that provide after-school tutoring services and have yet to take a clear view on the interpretation and implementation of the amended law. These varying policies and practices adopted by local authorities in China have created significant obstacles for us to comply with all applicable rules and regulations for all of our local operations. For example, we were unable to obtain or renew certain requisite permits in Shanghai because the local authorities had discontinued accepting or approving applications since January 1, 2017 in anticipation of the amended Law of the Law for Promoting Private Education. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulations—Regulations on Private Education in the PRC—The Law for Promoting Private Education and Its Implementation Rules.”

 

As of August 31, 2019, 126 out of our 432 study centers do not hold the permits or registration licenses that are required by the relevant authorities, which contributed to 23.2% of the total revenue for the year ended August 31, 2019. 18 study centers have received the permits or registration licenses but have not yet obtained the permits or registration licenses for their site expansion. The education permit for one other study center is under renewal. Moreover, we are also in the process of applying for the education permits for certain study centers that have received the registration licenses, in accordance with the different local implementation rules for the Amended Law for Promoting Private Education promulgated by relevant local authorities. However, there can be no assurance that we can be in full compliance with those implementation rules in a timely manner due to the lack of certainty and clarity of such rules.

 

We may be required to complete the rectification of the above non-compliance by making timely application for the relevant permits or registration licenses for such study centers by the Prescribed Rectification Timeframe. We cannot assure you that we can obtain or renew the relevant permits or registration licenses in a timely manner. If the local authorities have different interpretations or in the future change their laws and policies, we may also need to re-apply for or update the licenses and permits for some of our study centers before the end of the Prescribed Rectification Timeframe or before the expiration of other grace period assigned by the local authorities. We have worked closely with the local authorities in preparing filings and applying for permits and registration licenses for these study centers, and expect to complete and obtain most filings and permits in the near future.

 

8


Table of Contents

 

In December 2017, the municipal government of Shanghai promulgated a set of rules and regulations with respect to the operation and development of the private education business, which took effect on January 1, 2018. Our business operations in Shanghai are subject to the above-mentioned rules and regulations, under which private schools and training institutions in Shanghai must either be registered as for-profit entities or as not-for-profit entities. Each training institution is required to apply for new education permit in accordance with the requirements and procedures provided in the new rules by December 31, 2019. As a result, we need to re-register and/or obtain new permits for all of our study centers in Shanghai by December 31, 2019 in accordance with these new rules. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business review—Regulation—Regulations on Private Education in the PRC—Local Rules in Shanghai.” We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully re-register and/or obtain new permits for our study centers and schools in Shanghai in a timely manner, or at all. Although a majority of our study centers in Shanghai were established in accordance with the local rules then in effect in Shanghai and are largely in compliance with the standards and requirements for applying for a new permit under the new rules, certain standards and requirements are newly introduced in these new rules, which may require us to modify our current business practices. For instance, the new rules require that a private training institution must not employ or compensate a teacher who is concurrently employed by primary or middle schools. Although we require our full-time and part-time teachers not to teach in other institutions while they are employed by us, we are not able to monitor their activities outside their working time with us and therefore cannot assure you that our teachers have always complied or will comply with such requirement. If any of our teachers works concurrently at other institutions, we may not be able to identify such non-compliances on a timely basis or at all, which may cause us to violate these new rules. Moreover, a portion of our teachers do not fully comply with the teacher qualification requirements under the new rules. These teachers may not be able to deliver any school entrance exam courses for compulsory education and may need to receive extended trainings before they obtain the requisite qualifications. In addition, since the new rules prohibit any courses for primary and middle school students past 8:30 p.m., some of our classes may need to be re-scheduled. Furthermore, since the local rules are newly promulgated, the application and interpretation of such rules remain uncertain. We cannot assure you that our views about the new rules will be consistent with the regulatory authorities. If we are unable to successfully and rapidly re-register and/or obtain requisite permits for all of our study centers and schools in Shanghai, or if we are unable to modify our operations in a cost-effective way, our business operations may be interrupted or suspended, and our operating results and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

 

On August 6, 2018, the General Office of the State Council promulgated the Opinions of the General Office of the State Council on Regulating the Development of After-School Tutoring Institutions, or the After-School Tutoring Institutions Opinions, which came into effect on the same date. The After-School Tutoring Institutions Opinions places further emphasis on alleviation of after-school burden on primary and middle school students and puts forward further requirements to promote the normative development of after-school tutoring institutions, including without limitation the requirements on fee collection, venue conditions, qualifications of teachers and information disclosure. For example, fees for a period spanning more than three months should not be collected by after-school tutoring institutions at one time and the average area per student during the same tutoring period should not be less than three square meters. The After-School Tutoring Institutions Opinions are relatively new and there remain uncertainties in respect of their interpretation and implementation. Some local authorities have promulgated rules to further implement the After-School Tutoring Institutions Opinions and strengthened supervision and administration on after-school tutoring institutions. We are working closely with the local authorities to make sure that we are and will be in compliance with the After-School Tutoring Institutions Opinions in all material aspects. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business overview—Regulations—Regulations on Private Education in the PRC—Opinions of the General Office of the State Council on Regulating the Development of After-School Tutoring Institutions.”

 

Moreover, as of August 31, 2019, 73 out of our 432 study centers lack required fire safety permits, which contributed to 5.2% of the total revenue for the year ended August 31, 2019. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain such permits or to timely respond to changes in the public security or fire safety standards publicized by the governmental authorities from time to time. We may be subject to administrative fines due to a lack of fire safety permits of the leased premises of our study centers, be ordered to suspend operations of those study centers, or may have to break our existing leases, if we fail to timely obtain such permits or meet the relevant standards, all of which could materially and adversely affect our financial results.

 

9


Table of Contents

 

Our online education services may subject us to stringent regulations on licensing and government policies. We may be required to obtain certain licenses and permits for the operation of our online education programs according to relevant Chinese laws and regulations, for example, an ICP license. However, there is no assurance that we will be able to obtain all the requisite licenses and permits for online education services, or our efforts will result in full compliance given the significant amount of discretion the PRC authorities have in interpreting, implementing or enforcing rules and regulations and other factors beyond our control. We may be subject to warnings, fines or confiscation of gains derived from noncompliant operations if we do not obtain all of the required permits and licenses in time, and we may be unable to continue operations at our noncompliant study centers, which may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

On July 12, 2019, the MOE and other five authorities issued The Implementation Opinion on Regulating After-School Online Tutoring, or the Implementation Opinion on Online Tutoring which provides requirements on the online after-school tutoring institutions mainly on filling requirements and examination and inspections that shall be undertook by the online after-school tutoring institution, such as examination and inspections on the content of their platforms, the qualifications of the teachers, the security of information and duration of the courses. The Implementation Opinion on Online Tutoring also regulates the fee policies, standards and refund policies on the online after-school tutoring institutions. Furthermore, on August 10, 2019, the MOE and other seven authorities issued the Opinion on Guiding and Regulating the Healthy Development of Online Education Applications, or the Opinion on Healthy Development of Online Education Applications, in which the filling requirements and examination and inspections requirement have been further strengthened. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business overview—Regulations—Regulations on Online and Distance Education.”

 

To comply with these and other requirements, we need to make necessary adjustments to our business and operations, which could be costly and time-consuming. We cannot assure you that we will be in full compliance with such requirements in time or at all. Any failure by us to comply with these and other requirements may subject us to administrative fines or penalties or order to suspend operations, which would materially and adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our business relies on our abilities to recruit, train and retain dedicated and qualified teaching staff.

 

Our teachers are critical to the quality of our services and our reputation. We seek to hire and train qualified and dedicated teachers who have a strong command of the subject areas and are capable of delivering innovative and inspiring instructions. There is a limited pool of teachers with these attributes, and we need to provide competitive compensation to attract and retain these teachers. In addition, criteria such as commitment and dedication are difficult to ascertain during the recruitment process.

 

Moreover, capable and dedicated key management personnel, especially our regional heads are essential to the management of teachers and the successful operation of our study centers. Despite our initiatives to set up the share incentive schemes to provide additional incentives to the regional heads, we cannot assure you that we are able to retain those regional heads to continuously manage our existing study centers or hire or promote new qualified regional heads to meet needs of new study centers.

 

In addition, our teaching staff are the ones who interact directly with our students and their families. Despite our constant emphasis on service quality, and our continuous training and close supervision of our teaching staff, we cannot assure you that our teaching staff will perform up to our service standards all the time. Any actual or perceived misbehavior or unsatisfactory performance of our teaching staff may damage our reputation and potentially adversely affect our results of operations and financial performance. ln particular, most of our classes are in one-on-one or one-on-three teacher to student settings in private study rooms. We cannot assure you that our teaching staff will always act and be perceived to act properly both in and outside of the classroom.

 

With the rapid increase of our student enrollment and expansion of our study centers, we must provide continued training to our teachers to ensure that they stay abreast of changes in students’ demand, academic standards and other key trends necessary to teach effectively. Although we have not experienced major difficulties in recruiting, training or retaining quality teachers, we may not be able to recruit, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified teaching staff in the future while maintaining consistent teaching and management quality in the different markets we serve. A shortage of qualified teaching staff or a decrease in the quality of our teachers’ services, whether actual or perceived, or a significant increase in compensation for us to retain those qualified staff, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

10


Table of Contents

 

Failure to adequately and promptly respond to changes in examination systems, admission standards, testing materials and technologies in the PRC could render our courses and services less attractive to students.

 

In China, school admissions rely heavily on examination results, and students’ performance in these examinations is critical to their education and future employment prospects. It is therefore common for students to take after-school tutoring classes to improve their test performance, and the success of our business to a large extent depends on the continued use of entrance exams or tests by schools in their admissions. However, such heavy emphasis on examination scores may decline or fall out of favor with educational institutions or government authorities in China.

 

Admission and assessment processes undergo continuous changes, in terms of subject and skill focus, question type, examination format and the manner in which the processes are administered. We are therefore required to continually update and enhance our curriculum, teaching materials and teaching methods. For example, in September 2014, the State Council announced a plan to change the enrollment system of college entrance examinations. Since the announcement of such plan by the State Council, around 30 provinces, autonomous regions or municipalities directly under the central government, including Shanghai, Beijing, Jiangsu and Zhejiang, have announced the launch of their respective new policies related to college entrance examinations accordingly. These new policies generally cover the change of subjects in the entrance examination and the change of times of the English examinations in college entrance exams. In the subsequent years, several new regulations and policies were promulgated to further change and reform curriculum design and examination system. We have completed the adaption of our tutoring programs and materials to these new curriculum requirements. However, any failure to respond to the changes in a timely and cost-effective manner will adversely impact the marketability of our services and products.

 

Regulations and policies that decrease the weight of scholastic competition achievements in the admissions process mandated by government authorities or adopted by schools have had, and may continue to have, an impact on our enrollments. For example, the MOE issued certain implementation guidelines in January 2014 to clarify that local educational administrative departments at all levels, public schools and private schools are not allowed to use examinations to select their students. Public schools may not use various competitions or examinations certificates as the criteria or basis for enrollment. In addition, pursuant to a notice issued by Shanghai Municipal Education Commission in November 2016, certificates and prizes obtained from competitions such as Olympic math competitions and English level tests must not be treated as the basis for admission by compulsory education stage schools, including primary schools and middle schools. On February 13, 2018, the General Office of the Ministry of Education, together with three other government authorities, promulgated the Alleviating After-School Burden Notice, which aims to alleviate after-school burden on primary and middle school students through inspection and rectification on after-school training institutions. The Alleviating After-School Burden Notice prohibits, among other things, after-school training institutions from inappropriately increasing the difficulties of the content of the courses, accelerating the after-school training course content beyond students’ study level, emphasizing exam-oriented teaching methods, or hosting standard grade examinations and competitions among primary and middle school students. We do not conduct any of the prohibited activities and believe our current programs will not be directly impacted by the Alleviating After-School Burden Notice. However, since the Alleviating After-School Burden Notice provides that primary and middle schools are strictly prohibited from setting admission criteria based on students’ post-tutoring performance at after-school training institutions, students and their parents may be less motivated to enroll in our primary and middle school entrance exam related courses, including those for mathematics and English. These policies may affect the enrollments in our programs, especially academic classes under OneSmart VIP, mathematics classes under “HappyMath,” and English classes under “FasTrack English”.

 

11


Table of Contents

 

Our operations are heavily concentrated in Shanghai, and any event negatively affecting the after-school education market in this region could have a material adverse effect on our overall business and results of operations.

 

We derived a majority of our total revenues in the fiscal year 2019 from our operations in Shanghai, and we expect our operations in Shanghai to continue to constitute the major source of our revenues. The concentration of our business in Shanghai exposes us to geographical concentration risks related to this region. Any material adverse social, economic and political developments, such as a serious economic downturn, natural disaster or outbreak of contagious disease in this region, may negatively affect the demand for and/or our ability to provide after-school education services. Furthermore, in the event that the local government adopts regulations relating to private education that place additional restrictions or burdens on us, or the market in Shanghai experiences an increase in the level of competition for the types of services we offer, our overall business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

System disruptions to our centralized technology platform and information technology systems may adversely affect our teaching and operating activities.

 

The performance and reliability of our information technology infrastructure are critical to the consistency of our premium education services. Our proprietary centralized technology platform provides full technology support that connects our OneSmart Teaching Bank and our teaching service management and operating management systems. Our centralized technology platform and information technology systems could be vulnerable to interruption or malfunction due to events beyond our control, such as natural disasters, power outages or telecommunications failures. The security of our systems could also be compromised due to unauthorized access, hacking, computer viruses or other unanticipated problems. Material breakdown of our centralized technology platform and information technology system could result in the disruption of our operations and harm our service quality and reputation. Furthermore, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these breaches. Any such event may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

Accidents, injuries or other harm suffered by our students or other people on our premises may adversely affect our reputation, subject us to liability and cause us to incur substantial expenses.

 

We could be held liable for accidents that occur at our study centers. In the event of personal injuries, fires, food poisoning or other accidents suffered by our students or other people working at or visiting our premises, our facilities may be perceived to be unsafe, which may make parents unwilling to allow their children to attend our classes. Although we have not encountered any serious injury to our students on our premises, we cannot assure you that there will not be any in the future. We organize overseas summer and winter study tour under “OneSmart Study Camp” and our students may be involved in accidents or suffer injuries or other harm on these trips.

 

We could also face claims alleging that we should be liable for the accidents or injuries, or we should be held jointly liable for harm caused by our employees or contractors due to negligence in supervision. A material liability claim against us or any of our teachers or independent contractors could adversely affect our reputation, enrollment and revenues. Even if unsuccessful, such a claim could create unfavorable publicity, cause us to incur substantial expenses and divert the time and attention of our management. Although we maintain certain liability insurance, it may not be sufficient to cover the compensation or even applicable to the accidents or injuries occurred.

 

We may not be able to execute our growth strategies successfully, which may hinder our ability to capitalize on new business opportunities.

 

We seek and will continue to implement various strategies to grow our business including continuing to penetrate premium K-12 after-school education services market, expanding our online education initiatives, strengthening our technologies and data analytics capabilities, enhancing our teacher recruitment, development and management and pursuing selective strategic partnerships and acquisitions to further build eco-system.

 

12


Table of Contents

 

These strategies may not be successfully executed due to a number of factors, including, without limitation, the following:

 

·                  although we have replicated our growth model in Shanghai in certain other cities, we may not be able to continue to do so in new geographic markets, especially to lower-tier cities;

 

·                  we may not be able to develop and upgrade our curriculum and product lines that are appealing to our students;

 

·                  students and their parents may react negatively to our plans to increase the tuition, facility capacity or class size;

 

·                  our analysis for selecting suitable new locations may not be accurate, and the demand for our services at the newly selected locations may not materialize or increase as rapidly as we expect;

 

·                  we may fail to obtain the requisite licenses and permits necessary to open study centers at our desired locations from local authorities or face risks in opening without the requisite licenses and permits;

 

·                  we may not be able to successfully integrate acquired businesses and may not be able to achieve the benefits we expect from recent and future acquisitions or investments;

 

·                  our new study centers may not be profitable due to competition, failure to effectively market our services and programs, or failure to maintain their quality and consistency;

 

·                  we may not be able to adequately upgrade or strengthen our operational, administrative and technological systems, and our financial and management controls to support our future expansion; and

 

·                  we may not be able to further expand our franchise network as fast as we expect;

 

If we fail to successfully execute our growth strategies, we may not be able to maintain our growth rate, and current business and our prospects may be materially and adversely affected as a result.

 

Future strategic alliances or acquisitions may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We have pursued and may continue to pursue selected strategic alliances and potential strategic acquisitions that are complementary to our business and operations. See “Item 4. Information on the Company— A. History and Development of the Company” for some examples. Strategic alliances or acquisitions could subject us to a number of risks, including risks associated with sharing proprietary information, and non-performance or default by counterparties, any of which may materially and adversely affect our business. We may have little ability to control or monitor the actions of our counterparties in these transactions or alliances. To the extent a strategic partner or investment target suffers any negative publicity as a result of its business operations, our reputation may be negatively affected by virtue of our association with such party.

 

Strategic acquisitions and subsequent integrations of newly acquired businesses would also require significant managerial and financial resources and could result in a diversion of resources from our existing business. The cost and duration of integrating newly acquired businesses could substantially exceed our expectations and the acquired businesses or assets may not generate expected financial results and may have historically incurred and continue to incur losses. Any such negative developments could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

We may be unable to maintain or raise our tuition fees at sufficient levels to be profitable.

 

Our results of operations are affected in large part by the pricing of our education services. We charge tuition based on each student’s grade level, the programs that the student is enrolled in and the region of the study center. Subject to the applicable regulatory requirements, we generally determine tuition based on the demand for our education services, the cost of our services, and the tuition and price charged by our competitors. Our ability to maintain the premium fee level or raise tuition is primarily dependent on the innovative and high-quality services and products we offer and the perception of our brand. Although we have been able to increase the tuition we charge our students in the past, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to maintain or increase our tuition in the future without adversely affecting the demand for our education services.

 

13


Table of Contents

 

Furthermore, our tuition rates are subject to a number of other factors, such as the perception of our brands, the academic results achieved by our students, our ability to hire qualified teachers, and general local economic conditions. Any significant deterioration in these factors could have a material adverse effect on our ability to charge tuition at levels sufficient for us to remain profitable.

 

If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights, our brand and business may suffer.

 

We consider our copyrights, trademarks, trade names, internet domain names, patents and other intellectual property rights invaluable to our ability to continue to develop and enhance our brand recognition. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights may damage our reputation and brands. Our “OneSmart” brand and logo are registered trademarks in China. Our proprietary curricula and teaching materials are protected by copyrights. Unauthorized use of any of our intellectual property may adversely affect our business and reputation. However, preventing unauthorized uses of intellectual property rights could be difficult, costly and time-consuming, particularly in China. The measures we take to protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate to prevent infringement on or misuse of our intellectual property. Furthermore, the practice of intellectual property rights enforcement by the PRC regulatory authorities is subject to significant uncertainty. There have been several incidents in the past where third parties used our brand “OneSmart” without our authorization, and on certain occasions we have resorted to litigation to protect our intellectual property rights. Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property could harm our brand name and materially affect our business and results of operations. Furthermore, our management’s attention may be diverted by violations of our intellectual property rights, and we may have to enter into costly litigation to protect our proprietary rights against any infringement or violation.

 

We may encounter disputes from time to time relating to our use of the intellectual property of third parties.

 

We cannot assure you that our teaching materials and content, products, platforms or other intellectual property developed or used by us do not or will not infringe upon valid copyrights or other intellectual property rights held by third parties. We may encounter disputes from time to time over rights and obligations concerning intellectual property, and we may not prevail in those disputes. We have adopted policies and procedures to prohibit our employees and contractors from infringing upon third-party intellectual property rights. However, we cannot ensure that our teachers or other personnel will not, against our policies, use third-party copyrighted materials or intellectual property without proper authorization in our classes or via any medium through which we provide our services. We may incur liability for unauthorized duplication or distribution of materials used in our classes or posted on our websites. Any similar claim against us, even without any merit, could also damage our reputation and brand image. Any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We lease premises and may not be able to fully control the rental costs, quality, maintenance and our leasehold interest in these premises, nor can we guarantee that we will be able to successfully renew or find suitable premises to replace our existing premises upon expiration of the existing leases.

 

We lease all the premises used in our operations from third parties. We require the landlords’ cooperation to effectively manage the condition of such premises, buildings and facilities. In the event that the condition of the school premises, buildings and facilities deteriorates, or if any or all of our landlords fail to properly maintain and renovate such premises, buildings or facilities in a timely manner or at all, the operation of our study centers could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, with respect to our leased premises, at the end of each lease term, which generally ranges from three to six years, we must negotiate an extension of the lease when the lease expires. If we are unable to successfully extend or renew our leases upon expiration of the current term on commercially reasonable terms or at all, we may be forced to relocate our study centers, or the rental costs may increase significantly. We compete with many other businesses for sites in certain prime locations, and some landlords may have entered into long-term leases with our competitors for these locations. As a result, we may not be able to find desirable locations without incurring significant time and financial costs. If this occurs, our operations will be disrupted and our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

14


Table of Contents

 

Moreover, certain lessors have not provided us with valid ownership certificates or authorization of sublease for our leased properties. As a result, there is a risk that these lessors may not have the right to lease such properties to us, in which case the relevant lease agreements may be deemed invalid or we may face challenges from the property owners or other third parties regarding our right to occupy the premises.

 

Under the applicable PRC laws and regulations, we are required to register and file with the relevant government authorities executed leases but have failed to do so in certain instances. While the lack of registration will not affect the validity and enforceability of the lease agreements under the PRC laws, a fine ranging from RMB1,000 to RMB10,000 may be imposed on the parties for each non-registered lease, if the requirement of registration failed to be fulfilled after a period of time demanded by a relevant local authority.

 

We are not aware of any actions, claims or investigations being initiated by third parties or the competent governmental authorities with respect to the defects in our leased real properties. However, if we are unable to continue our operations on the current premises and find a suitable replacement in a timely manner, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

 

The continuing and collaborative efforts of our founder and senior management are crucial to our success, and our business may be harmed if we were to lose their services.

 

Our future success depends heavily on the continuing services of our senior management team and, in particular, Mr. Xi Zhang, our founder and chief executive officer. If any member of our senior management team leaves us, we may not be able to find their replacements easily, and our business may be disrupted. Competition for experienced management personnel in the private education sector is intense, and we may not be able to retain services of our senior executives or key personnel, or attract and retain high-quality senior executives or key personnel in the future. In addition, if any member of our senior management team or any of our other key personnel joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose teachers, students and staff members. Each of our executive officers and key employees is subject to the duty of confidentiality and noncompetition restrictions. However, if any disputes arise between any of our senior executives or key personnel and us, it may be difficult to successfully pursue legal actions against these individuals because of the uncertainties of China’s legal system.

 

The unauthorized disclosure, manipulation, illegal sale, procurement of personal data of our students and their parents or other third parties, whether by our employees or third parties could expose us to litigation and/or could adversely affect our reputation and business.

 

We maintain records of personal data on our internal database, such as names, addresses, phone numbers and other registration information, of our past, existing and prospective students and their parents. If the security measures we use to protect the personal data are ineffective or breached as a result of actions by third parties, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise, we may lose important student data or suffer disruption to our operations. In addition, third parties who receive or are able to access student records due to the failure of our system may misappropriate or illegally disclose confidential information, which could subject us to claims and liabilities. As a result, we could incur significant expenses in connection with rectifying any security breaches, settling any resulting claims and improving protection to prevent further breaches.

 

In addition, any failure to protect personal information may adversely impact our ability to retain students and increase student enrollment, harm our reputation and materially adversely affect our business, prospects and results of operations. If any of our employees illegally sell our student data to third parties or procure personal data from third parties, they may be subject to individual liabilities. If we or our management team are found to have any involvement in such illegal activities, we and our management team may be held liable as well. While we have adopted internal rules and policies to strictly prohibit and prevent our employees from illegally selling or procuring personal data of our existing or prospective customers, we cannot assure you that all of our employees will abide by these rules and policies at all times. While we have built in safety measures in our information system to identify, deter and avoid such illegal activities and plan to further enhance such measures, we cannot assure you that we will always be able to prevent or identify such illegal activities in a timely manner or at all.

 

15


Table of Contents

 

Historically, we experienced incidents in relation to the illegal procurement of personal data. While we believe our policies and procedures in relation to the handling of personal data are adequate, there is a possibility that our employees may use our systems inappropriately by breaching policies or exploiting procedural vulnerabilities in relation to personal data. If any of our employees were found to have engaged in any illegal activities or other wrongdoings, it may cause disruption to our business operations, harm our reputation and undermine our students’ and parents’ perception of our operations, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operation.

 

Negative publicity about us or other players in our industry may harm our brand and reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

Our reputation and brand are vulnerable to many threats that can be difficult or impossible to control. Any malicious or negative publicity about our company, implicating the quality of our services, the integrity of business practices, compliance with laws, and financial condition or prospects, whether with merit or not, could severely harm our reputation, business and results of operations. Furthermore, negative developments in the private education industry, such as regulatory actions against other players or adoption of new laws or regulations that restrict the provision of education services, may result in negative perception of the industry as a whole and undermine the brand recognition we have established. In addition, we are exposed to detrimental conducts against us, including complaints, anonymous or otherwise, to regulatory agencies regarding our operations, accounting, revenues and regulatory compliance. Moreover, any actual or perceived illegal acts, misbehavior or unsatisfactory performance of teachers or staff of other players in our industry may undermine parents’ or students’ perception of the industry as a whole and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Allegations against us may also be posted on the internet by any person or entity that identifies itself or remains anonymous. Defense against the allegations may incur significant time and divert management’s attention, and there is no assurance that we will be able to conclusively refute each of the allegations within a reasonable period of time, or at all. Our reputation may also be negatively affected as a result of public dissemination of allegations or malicious statements about us or our industry, which in turn may materially and adversely affect the trading price of our ADSs.

 

We may from time to time become a party to litigation, legal disputes, claims or administrative proceedings that may materially and adversely affect us.

 

We may from time to time become a party to various litigation, legal disputes, claims or administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. Negative publicity relating to such litigation, legal disputes, claims or administrative proceedings may damage our reputation and adversely affect the image of our brands and services. In addition, ongoing litigation, legal disputes, claims or administrative proceedings may distract our management’s attention and consume our time and other resources. Furthermore, any litigation, legal disputes, claims or administrative proceedings which are not of material importance may escalate due to the various factors involved, such as the facts and circumstances of the cases, the likelihood of winning or losing, the monetary amount at stake, and the parties concerned continue to evolve in the future, and such factors may result in these cases becoming of material importance to us. For example, in March 2018, certain of our former employees filed lawsuits against one of our subsidiaries in China, claiming that they are entitled to certain options to purchase our shares granted to them before their services with us were terminated. Although we have successfully fended off or settled these lawsuits at minimal costs, we cannot assure you that the outcome of other legal proceedings in the future, if any, will be favorable to us. If any verdict or award is rendered against us or if we decide to settle the disputes, we may be required to incur monetary damages or other liabilities. Even if we can successfully defend ourselves, we may have to incur substantial costs and spend substantial time and efforts in these lawsuits. Consequently, any ongoing or future litigation, legal disputes, claims or administrative proceedings could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

16


Table of Contents

 

We face risks related to natural disasters, health epidemics and other outbreaks, which could result in reduced attendance or temporary closure of our study centers.

 

Our business could be materially and adversely affected by natural and other disasters, including earthquakes, fire, floods, environmental accidents, outbreaks of health epidemics such as avian influenza, severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS), influenza A (H1N1), H7N9 bird flu, Ebola or another health epidemic. If any of these occurs, our student enrollment may be canceled or deferred and our study centers and facilities may be required to temporarily close, and our business operations may be suspended or terminated. Our students, teachers and staff may also be negatively affected by such occurrence. These occurrences therefore may severely disrupt our business operations and materially and adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations, which may cause our results of operations to fluctuate from term to term. This may result in volatility and adversely affect the price of our ADSs.

 

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations, primarily due to seasonal changes in student enrollments. For example, our courses tend to have the largest student enrollments in our third and fourth fiscal quarters, which run from March 1 to August 31 of each year, primarily because many students take our courses during the summer vacation to improve their academic performance in the subsequent school terms and to prepare for entrance exams to high school and university. However, our expenses vary, and certain of our expenses do not necessarily correspond with changes in our student enrollments and revenues. For example, we make investments in marketing and promotion, teaching staff recruitment and training, and product development throughout the year, and we pay rent for our facilities based on the terms of the lease agreements. In addition, other factors beyond our control, such as special events that take place during a quarter when our student enrollments would normally be high, may have a negative impact on our student enrollments. We expect to continue to experience seasonal fluctuations in our revenues and results of operations. These fluctuations could result in volatility in and adversely affect the price of our ADSs.

 

Capacity constraints of our study centers could cause us to lose students to our competitors.

 

Our study centers are limited in number and size of classrooms. Our ability to serve the students is constrained by the capacity of the study centers. As we may not be able to admit all students who would like to enroll in our programs due to the capacity constraints, this would deprive us of the opportunity to serve those students and to potentially develop a long-term relationship with them for continued services. If we fail to expand our physical capacity as quickly as the demand for our services increases, we could lose potential students to our competitors, and our results of operations and business prospects could suffer as a result.

 

Higher labor costs in the PRC may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial conditions.

 

The economy of China has been experiencing significant growth, leading to inflation and increased labor costs, particularly in the large cities, such as Shanghai, where a large portion of our study centers are currently located. In addition, we are required by PRC laws and regulations to pay various statutory employee benefits, including pensions, housing fund, medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and maternity insurance to designated government agencies for the benefit of our employees. We expect that our labor costs, including wages and employee benefits, will continue to grow. Unless we are able to pass on these costs to our students by increasing prices of our programs, our profitability and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

Pursuant to the Individual Income Tax Law of the PRC, as amended on August 31, 2018, which took effective on January 1, 2019, the amount of taxable income for the comprehensive income of an individual shall be the amount of income in each tax year after deduction of expenses of RMB60,000, special deductibles, special additional deductibles and other deductibles in accordance with relevant laws. Calculations of such special deductibles, special additional deductibles and other deductibles in accordance with relevant laws may result in an increase of our operating costs and expenses.

 

17


Table of Contents

 

On March 21, 2018, the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China promulgated the Scheme of Deepening the Reform of Communist Party and State Institutions, or the Institution Reform Scheme, according to which premiums of pensions, medical insurance, unemployment insurance and other social insurance should be collected by the tax authorities. Such reform was gradually promoted and completed nationwide by March 2019. However, uncertainties remain as to the implementation by tax authorities of the Institution Reform Scheme and our compliance and operating costs and expenses may be increased as a result of its implementation.

 

We have limited insurance coverage, which could expose us to significant costs and business disruption.

 

We are exposed to various risks associated with our business and operations, and we have limited liability insurance coverage. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Insurance and Safety” for more information. Our insurance coverage for our students and their parents in our study centers is limited. A successful liability claim against us due to injuries suffered by our students or other people on our premises could materially and adversely affect our reputation, results of operations and financial conditions. Even if unsuccessful, such a claim could cause us adverse publicity, require substantial costs to defend, and divert the time and attention of our management. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Accidents, injuries or other harm suffered by our students or other people on our premises may adversely affect our reputation, subject us to liability and cause us to incur substantial expenses.” In addition, we do not have any business disruption insurance. Any business disruption event could result in substantial costs to us and a diversion of our resources.

 

If we grant employees share options or other equity incentives in the future, our net income could be adversely affected.

 

In connection with our initial public offering, we undertook a series of corporate restructuring, or 2017 Restructuring. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and Development of the Company.” Prior to the 2017 Restructuring, we, through our predecessor holding company in the British Virgin Islands, adopted a 2013 share incentive plan in March 2013, which was replaced by a domestic share incentive plan of Shanghai OneSmart approved in February 2016, or the 2015 Plan. As a part of the 2017 Restructuring, we adopted an amended and restated 2015 share incentive plan in September 2017, which was further amended on February 5, 2018, or the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan. The maximum aggregated number of our ordinary shares which may be issued pursuant to all awards under the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan is 336,642,439 Class A ordinary shares, plus an annual 2.0% increase of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding on August 31 of the preceding calendar year of the Company on the first day of each of the nine-fiscal-year period commencing on September 1, 2018. Following the annual increase on September 1, 2019, the maximum aggregate number of shares which may be issued pursuant to all awards under the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan is 595,528,667. As of August 31, 2019, options to purchase a total of 408,181,898 Class A ordinary shares were issued and outstanding under the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan. We were, and may from time to time be, subject to disputes with our current or former employees or advisors who receive our share incentive grants, which may distract our management’s attention and attract negative publicity.

 

We are required to account for share-based compensation in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, which generally requires a company to recognize, as an expense, the fair value of share options and other equity incentives to employees based on the fair value of equity awards on the date of the grant, with the compensation expense recognized over the period in which the recipient is required to provide service in exchange for the equity award. If we grant options or other equity incentives in the future, we could incur significant additional compensation charges, and our results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

Discontinuation or reduction of any of the government incentives available to us in the PRC could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Local PRC governmental authorities have implemented various incentive policies to reward and support the development of companies. With the healthy growth of our business and our increased contribution to local tax income over past few years, we were awarded increasing amounts of government subsidies from local government authorities in Shanghai. Government incentives, as well as preferential tax treatment alike, are subject to review and discretion of the relevant local governmental authorities and may be adjusted or revoked at any time. The discontinuation or reduction of any government incentives currently available to us will cause our income to vary, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

18


Table of Contents

 

We face risks associated with our franchise study centers.

 

We are subject to the risks inherent to a franchise business model. We grant the right to certain institutions to operate our program offerings as a franchise under our main trademarks. As of August 31, 2019, there were 24 and 58 study centers to which we granted franchise operation rights under franchise agreements with our OneSmart VIP business and Fastrack English business (including 49 study centers with FastracKids, an acquired franchise business), respectively, and for the year ended August 31, 2019, franchise fees contributed to an immaterial portion of our total net revenues. Our control over our franchisees is limited and based on the contracts with them and our standardized supervision and monitoring procedures, which may not be as effective as direct ownership. Although we maintain comprehensive and rigorous supervisory procedures and set standards to guide our franchisees, our franchisees manage their businesses independently. In addition, it is the franchisees and their teachers, officers and employees that interact directly with students and their parents. In the event of any actual or perceived unsatisfactory performance or illegal actions by the franchisees or their officers and employees or any incidents or operational issues at the franchise facilities, we may suffer reputational damage, which in turn might adversely affect our business. Any such actions or incidents may cause negative publicity in the local community and may negatively affect our brand image and local reputation. As such actions or incidents are beyond our control, we cannot assure you that they will not occur in the future regardless of the measures we have taken, and will take, to screen and supervise our franchisees. In addition, a franchisee may suspend or terminate its cooperation with us due to various reasons, including disagreement or dispute with us, or failure to maintain requisite approvals, licenses or permits, or to comply with other governmental regulations. We may not be able to find alternative ways to continue to provide the services formerly covered by such franchisees. If we are unable to effectively address risks associated with the franchise study centers, our brand image, reputation and financial performance may be materially and adversely affected. Moreover, we are required to file the status of all franchise with the Ministry of Commerce system on a yearly basis. Although we have filed the franchise agreements as of December 31, 2018 and we are preparing required filing for 2019 in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations and as required by the Ministry of Commerce, we cannot assure you that we will be able to timely and accurately report material changes to the franchise study centers with the system, the failure of which may subject us to an order of rectification and a fine up to RMB50,000.

 

If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may be unable to accurately or timely report our results of operations or prevent fraud and investor confidence, and the market price of our ADSs may be materially and adversely affected.

 

We are a public company in the United States subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, requires that we include a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F. Our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of August 31, 2019. See “Item. 15 Controls and Procedures—Internal Control over Financial Reporting.” In addition, if we cease to be an “emerging growth company” as such term is defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm must attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, our reporting obligations as a public company may place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. We may be unable to timely complete our evaluation testing and any required remediation.

 

During the course of documenting and testing our internal control procedures, in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, we may identify other weaknesses and deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as these standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. Moreover, our internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.

 

19


Table of Contents

 

Generally speaking, if we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements and fail to meet our reporting obligations, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could in turn limit our access to capital markets, harm our results of operations and lead to a decline in the trading price of our ADSs. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets, and subject us to potential delisting from the stock exchange on which we list, regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions.

 

If we are not able to continually develop and enhance our online education programs and adapt to rapid changes in technological demands and student needs, we may not acquire and may lose market share and our business could be adversely affected.

 

Widespread use of the internet for educational purposes is a relatively recent occurrence, and the market for internet-based courses and services is characterized by rapid technological changes and innovations, as well as unpredictable product life cycles and user preferences. We have limited experience with generating revenues from online education programs, and their results are largely uncertain. We must be able to adapt quickly to changing student needs and preferences, technological advances and evolving internet practices in order to compete successfully in online education market. Ongoing enhancement of our online offerings and technologies may entail significant expenses and technological risks. We may not be able to use new technologies effectively or may fail to adapt to changes in the online education market on a timely and cost-effective basis. However, if improvements to our online education programs are delayed, result in systems interruptions or are not aligned with market expectations or preferences, we may not gain market share and our growth prospects could be adversely affected.

 

Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure

 

If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for our operations in China do not comply with PRC regulations relating to the relevant industries, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.

 

Foreign ownership in education services is subject to significant regulations in the PRC. PRC laws and regulations currently require any foreign entity that invests in the education business in China to be an educational institution with relevant experience in providing education services outside China. In addition, foreign investment in private institutions providing compulsory education are prohibited and foreign investment in private institutions providing pre-school, high school or higher education are restricted to Sino-foreign cooperation with the Chinese side playing the major role. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business overview—Regulation—Regulations Relating to Foreign Investment” for further details. None of our offshore holding companies is an educational institution or provides education services. To comply with PRC laws and regulations, we have entered into (i) a series of contractual arrangements among Shanghai Jing Xue Rui Information and Technology Co., Ltd., or the WFOE, on the one hand, and Shanghai OneSmart Education and Training Co., Ltd., or Shanghai OneSmart, and its shareholders, on the other hand, and (ii) a series contractual arrangements among the WFOE, on the one hand, and Shanghai Rui Si Technology Information Consulting Co., Ltd., or Rui Si, and its shareholders, on the other hand. Accordingly, Shanghai OneSmart and Rui Si are our variable interest entities. We have been and are expected to continue to be dependent on the contractual arrangements with our VIEs, or the VIE Contractual Arrangements, to operate our after-school education services in China. See “Item 4. Information on the Company— C. Organizational Structure” for more information.

 

20


Table of Contents

 

We may be subject to more strict restrictions that are yet to come, which may impose significant uncertainties on the VIE Contractual Arrangements. For example, on April 20, 2018, the MOE issued the Draft Revision of the Regulations on the Implementation of the Law for Promoting Private Education of the PRC (the Draft for Comments), or the MOE Draft for Comments, to seek public comments. On August 10, 2018, the Ministry of Justice of the PRC, or the MOJ, issued the Draft Revisions of the Regulations on the Implementation of the Law for Promoting Private Education of the PRC (the Draft for Examination and Approval), or the MOJ Draft for Comments, based on a revised version of the MOE Draft for Comments, to seek public comments. The MOJ Draft for Comments further facilitates the development of private education by providing that a private school shall enjoy rights or preferential policies stipulated by laws equivalent to those applicable to a public school, but also sets forth compliance requirements which may affect private schools. In particular, some articles of the MOJ Draft for Comments stipulate that: (i) foreign-invested enterprises established in China and social organizations whose controllers are foreign parties shall not sponsor, or participate in the establishment of or exert de facto control over private schools which provide compulsory education; (ii) group-based education organization shall not control not-for-profit private schools through mergers and acquisitions, franchise, agreements or any other similar manner; and (iii) transactions between private schools and interest related parties shall follow the principles of disclosure, impartiality and fairness, and shall not impair the interests of the state, the private schools, the teachers and students. Education authorities shall enhance supervision on agreements entered into between not-for-profit private schools and interest related parties, and shall examine the necessity, legality and compliance of agreements involving material interests or performed repeatedly and on a long-term basis, which may include VIE agreements. The MOJ Draft for Comments has not yet been promulgated into law and still remains subject to changes, and there are uncertainties in respect of its final content and forms, as well as its application and interpretation. Our sponsorship interest in East Shanghai Foreign Language School may be subject to scrutiny if the MOJ Draft for Comments were to be enacted in the future. Although there is no provision in the MOJ Draft for Comments providing that it will have retrospective force, it may increase our legal compliance costs and may affect our future expansion.

 

If the PRC government finds that our contractual arrangements do not comply with its restrictions on foreign investment in education services business, or if the PRC government otherwise finds that we or any of our variable interest entities, or VIEs, are in violation of PRC laws or regulations or lack the necessary permits or licenses to operate our business, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities, including the Ministry of Education, which regulates the education industry in the PRC, the Ministry of Commerce, or MOFCOM, which regulates foreign investments in the PRC, the Ministry of Civil Affairs, which regulates the registration of schools in the PRC, and the State Administration for Market Regulation, which regulates the registration and operation of education training companies in the PRC, would have broad discretion in dealing with such violations or failures, including, without limitation:

 

·                  revoking our business and/or operating licenses;

 

·                  discontinuing or placing restrictions or onerous conditions on our operations;

 

·                  imposing fines, confiscating the income from our PRC subsidiary or our VIEs, or imposing other requirements for our operations with which we or our VIEs may not be able to comply;

 

·                  requiring us to restructure our ownership and control structure or operations, including terminating the VIE Contractual Arrangements and deregistering the equity pledges of our VIEs, which in turn would affect our ability to consolidate, derive economic interests from or exert effective control over our VIEs; or

 

·                  restricting or prohibiting our use of the proceeds of our initial public offering to finance our business and operations in China.

 

Any of these actions could cause significant disruption to our business operations and severely damage our reputation, which would in turn materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If any of these occurrences results in our inability to direct the activities of our VIEs that most significantly impact its economic performance, and/or our failure to receive the economic benefits from our VIEs, we may not be able to consolidate these entities in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

21


Table of Contents

 

Substantial uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation and implementation of the newly adopted PRC Foreign Investment Law and how it may impact the viability of our current corporate structure, corporate governance and business operations.

 

The “variable interest entity” structure has been adopted by many PRC-based companies, including us, to obtain necessary licenses and permits in the industries that are currently subject to foreign investment restrictions in China. See “—Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure” and “Item 4. Information on the Company— C. Organizational Structure.” The MOFCOM published a discussion draft of the proposed Foreign Investment Law in January 2015, or the 2015 Draft FIL, according to which, variable interest entities that are controlled via contractual arrangements would also be deemed as FIEs, if they are ultimately “controlled” by foreign investors. In March 2019, the National People’s Congress promulgated the Foreign Investment Law, or the 2019 FIL, which will become effective from January 1, 2020 and will replace the major existing laws and regulations governing foreign investment in China. Pursuant to the 2019 FIL, “foreign investments” refer to investment activities conducted by foreign investors “directly” or “indirectly” in China, which include any of the following circumstances: (i) foreign investors setting up foreign-invested enterprises in China solely or jointly with other investors, (ii) foreign investors obtaining shares, equity interests, property portions or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within China, (iii) foreign investors investing in new projects in China solely or jointly with other investors, and (iv) investment in other methods as specified in laws, administrative regulations, or as stipulated by the State Council. Although the 2019 FIL does not introduce the concept of “control” in determining whether a company should be considered as a foreign-invested enterprise, nor does it provide the “variable interest entity” structure as a method of foreign investment, as the 2019 FIL is newly adopted and relevant government authorities may promulgate more laws, regulations or rules on the interpretation and implementation of the 2019 FIL, the possibility cannot be ruled out that the concept of “control” as stated in the 2015 Draft FIL may be embodied in, or the “variable interest entity” structure adopted by us may be deemed as a method of foreign investment by, any of such future laws, regulations and rules. If our consolidated “variable interest entity” were deemed as a foreign-invested enterprise under any of such future laws, regulations and rules, and any of the businesses that we operate were to be included in any “negative list” for foreign investment and therefore subject to foreign investment restrictions or prohibitions, further actions required to be taken by us under such laws, regulations and rules may materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

We rely on VIE Contractual Arrangements for our PRC operations, which may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing operational control.

 

We have relied and expect to continue to rely on VIE Contractual Arrangements to operate our education business in China. For a description of these contractual arrangements, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—C. Organizational Structure.” The VIE Contractual Arrangements may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing us with control over our VIEs.

 

If we had direct ownership of the VIEs, we would be able to exercise our rights as a shareholder to effect changes in the board of directors of these entities, which in turn could effect changes, subject to any applicable fiduciary obligations, at the management and operational level. However, under the VIE Contractual Arrangements, we rely on the performance by our VIEs and their respective shareholders of their obligations under the contracts to exercise control over and receive economic benefits from our VIEs. Any failure by our VIEs or their shareholders to perform their obligations under these contracts would have a material adverse effect on our financial position and performance. Such risks exist throughout the period in which we intend to operate certain portions of our business through VIE Contractual Arrangements. If any disputes relating to these contracts remain unresolved, we will have to enforce our rights under these contracts through the operations of PRC law and arbitration, litigation and other legal proceedings and therefore will be subject to uncertainties in the PRC legal system. Therefore, the VIE Contractual Arrangements may not be as effective in ensuring our control over the relevant portion of our business operations as direct ownership would be.

 

Any failure by our VIEs or their respective shareholders to perform their obligations under the VIE Contractual Arrangements would have a material and adverse effect on our business.

 

If any of our VIEs or their respective shareholders fails to perform its respective obligations under the VIE Contractual Arrangements, we may have to incur substantial costs and expend additional resources to enforce such arrangements, and rely on legal remedies under the PRC laws, including seeking specific performance or injunctive relief and claiming damages, which may not be effective. For example, if the shareholders of our VIEs refuse to transfer their equity interests in our VIEs to us or our designee when we exercise the purchase option pursuant to the VIE Contractual Arrangements, or if they were otherwise to act in bad faith toward us, then we may have to take legal actions to compel them to perform their contractual obligations. In addition, if any third parties claim any interest in such shareholders’ equity interests in our VIEs, our ability to exercise shareholders’ rights or foreclose the share pledge according to the VIE Contractual Arrangements may be impaired. If these or other disputes between the shareholders of our VIEs and third parties were to impair our control over our VIEs, our ability to consolidate the financial results of our VIEs would be affected, which would in turn result in a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition.

 

22


Table of Contents

 

All of the material agreements under the VIE Contractual Arrangements are governed by PRC laws and provide for the resolution of disputes through arbitration in China. Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance with PRC laws, and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures. The legal system in the PRC is not as developed as in some other jurisdictions, such as the United States. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit our ability to enforce the VIE Contractual Arrangements. Meanwhile, there are very few precedents and little formal guidance as to how contractual arrangements in the context of a VIE should be interpreted or enforced under PRC laws. There remain significant uncertainties regarding the ultimate outcome of such arbitration should legal action become necessary. In addition, under PRC laws, rulings by arbitrators are final, parties cannot appeal the arbitration results in courts, and if the losing parties fail to carry out the arbitration awards within a prescribed time limit, the prevailing parties may only enforce the arbitration awards in PRC courts through arbitration award recognition proceedings, which would incur additional expenses and delay. In the event we are unable to enforce the VIE Contractual Arrangements, or if we suffer significant delays or other obstacles in the process of enforcing the VIE Contractual Arrangements, we may not be able to exert effective control over our VIEs, and our ability to conduct our business may be negatively affected.

 

The shareholders of our VIEs may have potential conflicts of interest with us and not act in the best interest of our company.

 

The shareholders of our VIEs may have potential conflicts of interest with us. These shareholders may breach, or cause our VIEs to breach, or refuse to renew, the VIE Contractual Arrangements we have with them and our VIEs, which would have a material and adverse effect on our ability to effectively control our VIEs and receive economic benefits from them. For example, the shareholders may be able to cause our agreements with our VIEs to be performed in a manner adverse to us by, among other things, failing to remit payments due under the VIE Contractual Arrangements to us on a timely basis. We cannot assure you that when conflicts of interest arise any or all of these shareholders will act in the best interests of our company or such conflicts will be resolved in our favor. If these shareholders do not honor their contractual obligations under the VIE Contractual Arrangements, we may exercise our exclusive option to purchase, or cause our designee to purchase, all or part of the equity interests in the VIEs held by such breaching shareholder to the extent permitted by PRC laws. If we cannot resolve any conflict of interest or dispute between us and these shareholders, we would have to rely on arbitration or legal proceedings, which could result in disruption of our business and subject us to substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

 

The VIE Contractual Arrangements may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities, and they may determine that we or our VIEs owe additional taxes, which could negatively affect our financial condition and the value of your investment.

 

Under applicable PRC laws and regulations, arrangements and transactions among related parties may be subject to audit or challenge by the PRC tax authorities subsequent to such transactions. We could face material and adverse tax consequences if the PRC tax authorities determine that the VIE Contractual Arrangements were not entered into on an arm’s-length basis and consequently adjust the income of our VIEs in the form of a transfer pricing adjustment. A transfer pricing adjustment could, among other things, result in a reduction of expense deductions recorded by our VIEs for PRC tax purposes, which could in turn increase their tax liabilities without reducing our PRC subsidiary’s tax expenses. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may impose late payment fees and other penalties on our VIEs for the unpaid taxes. Our consolidated net income could be materially and adversely affected if our VIEs’ tax liabilities increase or if they are required to pay late payment fees or other penalties.

 

23


Table of Contents

 

We may lose the ability to use and enjoy assets held by our VIEs that are material to the operation of certain portions of our business if the entity goes bankrupt or becomes subject to a dissolution or liquidation proceeding.

 

We currently conduct our operations in the PRC through the VIE Contractual Arrangements. As part of these arrangements, our VIEs hold operating permits and licenses and certain assets that are important to the operation of our business. If any of these entities goes bankrupt and all or part of their assets become subject to liens or the rights of third-party creditors, we may be unable to continue some or all of our business activities, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If our VIE undergoes a voluntary or involuntary liquidation proceeding, its equity owner or unrelated third-party creditors may claim rights to some or all of these assets, thereby hindering our ability to operate our business, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

If the custodians or authorized users of our controlling nontangible assets, including chops and seals, fail to fulfill their responsibilities, or misappropriate or misuse these assets, our business and operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Under PRC laws, legal documents for corporate transactions, including agreements and contracts that our business relies on, are executed using the chop or seal of the signing entity or with the signature of a legal representative whose designation is registered and filed with the relevant PRC industry and commerce authorities. We generally execute legal documents either by affixing chops or seals or having the designated legal representatives sign the documents.

 

In order to maintain the physical security of our chops, we generally have them stored in secured locations accessible only to authorized employees. Although we monitor such authorized employees, the procedures may not be sufficient to prevent all instances of abuse or negligence. There is a risk that our employees could abuse their authority, for example, by binding the relevant subsidiary or the VIE with contracts against our interests, as we would be obligated to honor these contracts if the other contracting party acts in good faith in reliance on the apparent authority of our chops. If any of the authorized employees obtain and misuse or misappropriate our chops and seals or other controlling intangible assets for whatever reason, we could experience disruption to our normal business operations. We may have to take corporate or legal action, which could involve significant time and resources to resolve while distracting management from our operations.

 

Our VIEs may be subject to limitations on their ability to operate private schools or make payments to related parties, or otherwise be materially and adversely affected by changes in PRC laws governing private education providers.

 

The principal regulations governing private education in China are the Law for Promoting Private Education, or the Private Education Law, and its implementation rules. The Law for Promoting Private Education was amended on November 7, 2016 and on December 29, 2018 and came into effect on September 1, 2017 and on December 29, 2018 respectively. The MOE Draft for Comments has been issued by the MOE on April 20, 2018, and then the MOJ Draft for Comments has been issued by the MOJ on August 20, 2018. Under the Private Education Law, a private school may elect to be a school that does not require reasonable returns or a school that requires reasonable returns. A private school that does not require reasonable returns cannot make distribution to its school sponsors. If its sponsor elects to require reasonable returns, a private school must include such election and any additional information required under the PRC regulations in its publicly disclosed articles of association. A number of factors must be taken into consideration when determining the percentage of the school’s net income that would be distributed to the school sponsors as reasonable returns, including the level of a school’s tuition, the ratio of the funds used for education-related activities to the course fees collected, admission standards and educational quality. However, PRC laws and regulations do not provide a formula or guidelines for determining what constitutes a “reasonable return.” PRC laws and regulations require a private school that requires reasonable returns to make an annual appropriation of 25% of its after-tax income to its development fund prior to payments of reasonable returns. Such appropriations are required to be used for the construction or maintenance of the school or for the procurement or upgrade of educational equipment. Furthermore, PRC laws and regulations do not set forth different requirements or restrictions on a private school’s ability to operate its education business based on such school’s status as a school of which the school sponsor requires reasonable returns or a school of which the school sponsor does not require reasonable returns.

 

24


Table of Contents

 

As of August 31, 2019, among our study centers that are registered as private schools, some expressly require reasonable returns and others do not have explicit requirement in their articles of association.

 

This regulatory landscape, however, have changed significantly after the 2017 Private Education Law comes into effect in September 2017. According to the 2017 Private Education Law, private schools can be established as not-for-profit or for-profit entities, and the term “reasonable return” is no longer used. School sponsors of for-profit schools may obtain operating profits, while schools sponsors of not-for-profit schools cannot obtain operating profits. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business overview—Regulation—Regulations on Private Education in the PRC—The Law for Promoting Private Education and its Implementation Rules.”

 

As a holding company, our ability to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders depends on our ability to receive dividends and other distributions from our PRC subsidiaries. The amount of dividends and other distributions our PRC subsidiaries are able to pay to us depends on the amount of service fees paid by our VIEs pursuant to the VIE Contractual Arrangements. King & Wood Mallesons, our PRC legal counsel, advises us that though the Amended Private Education Law does not prohibit the contractual arrangements in relation to schools operating in the PRC, or the payment of service fees by private schools operating in the PRC to their service providers, including the payment of fees pursuant to the contractual arrangements, our PRC legal counsel could not rule out the possibility that the relevant PRC government authorities may take a different view on this or later legislation (for example, the amended implementation rules) may prohibit or restrict the use of VIE Contractual Arrangements, and if that is the case, such authorities may seek to confiscate any or all of the service fees paid by our VIEs, if, among other things, such service fees are viewed as being “reasonable returns” or “profits” taken by the school sponsors of these schools in violation of PRC laws and regulations. The relevant PRC authorities may also seek to stop student enrollments at our schools or, in a worse situation, revoke the operation permits of these schools. As a result, our business and financial performance may be materially and adversely affected.

 

Risks Related to Doing Business in China

 

Changes in China’s economic, political or social conditions or government policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

 

Substantially all of our assets and operations are located in China. Accordingly, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be influenced to a significant degree by political, economic and social conditions in China generally.

 

The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. Although the Chinese government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China is still owned by the government. In addition, the Chinese government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The Chinese government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth through allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

 

While the Chinese economy has experienced significant growth in the past two or three decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy, and the rate of growth has been slowing since 2012. Demand of our education services depends, in large part, on economic conditions in the China. Any significant slowdown in the China’s economic growth may adversely affect the disposable income of the families of prospective students and lead to the reduction or delay of the demand for our services, which in turn could affect our financial conditions. In addition, any sudden changes to the Chinese political system or the occurrence of social unrest could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

25


Table of Contents

 

Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system could adversely affect us.

 

The PRC legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike the common law system, prior court decisions under the civil law system may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value.

 

In 1979, the PRC government began to promulgate a comprehensive system of laws and regulations governing economic matters in general. The overall effect of legislation over the past three decades has significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investments in China. However, China has not developed a fully integrated legal system, and recently enacted laws and regulations may not sufficiently cover all aspects of economic activities in China. In particular, the interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve uncertainties. Since PRC administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting, implementing and enforcing statutory provisions and contractual terms, it may be more difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy than some more-developed legal systems. These uncertainties may affect our decisions on the policies and actions to be taken to comply with PRC laws and regulations, and may affect our ability to enforce our contractual rights or tort claims. In addition, the regulatory uncertainties may be exploited through unmerited or frivolous legal actions or threats in attempts to extract payments or benefits from us.

 

Furthermore, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules, some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all and may have a retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of any of these policies and rules until sometime after the violation. In addition, any administrative and court proceedings in China may be protracted, resulting in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention.

 

You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing actions in China against us or our management named in the annual report based on foreign laws.

 

We are a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, we conduct all of our operations in China and majority of our assets are located in China. In addition, all our senior executive officers reside within China for a significant portion of the time and most are PRC nationals. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process upon us or those persons inside mainland China. In addition, China does not have treaties providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts with the Cayman Islands and many other countries and regions. Therefore, recognition and enforcement in China of judgments of a court in any of these non-PRC jurisdictions in relation to any matter not subject to a binding arbitration provision may be difficult or impossible.

 

We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiary to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to make payments to us could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.

 

We are a Cayman Islands holding company, and we rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries for our cash and financing requirements, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders and repay any debt we may incur. Our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends is based upon its distributable earnings. Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to their respective shareholders only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, each of our PRC subsidiaries, as a wholly foreign-owned enterprise in China, is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until the aggregate amount of such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. At its discretion, a wholly foreign-owned enterprise may allocate a portion of its after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to staff welfare and bonus funds. These reserve funds and staff welfare and bonus funds are not distributable as cash dividends. If our PRC subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may also restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments to us. Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to distribute dividends or other payments to their respective shareholders could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our businesses, pay dividends or otherwise fund and conduct our business.

 

26


Table of Contents

 

In addition, the PRC tax authorities may require our PRC subsidiary that entered into contractual arrangement with our VIEs to adjust its taxable income under the VIE Contractual Arrangements it currently has in place with our VIEs and their respective shareholders in a manner that would materially and adversely affect its ability to pay dividends and other distributions to us. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure—The VIE Contractual Arrangements may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities, and they may determine that we or our VIEs owe additional taxes, which could negatively affect our financial condition and the value of your investment.”

 

PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of our initial public offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

 

We are an offshore holding company primarily conducting our operations in China. Any funds we transfer to our PRC subsidiaries, either as a shareholder loan or as an increase in registered capital, are subject to registration or filing with relevant governmental authorities in China.

 

According to the relevant PRC regulations on foreign-invested enterprises, or FIEs, in China, capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries are subject to the requirement of making necessary filings in the Foreign Investment Comprehensive Management Information System, or FICMIS, and registration with other government authorities in China. Any loans to our PRC subsidiaries, which are treated as foreign-invested enterprises, or FIEs under PRC law, are subject to PRC regulations and foreign exchange loan registrations. For example, (a) any foreign loan procured by our PRC subsidiaries is required to be registered with the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, or its local branches, and (b) our PRC subsidiaries may not procure loans which exceed either the cross-border financing risk weighted balance calculated based on a special formula or the difference between their respective registered capital and their respective total investment amount as approved by the MOFCOM or its local branches. Any medium- or long-term loan to be provided by us to our PRC subsidiaries must be filed and registered with the National Development and Reform Committee and the SAFE or their local branches. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business overview—Regulation—Regulations on Foreign Exchange—Regulations on loans to and direct investment in the PRC entities by offshore holding companies.” We may not obtain these government approvals or complete such registrations on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to future capital contributions or foreign loans by us to our PRC subsidiaries. If we fail to receive such approvals or complete such registration, our ability to use the proceeds of our initial public offering and to capitalize our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

 

On March 30, 2015, the SAFE promulgated the Circular on Reforming the Management Approach Regarding the Foreign Exchange Capital Settlement of Foreign-Invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 19. SAFE Circular 19 took effect as of June 1, 2015. SAFE Circular 19 launched a nationwide reform of the administration of the settlement of the foreign exchange capitals of FIEs and allows FIEs to settle their foreign exchange capital at their discretion, but continues to prohibit FIEs from using the Renminbi fund converted from their foreign exchange capitals for expenditure beyond their business scopes, providing entrusted loans or repaying loans between nonfinancial enterprises. On June 9, 2016, the SAFE promulgated the Circular on Reforming and Standardizing the Administrative Provisions on Capital Account Foreign Exchange, or SAFE Circular 16. SAFE Circular 16 reiterates some of the rules set forth in SAFE Circular 19, but changes the prohibition against using Renminbi capital converted from foreign currency-denominated registered capital of an FIE to issue Renminbi entrusted loans to a prohibition against using such capital to issue loans to nonassociated enterprises. Violations of these Circulars could result in severe monetary or other penalties. SAFE Circular 19 and SAFE Circular 16 may significantly limit our ability to use Renminbi converted from the net proceeds of our initial public offering to fund the establishment of new entities in China by our VIEs, to invest in or acquire any other PRC companies through our PRC subsidiaries or to establish new consolidated variable interest entities in the PRC, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

27


Table of Contents

 

Fluctuations in exchange rates could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

 

The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions in China and by China’s foreign exchange policies. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar, and the Renminbi appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the Renminbi has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably. On November 30, 2015, the Executive Board of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) completed the regular five-year review of the basket of currencies that make up the Special Drawing Right, or the SDR, and decided that with effect from October 1, 2016, Renminbi is determined to be a freely usable currency and will be included in the SDR basket as a fifth currency, along with the U.S. dollar, the Euro, the Japanese yen and the British pound. In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Renminbi has depreciated significantly in the backdrop of a surging U.S. dollar and persistent capital outflows of China. This depreciation halted in 2017, and the Renminbi appreciated approximately 7% against the U.S. dollar during this one-year period. After that, Renminbi has been fluctuating against the U.S. dollar significantly and unpredictably. With the development of the foreign exchange market and progress toward interest rate liberalization and Renminbi internationalization, the PRC government may in the future announce further changes to the exchange rate system, and we cannot assure you that the Renminbi will not appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar in the future. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.

 

Our revenues and costs are mostly denominated in Renminbi. Significant revaluation of the Renminbi may have a material and adverse effect on your investment. For example, to the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from our initial public offering into Renminbi for our operations, appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the Renminbi amount we would receive from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert our Renminbi into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to us. In addition, appreciation or depreciation in the value of the Renminbi relative to U.S. dollars would affect our financial results reported in U.S. dollar terms regardless of any underlying change in our business or results of operations.

 

Very limited hedging options are available in China to reduce our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedges may be limited, and we may not be able to adequately hedge our exposure, or at all. In addition, our currency exchange losses may be magnified by PRC exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert Renminbi into foreign currency.

 

Governmental control of currency conversion may limit our ability to utilize our revenues effectively and affect the value of your investment.

 

The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the Renminbi into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. We receive all of our revenues in Renminbi. Under our current corporate structure, our Cayman Islands holding company primarily relies on dividend payments from our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval of the SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. Specifically, under the existing exchange restrictions, without prior approval of SAFE, cash generated from the operations of our PRC subsidiaries in China may be used to pay dividends to our company. However, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, we need to obtain SAFE approval to use cash generated from the operations of our PRC subsidiaries and VIEs to pay off their respective debt in a currency other than Renminbi owed to entities outside China, or to make other capital expenditure payments outside China in a currency other than Renminbi.

 

28


Table of Contents

 

In light of the flood of capital outflows of China, the PRC government may from time to time impose more restrictive foreign exchange policies and step up scrutiny of major outbound capital movement. More restrictions and substantial vetting process may be required by SAFE or other government authorities to regulate cross-border transactions falling under the capital account. The PRC government may at its discretion further restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currencies to satisfy our foreign currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders, including holders of our ADSs.

 

Certain PRC regulations may make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions.

 

The Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, adopted by six PRC regulatory agencies in 2006 and amended in 2009, and some other regulations and rules concerning mergers and acquisitions established additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time-consuming and complex. Such regulation requires, among other things, that the MOFCOM be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor acquires control of a PRC domestic enterprise and involve any of the following circumstances: (i) any important industry is concerned, (ii) such transaction involves factors that impact or may impact national economic security, or (iii) such transaction will lead to a change in control of a domestic enterprise which holds a famous trademark or PRC time-honored brand. Moreover, the Anti-Monopoly Law promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress, or the NPC Standing Committee, that became effective in 2008 requires that transactions that are deemed concentrations and involve parties with specified turnover thresholds must be cleared by the MOFCOM before they can be completed. In addition, PRC national security review rules that became effective in September 2011 require acquisitions by foreign investors of PRC companies engaged in military-related or certain other industries that are crucial to national security be subject to security review before consummation of any such acquisition. In the future, we may grow our business by acquiring complementary businesses. Complying with the requirements of these regulations to complete such transactions could be time-consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval or clearance from the MOFCOM, may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions, which could affect our ability to expand our business or maintain our market share.

 

Our failure to make full contributions to various employee benefits plans as required by PRC laws may expose us to potential penalties.

 

Companies operating in China are required to participate in various government sponsored employee benefit plans, including certain social insurance schemes and housing funds, and contribute to the plans in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of the employees up to a maximum amount specified by the local governments from time to time at locations where they operate businesses. The requirement of employee benefit plans has not been implemented consistently by the local governments in China given the different levels of economic development in different locations. We did not pay, or were not able to pay, certain past social security and housing fund contributions in strict compliance with the relevant PRC regulations for and on behalf of our employees due to differences in local regulations and inconsistent implementation or interpretation by local authorities in the PRC. To efficiently administrate the contribution of employment benefit plans of our employees in some cities, we engage third-party agents to make the contribution for our employees. Any failure to make such contribution directly exposes us to the penalties by the local authorities. We will also incur additional costs for the alternative arrangement if we were asked to terminate the existing arrangement with the third-party agents.

 

PRC regulations relating to offshore investment activities by PRC residents may limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to increase their registered capital or distribute profits to us or otherwise expose us or our PRC resident beneficial owners to liability and penalties under PRC laws.

 

In July 2014, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment Through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37. SAFE Circular 37 requires PRC residents (including PRC individuals and PRC corporate entities) to register with SAFE or its local branches in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. SAFE Circular 37 further requires amendment to the SAFE registrations in the event of any changes with respect to the basic information of the offshore special purpose vehicle, such as change of a PRC individual shareholder, name and operation term, or any significant changes with respect to the offshore special purpose vehicle, such as increase or decrease of capital contribution, share transfer or exchange, or mergers or divisions. SAFE Circular 37 is applicable to our shareholders who are PRC residents and may be applicable to any offshore acquisitions that we make in the future.

 

29


Table of Contents

 

If our shareholders who are PRC residents fails to make the required registration or to update the previously filed registration, our PRC subsidiaries may be prohibited from distributing its profits or the proceeds from any capital reduction, share transfer or liquidation to us, and we may also be prohibited from making additional capital contributions into our PRC subsidiaries. On February 13, 2015, the SAFE promulgated a Notice on Further Simplifying and Improving Foreign Exchange Administration Policy on Direct Investment, or SAFE Notice 13, which became effective on June 1, 2015. Under SAFE Notice 13, applications for foreign exchange registration of inbound foreign direct investments and outbound overseas direct investments, including those required under the SAFE Circular 37, will be filed with qualified banks instead of the SAFE. The qualified banks will directly examine the applications and accept registrations under the supervision of the SAFE.

 

All of our shareholders who we are aware of being subject to the SAFE regulations have completed the necessary registrations with the local SAFE branch or qualified banks as required by SAFE Circular 37. We cannot assure you, however, that all of these individuals may continue to make required amendments or updates on a timely manner, or at all. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business overview—Regulations—Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange Registration of Overseas Investment by PRC Residents.” We can provide no assurance that we are or will in the future continue to be informed of identities of all PRC residents holding direct or indirect interest in our company. Any failure or inability by such individuals to comply with the SAFE regulations may subject us to fines or legal sanctions, such as restrictions on our cross-border investment activities or our PRC subsidiary’s ability to distribute dividends to, or obtain foreign exchange-denominated loans from, our company or prevent us from making distributions or paying dividends. As a result, our business operations and our ability to make distributions to you could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Any failure to comply with PRC regulations regarding the registration requirements for employee stock incentive plans may subject the PRC plan participants or us to fines and other legal or administrative sanctions.

 

In February 2012, SAFE promulgated the Notices on Issues Concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Stock Incentive Plan of Overseas Publicly Listed Company. Pursuant to these rules, PRC citizens and non-PRC citizens who reside in China for a continuous period of not less than one year who participate in any stock incentive plan of an overseas publicly listed company, subject to a few exceptions, are required to register with SAFE through a domestic qualified agent, which could be the PRC subsidiaries of such overseas-listed company, and complete certain other procedures. In addition, an overseas-entrusted institution must be retained to handle matters in connection with the exercise or sale of stock options and the purchase or sale of shares and interests. We and our directors, executive officers and other employees who are PRC citizens or who reside in the PRC for a continuous period of not less than one year and who have been granted options are subject to these regulations. Failure to complete the SAFE registrations may subject them to fines and legal sanctions, and may also limit our ability to contribute additional capital into our PRC subsidiaries and limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends to us. We also face regulatory uncertainties that could restrict our ability to adopt additional incentive plans for our directors, executive officers and employees under PRC law. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business overview—Regulation—Regulations on Foreign Exchange—Regulations on Stock Incentive Plans.”

 

In addition, the State Administration of Taxation, or the SAT, has issued certain circulars concerning employee share options and restricted shares. Under these circulars, our employees working in China who exercise share options or are granted restricted shares will be subject to PRC individual income tax. Our PRC subsidiary has obligations to file documents related to employee share options or restricted shares with relevant tax authorities and to withhold individual income taxes of those employees who exercise their share options. If our employees fail to pay or we fail to withhold their income taxes according to relevant laws and regulations, we may face sanctions imposed by the tax authorities or other PRC government authorities. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business overview—Regulation—Regulations on Foreign Exchange—Regulations on Stock Incentive Plans.”

 

30


Table of Contents

 

If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders or ADS holders.

 

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with “de facto management body” within the PRC is considered a “resident enterprise” and will be subject to the enterprise income tax on its global income at the rate of 25%. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management body” as the body that exercises full and substantial control and overall management over the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In 2009, the SAT issued a circular, known as SAT Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although this circular only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners like us, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises. According to SAT Circular 82, an offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its “de facto management body” in China, and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its global income only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the primary location of the day-to-day operational management is in the PRC; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial and human resource matters are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in the PRC; (iii) the enterprise’s major assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions are located or maintained in the PRC; and (iv) at least 50% of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in the PRC.

 

We believe none of our entities outside China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business overview—Regulation—Legal Regulations Over Tax in the PRC—Income Tax.” However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities, and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” If the PRC tax authorities determine that we or any of our subsidiaries outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, then we or any such subsidiaries could be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 25% on our worldwide income, which could materially reduce our net income. In addition, we would also be subject to PRC enterprise income tax reporting obligations. Furthermore, if the PRC tax authorities determine that we are a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, gains realized on the sale or other disposition of our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares and dividends distributed to our non-PRC shareholders may be subject to PRC withholding tax, at a rate of 10% in the case of non-PRC enterprises or 20% in the case of non-PRC individuals (in each case, subject to the provisions of any applicable tax treaty), if such gains or dividends are deemed to be from PRC sources. Any such tax may reduce the returns on your investment in the ADSs.

 

We face uncertainty with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises by their non-PRC holding companies, and heightened scrutiny over acquisition transactions by the PRC tax authorities may have a negative impact on potential acquisitions we may pursue in the future.

 

The SAT has promulgated several rules and notices to tighten the scrutiny over acquisition transactions in recent years, including the Provisional Measures for the Administration of Withholding of Enterprise Income Tax for Non-resident Enterprises, or the Non-resident Enterprises Measures, the Notice on Strengthening Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or SAT Circular 698, the Notice on Several Issues Regarding the Income Tax of Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or SAT Circular 24, the Notice on Certain Corporate Income Tax Matters on Indirect Transfer of Properties by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or SAT Circular 7 and the Announcement on Issues Relating to Withholding at Source of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises, or SAT Circular 37. Pursuant to these rules and notices, if a non-PRC resident enterprise transfers its equity interests in a PRC tax resident enterprise, such non-PRC resident transferor must report to the tax authorities at the place where the PRC tax resident enterprise is located and is subject to a PRC withholding tax of up to 10%. In addition, if a non-PRC resident enterprise indirectly transfers PRC taxable properties, referring to properties of an establishment or a place in the PRC, real estate properties in the PRC or equity investments in a PRC tax resident enterprise, by disposing of equity interests in an overseas nonpublic holding company without a reasonable commercial purpose and resulting in the avoidance of PRC enterprise income tax, such transfer will be deemed as a direct transfer of PRC taxable properties and gains derived from the transfer may be subject to the PRC withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%. SAT Circular 7 sets out several factors to be taken into consideration by tax authorities in determining whether an indirect transfer has a reasonable commercial purpose. An indirect transfer satisfying all the following criteria will be deemed to lack reasonable commercial purpose and be taxable under PRC law: (i) 75% or more of the equity value of the intermediary enterprise being transferred is derived directly or indirectly from the PRC taxable properties; (ii) at any time during the one-year period before the indirect transfer, 90% or more of the asset value of the intermediary enterprise (excluding cash) is comprised directly or indirectly of investments in the PRC, or 90% or more of its income is derived directly or indirectly from the PRC; (iii) the functions performed and risks assumed by the intermediary enterprise and any of its subsidiaries that directly or indirectly hold the PRC taxable properties are limited and are insufficient to prove their economic substance; and (iv) the foreign tax payable on the gain derived from the indirect transfer of the PRC taxable properties is lower than the potential PRC income tax on the direct transfer of such assets. Nevertheless, the indirect transfer falling into the safe harbors under SAT Circular 7 may not be subject to PRC tax and the scope of the safe harbors include qualified group restructuring as specifically set out in SAT Circular 7, public market trading and tax treaty exemptions.

 

31


Table of Contents

 

Under SAT Circular 7 and other PRC tax regulations, in the case of an indirect transfer, entities or individuals obligated to pay the transfer price to the transferor must act as withholding agents and are required to withhold the PRC tax from the transfer price. If they fail to do so, the transferor is required to report and pay the PRC tax to the PRC tax authorities. If neither party complies with the tax payment or withholding obligations under SAT Circular 7, the tax authority may impose penalties such as late payment interest on the transferor. In addition, the tax authority may also hold the withholding agents liable and impose a penalty of 50% to 300% of the unpaid tax on them. The penalty imposed on the withholding agents may be reduced or waived if the withholding agents have submitted the relevant materials in connection with the indirect transfer to the PRC tax authorities in accordance with SAT Circular 7.

 

SAT Circular 37, which took effect on December 1, 2017, superseded the Non-resident Enterprises Measures and SAT Circular 698 as a whole and amended some provisions in SAT Circular 24 and SAT Circular 7. SAT Circular 37 purports to clarify certain issues in the implementation of the above regime, by providing, among others, the definition of equity transfer income and tax basis, the foreign exchange rate to be used in the calculation of withholding amount, and the date of occurrence of the withholding obligation.

 

We have conducted and may conduct acquisitions or restructurings that may be governed by the aforesaid tax regulations, as well as any possible future acquisition of us. We cannot assure you that the PRC tax authorities will not, at their discretion, impose tax return filing obligations on us or our subsidiaries, require us or our subsidiaries to provide assistance to an investigation by PRC tax authorities with respect to these transactions or adjust any capital gains. Any PRC tax imposed on a transfer of our shares, or equity interests in our PRC subsidiary or any adjustment of such gains, would cause us to incur additional costs and may have a negative impact on our results of operations.

 

The audit report included in this annual report is prepared by an auditor who is not inspected by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and as such, you are deprived of the benefits of such inspection.

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm that issues the audit report included in this annual report, as auditors of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, is required by the laws of the United States to undergo regular inspections by the PCAOB to assess its compliance with the laws of the United States and professional standards. Since our auditors are located in China, a jurisdiction where the PCAOB is currently unable to conduct inspections without the approval of the Chinese authorities, our auditors are not currently inspected by the PCAOB. On December 7, 2018, the SEC and the PCAOB issued a joint statement highlighting continued challenges faced by the U.S. regulators in their oversight of financial statement audits of U.S.-listed companies with significant operations in China. The joint statement reflects a heightened interest in an issue that has vexed U.S. regulators in recent years.  However, it remains unclear what further actions the SEC and PCAOB will take to address the problem.

 

Inspections of other firms that the PCAOB has conducted outside of China have identified deficiencies in those firms’ audit procedures and quality control procedures, which may be addressed as part of the inspection process to improve future audit quality. This lack of PCAOB inspections in China prevents the PCAOB from regularly evaluating our auditor’s audits and its quality control procedures. As a result, investors may be deprived of the benefits of PCAOB inspections.

 

32


Table of Contents

 

The inability of the PCAOB to conduct inspections of auditors in China makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of our auditor’s audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared to auditors outside of China that are subject to PCAOB inspections. Investors may lose confidence in our reported financial information and procedures and the quality of our financial statements.

 

As part of a continued regulatory focus in the United States on access to audit and other information currently protected by national law, in particular China’s, in June 2019, a bipartisan group of lawmakers introduced bills in both houses of the U.S. Congress that would require the SEC to maintain a list of issuers for which PCAOB is not able to inspect or investigate an auditor report issued by a foreign public accounting firm. The Ensuring Quality Information and Transparency for Abroad-Based Listings on our Exchanges (EQUITABLE) Act prescribes increased disclosure requirements for these issuers and, beginning in 2025, the delisting from U.S. national securities exchanges such as the New York Stock Exchange of issuers included on the SEC’s list for three consecutive years. Enactment of this legislation or other efforts to increase U.S. regulatory access to audit information could cause investor uncertainty for affected issuers, including us, and the market price of our ADSs could be adversely affected. It is unclear if this proposed legislation would be enacted. Furthermore, there has been recent media reports on deliberations within the U.S. government regarding potentially limiting or restricting China-based companies from accessing U.S. capital markets. If any such deliberations were to materialize, the resulting legislation may have material and adverse impact on the stock performance of China-based issuers listed in the U.S.

 

If additional remedial measures are imposed on the Big Four PRC-based accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, in administrative proceedings brought by the SEC alleging the firms’ failure to meet specific criteria set by the SEC, we could be unable to timely file future financial statements in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act.

 

Starting in 2011 the Chinese affiliates of the “big four” accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, were affected by a conflict between U.S. and Chinese law. Specifically, for certain U.S.-listed companies operating and audited in mainland China, the SEC and the PCAOB sought to obtain from the Chinese firms access to their audit work papers and related documents. The firms were, however, advised and directed that under Chinese law, they could not respond directly to the U.S. regulators on those requests, and that requests by foreign regulators for access to such papers in China had to be channeled through the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC.

 

In late 2012, this impasse led the SEC to commence administrative proceedings under Rule 102(e) of its Rules of Practice and also under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 against the “big four” accounting firms (including our independent registered public accounting firm). A first instance trial of these proceedings in July 2013 in the SEC’s internal administrative court resulted in an adverse judgment against the firms. The administrative law judge proposed penalties on the firms, including a temporary suspension of their right to practice before the SEC. Implementation of the latter penalty was postponed pending review by the SEC Commissioners. On February 6, 2015, each of the four China-based accounting firms agreed to a censure and to pay a fine to the SEC to settle the dispute and avoid suspension of their ability to practice before the SEC. The firms’ ability to continue to serve all their respective clients is not affected by the settlement. The settlement requires the firms to follow detailed procedures to seek to provide the SEC with access to Chinese firms’ audit documents via the China Securities Regulatory Commission. If the firms do not follow these procedures, the SEC could impose penalties such as suspensions, or it could restart the administrative proceedings. The settlement did not require the firms to admit to any violation of law and preserves the firms’ legal defenses in the event the administrative proceeding is restarted.

 

In the event that the SEC restarts the administrative proceedings, depending upon the final outcome, listed companies in the United States with major PRC operations may find it difficult or impossible to retain auditors in respect of their operations in the PRC, which could result in their financial statements being determined to be not in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, including possible delisting. Moreover, any negative news about any such future proceedings against these audit firms may cause investor uncertainty regarding China-based, U.S.-listed companies, and the market price of our common stock may be adversely affected.

 

33


Table of Contents

 

If our independent registered public accounting firm was denied, even temporarily, the ability to practice before the SEC and we were unable to timely find another registered public accounting firm to audit and issue an opinion on our financial statements, our financial statements could be determined to be not in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act. Such a determination could ultimately lead to the delisting of our ADSs from the New York Stock Exchange or deregistration from the SEC, or both, which would substantially reduce or effectively terminate the trading of our ADSs in the United States.

 

Risks Related to Our ADSs

 

The trading price of our ADSs is likely to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors.

 

During our fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, the trading price of our ADSs has ranged from US$6.71 to US$9.93 per ADS. The trading price of our ADSs is likely to continue to be volatile and could fluctuate widely due to factors beyond our control. This may happen because of broad market and industry factors, including the performance and fluctuation of the market prices of other companies with business operations located mainly in China that have listed their securities in the United States. The securities of some of these companies, especially companies in the education industry, have experienced significant volatility since their initial public offerings, including, in some cases, substantial price declines in their trading prices. The trading performances of other Chinese companies’ securities after their offerings may affect the attitudes of investors toward Chinese companies listed in the United States in general and consequently may impact the trading performance of our ADSs, regardless of our actual operating performance.

 

In addition to market and industry factors, the price and trading volume for our ADSs may be highly volatile for factors specific to our own operations, including the following:

 

·                  variations in our revenues, earnings and cash flow;

 

·                  announcements of new investments, acquisitions, strategic partnerships or joint ventures by us or our competitors;

 

·                  announcements of new offerings, solutions and expansions by us or our competitors;

 

·                  changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;

 

·                  detrimental adverse publicity about us, our services or our industry;

 

·                  additions or departures of key personnel;

 

·                  release of lockup or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding equity securities or sales of additional equity securities; and

 

·                  potential litigation or regulatory investigations.

 

Any of these factors may result in large and sudden changes in the volume and price at which our ADSs will trade.

 

In the past, shareholders of public companies have often brought securities class action suits against those companies following periods of instability in the market price of their securities. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert a significant amount of our management’s attention and other resources from our business and operations and require us to incur significant expenses to defend the suit, which could harm our results of operations. Any such class action suit, whether or not successful, could harm our reputation and restrict our ability to raise capital in the future. In addition, if a claim is successfully made against us, we may be required to pay significant damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

34


Table of Contents

 

Our dual-class voting structure will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could discourage others from pursuing any change of control transactions that holders of our Class A ordinary shares and ADSs may view as beneficial.

 

We have a dual-class voting structure such that our ordinary shares consist of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share in respect of matters requiring the votes of shareholders, while holders of Class B ordinary shares are entitled to twenty votes per share, subject to certain exceptions. Each Class B ordinary share is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time by the holder thereof, while Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances. Upon any transfer of Class B ordinary shares by a holder thereof to any person or entity which is not an affiliate of such holder, such Class B ordinary shares shall be automatically and immediately converted into the equal number of Class A ordinary shares.

 

Our founder, chairman and chief executive officer, Mr. Xi Zhang, beneficially owns all of our outstanding Class B ordinary shares. Due to the disparate voting powers associated with our two classes of ordinary shares, Mr. Zhang has considerable influence over important corporate matters. As of November 30, 2019, Mr. Zhang beneficially own 91.7% of the aggregate voting power of our company through Happy Edu Inc., a company wholly owned by Mr. Zhang. In the future, Mr. Zhang will continue to have considerable influence over matters requiring shareholder approval, over matters such as electing directors and approving material mergers, acquisitions or other business combination transactions. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could also discourage others from pursuing any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transactions, which could have the effect of depriving the holders of our Class A ordinary shares and our ADSs of the opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over the prevailing market price.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our ADSs, the market price for our ADSs and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our ADSs will be influenced by research or reports that industry or securities analysts publish about our business. If one or more analysts who cover us downgrade our ADSs or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the market price for our ADSs would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the market price or trading volume for our ADSs to fall.

 

The sale or availability for sale of substantial amounts of our ADSs could adversely affect their market price.

 

Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our ADSs and could materially impair our ability to raise capital through equity offerings in the future. We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of securities held by our significant shareholders or any other shareholder or the availability of these securities for future sale will have on the market price of our ADSs. In addition, we may issue additional ordinary shares or ADSs for future acquisitions. If we pay for our future acquisitions in whole or in part with additionally issued ordinary shares or ADSs, your ownership interest in our company would be diluted and this, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the price of our ADSs.

 

Because we do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future, you must rely on a price appreciation of our ADSs for a return on your investment.

 

We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, we do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, you should not rely on an investment in our ADSs as a source for any future dividend income.

 

35


Table of Contents

 

Our board of directors has discretion as to whether to distribute dividends, subject to certain requirements of Cayman Islands law. In addition, our shareholders may by ordinary resolution declare a dividend, but no dividend may exceed the amount recommended by our directors. Under Cayman Islands law, a Cayman Islands company may pay a dividend out of either profit or share premium account, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in the company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. Even if our board of directors decides to declare and pay dividends, the timing, amount and form of future dividends, if any, will depend on our future results of operations and cash flow, our capital requirements and surplus, the amount of distributions, if any, received by us from our subsidiaries, our financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Accordingly, the return on your investment in our ADSs will likely depend entirely upon any future price appreciation of our ADSs. There is no guarantee that our ADSs will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which you purchased the ADSs. You may not realize a return on your investment in our ADSs, and you may even lose your entire investment in our ADSs.

 

Our memorandum and articles of association contain anti-takeover provisions that could have a material adverse effect on the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares and ADSs.

 

Our memorandum and articles of association contain certain provisions to limit the ability of others to acquire control of our company or cause us to engage in change-of-control transactions, including a provision that grants authority to our board of directors to establish and issue from time to time one or more series of preferred shares without action by our shareholders and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred shares, the terms and rights of that series. These provisions could have the effect of depriving our shareholders and ADSs holders of the opportunity to sell their shares or ADSs at a premium over the prevailing market price by discouraging third parties from seeking to obtain control of our company in a tender offer or similar transactions.

 

You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law.

 

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against our directors, actions by our minority shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from the common law of England, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding, on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands have a less developed body of securities laws than the United States. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.

 

Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies like us have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records or to obtain copies of lists of shareholders of these companies. Our directors have discretion under our articles of association to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders, but our directors are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.

 

As a result of all of the above, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a company incorporated in the United States.

 

Certain judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.

 

We are a Cayman Islands company and all of our assets are located outside of the United States. All of our current operations are conducted in China. In addition, all of our current directors and officers are nationals and residents of countries other than the United States. Substantially all of the assets of these persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under the U.S. federal securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Cayman Islands and of China may render you unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers.

 

36


Table of Contents

 

You, as holders of ADSs, may have fewer rights than holders of our Class A ordinary shares and must act through the deposit to exercise those rights.

 

Holders of ADSs do not have the same rights as our registered shareholders. As a holder of our ADSs, you will not have any direct right to attend general meetings of our shareholders or to cast any votes at such meetings. You will only be able to exercise the voting rights that are carried by the underlying Class A ordinary shares represented by your ADSs indirectly in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement. Under the deposit agreement, you may vote only by giving voting instructions to the depositary. Upon receipt of your voting instructions, the depositary will try, as far as is practicable, to vote the Class A ordinary shares underlying your ADSs in accordance with your instructions. If we ask for your instructions, then upon receipt of your voting instructions, the depositary will try to vote the underlying Class A ordinary shares in accordance with these instructions. If we do not instruct the depositary to ask for your instructions, the depositary may still vote in accordance with instructions you give, but it is not required to do so. You will not be able to directly exercise your right to vote with respect to the underlying Class A ordinary shares unless you withdraw the shares and become the registered holder of such shares prior to the record date for the general meeting.

 

Under our articles of association, the minimum notice period required to convene a general meeting is ten days. When a general meeting is convened, you may not receive sufficient advance notice of the meeting to withdraw the shares underlying your ADSs and become the registered holder of such shares to allow you to attend the general meeting and to vote directly with respect to any specific matter or resolution to be considered and voted upon at the general meeting. In addition, under our articles of association, for the purposes of determining those shareholders who are entitled to attend and vote at any general meeting, our directors may close our register of members and/or fix in advance a record date for such meeting, and such closure of our register of members or the setting of such a record date may prevent you from withdrawing the Class A ordinary shares underlying your ADSs and becoming the registered holder of such shares prior to the record date, so that you would not be able to attend the general meeting or to vote directly. If we ask for your instructions, the depositary will notify you of the upcoming vote and will arrange to deliver our voting materials to you. We have agreed to give the depositary at least 30 business days’ prior notice of shareholder meetings. Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote the underlying Class A ordinary shares represented by your ADSs. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for their manner of carrying out your voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to direct how the shares underlying your ADSs are voted, and you may have no legal remedy if the shares underlying your ADSs are not voted as you requested.

 

You may experience dilution of your holdings due to the inability to participate in rights offerings.

 

We may, from time to time, distribute rights to our shareholders, including rights to acquire securities. Under the deposit agreement, the depositary will not distribute rights to holders of ADSs unless the distribution and sale of rights and the securities to which these rights relate are either exempt from registration under the Securities Act with respect to all holders of ADSs, or are registered under the provisions of the Securities Act. The depositary may, but is not required to, attempt to sell these undistributed rights to third parties, and may allow the rights to lapse. We may be unable to establish an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, and we are under no obligation to file a registration statement with respect to these rights or underlying securities or to endeavor to have a registration statement declared effective. Accordingly, holders of ADSs may be unable to participate in our rights offerings and may experience dilution of their holdings as a result.

 

You may be subject to limitations on the transfer of your ADSs.

 

Your ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its books at any time or from time to time when it deems it expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. The depositary may close its books from time to time for a number of reasons, including in connection with corporate events such as a rights offering, during which time the depositary needs to maintain an exact number of ADS holders on its books for a specified period. The depositary may also close its books in emergencies, and on weekends and public holidays. The depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of our ADSs generally when our share register or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary thinks it is advisable to do so because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason.

 

37


Table of Contents

 

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act and may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements.

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, most significantly, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for so long as we remain an emerging growth company. As a result, if we elect not to comply with such auditor attestation requirements, our investors may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

 

The JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company does not need to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards until such date that a private company is otherwise required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards. However, we have elected to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted for public companies. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

 

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an “emerging growth company.”

 

We are now a public company and expect to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, impose various requirements on the corporate governance practices of public companies.

 

We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some corporate activities more time-consuming and costly. After we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the other rules and regulations of the SEC. For example, as a result of becoming a public company, we will need to increase the number of independent directors and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. It may also be more difficult for us to find qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules and regulations, and we cannot predict or estimate with any degree of certainty the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

 

As a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards; these practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with the NYSE corporate governance listing standards.

 

As a Cayman Islands company listed on the New York Stock Exchange, we are subject to the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards. However, New York Stock Exchange rules permit a foreign private issuer like us to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands, which is our home country, may differ significantly from the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards. As we have chosen, and may from time to time to choose, to follow home country practice exemptions with respect to certain corporate matters, such as the requirement of shareholders’ approval for adoption of an equity incentive plan or composition of our committees of board of directors, our shareholders may be afforded less protection under Cayman Islands law than they would under the NYSE rules applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. See “Item 16G. Corporate Governance.”

 

38


Table of Contents

 

There can be no assurance that we will not be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares.

 

A non-U.S. corporation will be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for any taxable year if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for such year consists of certain types of “passive” income; or (2) at least 50% of the value of its assets (generally based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets) during such year is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”). We do not believe that we were a PFIC for the taxable year ended August 31, 2019 and do not anticipate becoming a PFIC for the foreseeable future. However, no assurance can be given in this regard because the determination of whether we are or will become a PFIC is a fact-intensive inquiry made on an annual basis that depends, in part, upon the composition of our income and assets. Fluctuations in the market price of our ADSs may cause us to become a PFIC for the current or subsequent taxable years because the value of our assets for the purpose of the asset test may be determined by reference to the market price of our ADSs from time to time (which may be volatile). The composition of our income and assets may also be affected by how, and how quickly, we use our liquid assets.

 

If we were to be or become a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder (as defined in “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations”) holds our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could apply to such U.S. Holder. See “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”

 

ITEM 4.                             INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

 

A.                                    History and Development of the Company

 

We established Shanghai OneSmart Education and Training Co., Ltd. (formerly known as Shanghai OneSmart Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.), or Shanghai OneSmart, a domestic company in China, in 2007. In January 2008, we opened our first study center in Shanghai to provide premium K-12 after-school education services.

 

In June 2009, we established Shanghai Rui Si Technology Information Consulting Co., Ltd., or Rui Si, to provide tutoring services that are currently covered under our premium young children education program.

 

In September 2011, we established Shanghai Jing Xue Rui Information and Technology Co., Ltd., or the WFOE.

 

In October 2015, we established Shanghai Jing Yu Investment Co., Ltd., or Jing Yu, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Shanghai OneSmart in the PRC. Currently, it operates the study centers for our premium tutoring programs outside of Shanghai.

 

In March 2017, we incorporated OneSmart International Education Group Limited (formerly known as OneSmart Education Group Limited), or OneSmart Education, an exempted company under the laws of the Cayman Islands, as our offshore holding company to facilitate financing and offshore listing. In connection with our initial public offering, we subsequently undertook a series of corporate restructuring, or 2017 Restructuring. In March 2017, OneSmart Education acquired OneSmart Edu Inc., or OneSmart BVI, a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, as our intermediary holding company, which holds 100% of the share capital of OneSmart Edu (HK) Limited, or OneSmart HK. In September 2017, OneSmart HK acquired all of the equity interests in the WFOE, which entered into a series of contractual arrangements with Shanghai OneSmart and its then shareholders. Subsequent to that, we also entered into a series of contractual arrangements with Rui Si and its then shareholders. In January 2018, the WFOE entered into another series of contractual arrangements with Shanghai OneSmart and its then shareholders, replacing the original set. As a result of the foregoing transactions, OneSmart Education became the entity that consolidates Shanghai OneSmart and Rui Si. The 2017 Restructuring was completed under the common control of Xi Zhang, our founder and chief executive officer.

 

39


Table of Contents

 

During the past few years, we pursued several strategic acquisitions of companies in the education industry that are complementary to our business in order to expand and diversify our service offerings. We have integrated and will continue to integrate such acquired business into our operations.

 

In September 2018, we acquired 100% equity interest in Tianjin Huaying Education Co., Ltd., one of the largest K-12 after-school education service provider based in Tianjin, China, for cash consideration of RMB240.0 million.

 

In October 2018, we made a strategic investment by acquiring 30% minority equity stake in Beijing Tus-Juren Education Technology Co., Ltd., or Tus-Juren, a leading K-12 after-school education company in China, for consideration of RMB239.4 million. In March 2019, we disposed 12% of equity stake in Tus-Juren.

 

During the fiscal year 2019, we lent a series of five-year convertible loan in an aggregate amount of RMB668.7 million to Tus-Juren. Such convertible loan bears a 10% annual coupon and we have the option to convert the principal and any unpaid interests of such convertible loan into new equity of Tus-Juren at a pre-determined valuation at any time after either the third or fourth anniversary from the borrowing date, as applicable.

 

In March 2019, we entered into a US$139 million term facility agreement with a group of arrangers led by UBS AG, Singapore Branch. Pursuant to the agreement, we were provided an interest bearing secured term facility of up to US$139 million. The term facility has a three-year term from the initial drawdown date and should be repaid in installments. The proceeds from this term facility were and will be used for our working capital, capital expenditure, share repurchase programs and other general corporate purposes.

 

The contractual arrangements with respect to Shanghai OneSmart and Rui Si enable us to (1) exercise effective control over Shanghai OneSmart and Rui Si; (2) receive substantially all of the economic benefits of Shanghai OneSmart and Rui Si in consideration for the technical and consulting services provided by the WFOE; and (3) have an exclusive option to purchase all of the equity interests in Shanghai OneSmart and Rui Si when and to the extent permitted under PRC laws and regulations. We also agree to provide unlimited financial support for the VIEs’ operations. As a result of these contractual arrangements, we are considered the primary beneficiary of Shanghai OneSmart and Rui Si, and we treat them as our VIEs, under the U.S. GAAP. We have consolidated the financial results of Shanghai OneSmart and Rui Si and their subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Due to the PRC legal restrictions on foreign ownership and investment in the education business, OneSmart Education has relied on these contractual arrangements to conduct a significant part of its operations in China. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—C. Organizational Structure—Contractual Arrangements with Shanghai OneSmart and Rui Si.”

 

On March 28, 2018, our ADSs commenced trading on the NYSE under the symbol “ONE.” We raised approximately US$162.7 million in net proceeds from the issuance of new shares from the initial public offering after deducting underwriting commissions and the offering expenses payable by us.

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 165 West Guangfu Road, Putuo District, Shanghai, People’s Republic of China. Our telephone number at this address is +86-21-5255-9339. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands.

 

See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — B. Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capital Expenditures” for a discussion of our capital expenditures.

 

B.                                    Business Overview

 

We are a leading premium K-12 after-school education service provider in China. We have built a comprehensive K-12 after-school education platform that encompasses our OneSmart VIP business, HappyMath (primarily young children mathematics training services) and FasTrack English (young children English training services). We operated a nationwide network of  432 study centers across 35 cities in China as of August 31, 2019. We have maintained large and fast growing student enrollment over the years. Our average monthly enrollments for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 were 76,841, 112,145 and 158,346, respectively.

 

40


Table of Contents

 

We introduced and implement distinctive “Power Learning” education philosophy and case study teaching method, which aims at cultivating the study motivation, capability and perseverance of each student by means of interactive learning experience, throughout all stages of our education programs and services and in all of our study centers. By carefully tailoring our teaching to each student’s capabilities and aptitude, we have become a “Third Classroom” for our students, complementing the education they receive at home and in school.

 

Our services mainly feature premium K-12 after-school education programs that target students from affluent families and mass affluent families. Over more than ten years of operation, we have built a “OneSmart” brand upon our OneSmart VIP programs which offer premium tutoring services in one-on-one and one-on-three teacher-to-student settings with a full spectrum of course offerings covering core academic subjects taught in primary and secondary schools in China at levels between the third and twelfth grade of the K-12 system. “HappyMath,” our premium young children education brand originally focusing on mathematics, has become one of the renowned education brands in the young children mathematics tutoring market in China. We have also launched other premium young children services, including Chinese language, science and computer programming, which are now integrated and carried out under our “HappyMath” brand. After acquisition of “FasTrack English” in early 2018, we have further expanded our service offerings for young children and developed it into a premium English tutoring services brand focusing on early childhood English study. As part of our OneSmart VIP business, we also offer tutoring programs covering subjects taught at international schools and training for English language tests under the brand of “OneSmart International Education” and our summer and winter study tours under the brand of “OneSmart Study Camp.”

 

Leveraging online-merge-offline technologies, or OMO technologies, we launched OneSmart Online program that provides online courses to our existing student base from OneSmart VIP, HappyMath and FasTrack English.

 

Our proprietary centralized technology platform provides full technological support and connects our online teaching resources database, our teaching service management system and our operation management system. This technology platform ensures a high degree of standardization and helps us maintain high service quality in our education, while facilitating curriculum development and customized teaching for students across our broad network of study centers. It also enables us to build a set of robust operational and managerial information systems that integrate our operations, and improve the efficiency of how we expand and operate our study center network.

 

We rely on our well-trained education services team to deliver quality service. Our commitment to recruiting and training qualified teachers is crucial to the quality of our education services and the development of our students.

 

As a result of our trusted brand, effective education service, and technology-supported and highly standardized management systems, our business has grown rapid in recent years. For information on our financial performance, see “Item 5.A. Operating Results.”

 

Due to PRC legal restrictions on foreign ownership and investment in the education business in China, we operate our after-school education business primarily through our VIEs and their subsidiaries and schools in China. We do not hold equity interests in our VIEs; however, through a series of contractual arrangements with our VIEs and their respective shareholders, we effectively control, and are able to derive substantially all of the economic benefits from, the VIEs.

 

Our Service-oriented Learning System

 

We introduced and implement distinctive “Power Learning” education philosophy and case study teaching method, which aims at cultivating the study motivation, capability and perseverance of each student by means of interactive learning experience, throughout all stages of our education programs and services and in all of our study centers. By carefully tailoring our teaching to each student’s capabilities and aptitude, we have become a “Third Classroom” for our students, complementing the education they receive at home and in school. We offer our students a customized and comprehensive learning experience through the following six key components, which are organically combined to form our learning system:

 

41


Table of Contents

 

·                  Power Learning Index aptitude assessment. Before the commencement of our in-class tutoring, we assess the capabilities of our students and match them with our teachers through our proprietary power learning index, or PLI, an aptitude assessment test. PLI consists of questions designed to assess the student’s analytical and problem solving ability, and psychological and behavioral patterns from multiple dimensions including time management ability, exam taking skill, in-class learning ability, learning interests, learning goals, self-initiative, self-discipline, decisiveness and perseverance. Based on the test results and the preliminary academic assessment for the subjects in which the students are enrolled, our assigned teacher will prepare a customized study plan. The study plan takes into consideration the student’s strengths and weaknesses identified from the PLI test, sets out the academic goals of our tutoring services, establishes a timeline for each key milestone and develops weekly or monthly tutoring schedules.

 

·                  Personalized and customizable teaching material. Our big data driven online teaching platform, OneSmart Teaching Bank, equips and furnishes our teachers with a vast database of approximately 12 million teaching notes, practice questions and learning resources to enable them to effectively tailor the teaching note for each student beforehand based on study plan.
 
OneSmart Teaching Bank allows flexibility and adjustability for our teachers to redesign or reinforce the teaching notes available in our database. Guided by the customized study plan, our teacher can generate the tailored teaching notes by selecting curriculum for a specific course at the desired difficulty level, and then designing a presentation format in combination with a set of test exercises suitable for the student’s learning aptitude. The teacher may choose to upload the tailored handout to the system for other teachers’ review, and such handout, if highly rated among the teachers, will then be contributed to the database and shared on the teaching platform in order to continuously enrich our teaching and learning resources. Thus, our teaching platform not only efficient, flexible and well-stocked, but is also continuously growing.

 

Our OneSmart Teaching Bank contains over 10 million test questions, which are collected and are constantly updated by our in-house research team. As a useful supporting tool, this platform filters and compiles questions that are constantly answered with low accuracy rates. For each of these questions, we provide detailed analysis to help students decipher the weak link in knowledge covered by the question as well as the route of solutions to tackle similar questions. Our teachers target the students’ weak areas of academic knowledge to enhance problem-solving techniques and test skills through a combination of teaching tools including the one-on-one in-depth analysis and discussions, problem sets, and mock tests and thus efficiently improve academic performance.

 

·                  Integrated offline-to-online services. Throughout the learning process, we offer our students integrated and comprehensive services. We provide offline-to-online targeted services for our students and their parents, including real-time communication, assistance and student advisory services from our dedicated team of study advisors and various extra-curricular activities.

 

Upon joining our premium education programs, each student is assigned to a study advisor who keeps track of the student’s academic performance, progress and study habits throughout his or her study with us. The study advisor also communicates with parents and teachers to report each student’s performance, adjusts the student’s study plan after discussing with the teachers, and takes a supervisory role to help him or her develop good study habits. Our students are also offered a wide selection of extra-curricular classes or services such as complementary classes including online live-streaming tutoring courses, family education training, after-class Q&A sessions, one-on-one psychological counselling services and seminars and lectures focusing on exam preparations.

 

42


Table of Contents

 

·                  iOneSmart Study Master and other apps. We seek to keep the parents updated of their children’s performance in each step of our education process. Through our proprietary mobile apps that underpin our teaching management function, such as iOneSmart Study Master and iHappyMath, we offer an interactive communication channel from which parents can review teachers’ teaching notes, receive reports on children’s academic performance and communicate to us their concerns and suggestions, which are generally responded to within 24 hours. iOneSmart Study Master also extends the tutoring dynamic between the teachers and students after class. Through scanning the bar codes assigned to the questions that students answered wrong, teachers can easily collect these questions via our apps and identify the student’s weak link in knowledge, and further customize the teaching notes. Our apps enable parents and students to access students’ records, including the results of PLI aptitude test, the test results throughout the learning process, and regular assessment and study reports.

 

·                  Well-trained teachers. We have a dedicated teacher team. We recruit our teachers through a multi-step recruiting process and the teachers recruited undergo standardized and comprehensive training courses covering orientation and regular ongoing training at our “OneSmart University” teacher training center and “OneSmart Online Colleges” which are dedicated to the development and improvement of teachers’ professional skills in order to maintain our teaching quality. Our continuous on-the-job training keep our teachers abreast of our latest education content and our learning software and facilities.

 

·                  Specifically designed study rooms or classrooms. Our students of OneSmart VIP programs typically take their classes in private study rooms at our study centers. Each study room ensures the privacy and comfort of the teaching session while all the necessary and up-to-date teaching facility is equipped in the room. The classrooms for our premium young children education services are installed with multi-media technology tools, which create a relaxing, interactive, and interest-enhancing environment that stimulate the learning interest and knowledge absorption of the students.

 

Our Education Programs

 

As a leading premium K-12 after-school education service provider in China, we have built a comprehensive K-12 education platform that encompasses the following:

 

·                  OneSmart VIP business. Premium tutoring services for exam preparation under “OneSmart VIP” brand, or OneSmart VIP programs, have been our core service offering. We provide classes covering all key academic subjects taught in primary and secondary schools in China to students between the third grade and the twelfth grade of the K-12 system in one-on-one and one-on-three teacher-to-student settings. We also offer tutoring programs covering subjects taught at international schools and training for English language tests under the brand of “OneSmart International Education” and our summer and winter study tours under the brand of “OneSmart Study Camp.”

 

·                  HappyMath. Our premium young children mathematics training services are offered under the brand “HappyMath” and are typically designed in one-on-eight or one-on-ten teacher-to-student settings, focusing on interest cultivation and early development in the subjects of mathematics, Chinese, science and computer programming to students from early childhood to primary school.

 

·                  FasTrack English. Our premium young children English training services are offered under the brand “FasTrack English” and are typically designed in one-on-eight or one-on-ten teacher-to-student settings, focusing on STEM (science, technology, engineering and mathematics) English to students from early childhood to primary school.

 

43


Table of Contents

 

The following table provides a list of our current main after-school tutoring program offerings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary School

 

Middle School

 

High School

 

Category

 

Brand

 

Subject

 

K

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

8

 

9

 

10

 

11

 

12

 

 

 

OneSmart VIP

 

All Key Subjects(1)

 

 

 

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

OneSmart VIP business

 

OneSmart International Education

 

Subjects for International School

 

 

 

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

 

 

OneSmart Study Camp

 

Culture Immersion

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

HappyMath

 

HappyMath

 

Mathematics, Chinese, Science and Computer Programming

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FasTrack

 

FasTrack

 

English Language

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Note :

(1)         Including mathematics, English, Chinese, physics, chemistry, geography and history

 

OneSmart VIP Business

 

We have been providing premium after-school tutoring services under our “OneSmart VIP” brand in one-on-one and one-on-three teacher-to-student settings with a full spectrum of course offerings covering key academic subjects taught at Chinese primary and secondary schools, including mathematics, English, Chinese, physics, chemistry, geography and history. Students enrolled in our premium tutoring services are typically between the third grade and the twelfth grade of the K-12 system in China. The programs were conducted in 275 study centers that we operated as of August 31, 2019 and we had over 99,226 average monthly enrollments in the premium tutoring services in the fiscal year of 2019. Our OneSmart VIP business also include OneSmart International Education and OneSmart Study Camp.

 

Through our integrated OneSmart learning system, we have been able to carry out our “Power Learning” education philosophy to spark our students’ intellectual curiosity, improve their study habits, foster their confidence and enhance their learning capabilities. The primary goal of our premium tutoring services is to fully explore, cultivate and realize our students’ potential and help them develop a strong and consistent track record in their academic achievements.

 

We expanded our offerings and developed programs covering international school subjects, language training and consultation services under the brand of “OneSmart International Education” and our summer and winter study tours under the brand of “OneSmart Study Camp.” Under OneSmart International Education program, we offer subjects taught at international schools as well as intensive training for English language tests, including TOFEL and IELTS, to students for the admission to the international schools. OneSmart Study Camp provides international and domestic summer and winter study tours to students at all K-12 levels who are interested in studying abroad in the future, or whose parents intend for them to have more diversified cultural exposure.

 

HappyMath

 

HappyMath is one of our course offerings to children from kindergarten to primary school, focusing on interest cultivation and early development in various subjects. Many of the services for the same subjects are offered at ascending levels of difficulty in order to suit our students’ different ages and intellectual development stages. For instance, in our regular mathematics courses, we have grouped students into three phases based on their ages, and additionally offer certain courses for primary school admission purposes.

 

44


Table of Contents

 

We offer mathematics courses to students from kindergarten to the fourth grade in primary school. The mathematics program is dedicated to developing the student’s calculation, problem solving, logic thinking, observation and reasoning abilities. We also offer Chinese, science and computer programming to students from kindergarten to the fifth grade in primary school. Our Chinese courses aim to enhance language organization and communication skills, nurture the students’ appreciation in Chinese literature, and develop their public speaking skills. Our science courses aim to cultivate students’ interests in science and inspire their exploratory spirit. Our computer programming courses aim to improve their aptitude to modern technological trends.

 

In the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the number of average monthly enrollments in our HappyMath program was 13,545, 18,884 and 27,024, respectively.

 

FasTrack English

 

FasTrack English offers premium young children English tutoring services. We acquired 55.6% equity interests in Yuhan (Shanghai) Information Technology Co., Ltd., or Yuhan, in January 2018, which allows us to hold 75.6% equity interests in Yuhan in total. Yuhan provides offline English tutoring services under the brand of “FasTrack English.” After the integration with our existing business, FasTrack English focuses on STEM English tutoring services to students from three to twelve year-old with a class format ranging from one-on-eight or one-on-ten teacher-to-student settings. FasTrack English aims to improve the comprehensive English capacities of young children.

 

In the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019, the number of average monthly enrollments in our FasTrack English program reached 15,934.

 

Our HappyMath and FasTrack English adopt group case study method. This method is designed to help our students develop disciplined and sustainable study habits, and improve independent thinking and studying ability. Under the group case study method, our students are incentivized to prepare for their lessons in before-class preview, to have extensive in-class interaction and discussions, and to engage in after-class review and reflection. We utilize scenario-based multi-media teaching content, including instructional videos and audio materials, and white board course management system to make the instructional process more efficient, and integrate story scenarios, role play and team work into the classroom to stimulate the students’ learning interest and motivation throughout the learning experience. To enhance transparency, improve learning experience and build trust between students and teachers, we also provide online streaming of some of our classes and the parents can observe the in-class performance of the students and teachers. Aided by our various apps, parents can watch a pre-recorded class video and communicate with teachers or study advisors on their children’s study and classroom performance.

 

Our premium young children education services are not designed to focus solely on improving students’ academic performance results at public schools. Nonetheless, these programs may help our students achieve academic excellence or improve school performance by developing their general independent learning and analytical capabilities and stimulating their curiosity in learning.

 

Recent Program Initiatives

 

·                  OneSmart Online.  We newly launched OneSmart Online, which provides online courses to our existing student base from OneSmart VIP, HappyMath and FasTrack English programs. OneSmart Online leverages latest education technologies and OMO technologies. OneSmart Online allows students to take classes during the weekday or on demand by offering live broadcasting programs through mobile applications. Our goal is to establish OneSmart Online as the leading online-based premium education services platform to better serve the high-end demand through both online and offline channels. We believe that our online strategies will help us expand into lower tier cities in the long run.

 

·                  Premium Services Enhancement.  We have been constantly upgrading our premium services in various ways, aiming to improve customer satisfaction. We integrated our education programs with advanced education research products and proprietary technologies. In particular, our latest UPC 12.0 (Unique Personalized Coach), our proprietary teaching and service system, is able to upgrade curriculum database and analyze teaching and study effectiveness. We also integrated IDT 8.0 (Interest Driven Teaching), our latest proprietary HappyMath education system, with OMO technologies, artificial intelligence tools and smart devices to enhance student’ satisfaction. Furthermore, we integrated the PIER 5.0 (Positive Innovative English Reinforcement), our latest proprietary FasTrack English teaching methodology, with AI and 3D technologies to enhance students engagement and learning outcome.

 

45


Table of Contents

 

Curriculum and Teaching Material Development

 

We base our curriculum and education content on the philosophy and ultimate goal of improving our students’ study capabilities, knowledge and academic performance. As different programs and classes within each program target students with diversified age groups and needs, we customize the teaching materials accordingly.

 

Our curriculum closely tracks the standard K-12 curriculum of China’s primary and secondary schools. We cover all core K-12 subjects, including mathematics, English, Chinese, physics, chemistry, geography and history.

 

The development of our teaching materials typically starts with our development team’s thorough review of recent teaching and training materials from leading public schools, as well as any new examination requirements and trends to keep up with the changing academic and examination conditions in the PRC education system. Our development team also work closely with our teachers and solicit feedback from them based on their tutoring experience and constantly update our centralized database of teaching notes and exam test questions. Leveraging OneSmart Teaching Bank and students’ PLI aptitude test results, our teachers are able to develop and design customized teaching notes and selectively choose the practice questions for each student based on their grade level, study habits, recent academic performance and their academic goals. The teachers may choose to upload their tailored teaching notes to the system for other teachers’ review, and the highly rated teaching notes will be contributed to our database which further enriches our database.

 

To provide academic and research support to our premium tutoring services and to diversify our education service offerings, we acquired an 80% equity interests in East Shanghai Foreign Language School, a domestic school for compulsory education. Our experience in managing and operating the full-time school has contributed to our teaching and learning resources and curriculum development capabilities.

 

We have a curriculum and teaching materials development team of over 100 specialists, who are dedicated to developing, updating and improving our teaching materials tailored to different regions and study needs. We also formed a “OneSmart Power Learning Institute” that focuses on analyzing local examination policy development and evaluating corresponding curriculum improvements. We also have a product development team that works with our education service team and sales and marketing team to design and promote the new program offerings.

 

Our Study Centers

 

We operated a network of 432 study centers across 35 cities in China as of August 31, 2019.

 

We have a dedicated and experienced management team at our headquarters focusing on study center expansion and site selection. We go through a comprehensive evaluation process for any expansion and new site selection, with joint efforts and contribution from our senior management, business development team and other administrative departments.

 

The layout and interior design of each study center is determined by the type of programs offered in that center. Our classrooms at the study centers are constructed with specific requirements tailored to the different programs. We emphasize the privacy of small-size study room for our premium tutoring services while ensuring that all the necessary teaching facilities are available in the room. Classrooms of our premium young children education services are installed with the multi-media technology tools and CCTVs for parental auditing. In addition to the teaching classrooms, most of our study centers are equipped with rooms with different functions to meet the parents’ and students’ needs, including:

 

46


Table of Contents

 

·                  Consulting rooms: We offer consulting, course selection, registration and other advisory services in the consulting rooms.

 

·                  Common study classrooms: Our students have free access to our common study classroom where they can prepare for courses before the classes or review and do their assignments after the classes. It also offers a venue for the students to interact with each other.

 

·                  OneSmart Paradise: It is the leisure area available to students at most of study centers for our premium tutoring services and premium young children education services. We offer various toys, facilities and activities with which students can make new friends and expand their network while playing the games and undertaking the activities together.

 

·                  Resting areas: Parents can rest at our designated areas and wait for their children during class hours. Facilities like free wireless internet and vending machines are available.

 

We are mindful about the safety of our students at our study centers and implement high safety standards in the design and construction process, and are compliant with local regulations on location choice and constructions. We strive to create an engaging learning environment for both parents and students while ensuring that teaching can be conducted safely and smoothly.

 

The director of each study center is responsible for overall management, including student recruitment, staffing and teaching curriculum. All of our service functions have step-by-step procedures that are well-documented for our staff to follow.

 

Asides from the study centers we operate, we also work with certain institutions through franchise arrangements to operate our program offerings and collect a franchise fee from them. As of August 31, 2019, there were 24 and 58 study centers to which we grant franchise under franchise agreements with our OneSmart VIP business and Fastrack English business (including 49 study centers with FastracKids, an acquired franchise business), respectively, and for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, franchise fees contributed to an immaterial portion of our total net revenues. To optimize our geographic penetration and expansion in an asset light way, we may selectively enter into more franchise arrangements with third-party operators.

 

Our Teaching Staff

 

We have a team of dedicated and capable teaching staff with teaching and management experience. We believe that our teaching staff are critical to maintaining the quality of our services and promotion of our brand and reputation. We maintain a set of qualification standards when selecting and training our teachers to ensure that we can provide consistent and high-quality education to our students.

 

Systematic recruitment process.  Approximately 40% of our teachers are recruited from specialized teachers’ colleges in China. We recruit our teachers through on-campus recruitment of teachers’ college graduates and, from time to time, through social channels. We aim to recruit high-caliber teachers through a multi-step recruitment process, including (i) application; (ii) screening; (iii) qualification tests; (iv) lecture auditions; and (v) interviews. During the recruitment process, we focus on the academic background, communication skills and classroom demeanor of these teacher candidates. We also target teacher candidates with energetic and positive personalities who can effectively connect with and motivate our students.

 

On-going training, evaluation and development.  Training is a critical part of our daily operations and ensures that the quality of our education services is maintained at a high level. Before being certified as our full teachers, new teachers are required to undergo one month of comprehensive orientation and online and offline training at our OneSmart University and OneSmart Online College, where they familiarize themselves with One Smart Teaching Bank and improve their teaching skills. All of our full-time teachers are required to continue to participate in training programs on a regular basis so that they stay abreast of our latest education content and our learning software and facilities. Other teaching staff also undergo similar systematic online and offline training courses tailored to each individual’s position and specific responsibility.

 

47


Table of Contents

 

We have established a system to evaluate and incentivize our teachers to improve their teaching skills, service quality and teaching results. Among other things, we utilize a 10-level ranking system for teachers at our premium tutoring programs. Through this ranking system, we rate teachers based on a set of criteria, including overall performance, seniority, student and parent reviews, historical refund and retention rates, and the level of ranking for each teacher is directly linked to his or her compensation. To conform to teachers’ ranks in public schools, we cooperate with, and are licensed by, the China Education Association to certify our teachers. In addition, we constantly conduct performance review and adjust the ranking of teachers. Our teachers go through quarterly examinations and certain number of teachers with low rate in the examinations will end their employment with us. Meanwhile, we encourage our teachers to put their own spin in their classes to keep students engaged and motivated.

 

Career advancement and continued education.  We are committed to the career advancement and continuing education of our teachers. We provide both online and offline training in management skills to our selected teachers. Based on various key performance indicators such as overall teaching ranking, student reviews and refund rate, capable and experienced teachers also have the opportunity to be promoted to directors of our study centers or our headquarters. As of August 31, 2019, more than 85% of the study center directors were promoted internally within our OneSmart system.

 

Competitive compensation package.  We believe that the compensation package we offer to our teaching staff, which is comprised of a fixed base salary and lecture bonus fees, is competitive in the market. Our competitive compensation and career development opportunity help ensure the stability of our teaching staff.

 

Our Students and Student Services

 

Students on OneSmart Platform.  Over the years, we have maintained large and fast growing student enrollment. Our average monthly enrollments for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, were 76,841, 112,145 and 158,346, respectively.

 

We charge our after-school education programs based on prepaid class units. After a student signs the service contract and purchases a fixed amount of class units, he or she will be deemed to have enrolled with us. The pre-paid class units are consumed when the student takes classes under our after-school education programs. In addition, with our approval, the student may use the unconsumed class units on certain programs or subjects different from the ones originally registered for at the time of purchase.

 

Each OneSmart VIP class typically lasts for 120 minutes, which translates into three class units. Each of our premium young children classes typically lasts for 80 minutes (excluding the break time), which translates into two class units. Other programs, such as OneSmart International Education and OneSmart Study Camp, together with our OneSmart Online, are targeted at further increasing our student base and potentially extends a student’s learning circle with us.

 

Student Services.  We provide integrated and comprehensive services to our students and parents through our teachers and study advisors. After the in-class tutoring, our teachers will also make themselves available to answer questions and provide additional guidance on study materials during the scheduled free Q&A sessions if our students study at our study centers after class.

 

Each student is assigned with a study advisor to provide real-time assistance to our student and his or her parents, including establishment and updating of the student’s file, class scheduling and adjustment, follow-ups on parents’ review over the student’s learning experience, periodic assessment on student’s progress, and coordination among the teachers, parents, students and us. To facilitate communication, study advisors have periodical meet-the-parents sessions to update parents on their children’s study progression, discuss with the parents on their and teacher’s observation of the student’s performance, seek students’ and parents’ feedback on our programs, and encourage the students and parents to provide additional input to adjust and optimize the students’ study plan together with their teachers. Our study advisors will also supervise our students’ study habits and work with our students to help relieve anxiety, maintain motivation and build self-confidence. We provide parenting courses to our parents and our parents also have opportunities to interact with our teachers and study advisors.

 

48


Table of Contents

 

Service Quality Assurance.  We endeavor to maintain high service quality consistently at our study centers. We require our teachers to utilize our OneSmart Teaching Bank and teach each class in accordance with our teaching guidance and course materials. We hold weekly meetings to discuss teaching plans and any special accidents or events in the previous week and all teachers and administrative staff are encouraged to join the weekly meetings. Our teachers will share teaching notes with the parents through our mobile app. Moreover, each of our advisors is in close contact with the students and parents through in-person, telephone and mobile app communication. We also provide online streaming of some of our classes and parents can observe the classroom performance of the students and teachers. We have a customer service center in our headquarters, the main functions of which include receiving enquiries, regularly following up on students and parents’ feedback to our education services and teachers, and addressing course-related issues. We also have a quality control team that supervises our customer service center.

 

Technology

 

We have built our technology platform and infrastructure relying primarily on proprietary software and systems.

 

·                  OneSmart Teaching Bank.  Our proprietary online teaching resources database contains approximately 12 million teaching notes and over 10 million test questions for OneSmart VIP programs. Our online teaching bank enables our teachers to gain access to the vast teaching resources and further develop and design customized teaching notes and selectively choose practice questions for each student based on their grade level, study habits, recent academic performance and academic goals. It also enables our teachers and research and development team to collaboratively design, develop and improve the curriculum and share know-how and useful teaching materials efficiently.

 

·                  Teaching Service Management.  Underpinning our teaching service management function are our mobile apps such as iOneSmart Study Master and iHappyMath app, which are accessed by our students and their parents for real-time progress tracking and interactions, study plan adjustment, homework assignment and class management. By creating a responsive communication channel between teachers and their students, iOneSmart Study Master also extends the tutoring dynamics between the teachers and students after class. Our technology platform allows for centralized cloud-based storage and analysis of data that we collect on our students, teachers and our curriculum, creating a virtuous feedback loop for continuous improvement of our student experience and sales and marketing effectiveness.

 

·                  Operation Management.  Our UPC operation management system is a unified enterprise resources planning and customer resources management system, which was developed by our in-house information technology team to build a set of operational and management information systems that outline protocols for and improve the efficiency of how we expand and operate our study center network. The system integrates our business operations, including sales and marketing, daily operation, teaching and research management, teachers’ recruiting and training, key performance indicators tracking, operation statement generation, and contract management. The system scientifically schedules courses, matches teachers and students, and allocates students to classes. In the day-to-day operations of our established study centers, the directors of the study centers keep close track of a series of operating indicators. These metrics are submitted to and tracked through our systems by management in our headquarters on a daily basis, allowing for centralized administration of adjustments to local strategies.

 

·                  Online-merge-offline (OMO) Technologies.  Leveraging OMO technologies, we newly launched OneSmart Online that provides online courses to our existing student base from OneSmart VIP, HappyMath and FasTrack English programs that allows students to take classes during the weekday or on demand by offering live broadcasting program through mobile application. The utilization of OMO technologies also helps to enhance customers services to both students and parents.

 

We have implemented performance monitoring for all of our web sites and apps to enable us to respond quickly to potential issues. Our web sites are hosted at our self-owned servers and facilities in Shanghai. The facility provides redundant utility systems and a backup electric generator. All servers have redundant power supplies and file systems to maximize system and data availability.

 

49


Table of Contents

 

Our in-house information technology department has a team specialized in the maintenance, update and development of our technology platform. Our information technology team had 129 employees as of August 31, 2019.

 

Branding, Marketing and Sales

 

We position ourselves as a premium K-12 private education services provider in China targeting affluent and mass affluent families. We employ a variety of marketing and recruiting methods to attract students and increase enrollments:

 

Referrals.  We believe that an important contributor to our student recruitment has been word-of-mouth referrals by our students and parents who share their experience with other students and parents. Our student enrollment has benefited and will continue to benefit through referrals from our student network and growing student base, and advantages derived from our reputation, brand, and our students’ academic performance.

 

Media Advertisement.  We advertise through China’s leading search engines and internet portals. We also strategically place our advertisements in television channels and other traditional media at outdoor advertising venues that can attract the attention of our prospective students and parents, such as airports. Our course consultants distribute informational brochures, posters and flyers in the vicinity of our study centers.

 

Social Events and Activities.  We have sponsored a series of national academic competitions and annual meetings of the Institution of China Education. We participate in or host themed open classes for public and private schools and colleges to promote awareness of our brands and programs. We also collaborated with Peking University and Shanghai Education Development Foundation to provide the OneSmart scholarship to students from Peking University and teachers’ colleges and universities.

 

Online Platform.  Our own online platform has also contributed significantly to increasing student loyalty and enhancing our brand awareness. It facilitates direct and frequent communications with our prospective students and parents and lowers our student acquisition costs.

 

Cross-Selling.  As we have already gained a strong foothold in premium tutoring market, we are branching out into other education segments. The premium OneSmart VIP tutoring program, as well as HappyMath and FasTrack English, are targeted at different age groups, while OneSmart Online provides online broadcasting courses to our existing student base during the weekday or on demand. The combination of programs provides a good cross-marketing opportunity to attract students from other programs.

 

Our course consultants team and our study advisors are in charge of the enrollment of new students and retention of existing students respectively.

 

Intellectual Property

 

Our business relies substantially on the creation, use and protection of our proprietary teaching management system and study database.

 

50


Table of Contents

 

We had more than 800 registered trademarks including our brand and logo, more than 300 registered domain names, more than 300 copyright registration certificates and four patents as of August 31, 2019. Our copyrights include substantially all of our course content, course videos and materials, and online courses. Our registered domain names incorporate the Chinese spelling of the theme of the corresponding website. We set forth below our nine main registered domain names:

 

Domain Address

 

Main Purpose

http://www.onesmart.org/

 

Our main website

http://www.jingrui.cn/

 

Premium tutoring services

http://www.happymath.org/

 

HappyMath program

http://www.jiaxuehui.com/

 

OneSmart International Education

http://www.xhqcamp.com/zh-cn/

 

OneSmart Study Camp program

http://www.vipedu.com/

 

OneSmart International Education

http://www.jrjb.com.cn/

 

Online Shop for Purchasing Courses

http://www.ftkenglish.com/

 

FasTrack English program

 

To protect our brand and other intellectual property, we rely on a combination of trademark, copyright, domain names, know-how and trade secret laws as well as confidentiality agreements that we entered into with our employees, contractors and others. We also actively engage in monitoring and enforcing activities with respect to infringing uses of our intellectual property by third parties. We cannot be certain that our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights will be adequate or that third parties will not infringe or misappropriate these rights. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights, our brand and business may suffer.”

 

Competition

 

The private education industry in China is highly fragmented, competitive and rapidly developing. We face competition from national after-school education companies such as New Oriental, TAL, Puxin, ONLY, GSX Techedu and Kooleam in each major program we offer and each geographic market in which we operate.

 

We believe the principal competitive factors in our industry include the following:

 

·                  brand recognition;

 

·                  overall student experience;

 

·                  price-to-value;

 

·                  ability to effectively market programs and service to a broad base of prospective students; and

 

·                  scope and quality of program and service offerings.

 

Our competitors may have greater access to financing and other resources, and a longer operating history than us. See “Item 3 Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We face intense competition in our industry, which could lead to pressure on our premium pricing, reduced operating margins, loss of market share, departure of qualified faculty and increased capital expenditures.”

 

Insurance and Safety

 

We endeavor to provide a safe environment for students at our study centers. Security and safety protocols are set out in detail in our management guidance and in the handbook for our study centers. Safety is an important factor in the evaluation scale we apply to the performance of our study center directors.

 

51


Table of Contents

 

We maintain various insurance policies to safeguard against risks and unexpected events. We maintain public liability insurance to cover our liability for any injuries occur at our study centers. We also maintain property insurance policies covering certain equipment and other property that are essential to our business operations.

 

We do not maintain business interruption insurance or general third-party liability insurance, nor do we maintain product liability insurance or key-man insurance. We consider our insurance coverage to be in line with that of other companies in the same industry of similar size in China.

 

Regulations

 

This section sets forth a summary of the most significant rules and regulations that affect our business activities in China.

 

Regulations Relating to Foreign Investment

 

Foreign Investment Industries Guidance Catalog (2017)

 

Pursuant to the Foreign Investment Industries Guidance Catalog, or the Foreign Investment Catalog, which was amended by the National Development and Reform Commissions, or NDRC, and the MOFCOM and became effective on July 28, 2017, and the Special Management Measures for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019), or the Foreign Investment Measures, issued by the NDRC and the MOFCOM on June 30, 2019, which has been implemented since July 30, 2018, pre-school education, high school education and higher education are restricted industries for foreign investors, foreign investors are only allowed to invest in pre-school education, high school education and higher education in Sino-foreign cooperative ways, and the Chinese party must play a major role in the cooperation, which means the study center director or other chief executive officer of the schools must be a PRC national, and the representatives of the Chinese party must account for no less than half of the total members of the board of directors, the executive council or the joint administration committee of the Sino-foreign cooperative educational institution. In addition, according to the Foreign Investment Measures, foreign investors are prohibited from investing in compulsory education, namely primary school and middle school. To comply with PRC laws and regulations, we have relied on the VIE Contractual Arrangements to operate our after-school education services in China. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for our operations in China do not comply with PRC regulations relating to the relevant industries, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.”

 

Implementation Opinions of the MOE on Encouraging and Guiding the Entry of Private Capital in the Fields of Education and Promoting the Healthy Development of Private Education

 

In June 2012, the MOE issued the Implementation Opinions of the MOE on Encouraging and Guiding the Entry of Private Capital in the Fields of Education and Promoting the Healthy Development of Private Education to encourage private investment and foreign investment in the field of education. According to these opinions, the proportion of foreign capital in a Sino-foreign cooperative educational institute must be less than 50%. These opinions also provide that each level of the government authorities should increase their support to private schools in terms of financial investment, financial support, subsidy policies, preferential treatments on tax, land policies and fee policies, autonomous operation, and protecting the rights of teachers and students, among other things. Furthermore, these opinions require each level of the government to improve its local policies on private education.

 

Foreign Investment Law

 

On March 15, 2019, the National People’s Congress promulgated the Foreign Investment Law, which will come into effect on January 1, 2020 and replace the trio of existing laws regulating foreign investment in China, namely, the Sino-foreign Equity Joint Venture Enterprise Law, the Sino-foreign Cooperative Joint Venture Enterprise Law and the Wholly Foreign-invested Enterprise Law, together with their implementation rules and ancillary regulations. The existing foreign-invested enterprises established prior to the effective of the Foreign Investment Law may keep their corporate forms within five years. The implementing rules of the Foreign Investment Law will be stipulated separately by State Council. Pursuant to the Foreign Investment Law, “foreign investors” means natural person, enterprise, or other organization of a foreign country, FIEs means any enterprise established under PRC law that is wholly or partially invested by foreign investors and “foreign investment” means any foreign investor’s direct or indirect investment in mainland China, including: (i) establishing FIEs in mainland China either individually or jointly with other investors; (ii) obtaining stock shares, stock equity, property shares, other similar interests in Chinese domestic enterprises; (iii) investing in new projects in mainland China either individually or jointly with other investors; and (iv) making investment through other means provided by laws, administrative regulations, or State Council provisions.

 

52


Table of Contents

 

The Foreign Investment Law stipulates that China implements the management system of pre-establishment national treatment plus a negative list to foreign investment and the government generally will not expropriate foreign investment, except under special circumstances, in which case it will provide fair and reasonable compensation to foreign investors. Foreign investors are barred from investing in prohibited industries on the negative list and must comply with the specified requirements when investing in restricted industries on that list. When a license is required to enter a certain industry, the foreign investor must apply for one, and the government must treat the application the same as one by a domestic enterprise, except where laws or regulations provide otherwise. In addition, foreign investors or FIEs are required to file information reports and foreign investment shall be subject to the national security review.

 

Regulations on Private Education in the PRC

 

Education Law of the PRC

 

In 1995, the National People’s Congress enacted the Education Law of the PRC, which was amended on December 27, 2015. This law sets forth provisions relating to the fundamental educational systems of the PRC, including without limitation, a school education system comprising preschool education, primary education, secondary education and higher education, a system of nine-year compulsory education, and a national education examination system. The law stipulates that the government formulates plans for the development of education and establishes and operates schools and other institutions of education, and, in principle, that enterprises, social organizations and individuals are encouraged to establish and operate schools and other types of educational institutions in accordance with PRC laws and regulations. The Education Law also stipulates that some basic conditions must be fulfilled for the establishment of a school or any other educational institution; accordingly, the establishment, modification or termination of a school or any other education institution shall follow specific examination, approval or filing procedures. In the amended Education Law, the NPC Standing Committee narrowed the provision prohibiting the establishment or operation of schools or other educational institutions for profit so that the provision only applies to schools or other educational institutions founded with governmental funds or donated assets.

 

Compulsory Law of the PRC

 

The Compulsory Education Law of the PRC was promulgated by the National People’s Congress on April 12, 1986, and last amended on December 29, 2018. According to the Compulsory Law of the PRC, a system of nine-year compulsory education, including six-year primary school and three-year middle school, was adopted.

 

Further, the MOE issued the Reform Guideline on the Curriculum System of Basic Education (Trial) on June 8, 2001, which became effective on the same day, pursuant to which schools providing basic education shall follow a “state-local-school” three-tier curriculum system. In other words, schools must follow the state curriculum standard for state courses, while the local educational authorities have the power to determine the curriculum standard for other courses, and schools may also develop curricula that are suitable for their specifics needs.

 

According to the Interim Administrative Measures on the Compilation and Vetting of Primary and Secondary School Textbooks amended on November 10, 2015 by the MOE, textbooks must be vetted before being used in primary and secondary schools. According to the Interim Administrative Measures on the Selection of the Primary and Secondary School Textbooks promulgated on September 30, 2014, the MOE is responsible for publishing the catalog of textbooks for selection, and the provincial education authority is in charge of textbook selection within its relevant administrative jurisdiction.

 

53


Table of Contents

 

On June 23, 2019, the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the State Council jointly promulgated the Opinions on Deepening the Education Reform and Comprehensively Improving the Quality of Compulsory Education, which emphasizes, among other issues, that schools providing compulsory education shall not admit students based on the results of any examination or competition, training scores, or any certificate, and shall not choose students based on interview or evaluation. The admission process of private schools providing compulsory education will be brought into a unified administration system and take place at the same time as that of public schools; and if the application exceeds the enrollment plan, applicants will be admitted randomly using computers. The above opinions also underline that it is prohibited for schools to replace the national curriculums with local or their specific curriculums, or to use uncertified textbooks, and schools providing compulsory education are not allowed to introduce overseas curriculums or use overseas textbooks. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Failure to adequately and promptly respond to changes in examination systems, admission standards, testing materials and technologies in the PRC could render our courses and services less attractive to students.”

 

The Law for Promoting Private Education and its Implementation Rules

 

In 2002, the NPC Standing Committee promulgated the Law for Promoting Private Education, or the Private Education Law, which became effective on September 1, 2003. The Private Education Law was amended on June 29, 2013, or the 2013 Private Education Law, and subsequently on November 7, 2016 and took into effect on September 1, 2016, or the 2017 Private Education Law. On December 29, 2018, the Decision of the NPC Standing Committee on Amending the Seven Laws of the labor law of the PRC was promulgated by Order No.55 of the President of the PRC and took into effect on December 29, 2018, which made two minor adjustments to Article 26 and Article 64 of the 2017 Private Education Law. In March 2004, the PRC State Council promulgated the Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education, or the PE Implementation Rules. On April 20, 2018, the MOE issued the MOE Draft for Comments, subsequently on August 20, 2018, the Ministry of Justice, or the MOJ, issued the MOJ Draft for Comments. The Private Education Law and the PE Law Implementation Rules provide rules for social organizations or individuals to establish schools or other educational organizations using nongovernment funds in the PRC; such schools or educational organizations established using nongovernment funds are referred to as “private schools.”

 

According to the Private Education Law, establishment of private schools for academic education, preschool education, self-taught examination support and other cultural education shall be subject to approval by the authorities in charge of education, while establishment of private schools for vocational qualification training and vocational skill training shall be subject to approvals from the authorities in charge of labor and social welfare. A duly approved private school will be granted an educational permit, and shall meet all conditions required for a legal person. Under the Private Education Law and PE Implementation Rules, private education is deemed a public welfare undertaking, and entities and individuals who establish private schools are commonly referred to as “sponsors,” instead of “investors” or “shareholders.” Private schools have the same status as public schools, though private schools are prohibited from providing military, police, political and other kinds of education that are of a special nature. Government-run schools that provide compulsory education are not permitted to be converted into private schools. The MOJ Draft for Comments further stipulates that the establishment of private training and educational organizations enrolling students of kindergarten, primary school, middle and high school age and implementing activities relating to cultural and educational courses at school, or examination-related and further education-related tutoring and other cultural and educational activities, would be subject to the review and approval of the administrative departments for education of the governments at or above the county level.

 

Under the 2013 Private Education Law and PE Implementation Rules, sponsors of a private school may choose to require “reasonable returns” from the annual net balance of the school after deduction of costs, donations received, government subsidies, if any, the reserved development fund and other expenses as required by the relevant regulations. The election to establish a private school requiring reasonable returns shall be made a part of the articles of association of the school, and the percentage of the school’s annual net balance that can be distributed as a reasonable return shall be determined by the school’s board of directors or other forms of decision-making bodies, taking into consideration the following factors: (i) school fee types and collection criteria, (ii) the ratio of the school’s expenses used for educational activities and improvement of educational conditions to the total fees collected, and (iii) admission standards and educational quality. The relevant information relating to the above factors shall be publicly disclosed before the school’s board determines the percentage of the school’s annual net balance that can be distributed as reasonable returns, and such information and the decision to distribute reasonable returns shall also be filed with the approval authorities within fifteen days from the decision made by the board. As of August 31, 2019, six of twenty of our study centers that are registered as schools have elected to require “reasonable returns” under the 2013 Private Education Law and PE Implementation Rules.

 

54


Table of Contents

 

The 2013 Private Education Law provides that the regulations applicable to private training institutions registered with the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, or SAIC, and its local counterparts shall be formulated by the State Council separately. However, as of the date of this annual report, no specific regulations on private training institutions registered with the SAIC and its local counterparts has been promulgated by the State Council.

 

In accordance with the 2017 Private Education Law, as long as schools do not provide compulsory education, school sponsors of private schools are allowed to register and operate the schools as for-profit private schools or not-for-profit private schools. School sponsors of for-profit private schools are allowed to get income from the operation of the school, and the balance of running such schools is permitted to be handled in accordance with the PRC Company Law and other relevant laws and administrative regulations. School sponsors of not-for-profit private schools are prohibited from getting income from the operation of the schools, and the balance of running such schools may only be used for the operation of other not-for-profit schools. Furthermore, the remaining assets upon liquidation after repayment of debts of for-profit private schools are permitted to be handled in accordance with the relevant provisions of the PRC Company Law and that of not-for-profit private schools may only be used for the operation of other not-for-profit schools. For-profit private schools are entitled to make their own decisions about collection of fees in accordance with the market situation, while collection of fees for not-for-profit private schools shall be subject to concrete measures to be promulgated by the provincial, autonomous regional or municipal government. In addition, private schools are entitled to preferential tax policies and land policies in accordance with PRC laws, with the emphasis that not-for-profit private schools shall enjoy preferential tax policies and land policies equivalent to those applicable to public schools.

 

If the school sponsors of private schools established prior to the promulgation date of the 2017 Private Education Law choose to register and operate their schools as not-for-profit private schools, they shall cause the school to amend its articles of association in accordance with this law. Furthermore, upon the termination of such not-for-profit private schools, the government authority may grant some compensation or reward to the school sponsors who have made capital contributions to such school from the remaining assets of such schools upon their liquidation and may then use the rest of the assets to the operation of other not-for-profit private schools. If the school sponsors of private schools established prior to the promulgation date of this law choose to register and operate their schools as for-profit private schools, the schools shall go through some procedures including, but not limited to, conducting financial settlement, defining the property right, paying relevant taxes and expenses and applying for renewal of registration, the details of which shall be subject to detailed measures to be promulgated by the provincial, autonomous regional or municipal government.

 

On December 29, 2016, the State Council issued the Several Opinions of the State Council on Encouraging the Operation of Education by Social Forces and Promoting the Healthy Development of Private Education, or State Council Opinions, which require, among other things, access to the operation of private schools and the encouragement of social forces to enter into the education industry. The State Council Opinions also provide that each level of the people’s government shall increase its support to private schools in terms of investment, financial support, autonomous policies, land policies, fee policies, autonomous operation and protection of teachers’ and students’ rights.

 

Under the Amended Private Education Law, our study centers that operate for profit are required to obtain an educational permit and a business license. We have worked closely with the local authorities in preparing filings and applying for education permits for these study centers. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—We are subject to governmental policies, licensing and compliance requirements for operating our K-12 after-school education business.”

 

Implementation Regulations on Classification Registration of Private Schools

 

According to the Implementation Regulations on Classification Registration of Private Schools, or the Classification Registration Rules which were issued jointly by the MOE, the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security, the Ministry of Civil Affairs, the State Commission Office of Public Sectors Reform and the State Administration for Industry and Commerce on December 30, 2016, the establishment of private schools is subject to governmental approval. Private schools whose establishment has been approved shall apply for a registration certificate or business license in accordance with the Classification Registration Rules after they have been granted an educational permit by the competent government authorities.

 

55


Table of Contents

 

This regulation is applicable to our study centers regardless of whether they were established before or after the promulgation of the Amended Private Education Law. Not-for-profit study centers that meet the requirements under the Interim Administrative Regulations on the Registration of Private Non-enterprise Entities and other relevant regulations shall apply to the civil affairs department for registration as private non-enterprise entities. For-profit study centers, on the other hand, shall apply to the industry and commerce department for registration in accordance with the jurisdictional provisions set out by the relevant laws and regulations.

 

We may be required to reclassify our study centers that are registered as schools according to the above rules. As of August 31, 2019, 18 of our study centers are registered as schools, among which three are located in Shanghai. We plan to re-register two study centers in Shanghai as for-profit schools in accordance with the local rules published in December 2017, while the other one may also be required to go through similar re-registration procedures when the relevant local implementation rules are published.

 

Implementation Regulations for the Supervision and Administration of For-Profit Private Schools

 

According to the Implementation Regulations for the Supervision and Administration of For-Profit Private Schools, which was issued jointly by the MOE, the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security and the State Administration for Industry and Commerce on December 30, 2016, social organizations or individuals are permitted to operate for-profit kindergartens, high schools, colleges, universities and other higher education institutions, but are prohibited from providing compulsory education. According to the implementation regulations, the social organization or individual operating a for-profit private school shall be in good credit standing and have financial strength appropriate to the level, type and scale of the school.

 

A for-profit private schools shall establish a board of directors, a board of supervisors, administrative organs and labor unions. It shall implement the financial and accounting policies required by the PRC Company Law and other relevant regulations, and publicize their credit information such as annual report information, license information and administrative penalty through a national information system. The school sponsors of for-profit private schools shall neither withdraw their shares of registered capital nor mortgage the educational and teaching facilities for loans or guarantee. The balance of the school operating profits could only be distributed after the annual financial settlement.

 

The division, merger, termination and other major changes involving for-profit private schools shall be subject to the approval of the boards of directors of the schools and subject to the approval and registration of the relevant government authorities. We may be required to reclassify our study centers that are registered as schools according to the above rules. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Implementation Regulation on Classification Registration of Private Schools.”

 

Notice on Alleviating After-School Study Burden on Primary and Middle School Students and Imposing Special Administration on After-School Training Institutions

 

On February 13, 2018, General Office of the Ministry of Education, jointly with three other government authorities, promulgated the Notice on Alleviating After-School Study Burden on Primary and Middle School Students and Imposing Special Administration on After-School Training Institutions, or Alleviating After-School Burden Notice, which came into effect on the same date. Alleviating After-School Burden Notice aims to solve the issue of excessive adequate after-school study burden on primary and middle school students through inspection and rectification of after-school training institutions. Pursuant to the Alleviating After-School Burden Notice, after-school training institutions that are susceptible to potential safety risks are required to immediately suspend business for self-inspection and rectification; after-school training institutions that operate without adequate educational permits and/or business licenses must apply for relevant permits and licenses in accordance with the law. After-school training institutions must file with the local education administration and allow the public to learn about the classes, courses and other information relating to their curriculum. The Alleviating After-School Burden Notice, prohibits, among other things, after-school training institutions from increasing the difficulties of the content of the courses, accelerating the after-school training course content beyond students’ study level, emphasizing exam-oriented teaching methods, or hosting standard grade examinations and competitions among primary and middle school students. After-school training institutions that are not in compliance with the Alleviating After-School Burden Notice must complete all rectification before the end of 2018. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—We are subject to governmental policies, licensing and compliance requirements for operating our K-12 after-school education business.”

 

56


Table of Contents

 

Regulating Development of After-school Tutoring Institutions

 

On August 22, 2018, the General Office of the State Council issued the State Council Opinions 80 which provided various guidance on regulating after-school training market for primary and secondary school students, including, among others, the operation standards that after-school tutoring institutions should follow, the requirements and approvals necessary for opening new after-school tutoring institutions, the guidance for daily operation of after-school tutoring institutions, and the regulatory supervision scheme for after-school tutoring institutions.

 

The State Council Opinions 80 set out the operation standards of after-school tutoring institutions, including but not limited to the requirements for Permit for Operating a Private School, size of training area, teachers’ qualification, insurance, fire safety, environmental protection, and health and food safety. The State Council Opinions 80 also provide guidance on daily operation of after-school tutoring institutions, including but not limited to content of course, time of courses, methods of training, method of receiving training service fee, among which, consistent with Circular 3, the State Council Opinions 80 prohibit intensive exam-oriented training, advanced training that do not follow the formal school curricula, and any arrangement that correlates students’ examination performance in after-school tutoring institutions to admission into primary and secondary schools. Moreover, the State Council Opinions 80 set out the general regulatory supervision scheme by education administration authorities. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—We are subject to governmental policies, licensing and compliance requirements for operating our K-12 after-school education business.”

 

On August 31, 2018, the General Office of the MOE promulgated the Circular regarding the Truly Implementation of Special Measures and Rectification Work on the Private Education Institutions, which provides detailed requirements for the provincial education departments to enforce the State Council Opinions 80.

 

On November 20, 2018, the General Office of the MOE, the General Office of the State Administration for Market Regulation of the PRC and the General Office of the Ministry of Emergency Management of the PRC jointly issued the Notice on Improving the Specific Governance and Rectification Mechanisms of After-school Tutoring Institutions, or Circular 10, which provides specific requirements for the local people’s governments at all levels in the implementation of the State Council Opinions 80.

 

Local Rules in Shanghai

 

In January 2011, the Standing Committee of the Shanghai People’s Congress promulgated Regulations of Shanghai Municipality on Promotion of Lifelong Education, or Shanghai Lifelong Education Regulations, to formally implement a classification management scheme on private training institutions in Shanghai. Shanghai Lifelong Education Regulations provides different requirements and procedures for establishment of nonprofit training institution and commercial training institutions. Specifically, with respect to establishment, Shanghai Lifelong Education Regulations stipulate that (i) to set up a nonprofit training institutions, the applicants must first apply to the relevant authorities in charge of education or human resources and social welfare for approval and register such institution as a public institution or private non-enterprise institution after obtaining an educational permit in accordance with the relevant regulations of the state, and (ii) to establish a commercial training institution, the applicants must apply with the local counterparts of the SAIC for business registration directly, and the local counterparts of the SAIC must then consult with authorities in charge of education or human resources and social welfare before it decides whether to approve the business registration.

 

On June 20, 2013, local authorities in Shanghai promulgated regulatory documents to set forth specific rules and procedures on business registration and operation of a commercial training institution, which became effective on July 19, 2013. These rules had an initial term of effectiveness of two years which was further extended to April 30, 2017.

 

57


Table of Contents

 

On December 27, 2017, the People’s Government of Shanghai promulgated the Implementation Opinions of Shanghai Municipal People’s Government on Promoting the Healthy Development of Private Education, or Shanghai Implementation Opinions, and the Administration Measures of Shanghai Municipality on Classification of Licensing and Registration of Private Schools, or Shanghai Licensing Measures, both of which took effect on January 1, 2018. Shanghai Implementation Opinions and Shanghai Licensing Measures provide implementation rules for the Amended Private Education Law in Shanghai on several aspects, including the procedures and requirements for approving the establishment, major alteration and termination of private schools, the transitional period for existing private schools and training institutions to gain compliance, and compensation and incentive measures for termination of existing private schools that are registered as private non-enterprise entities.

 

Shanghai Licensing Measures provide that existing private training institutions must receive a new educational permit issued in accordance with these measures by December 31, 2019. To obtain such an educational permit, the training institutions must take various measures to comply with relevant laws and regulations, including amending their articles of association, improving their corporate governance structure and improving their education conditions. After obtaining the new educational permit, the private training institutions must also complete other relevant procedures as required by Shanghai Licensing Measures. As of August 31, 2019, we have established 166 study centers which are private training institutions in Shanghai. For all of these study centers, we have either obtained or are applying for the new educational permit as required by Shanghai Licensing Measures.

 

Furthermore, Shanghai Licensing Measures also provide the requirements and procedures for new private training institutions to obtain the educational permit. To set up a new study center or private school in Shanghai, we need to follow the procedures in Shanghai Implementation Opinions and Shanghai Licensing Measures, including, but not limited to, applying for pre-approval of the school’s name, acquiring approval of the school’s pre-establishment and formal establishment, obtaining an educational permit issued by the local education bureaus and registering it as a legal entity with local administration for industry and commerce or local civil affairs departments.

 

Moreover, according to Shanghai Licensing Measures, we, as the sponsors of our private schools in Shanghai registered as private non-enterprise entities before November 7, 2016, must decide whether to register our schools as not-for-profit or for-profit private schools, make relevant changes to the school operations as required by Shanghai Licensing Measures, and submit the application for registration as a not-for-profit or for-profit private school before December 31, 2018. If we choose to register these schools as not-for-profit private schools, we must amend the articles of association and improve the corporate governance structure and internal management system before December 31, 2019. If we choose to register these schools as for-profit private schools, the schools must go through some procedures including, but not limited to, conducting financial settlement, defining the property right, paying relevant taxes and expenses and applying for renewal of registration before the end of 2020. As of August 31, 2019, all of our private schools in Shanghai are established before the enactment of Amended Private Education Law and are registered as private non-enterprise entities. We plan to register two schools as for-profit private schools. For the remaining one school which provides compulsory education, we will register it as a not-for-profit private school as required by the Shanghai Licensing Measures. On December 29, 2017, Shanghai Municipal Education Commission, Shanghai Administration for Industry and Commerce, Shanghai Municipal Human Resources and Social Security Bureau and Shanghai Civil Affairs Bureau jointly issued the Standards of the Establishment of Private Training Institutions in Shanghai Municipality, or the Shanghai Standards, the Administration Measures of Shanghai Municipality on For-profit Private Training Institutions, or Shanghai For-profit Institutions Measures, and the Administration Measures of Shanghai Municipality on Not-for-profit Private Training Institutions. We plan to open new study centers as for-profit entities, which will be subject to the Shanghai Standards and the Shanghai For-profit Institutions Measures.

 

The Shanghai Standards and Shanghai For-profit Institutions Measures provide specific and stringent standards and requirements on the sponsors, name, articles of association, organizational structure, management system, teachers, investment, operation sites, facilities and equipment, training programs, teaching materials and sites of study centers, for example, among others:

 

58


Table of Contents

 

·                  Teachers.  Private training institutions must have structurally reasonable and adequate full-time and part-time teaching staff tailored to the training programs and course scales; teachers for school entrance exam courses and the relevant extended trainings must hold the corresponding qualifications; private training institutions must not employ or compensate a teacher who is concurrently employed by a primary or middle school;

 

·                  Operation Sites.  Residential buildings must not be used as operation sites and the term of lease shall not be less than two years since the application for the educational permit; the area coverage of the operation sites and for education uses shall meet certain specific requirements;

 

·                  Competition.  Private training institutions must not host competitions among primary school students in connection with school entrance exam and the relevant extended trainings subject to limited exceptions; and

 

·                  Courses.  Private training institutions providing school entrance exam courses and the relevant extended trainings to primary and middle school students must not increase the burdens of the students, enhance the difficulties of the content of the courses or accelerate the teaching progress inappropriately. Specially, the last class held for primary and middle school students must not pass 8:30 p.m.

 

We believe we comply with the standards and requirements provided in the Shanghai Standards and Shanghai For-profit Institutions Measures in all material aspects. However, we must modify certain aspects of our business operations in accordance with Shanghai Standards and Shanghai For-profit Institutions Measures. Although we require our full-time and part-time teachers not to teach in other institutions while they are employed by us, we are not able to monitor their activities outside their working time with us and therefore cannot assure you that our teachers have always complied or will comply with such requirement. If any of our teachers works concurrently at other institutions, we may not be able to identify such non-compliance on a timely basis or at all, which may cause us to violate these new rules. Moreover, certain of our teachers are not fully compliant with the teacher qualification requirements under the new rules. These teachers may not be able to deliver any school entrance exam courses for compulsory education and may need to receive extended training before they obtain the requisite qualifications. In addition, since the new rules prohibit any courses for primary and middle school students past 8:30 p.m., some of our classes may need to be re-scheduled. See “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We are subject to governmental policies, licensing and compliance requirements for operating our K-12 after-school education business.”

 

Consistent with Shanghai Licensing Measures, Shanghai For-profit Institutions Measures provide a transitional period till December 31, 2019 for existing private training institutions to achieve full compliance with the standards and requirements and obtain the educational permits.

 

Opinions of the General Office of the State Council on Regulating the Development of After-School Tutoring Institutions

 

On August 6, 2018, the General Office of the State Council promulgated the After-School Tutoring Institutions Opinions, which came into effect on the same date. The After-School Tutoring Institutions Opinions places further emphasis on alleviation of after-school burden on primary and middle school students and puts forward further requirements to promote the normative development of after-school tutoring institutions. In particular, the opinions provide that rules in respect of financing and asset management promulgated by the state shall be strictly implemented, fee collection period shall be coordinated with the relevant teaching arrangements, and fees for a period spanning more than three months shall not be collected by after-school tutoring institutions at one time. Tutoring venues of after-school tutoring institutions shall meet safety conditions, and the average area per student during the same tutoring period shall be no less than three square meters, so as to ensure easy evacuation. In addition, after-school tutoring institutions shall maintain relatively stable faculty members and shall not engage in-service middle and primary school teachers. Persons engaged in tutoring services shall have obtained corresponding teaching qualifications for relevant subjects. Moreover, when an after-school tutoring institution listed overseas discloses, among others, (i) its periodic reports, or (ii) its interim reports which contain information that would have a material adverse impact on its business operations, it shall concurrently disclose to the domestic public such information in Chinese on the company’s website (or in the absence of such website, on the securities information disclosure platform).

 

59


Table of Contents

 

The After-School Tutoring Institutions Opinions are relatively new and there remain uncertainties in respect of their interpretation and implementation. Some local authorities have promulgated rules to further implement the After-School Tutoring Institutions Opinions and strengthened supervision and administration on after-school tutoring institutions. We are working closely with the local authorities to make sure that we are and will be in compliance with the After-School Tutoring Institutions Opinions in all material aspects.

 

Interim Measures for the Management of the Collection of Private Education Fees

 

The Interim Measures for the Management of the Collection of Private Education Fees were promulgated by the NDRC, the MOE and the Ministry of Labor and Social Security (currently known as the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security) in 2005. According to these measures and the Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education, the types and amounts of fees charged by a private school providing academic qualifications education shall be examined by education authorities or labor and social welfare authorities and approved by the governmental pricing authority. A private school that provides nonacademic qualifications education shall file its pricing information with the governmental pricing authority and publicly disclose such information.

 

On October 12, 2015, the State Council and the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China jointly issued Certain Opinions of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the State Council on Promoting the Price Mechanism Reform, which allows for-profit private schools to set their tuition fees on their own, while the tuition-collecting policies of not-for-profit private schools shall be determined by provincial governments in a market-oriented manner, taking into account local circumstances.

 

Subject to these applicable regulatory requirements, we generally determine tuition based on the demand for our education services, the cost of our services, and the tuition and price charged by our competitors.

 

Regulations on Applications Entering the Primary and Secondary Schools

 

On December 25, 2018, the General Office of the MOE issued Notice on Prohibiting Harmful Apps from Entering the Primary and Secondary Schools, which provides that learning applications shall be reported to the relevant educational authorities for approval, and teachers shall not recommend to students any application which has not be approved by the relevant educational authorities and the school. The use of any application which contains pornography, violence, online games, commercial advertising or relevant links, or which increases the burden of students’ work by test-taking methods such as copying homework, providing large number of test questions or ranking shall be stopped immediately. There is uncertainty whether applications we provide to our students would be found in violation of the above notice or whether such applications need to be approved by the relevant educational authorities. If the relevant authorities find our operation in violation of the above notice, our relevant applications may be ordered to stop use, which may have adverse effect on our business.

 

Regulations on Online and Distance Education

 

Pursuant to the Administrative Regulations on Educational Websites and Online and Distance Education Schools issued by the MOE, educational websites and online education schools may provide educational services in relation to higher education, elementary education, pre-school education, teaching education, occupational education, adult education, other education and public educational information services. “Educational websites” refer to organizations providing education or education-related information services to website visitors by means of a database or online education platform connected via the internet or an educational television station through an Internet Service Provider, or ISP. “Online education schools” refer to education websites providing academic education services or training services with the issuance of various certificates within the issuance of various certificates.

 

60


Table of Contents

 

Setting up education websites and online education schools was subject to approval from relevant education authorities, depending on the specific categories of education. Any education website and online education school have to, upon the receipt of approval, indicate on its website such approval information as well as the approval date and file number.

 

On February 3, 2016, the State Council promulgated the Decision on Cancelling the Second Batch of 152 Items Subject to Administrative Examination and Approval by Local Governments Designated by the Central Government, which explicitly withdrew the approval requirements for operating educational websites and online education schools as provided by the Administrative Regulations on Educational Websites and Online Education Schools, and reiterated the principle that administrative approval requirements may only be imposed in accordance with the PRC Administrative Licensing Law.

 

Pursuant to the Shanghai Licensing Measure, any management measures and regulations applied to institutions that provide training services only through the Internet will be further promulgated separately. These management measures and regulations have not yet been introduced as of the date hereof.

 

The Implementation Opinion on Online Tutoring, which was issued by the MOE and other five authorities on July 12, 2019 and became effective on the same date, restated certain requirements that apply to all after-school tutoring institutions and further provides that, among others: (1) online after-school tutoring institutions shall disclose publicly their teachers’ name, photograph, category of the courses and teacher qualification number at prominent location on their home page, and shall disclose publicly their foreign teachers’ education background as well as working and education experience; (2) information including licenses (including ICP), administration of funds, system of privacy and information safety, courses, course schedules, advertisement for student enrollment and teacher qualifications shall be filed with education administration authorities at provincial level before October 31, 2019; education administration authorities at provincial level shall examine these materials and inspect the online tutoring institutions by December 2019, and education administration authorities at provincial level are authorized to issue detailed rules on the implementation of the filing process; (3) tutoring contents and data shall be kept for more than one year and videos of live-streaming tutoring courses shall be kept for at least six months; (4) each class shall not last for more than 40 minutes and the break between two courses shall last for more than 10 minutes; (5) live-streaming tutoring activities for students in the compulsory education stage shall end before 9:00 p.m.; (6) online after-school tutoring institutions shall adopt the internet safety procedures and establish privacy protection system; (7) fee policies, standards and refund policies shall be disclosed publicly at prominent location on the online tutoring platform, and advance payments shall not be used for investing purpose and the scale of advance payments shall fit the tutoring capability; and (8) if students are charged according to numbers of classes they take, tutoring fees for more than 60 classes shall not be collected at one time, and if students are charged for a period of time, tutoring fees for a period spanning more than three months should not be collected at one time.

 

The Opinion on Healthy Development of Online Education Applications, issued by the MOE and seven other authorities on August 10, 2019, restated certain requirements on online education application providers: (1) online after-school tutoring institutions shall examine their foreign teachers’ teaching qualifications, education background and capability of their foreign teachers; (2) online education applications providers shall file information about themselves as well as their applications with education administration authorities at provincial level, and the MOE will promulgate detailed rules on the filling procedure and make such filing publicly available on certain official website(s); (3) online education applications providers whose applications mainly target juveniles shall limit the length of using time, specify age group of target users and strictly review the content of the applications, and collection of personal information of juveniles shall require the permission from the custodian of these juveniles; (4) online education application providers shall adopt data security systems covering the collection, storage, transfer, using and other respects of personal information, and shall set up a real-name verification system; (5) education authorities at provincial level shall set up negative lists with respect to the online education applications.

 

Regulations on Food Safety of Schools

 

Pursuant to the Food Safety Law of the PRC, which was amended on April 24, 2015 and became effective on October 1, 2015, schools should only order meals from off-site providers that have obtained the relevant food production licenses and should conduct regular inspections of the meals provided.

 

61


Table of Contents

 

In accordance with the Regulation on Hygiene Administration of School Canteens and Collective Provision of Meals for Students, which was promulgated in 2002 and amended in December 2010, hygiene administration of school canteens and collective provision of meals for students should take precautions and follow the hygiene-related policies and instructions of relevant hygiene and education authorities. As of August 31, 2019, none of our study centers that are registered as schools have school canteens for provision of meals to students.

 

Regulations on Franchise Businesses

 

On February 6, 2007, the State Council promulgated the Regulation on the Administration of Commercial Franchises, which became effective on May 1, 2007. This regulation requires that any enterprise engaging in trans-provincial franchise business shall register with the Ministry of Commerce, or the MOFCOM, and any enterprise engaging in franchise business within one province shall register with the provincial counterpart of the MOFCOM. On April 30, 2007, the MOFCOM promulgated the Administrative Measures for the Filing of Commercial Franchises, which was amended in 2011 and sets forth in detail the procedures and documents required for such filing, including, among other things, the franchise agreement entered into with the franchisee, the franchise market plan and trademarks and patents relating to the franchise. We are required to file the status of all franchise with the Ministry of Commerce system on a yearly basis, the failure of which may subject us to an order of rectification and a fine up to RMB50,000. As of the date of this annual report, we have filed all franchise agreements in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations and as required by the MOFCOM. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—We face risks associated with our franchise study centers.”

 

Legal Regulations Over Intellectual Property in the PRC

 

Copyright

 

Pursuant to the Copyright Law of the PRC (amended in 2010), copyrights include personal rights such as the right of publication and that of attribution as well as property rights such as the right of production and that of distribution. Reproducing, distributing, performing, projecting, broadcasting or compiling a work or communicating the same to the public via an information network without permission from the owner of the copyright therein, unless otherwise provided in the Copyright Law of the PRC, shall constitute infringements of copyrights. The infringer shall, according to the circumstances of the case, undertake to cease the infringement, take remedial action, and offer an apology, pay damages, etc.

 

Trademark

 

Pursuant to the Trademark Law of the PRC (amended in 2013), the right to exclusive use of a registered trademark shall be limited to trademarks which have been approved for registration and to goods for which the use of such trademark has been approved. The period of validity of a registered trademark shall be ten years, counted from the day the registration is approved. According to this law, using a trademark that is identical to or similar to a registered trademark in connection with the same or similar goods without the authorization of the owner of the registered trademark constitutes an infringement of the exclusive right to use a registered trademark. The infringer shall, in accordance with the regulations, undertake to cease the infringement, take remedial action, and pay damages, etc. On April 23, 2019, the NPC Standing Committee promulgated the latest amendment of PRC Trademark Law, which came into effect on November 1, 2019. Compared to the currently effective Trademark Law, the latest amendment of Trademark Law additionally provides that, among other things, (i) an application for registration of a malicious trademark not for use shall be rejected, (ii) those who apply for trademark registration maliciously shall be given administrative penalties of warning or fines according to the circumstances; and (iii) those who file trademark lawsuits maliciously shall be punished by the people’s court according to applicable laws.

 

Patent

 

Pursuant to the Patent Law of the PRC (amended in 2008), after the grant of the patent right for an invention or utility model, except where otherwise provided for in the Patent Law, no entity or individual may, without the authorization of the patent owner, exploit the patent, that is, make, use, offer to sell, sell or import the patented product, or use the patented process, or use, offer to sell, sell or import any product which is a direct result of the use of the patented process, for production or business purposes. And after a patent right is granted for a design, no entity or individual shall, without the permission of the patent owner, exploit the patent, that is, for production or business purposes, manufacture, offer to sell, sell, or import any product containing the patented design. Where the infringement of patent is decided, the infringer shall, in accordance with the regulations, undertake to cease the infringement, take remedial action, and pay damages, etc.

 

62


Table of Contents

 

Domain Name

 

Pursuant to the Measures for the Administration of Internet Domain Names of China promulgated on November 5, 2004 and became effective on December 20, 2004, or the 2004 Domain Names Measures, and the Measures for the Administration of Internet Domain names which was promulgated on August 24, 2017 and will come into effect on November 1, 2017 to replace the 2004 Domain Names Measures, “domain name” shall refer to the character mark of hierarchical structure, which identifies and locates a computer on the Internet and corresponds to the Internet protocol (IP) address of that computer. And the principle of “first come, first serve” is followed for the domain name registration service. After completing the domain name registration, the applicant becomes the holder of the domain name registered by him/it. Any organization or individual may file an application for settlement with the domain names dispute resolution institution or file a lawsuit in the people’s court in accordance with the law, if such organization or individual consider its/his legal rights and interests to be infringed by domain names registered or used by others.

 

Legal Regulations Over Labor Protection in the PRC

 

According to the Labor Law of the PRC which was promulgated by the NPC Standing Committee on July 5, 1994, came into effect on January 1, 1995, and was amended on August 27, 2009 and December 29, 2018, an employer shall develop and improve its rules and regulations to safeguard the rights of its workers. An employer shall develop and improve its labor safety and health system, stringently implement national protocols and standards on labor safety and health, conduct labor safety and health education for workers, guard against labor accidents and reduce occupational hazards. Labor safety and health facilities must comply with relevant national standards. An employer must provide workers with the necessary labor protection gear that complies with labor safety and health conditions stipulated under national regulations, as well as provide regular health checks for workers that are engaged in operations with occupational hazards. Laborers engaged in special operations shall have received specialized training and have obtained the pertinent qualifications. An employer shall develop a vocational training system. Vocational training funds shall be set aside and used in accordance with national regulations and vocational training for workers shall be carried out systematically based on the actual conditions of the company.

 

The Labor Contract Law of the PRC, which was promulgated by the NPC Standing Committee on June 29, 2007, came into effect on January 1, 2008, and was amended on December 28, 2012, and the Implementation Regulations on Labor Contract Law, which was promulgated on September 18, 2008, and became effective since the same day, regulate both parties through a labor contract, namely the employer and the employee, and contain specific provisions involving the terms of the labor contract. It is stipulated by the Labor Contract Law and the Implementation Regulations on Labor Contract Law that a labor contract must be made in writing. An employer and an employee may enter into a fixed-term labor contract, an un-fixed term labor contract, or a labor contract that concludes upon the completion of certain work assignments, after reaching agreement upon due negotiations. An employer may legally terminate a labor contract and dismiss its employees after reaching agreement upon due negotiations with the employee or by fulfilling the statutory conditions. Labor contracts concluded prior to the enactment of the Labor Contract Law and subsisting within the validity period thereof shall continue to be honored. With respect to a circumstance where a labor relationship has already been established but no formal contract has been made, a written labor contract shall be entered into within one month from the effective date of the Labor Contract Law.

 

According to the Interim Regulations on the Collection and Payment of Social Insurance Premiums, the Regulations on Work Injury Insurance, the Regulations on Unemployment Insurance and the Trial Measures on Employee Maternity Insurance of Enterprises, enterprises in the PRC shall provide benefit plans for their employees, which include basic pension insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, work injury insurance and basic medical insurance. An enterprise must provide social insurance by processing social insurance registration with local social insurance agencies, and shall pay or withhold relevant social insurance premiums for or on behalf of employees. The Law on Social Insurance of the PRC, which was promulgated on October 28, 2010, and became effective on July 1, 2011, and then was amended on December 29, 2018, has consolidated pertinent provisions for basic pension insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, work injury insurance and basic medical insurance, and has elaborated in detail the legal obligations and liabilities of employers who do not comply with relevant laws and regulations on social insurance.

 

63


Table of Contents

 

According to the Interim Measures for Participation in the Social Insurance System by Foreigners Working within the Territory of China, which was promulgated by the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security on September 6, 2011, and became effective on October 15, 2011, employers who employ foreigners shall participate in the basic pension insurance, unemployment insurance, basic medical insurance, occupational injury insurance, and maternity leave insurance in accordance with the relevant law, with the social insurance premiums to be contributed respectively by the employers and foreigner employees as required. In accordance with such Interim Measures, the social insurance administrative agencies shall exercise their right to supervise and examine the legal compliance of foreign employees and employers and the employers who do not pay social insurance premiums in conformity with the laws shall be subject to the administrative provisions provided in the Social Insurance Law and other relevant regulations and rules.

 

According to the Regulations on the Administration of Housing Provident Fund, which was promulgated and became effective on April 3, 1999, and was amended on March 24, 2002, housing provident fund contributions by an individual employee and housing provident fund contributions by his or her employer shall belong to the individual employee.

 

The employer shall timely pay up and deposit housing provident fund contributions in full amount and late or insufficient payments shall be prohibited. The employer shall process housing provident fund payment and deposit registrations with the housing provident fund administration center. With respect to companies who violate the above regulations and fail to process housing provident fund payment and deposit registrations or open housing provident fund accounts for their employees, such companies shall be ordered by the housing provident fund administration center to complete such procedures within a designated period. Those who fail to process their registrations within the designated period shall be subject to a fine ranging from RMB10,000 to RMB50,000. When companies breach these regulations and fail to pay up housing provident fund contributions in full amount as due, the housing provident fund administration center shall order such companies to pay up within a designated period, and may further apply to the People’s Court for mandatory enforcement against those who still fail to comply after the expiry of such period.

 

Legal Regulations Over Tax in the PRC

 

Income Tax

 

The PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law was promulgated on March 16, 2007 and was amended on February 24, 2017 and December 29, 2018. The PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law applies a uniform 25 percent enterprise income tax rate to both foreign-invested enterprises and domestic enterprises, except where tax incentives are granted to special industries and projects. Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, an enterprise established outside China with “de facto management bodies” within China is considered a “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes and is generally subject to a uniform 25 percent enterprise income tax rate on its worldwide income. Under the implementation regulations to the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, a “de facto management body” is defined as the body that exercises full and substantial control and overall management over the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise.

 

In January 2009, the SAT promulgated the Provisional Measures for the Administration of Withholding of Enterprise Income Tax for Non-resident Enterprises, or the Non-resident Enterprises Measures, pursuant to which entities that have direct obligation to make certain payments to a nonresident enterprise shall be the relevant tax withholders for such non-resident enterprise. Further, the Non-resident Enterprises Measures provide that, in case of an equity transfer between two non-resident enterprises occurring outside China, which is indirectly related to the transfer of equity interests of a PRC resident enterprise, the non-resident enterprise which receives the equity transfer payment shall, by itself or engage an agent to, file tax declaration with the PRC tax authority located at the place of the PRC company whose equity has been transferred, and the PRC company whose equity has been transferred shall assist the tax authorities to collect taxes from the relevant non-resident enterprise. On April 30, 2009, the Ministry of Finance, or MOF, and the SAT jointly issued the Notice on Issues Concerning Process of Enterprise Income Tax in Enterprise Restructuring Business, or Circular 59. On December 10, 2009, the SAT issued the Notice on Strengthening Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or Circular 698. Both Circular 59 and Circular 698 became effective retroactively as of January 1, 2008. On February 28, 2011, the SAT issued the Notice on Several Issues Regarding the Income Tax of Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or SAT Circular 24, which became effective on April 1, 2011. By promulgating and implementing these circulars, the PRC tax authorities have enhanced their scrutiny over the direct or indirect transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise by a non-resident enterprise.

 

64


Table of Contents

 

On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued the Notice on Certain Corporate Income Tax Matters on Indirect Transfer of Properties by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or SAT Circular 7, to supersede existing provisions in relation to the indirect transfer as set forth in Circular 698, while the other provisions of Circular 698 remain in force. SAT Circular 7 introduces a new tax regime that is significantly different from that under Circular 698. SAT Circular 7 extends its tax jurisdiction to capture not only indirect transfers as set forth under Circular 698 but also transactions involving transfer of immovable property in China and assets held under the establishment, and placement in China, of a foreign company through the offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. SAT Circular 7 also addresses transfer of the equity interests in a foreign intermediate holding company broadly. In addition, SAT Circular 7 provides clearer criteria than Circular 698 on how to assess reasonable commercial purposes and introduces safe harbor scenarios applicable to internal group restructurings. However, it also brings challenges to both the foreign transferor and transferee of the indirect transfer as they have to determine whether the transaction should be subject to PRC tax and to file or withhold the PRC tax accordingly. On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued the Announcement on Issues Relating to Withholding at Source of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises, or SAT Circular 37. SAT Circular 37, which took effect on December 1, 2017, superseded the Non-resident Enterprises Measures and SAT Circular 698 as a whole and partially amended some provisions in SAT Circular 24 and SAT Circular 7. SAT Circular 37 purports to clarify certain issues in the implementation of the above regime, by providing, among others, the definition of equity transfer income and tax basis, the foreign exchange rate to be used in the calculation of withholding amount, and the date of occurrence of the withholding obligation. Specifically, SAT Circular 37 provides that where the transfer income subject to withholding at source is derived by a non-PRC resident enterprise in instalments, the instalments may first be treated as recovery of costs of previous investments. Upon recovery of all costs, the tax amount to be withheld must then be computed and withheld.

 

Where non-resident investors were involved in our private equity financing, if such transactions were determined by the tax authorities to lack reasonable commercial purpose, we and our non-resident investors may be at risk of being required to file a return and be taxed under these circulars and we may be required to expend valuable resources to ensure compliance or to establish that we should not be held liable for any obligations under these circulars.

 

According to Notice of the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation on Tax Policies Relating to Education, or Circular 39, schools are not required to pay enterprise income tax on fees they have collected upon approval and have incorporated under the fiscal budget management or the special account management of the funds outside the fiscal budget. Schools are not required to pay enterprise income tax on the financial allocations they have received and special subsidies they have obtained from their administrative departments or institutions at higher levels.

 

Business Tax

 

According to the Provisional Regulations on Business Tax, which was amended on November 10, 2008, and became effective on January 1, 2009, and the Detailed Implementing Rules on the Provisional Regulations on Business Tax, which was amended on October 28, 2011, business tax is imposed on income derived from the furnishing of specified services and transferring of immovable property or intangible property at rates ranging from 3 percent to 20 percent, depending on the activity.

 

According to Circular 39, Notice of the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning Strengthening the Administration over the Collection of Business Tax on Educational Services, or Circular 3, and the Provisional Regulations of the PRC on Business Tax, nursing services provided by nurseries, kindergartens and educational services provided by schools and other education institutions shall be exempt from business tax.

 

65


Table of Contents

 

Other Tax Exemptions

 

According to Circular 39 and Circular 3, the real properties and land used by schools, nurseries and kindergartens established by enterprises shall be exempt from house property tax and urban land use tax. Schools expropriating arable land upon approval shall be exempt from arable land use tax. Schools and educational institutions established by any enterprises, government affiliated institutions, social groups or other social organizations or individuals and citizens with non-state fiscal funds for education and open to the public upon the approval of the administrative department for education or for labor of the relevant people’s government at the county level or above which has also issued the relevant school running license, shall be exempted from deed tax on their ownership of land and houses used for teaching activities.

 

Value-Added Tax

 

According to the Temporary Regulations on Value-added Tax, which was amended on February 6, 2016, and the Detailed Implementing Rules of the Temporary Regulations on Value-added Tax, which was amended on October 28, 2011, all taxpayers selling goods, providing processing, repair or replacement services or importing goods within the PRC shall pay Value-Added Tax. The tax rate of 17 percent shall be levied on general taxpayers selling or importing various goods; the tax rate of 17 percent shall be levied on the taxpayers providing processing, repairing or replacement service; the applicable rate for the export of goods by taxpayers shall be nil, unless otherwise stipulated.

 

Furthermore, according to the Trial Scheme for the Conversion of Business Tax to Value-added Tax, which was promulgated by the MOF and the SAT on November 16, 2011, the State began to launch taxation reforms in a gradual manner in January 1, 2012, whereby the collection of value-added tax in lieu of business tax items was implemented on a trial basis in regions showing significant radiating effects in economic development and providing outstanding reform examples, beginning with production service industries such as transportation and certain modern service industries.

 

In accordance with a SAT circular that took effect on May 1, 2016, upon approval of the State Council, the pilot program of the collection of value-added tax in lieu of business tax shall be promoted nationwide in a comprehensive manner starting from May 1, 2016, and all taxpayers of business tax engaged in the building industry, the real estate industry, the financial industry and the life service industry shall be included in the scope of the pilot program with regard to payment of value-added tax instead of business tax.

 

In April 2018, MOF and the SAT jointly promulgated the Circular of the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation on Adjustment of Value-Added Tax Rates, or Circular 32, according to which (i) for VAT taxable sales acts or importation of goods originally subject to value-added tax rates of 17% and 11% respectively, such tax rates shall be adjusted to 16% and 10%, respectively; (ii) for purchase of agricultural products originally subject to deduction rate of 11%, such deduction rate shall be adjusted to 10%; (iii) for purchase of agricultural products for the purpose of production and sales or consigned processing of goods subject to tax rate of 16%, such tax shall be calculated at the deduction rate of 12%; (iv) for exported goods originally subject to tax rate of 17% and export tax refund rate of 17%, the export tax refund rate shall be adjusted to 16%; and (v) for exported goods and cross-border taxable acts originally subject to tax rate of 11% and export tax refund rate of 11%, the export tax refund rate shall be adjusted to 10%. Circular 32 became effective on May 1, 2018 and shall supersede existing provisions which are inconsistent with Circular 32.

 

In March 2019, MOF, the SAT and General Administration of Customs jointly promulgated the Announcement on Policies for Deepening the VAT Reform according to which (i) for VAT taxable sales acts or importation of goods originally subject to value-added tax rates of 16% and 10% respectively, such tax rates shall be adjusted to 13% and 9%, respectively; (ii) for purchase of agricultural products originally subject to deduction rate of 10%, such deduction rate shall be adjusted to 9%; (iii) for purchase of agricultural products for the purpose of production and sales or consigned processing of goods subject to tax rate of 13%, such tax shall be calculated at the deduction rate of 10%; (iv) for exported goods originally subject to tax rate of 16% and export tax refund rate of 16%, the export tax refund rate shall be adjusted to 13%; and (v) for exported goods and cross border taxable acts originally subject to tax rate of 10% and export tax refund rate of 10%, the export tax refund rate shall be adjusted to 9%. The Announcement became effective on April 1, 2019 and shall supersede existing provisions which are inconsistent with the Announcement.

 

66


Table of Contents

 

Regulations on Foreign Exchange

 

Foreign Currency Exchange

 

Pursuant to the Foreign Currency Administration Rules, as amended, and various regulations issued by SAFE and other relevant PRC government authorities, Renminbi is freely convertible to the extent of current account items, such as trade related receipts and payments, interest and dividends. Capital account items, such as direct equity investments, loans and repatriation of investment, unless expressly exempted by laws and regulations, still require prior approval from SAFE or its provincial branch for conversion of Renminbi into a foreign currency, such as U.S. dollars, and remittance of the foreign currency outside of the PRC. Payments for transactions that take place within the PRC must be made in Renminbi. Foreign currency revenues received by PRC companies may be repatriated into China or retained outside of China in accordance with requirements and terms specified by SAFE.

 

Dividend Distribution

 

Wholly foreign-owned enterprises and Sino-foreign equity joint ventures in the PRC may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. Additionally, these foreign-invested enterprises may not pay dividends unless they set aside at least 10 percent of their respective accumulated profits after tax each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds, until such time as the accumulative amount of such fund reaches 50 percent of the enterprise’s registered capital. In addition, these companies also may allocate a portion of their after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to employee welfare and bonus funds at their discretion. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends.

 

Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange Registration of Overseas Investment by PRC Residents

 

Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment Through Special Purpose Vehicles, or Circular 37, issued by SAFE and effective on July 4, 2014, regulates foreign exchange matters in relation to the use of special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, by PRC residents or entities to seek offshore investment and financing and conduct round trip investment in China. Under Circular 37, a SPV refers to an offshore entity established or controlled, directly or indirectly, by PRC residents or entities for the purpose of seeking offshore financing or making offshore investment, using legitimate domestic or offshore assets or interests, while “round trip investment” refers to the direct investment in China by PRC residents or entities through SPVs, namely, establishing foreign-invested enterprises to obtain the ownership, control rights and management rights. Circular 37 requires that, before making contribution into an SPV, PRC residents or entities are required to complete foreign exchange registration with the SAFE or its local branch. Circular 37 further provides that option or share-based incentive tool holders of a non-listed SPV can exercise the options or share incentive tools to become a shareholder of such non-listed SPV, subject to registration with SAFE or its local branch.

 

PRC residents or entities who have contributed legitimate domestic or offshore interests or assets to SPVs but have yet to obtain SAFE registration before the implementation of the Circular 37 shall register their ownership interests or control in such SPVs with SAFE or its local branch. An amendment to the registration is required if there is a material change in the registered SPV, such as any change of basic information (including change of such PRC resident’s name and operation term), increases or decreases in investment amounts, transfers or exchanges of shares, or mergers or divisions. Failure to comply with the registration procedures set forth in Circular 37, or making misrepresentation on or failure to disclose controllers of foreign-invested enterprise that is established through round-trip investment, may result in restrictions on the foreign exchange activities of the relevant foreign-invested enterprises, including payment of dividends and other distributions, such as proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation, to its offshore parent or affiliate, and the capital inflow from the offshore parent, and may also subject relevant PRC residents or entities to penalties under PRC foreign exchange administration regulations. On February 13, 2015, SAFE further promulgated the Circular on Further Simplifying and Improving the Administration of the Foreign Exchange Concerning Direct Investment, or SAFE Circular 13, which took effect on June 1, 2015. This SAFE Circular 13 has amended SAFE Circular 37 by requiring PRC residents or entities to register with qualified banks rather than SAFE or its local branch in connection with their establishment or control of an offshore entity established for the purpose of overseas investment or financing. Circular 37 is applicable to our shareholders who are PRC residents and may be applicable to any offshore acquisitions that we make in the future. All of our shareholders who, to our knowledge, are subject to the above SAFE regulations have completed the necessary registrations with the local SAFE branch or qualified banks as required by SAFE Circular 37.

 

67


Table of Contents

 

On March 30, 2015, the SAFE promulgated the Circular on Reforming the Management Approach regarding the Settlement of Foreign Exchange Capital of Foreign-invested Enterprises, or Circular 19, which came into effect on June 1, 2015. According to Circular 19, the foreign exchange capital of foreign-invested enterprises shall be subject to the Discretional Foreign Exchange Settlement. The Discretional Foreign Exchange Settlement refers to the foreign exchange capital in the capital account of a foreign-invested enterprise for which the rights and interests of monetary contribution has been confirmed by the local foreign exchange bureau (or the book-entry registration of monetary contribution by the banks) can be settled at the banks based on the actual operational needs of the foreign-invested enterprise. The proportion of Discretional Foreign Exchange Settlement of the foreign exchange capital of a foreign-invested enterprise is temporarily determined to be 100%. The Renminbi converted from the foreign exchange capital will be kept in a designated account and if a foreign-invested enterprise needs to make further payment from such account, it still needs to provide supporting documents and go through the review process with the banks.

 

SAFE issued the Circular on Reforming and Regulating Policies on the Control over Foreign Exchange Settlement of Capital Accounts, or Circular 16, on June 9, 2016, which took effect on the same date. Pursuant to Circular 16, enterprises registered in the PRC may also convert their foreign debts from foreign currency to Renminbi on a discretionary basis. Circular 16 provides an integrated standard for conversion of foreign exchange under capital account items (including but not limited to foreign currency capital and foreign debts) on a discretionary basis which applies to all enterprises registered in the PRC. Circular 16 reiterates the principle that Renminbi converted from foreign currency-denominated capital of a company may not be directly or indirectly used for purposes beyond its business scope or prohibited by PRC laws or regulations, while such converted Renminbi shall not be provided as loans to its non-affiliated entities.

 

Regulations on loans to and direct investment in the PRC entities by offshore holding companies

 

According to the Implementation Rules for the Statistics and Supervision of Foreign Debt promulgated by SAFE on September 24, 1997 and the Interim Provisions on the Management of Foreign Debts promulgated by SAFE, the NDRC and the MOF and effective from March 1, 2003, loans by foreign companies to their subsidiaries in China, which accordingly are foreign-invested enterprises, are considered foreign debt, and such loans must be registered with the local branches of the SAFE. Under the provisions, the total amount of accumulated medium-term and long-term foreign debt and the balance of short-term debt borrowed by a foreign-invested enterprise is limited to the difference between the total investment and the registered capital of the foreign-invested enterprise.

 

Pursuant to the NDRC Circular on Promoting the Reform of the Administration on the Filing and Registration System for Foreign Debts Issued by Enterprises promulgated by the NDRC on September 14, 2015, which came into effect on the same date, enterprises domiciled within the PRC and their controlling subsidiaries or branches should file and register with the NDRC prior to issuance of foreign debts, including without limitation medium-term and long-term international commercial loans, and report relevant information on the issuance of the foreign debts to the NDRC within ten working days after the completion of the issuance.

 

On January 11, 2017, the People’s Bank of China, or PBOC, promulgated the Circular of the People’s Bank of China on Matters relating to the Macro-prudential Management of Comprehensive Cross-border Financing, or PBOC Circular 9, which took effect on the same date. The PBOC Circular 9 established a capital or net assets-based constraint mechanism for cross-border financings. Under such mechanism, a company may carry out cross-border financings in Renminbi or foreign currencies at their own discretion. The total cross-border financings of a company shall be calculated using a risk-weighted approach and shall not exceed an upper limit. The upper limit is calculated as capital or assets multiplied by a cross-border financing leverage ratio and multiplied by a macro-prudential regulation parameter.

 

68


Table of Contents

 

In addition, according to PBOC Circular 9, as of the date of the promulgation of PBOC Circular 9, a transition period of one year is set for foreign-invested enterprises and during such transition period, foreign-invested enterprises may apply either the current cross-border financing management mode, namely the mode provided by Implementation Rules for the Statistics and Supervision of Foreign Debt and the Interim Provisions on the Management of Foreign Debts, or the mode in this PBOC Circular 9 at its sole discretion. After the end of the transition period, the cross-border financing management mode for foreign-invested enterprises will be determined by the People’s Bank of China and SAFE after assessment based on the overall implementation of this PBOC Circular 9.

 

According to applicable PRC regulations on foreign-invested enterprises, capital contributions from a foreign holding company to its PRC subsidiaries, which are considered foreign-invested enterprises, may only be made when approval by or registration with the MOFCOM or its local counterpart is obtained.

 

We may not obtain these government approvals or complete such registrations on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to future capital contributions or foreign loans by us to our PRC subsidiaries. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of our initial public offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.”

 

Regulations on Stock Incentive Plans

 

Pursuant to the Notice on Issues Concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Stock Incentive Plan of Overseas Publicly Listed Company, or Circular 7, issued by SAFE in February 2012, employees, directors, supervisors and other senior management participating in any stock incentive plan of an overseas publicly listed company who are PRC citizens or who are non-PRC citizens residing in China for a continuous period of not less than one year, subject to a few exceptions, are required to register with SAFE through a domestic qualified agent, which could be a PRC subsidiary of such overseas listed company, and complete certain other procedures. We and our directors, executive officers and other employees who are PRC citizens or who reside in the PRC for a continuous period of not less than one year and who have been granted options are subject to these regulations. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Any failure to comply with PRC regulations regarding the registration requirements for employee stock incentive plans may subject the PRC plan participants or us to fines and other legal or administrative sanctions.”

 

In addition, the State Administration for Taxation has issued certain circulars concerning employee share options or restricted shares. Under these circulars, the employees working in the PRC who exercise share options or are granted restricted shares will be subject to PRC individual income tax. The PRC subsidiaries of such overseas listed company have obligations to file documents related to employee share options or restricted shares with relevant tax authorities and to withhold individual income taxes of those employees who exercise their share options. If the employees fail to pay or the PRC subsidiaries fail to withhold their income taxes according to relevant laws and regulations, the PRC subsidiaries may face sanctions imposed by the tax authorities or other PRC government authorities.

 

M&A Rule and Overseas Listing

 

Under the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rule, were jointly adopted by six PRC regulatory authorities, including CSRC, on August 8, 2006, and became effective as of September 8, 2006, and were later amended on June 22, 2009, a foreign investor is required to obtain necessary approvals when (i) a foreign investor acquires equity in a domestic non-foreign invested enterprise thereby converting it into a foreign-invested enterprise, or subscribes for new equity in a domestic enterprise via an increase of registered capital thereby converting it into a foreign-invested enterprise; or (ii) a foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise which purchases and operates the assets of a domestic enterprise, or which purchases the assets of a domestic enterprise and injects those assets to establish a foreign-invested enterprise. According to the M&A Rule, where a domestic company or enterprise, or a domestic natural person, through an overseas company established or controlled by it/him, acquires a domestic company which is related to or connected with it/him, approval from MOFCOM is required.

 

69


Table of Contents

 

C.                                    Organizational Structure

 

The chart below summarizes our corporate legal structure and identifies our significant subsidiaries and other entities that are material to our business as of the date of this annual report:

 

GRAPHIC

 

70


Table of Contents

 


Notes:

 

(1)         Mr. Xi Zhang and his wholly owned company collectively and directly hold 100% equity interests in Shanghai OneSmart.

 

(2)         Mr. Xi Zhang and his wholly owned company collectively and directly hold 100% equity interests in Rui Si.

 

(3)         Including East Shanghai Foreign Language School, a domestic school for compulsory education, in which we hold an 80% equity interests.

 

(4)         Including 11 subsidiaries in which we have a majority interest and 31 subsidiaries in which we have 100% equity interests.

 

(5)         Including eight subsidiaries in which we have a majority interest and 17 subsidiaries in which we have 100% equity interests.

 

(6)         Including 18 subsidiaries in which we have a majority interest in and 66 subsidiaries in which we have 100% equity interests.

 

Contractual Arrangements with Shanghai OneSmart, Rui Si and their respective shareholders

 

The following is a summary of the contractual arrangements with Shanghai OneSmart, Rui Si and their respective shareholders.

 

Agreements that provide us with effective control over Shanghai OneSmart and Rui Si

 

Shareholders’ Voting Rights Agreement. On January 24, 2018, the shareholders of Shanghai OneSmart, Shanghai OneSmart and the WFOE entered into a shareholders’ voting rights agreement. Pursuant to the shareholders’ voting rights agreement, each such shareholder irrevocably authorized the WFOE or any person(s) designated by the WFOE to exercise such shareholder’s rights in Shanghai OneSmart, including without limitation, the power to participate in and vote at shareholder’s meetings and execute shareholders’ resolutions, the power to sell or transfer such shareholder’s equity interests in Shanghai OneSmart, the power to nominate and appoint the directors, senior management, and other shareholders’ voting rights permitted by the Articles of Association of Shanghai OneSmart. The shareholders’ voting rights agreement will remain in force and irrevocable, unless all parties mutually agree in writing to terminate or the WFOE decides to terminate upon breach of contract by Shanghai OneSmart or its shareholders.

 

On November 1, 2017, the shareholders of Rui Si entered into a shareholders’ voting rights agreement with Rui Si and the WFOE. The shareholders’ voting rights agreement contain terms substantially similar to the shareholders’ voting rights agreement entered into by the shareholders of Shanghai OneSmart described above.

 

Loan Agreement.  On January 24, 2018, the shareholders of Shanghai OneSmart and the WFOE entered into a loan agreement. Pursuant to the loan agreement, the WFOE will provide loan to the shareholders of Shanghai OneSmart for the purpose of corporate operation of Shanghai OneSmart or other legitimate use permitted by the WFOE. The shareholders of Shanghai OneSmart should pledge their equity interests in Shanghai OneSmart and enter into an equity pledge agreement to secure such loan and other obligations. The WFOE undertakes that it will provide unconditional financial support to Shanghai OneSmart pursuant to the terms of the loan agreement and irrevocably agrees to forgive the loan if Shanghai OneSmart is not able to repay the loan. Unless the WFOE terminates this agreement in advance pursuant to the terms and conditions contained therein, this agreement will remain effective for ten years and will automatically and continuously renew for another ten years upon expiration. In addition, to the extent as permitted by applicable laws, we agree to provide unlimited financial support for VIE’s operation.

 

71


Table of Contents

 

Pursuant to the loan agreement dated November 1, 2017 between the WFOE and the shareholders of Rui Si, the WFOE will make loans to the shareholders of Rui Si. The loan agreement contains terms substantially similar to the loan agreement entered into by the shareholders of Shanghai OneSmart described above.

 

Equity Pledge Agreement.  On January 24, 2018, the WFOE, Shanghai OneSmart and its shareholders entered into an equity pledge agreement. Pursuant to the equity pledge agreement, those shareholders should pledge 100% equity interests in Shanghai OneSmart to the WFOE to guarantee the performance by Shanghai OneSmart and its shareholders of their obligations under the loan agreement, the exclusive purchase right agreement, the exclusive technology and consultation service agreement, the shareholders’ voting rights agreement and this agreement as well as the payment of the loan, service fee, their respective interests and any loss incurred by events of default defined therein. If events of default defined therein occurs, upon giving written notice to Shanghai OneSmart, the WFOE, as pledgee, will have the right to dispose of the pledged equity interests in Shanghai OneSmart and priority in receiving the proceeds from such disposal. Those shareholders agrees that, without WFOE’s prior written approval, during the term of the equity pledge agreement, they will not dispose of the pledged equity interests or create or allow any other encumbrance on the pledged equity interests. We have completed registering the equity pledge with the relevant office of Administration for Industry and Commerce in accordance with the PRC Property Rights Law.

 

On November 1, 2017, the WFOE, Rui Si and the shareholders of Rui Si entered into an equity pledge agreement. The equity pledge agreement contain terms substantially similar to the equity pledge agreement relating to Shanghai OneSmart described above. We have completed registering the equity pledge with the relevant office of Administration for Industry and Commerce in accordance with the PRC Property Rights Law.

 

Agreement that allows us to receive economic benefits from Shanghai OneSmart and Rui Si

 

Exclusive Technology and Consultation Service Agreement.  On January 24, 2018, the WFOE and Shanghai OneSmart entered into an exclusive technology consultation service agreement. Pursuant to the exclusive technology and consultation service agreement, the WFOE or its designated person has the exclusive right to provide Shanghai OneSmart with technology consultation and other services. Without prior written consent of the WFOE, Shanghai OneSmart may not accept any services subject to this agreement from any third party. The WFOE has the right to determine the service fee to be charged to Shanghai OneSmart under this agreement by considering, among other things, the operation status and development demands of Shanghai OneSmart and the actual technology consultation and services provided. The WFOE will have the exclusive ownership of all intellectual property rights created as a result of the performance of this agreement. To guarantee Shanghai OneSmart’s performance of this agreement, upon request from the WFOE, Shanghai OneSmart shall pledge or mortgage all of its accounts receivable and/or all of its other assets to the WFOE. Unless the WFOE terminates this agreement or this agreement is terminated according to applicable laws, this agreement will remain effective.

 

The WFOE and Rui Si entered into an exclusive technology and consultation service agreement on November 1, 2017. The exclusive technology and consultation service agreement contains terms substantially similar to the exclusive technology and consultation service agreement relating to Shanghai OneSmart described above.

 

Agreement that provides us with the option to purchase the equity interests in Shanghai OneSmart and Rui Si

 

Exclusive Purchase Right Agreement.  On January 24, 2018, the WFOE, Shanghai OneSmart and its shareholders entered into an exclusive purchase right agreement. Pursuant to the exclusive purchase right agreement, the shareholders of Shanghai OneSmart irrevocably and unconditionally granted the WFOE or any third party designated by the WFOE an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interests or assets of Shanghai OneSmart at the lowest price permitted by applicable PRC laws. Those shareholders further undertake that, without prior written consent of the WFOE, they will neither create, except for the rights set forth in the equity pledge agreement and shareholders’ voting rights agreement, any pledge or encumbrance on their equity interests of Shanghai OneSmart, nor approve any transfer or disposal of their equity interests or assets to any person other than the WFOE or its designated third party. Without the WFOE’s prior written consent, those shareholders agree not to cause Shanghai OneSmart, among other things to merge with any other entities, distribute dividends, amend its articles of association, terminate any material contract, or terminate any current business operation. This agreement will remain effective until all the equity interests and assets are duly transferred to the WFOE or its designated third party.

 

72


Table of Contents

 

On November 1, 2017, the WFOE, Rui Si and the shareholders of Rui Si entered into an exclusive purchase right agreement. The exclusive purchase right agreement contains terms substantially similar to the exclusive purchase right agreement relating to Shanghai OneSmart described above.

 

In the opinion of King & Wood Mallesons, our PRC counsel:

 

·                  the ownership structures of the WFOE, Shanghai OneSmart and Rui Si are not in violation of PRC laws or regulations currently in effect; and

 

·                  the contractual arrangements among the WFOE, Shanghai OneSmart and Rui Si, and the shareholders of Shanghai OneSmart and Rui Si governed by PRC laws are valid, binding and enforceable under PRC laws, and do not and will not result in any violation of applicable PRC laws or regulations currently in effect.

 

However, there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, regulations and rules. Accordingly, the PRC regulatory authorities may in the future take a view that is contrary to the above opinion of our PRC counsel. If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for operating our education business do not comply with PRC government restrictions on foreign investment, we may be required to unwind such agreements and/or dispose of such business. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for our operations in China do not comply with PRC regulations relating to the relevant industries, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.”

 

D.                                    Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Our headquarters is located in Shanghai, China. As of August 31, 2019, we had study centers in Shanghai and 34 other cities in China. We lease our headquarters, which occupies approximately 2,086 square meters under a lease which expires in September 2021. We also lease all of our study centers and service centers, which occupy an aggregate of approximately 293,824 square meters in 35 cities in China. The majority of lease agreements for our Shanghai learning centers have durations of 5 years. For most of our study centers, we pay annual rental fees. The rental payments for our study centers are either set at a fixed rate during the entire rental period or increased every other year based on a preset rate. We plan to secure additional sites for study centers to carry out our future expansion generally through leases rather than purchases. For more details, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Our Study Centers.”

 

ITEM 4A.                     UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

ITEM 5.                             OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

You should read the following discussion together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those we currently anticipate as a result of various factors, including those we describe under “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

73


Table of Contents

 

A.                                    Operating Results

 

Overview

 

We generate our revenue primarily from tuition fees from our premium tutoring services for exam preparation under the brand of “OneSmart VIP,” premium young children education services under the brand of “HappyMath” and “FasTrack English,” “OneSmart International Education” and “OneSmart Study Camp” forming a part of our OneSmart VIP business. As of August 31, 2019, we operated a nationwide network of 432 study centers across 35 cities in China. Our average monthly enrollments for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 were 76,841, 112,145 and 158,346, respectively. The total number of class units consumed in the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 were 11,212,190, 15,497,057 and 22,201,806, respectively. We have experienced substantial revenue growth historically. Our net revenues increased from RMB2.1 billion to RMB2.9 billion, and to RMB4.0 billion (US$558.2 million) in the fiscal years of 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. We recorded net income of RMB243.3 million, RMB214.5 million and RMB166.2 million (US$23.2 million) in the fiscal years of 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

 

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

 

Our business and operating results are affected by factors affecting China’s K-12 after-school education services industry generally. We have benefited from the rapid economic growth, significant urbanization and higher per capita disposable income of urban households in China, which has allowed many Chinese parents to spend more on their children’s education. We anticipate that the demand for customized K-12 after-school education services will continue to grow.

 

We also expect to benefit from the positive effect of China’s new population policies. In recent years, China has started to relax its “One-child Policy” and each family can choose to have two children starting in 2015. We expect this change in policy will drive the growth of the K-12 student population and in turn the demand for after-school education services.

 

At the same time, our results are subject to changes and uncertainties in the regulatory regime applicable to the education industry in China. The PRC government regulates various aspects of our business and operations, including the qualification and licensing requirements for entities that provide education services, standards for the operations of study centers and foreign investments in the education industry. See “Item 3. Key Information - D. Risk Factors” and “Item 4. Information on The Company - B. Business Overview - Regulations - Regulations on Private Education in the PRC” for more information.

 

While our business is influenced by factors affecting the K-12 after-school education services industry in China generally, we believe our results of operations are more directly affected by company-specific factors, including the following major factors:

 

Student Enrollment

 

Our revenues are primarily generated from tuition fees from students enrolled in our education programs, which is directly driven by the number of student enrollments. The growth of our enrollments in turn is affected by a mix of factors including the number of our study centers, the number and variety of our programs and service offerings and our reputation.

 

In recent years, growth in student enrollment has been, to a substantial extent, driven by the ramp up of our existing study centers and the expansion of our service network. The number of study centers within our nationwide network has grown from 195 as of August 31, 2017 to 432 as of August 31, 2019, covering 35 cities throughout China. We plan to open additional study centers in these existing cities and explore opportunities to open study centers in other targeted geographic markets in China in order to continue to attract new student enrollments.

 

74


Table of Contents

 

In addition, our portfolio of program offerings is also an important driving force for student enrollments. We established our trusted brand through our premium tutoring services covering all key academic subjects taught in public schools at levels between the fourth grade in primary school and the twelfth grade in high school of the K-12 system in China. We subsequently added premium young children education services focusing on interest cultivation and early development, through which, we have successfully extended our services to younger children in kindergarten and primary schools. Throughout years of rapid growth, HappyMath has become one of the most renowned education brands in the young children mathematics tutoring market in China. By acquiring “FasTrack English,” we have been successfully expanding our service offering into premium young children English tutoring. We acquired Tianjin Huaying Education Co., Ltd. in September 2018, which primarily provides classes with a class size of up to 25 students and has major presence in Tianjin, aiming at mass market and further penetrating into Northern China. Leveraging OMO technologies, we recently launched OneSmart Online that provides online courses to our existing student base from OneSmart VIP, HappyMath and FasTrack English. Our portfolio of program offerings helps us to retain our existing students and attract new students and provides us with greater cross-selling opportunities.

 

Ability to Increase Revenue per Student

 

We primarily charge students based on the fee rate per class unit and the total number of class units taken by students. Our results of operations are affected by our ability to increase revenue per student, which is primarily affected by the pricing of our education programs and the class unit consumption speed of our students:

 

·                  Pricing.  Our ability to maintain and increase the pricing of our education programs is an important factor that affects our revenue. We determine the fee rate per class unit for our classes based on a number of factors, primarily the type of education programs with different class formats and sizes, overall demand for our program offerings, cost of our services, the geographic markets where the programs are offered, and the fees charged by our competitors for the same or similar programs. We managed to maintain our average fee rate per class unit for our premium tutoring services and premium young children education services at RMB195.1 and RMB134.0 in the fiscal year of 2018, respectively, and at RMB199.0 and RMB136.1 in the fiscal year of 2019. Under favorable conditions and supply situation in the K-12 after-school education market, we may seek to further raise the fee rate of our education programs gradually.

 

·                  Class Unit Consumption.  After a student signs the service contract for after-school education programs and purchases a fixed amount of class units, he or she will be deemed to have enrolled with us. The pre-paid class units are consumed when the student takes classes and tuition revenue is recognized proportionally as the classes are delivered. Our ability to encourage our students to consume class units more frequently, directly affects our recognized revenue, and this ability is highly dependent upon the number and varieties of our programs and service offerings and our cross-selling efforts. Refunds for any remaining unconsumed class units do not affect our reported revenue as the tuition fees for refunded class units have not yet been recognized as revenue, but may have an adverse effect on our cash flow for the periods in which a significant amount of refunds are made. In general, with our approval, the student may use the unconsumed class units on certain programs or subjects that are different from the ones originally registered for at the time of purchase.

 

Operating Efficiency

 

Our ability to manage operating costs and expenses directly affects our profitability.

 

Our cost of revenues primarily consists of compensation to our teachers and study advisors and the rental costs associated with the headcounts of the teachers and study advisors. We offer competitive compensation to our teachers in order to attract and retain these talents. The number of our teachers increased from 4,457 as of August 31, 2017 to 6,057 as of August 31, 2018 and further to 7,501 as of August 31, 2019, in line with the expansion of our study centers and program offerings. As a result, compensation to our teachers and the associated rental payments increased in absolute amounts during the same periods. Costs related to our teachers and study advisors have a direct impact on our gross margin. Our ability to drive the productivity of our teachers and study advisors affects our profitability. The ratio of the number of our students to the number of our teachers and study advisors for a mix of program offerings has an impact on our margins, with higher student-to-teacher ratios generally representing higher margins. In general, our HappyMath and FasTrack English programs are conducted in larger classes, and therefore typically yield higher gross margin.

 

75


Table of Contents

 

Our operating expenses consist of sales and marketing expenses, and general and administrative expenses. Due to our efforts for compliance with regulatory standards, investments in research and development and the expansion in the coverage of our study center, our operating expenses as a percentage of net revenues increase from 36.5% for the fiscal year 2017 to 42.6% for the fiscal year 2018 and decrease to 42.4% for the fiscal year 2019.

 

Our planned expansion of study center network and program offerings may result in substantial demands on our management, operational, technological, financial and other resources. To manage and support our growth, we must enhance our operational, administrative and technological systems and our financial and management controls, and recruit, train and retain additional qualified teachers and management personnel at each individual study center as well as other administrative and sales and marketing personnel, particularly as we grow outside of our existing markets. If we cannot achieve these operational improvements, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

 

Seasonality

 

Our results of operations are also affected by seasonal factors. Our revenues are typically relatively higher in the third and fourth fiscal quarters, because our study centers generally have the largest numbers of enrollments and class units delivered for our premium programs in these quarters, when most primary and secondary school students prepare for their final exams in the spring semester and, particularly, when ninth- and twelfth-grade students are about to take high school and college entrance exams in China. On the other hand, our costs and expenses are generally not significantly affected by seasonal factors, as a significant portion of such costs and expenses are fixed throughout a fiscal year. We expect this seasonal pattern of our results of operations to continue, although the impact of seasonal factors may not be as prominent in all periods as other factors due to our rapid business expansion.

 

Key Components of Results of Operations

 

Net Revenues

 

On September 1, 2018, we adopted ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” using the modified retrospective method applied to those contracts which were not completed as of August 31, 2018. Based on our assessment, the adoption of ASC 606 did not have any material impact on our consolidated financial statements. We currently derive substantially all of our net revenues from tuition for OneSmart VIP business (including our premium tutoring programs for exam preparation and other language and culture programs), HappyMath programs and FasTrack English programs, which collectively accounted for 99.7%, 99.5% and 97.0% of the total revenues, for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

 

The following table sets forth the breakdown of our net revenues, both in absolute amount and as a percentage of our net revenues, for the periods presented.

 

 

 

Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

%

 

RMB

 

%

 

RMB

 

US$

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands, except for percentages)

 

Net revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OneSmart VIP business

 

1,839,724

 

89.4

 

2,416,217

 

84.4

 

3,167,525

 

442,744

 

79.3

 

HappyMath

 

212,104

 

10.3

 

359,199

 

12.6

 

514,242

 

71,879

 

12.9

 

FasTrack English

 

 

 

72,961

 

2.5

 

192,430

 

26,897

 

4.8

 

Other

 

5,729

 

0.3

 

14,315

 

0.5

 

119,676

 

16,728

 

3.0

 

Total net revenues

 

2,057,557

 

100.0

 

2,862,692

 

100.0

 

3,993,873

 

558,248

 

100.0

 

 

76


Table of Contents

 

We collect tuition fees in advance of commencement of our service, which we initially record as prepayments and revenues are recognized proportionately as classes are delivered. Our net revenues from OneSmart VIP business and FasTrack English also include franchise fees we collected from certain institutions with whom we operate our program offerings through franchise arrangements. For each of the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, net revenues from all the franchise fees contributed to an immaterial portion of our total net revenues, respectively. As of August 31, 2019, there were 82 franchise study centers. To optimize our geographic penetration and expansion in an asset light way, we may selectively enter into more franchise arrangements with third-party operators.

 

We also generate other revenues from the tuitions generated by East Shanghai Foreign Language School, a domestic school for compulsory education in which we hold 80% equity interests.

 

Cost of Revenues

 

Our cost of revenues primarily includes (i) compensation to teachers and study advisors, including salaries, performance-based bonus and other benefits, (ii) rental cost related to the teaching and service functions, and to a lesser extent, (iii) depreciation and amortization in relation to renovation costs of our study centers, and (iv) other costs, mainly including office supplies for the teaching activities. As we further expand our study centers, we expect our total cost of revenues to grow in line with our expansions as we open more study centers, enrich program offerings and comply with the regulatory standards. The table below sets forth a breakdown of our cost of revenues for the periods indicated, both in absolute amount and as a percentage of our revenues:

 

 

 

Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

%

 

RMB

 

%

 

RMB

 

US$

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands, except for percentages)

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Staff costs

 

(639,220

)

(31.1

)

(874,543

)

(30.5

)

(1,240,740

)

(173,426

)

(31.1

)

Rental costs

 

(186,562

)

(9.1

)

(283,970

)

(9.9

)

(442,175

)

(61,805

)

(11.1

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

(53,206

)

(2.6

)

(85,575

)

(3.0

)

(145,691

)

(20,364

)

(3.6

)

Other costs

 

(123,278

)

(5.9

)

(169,002

)

(6.0

)

(243,461

)

(34,030

)

(6.1

)

Total cost of revenues

 

(1,002,266

)

(48.7

)

(1,413,090

)

(49.4

)

(2,072,067

)

(289,625

)

(51.9

)

 

Selling and Marketing Expenses

 

Our selling and marketing expenses primarily consist of (i) compensation to selling personnel, including the salaries, performance-based bonus and share-based and other benefits, (ii) advertising, marketing and brand promotion expenses, (iii) rental costs for the leases related to the sales and marketing function, and to a lesser extent, (iv) office supplies in relation to the selling and marketing activities. Our selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenues were 17.9%, 20.6% and 20.5% for the fiscal years of 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Our selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenues increased from 2017 to 2019 as a result of our increased sales and marketing activities to support new students enrollment growth and adoption of more effective sales and marketing channels. We expect that our selling and marketing expenses will continue to increase in absolute amounts as we continue to market our brands and services and further penetrate into the cities that we operate in.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

Our general and administrative expenses mainly consist of (i) compensation to our study center directors, management at our headquarters, administrative and R&D personnel, including base salaries, performance-based bonuses and share-based and other benefits, and (ii) professional service expense. We expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute amounts in the foreseeable future as we hire additional personnel and incur additional expenses in connection with the expansion of our business operations, in particular in connection with our technology development and online education initiatives and other new program offerings, the compliance with the new regulatory standards, the enhancement of our internal controls and the provisions of share-based compensation and as well as other expenses for becoming and being a public company.

 

77


Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth our operating expenses, both in absolute amount and as a percentage of our revenues, for the periods presented.

 

 

 

Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

%

 

RMB

 

%

 

RMB

 

US$

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands, except for percentages)

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing expenses

 

(369,221

)

(17.9

)

(590,589

)

(20.6

)

(816,658

)

(114,149

)

(20.5

)

General and administrative expenses

 

(381,332

)

(18.6

)

(629,596

)

(22.0

)

(876,609

)

(122,529

)

(21.9

)

Total operating expenses

 

(750,553

)

(36.5

)

(1,220,185

)

(42.6

)

(1,693,267

)

(236,678

)

(42.4

)

 

Taxation

 

Cayman Islands

 

We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands currently have no income, corporation or capital gains tax and no estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax. The Cayman Islands does not impose a withholding tax on payments of dividends to shareholders.

 

British Virgin Islands

 

OneSmart BVI, our wholly-owned subsidiary incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, is not subject to tax on income or capital gains in the British Virgin Islands. In addition, upon payments of dividends by OneSmart BVI to us, no British Virgin Islands withholding tax will be imposed.

 

Hong Kong

 

OneSmart HK and OneSmart Great Edu (HK) Limited, our wholly-owned subsidiaries in Hong Kong, are subject to Hong Kong profits tax of 16.5% on its activities conducted in Hong Kong. No provision for Hong Kong profits tax has been made as it has no assessable income for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

 

PRC

 

Generally, our PRC subsidiaries, our VIEs and their subsidiaries, which are considered PRC resident enterprises under PRC tax law, are subject to enterprise income tax on their worldwide taxable income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards at a rate of 25%. In accordance with the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, dividends, which arise from profits of foreign invested enterprises, or FIEs, earned after January 1, 2008, are subject to a 10% withholding income tax. The WFOE meets the requirements of “high and new technology enterprise”, or HNTE, and could enjoy the preferential tax rate of 15%. The WFOE obtained the HNTE certificate on October 23, 2017 and was subject to an enterprise income tax rate of 15% from calendar years 2017 through 2019.

 

Our PRC subsidiaries and VIEs are subject to value added tax, or VAT, at a rate of 3% to 6%. We are also subject to surcharges on VAT payments in accordance with PRC laws.

 

Dividends paid by our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary in China to our holding company will be subject to a withholding tax at the rate of 10%. We do not plan to declare and pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

If our holding company in the Cayman Islands or any of our subsidiaries outside of China were deemed to be a “resident enterprise” under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, it would be subject to enterprise income tax on its worldwide income at a rate of 25%. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders or ADS holders.”

 

78


Table of Contents

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

We prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. We continually evaluate these judgments and estimates based on our own historical experience, knowledge and assessment of current business and other conditions, our expectations regarding the future based on available information and assumptions that we believe to be reasonable, which together form our basis for making judgments about matters that are not readily apparent from other sources. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, our actual results could differ from those estimates. Some of our accounting policies require a higher degree of judgment than others in their application.

 

The selection of critical accounting policies, the judgments and other uncertainties affecting application of those policies and the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions are factors that should be considered when reviewing our financial statements. We believe the following accounting policies involve the most significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements. You should read the following description of critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and other disclosures included with this annual report.

 

Consolidation of variable interest entities

 

Our consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of our holding company, our subsidiaries and our VIEs and its subsidiaries. All significant inter-company transactions and balances between us, our subsidiaries and our VIEs and its subsidiaries and schools are eliminated upon consolidation.

 

PRC laws and regulations currently require any foreign entity that invests in the education business in China to be an educational institution with relevant experience in providing education services outside China. In addition, foreign investment in private institutions providing compulsory education are prohibited and foreign investment in private institutions providing pre-school, high school or higher education are restricted to Sino-foreign cooperation with the Chinese side playing the major role. Our offshore holding companies are not educational institutions and do not provide educational services outside China. To comply with PRC laws and regulations, we conduct all of our business in China through our VIEs. In addition, our VIEs and its subsidiaries hold leases and other assets necessary to operate our study centers, and generate substantially all of our revenues. Despite the lack of technical majority ownership, we have effective control of our VIEs through a series of contractual arrangements, and a parent-subsidiary relationship exists between us and our VIEs. The equity interests of our VIEs are legally held by PRC individuals, or the nominee shareholders. Through the contractual arrangements, the nominee shareholders of our VIEs effectively assigned all their voting rights underlying their equity interests in our VIEs to us, and therefore, we have the power to direct the activities of our VIEs that most significantly impact its economic performance. We also have the right to receive economic benefits and the obligations to absorb losses from our VIEs that potentially could be significant to our VIEs. Based on the above, we consolidate our VIEs in accordance with SEC Regulation SX-3A-02 and ASC810-10, Consolidation: Overall.

 

For more information on consolidation of our VIEs, see Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this annual report.

 

Revenue recognition

 

On September 1, 2018, we adopted ASC Topic 606 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“Topic 606”), applying the modified retrospective method to all contracts that were not completed as of September 1, 2018. Results for the year ended August 31, 2019 are presented under Topic 606, while revenues for the years ended August 31, 2017 and 2018 are not adjusted and continue to be reported under ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition (“Topic 605”).

 

Revenue is recognized when control of promised services are transferred to our customers in amounts of consideration to which we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those services.  We follow the five steps approach for revenue recognition under Topic 606: (i) identify the contract with a customer, (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determine the transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and (v) recognize revenue as we satisfy a performance obligation.

 

We generate revenues primarily through tuition fees from personalized and small class premium tutoring services with individual students in the PRC. In addition, we generate revenues from other services such as franchise, licensing, study tours and management services. The following table presents our revenues disaggregated by revenue sources.

 

Disaggregation of net
revenues

 

Personalized and small
class premium tutoring
services

 

Others

 

Total

 

OneSmart VIP

 

3,064,994

 

102,531

 

3.167,525

 

Happy Math

 

514,242

 

 

514.242

 

FasTrack

 

180,452

 

11,978

 

192,430

 

Tianjin Huaying and Hu Dong

 

119,676

 

 

119.676

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.879,364

 

114,509

 

3,993,873

 

 

79


Table of Contents

 

Primary sources of our revenues are as follows:

 

(1)    Personalized premium tutoring services is referring to OneSmart VIP business. Small class premium tutoring services primarily consist of Happy Math, FasTrack, and other after-school small classes tutoring. Each contract of personalized premium service and small class tutoring service is accounted for as a single performance obligation which is satisfied proportionately over the stated service period. Tuition fees are generally collected in advance and are initially recorded as prepayments from customers. Tuition revenues are recognized proportionately as the tutoring sessions are delivered.

 

Refunds are provided to students who decide to withdraw from contracts for remaining undelivered tutoring sessions. The refund is equivalent to and limited to the amount related to the undelivered classes. We estimate and record refund liability for the potion we do not expect to be entitled to.

 

(2)   Other revenues included franchise revenues derived from franchise agreements where the franchisees operating under the OneSmart or FasTrack brand are required to pay an initial one-time non-refundable franchise fee and recurring franchise fees, which mainly consist of on-going management and service fees based on a certain percentage of the franchisees’ monthly tuition received. Each franchise contract is accounted for as a single performance obligation to provide the franchisee the license to its OneSmart or FasTrack intellectual property. The one-time franchise fees are fixed consideration payable upon submission of a franchise application or renewal and are recognized on a straight-line basis over the initial or renewal term of the franchise contracts. The continuing fees represent variable consideration that are recognized on a monthly basis.

 

Our contract assets consisted of accounts receivable for other services. The balance of contract assets amounted to nil and RMB38.9 million (US$5.4 million) as of September 1, 2018 and August 31, 2019, respectively. Our contract liabilities mainly consisted of prepayments from customers, with a balance of RMB2.0 billion and RMB2.2 billion as of August 31, 2018 and August 31, 2019, respectively.

 

Refund liability mainly related to the estimated refunds that are expected to be provided to students if they decide they no longer want to take the tutoring sessions. The refund liability estimation is based on historical refund ratio on a portfolio basis using the most likely amount method. As of September 1, 2018, and August 31, 2019, refund liability amounted to RMB194.8 million and RMB232.4 million (US$32.5 million), respectively, is recorded in prepayments from customers.

 

The following table presents the impact of the adoption of Topic 606 on the consolidated balance sheet and the statement of income as of and for the year ended August 31, 2019:

 

 

 

As of and for the vear ended August 31, 2019

 

 

 

As reported

 

Balances without
adoption of Topic
606

 

Effect change
higher/(lower)

 

Net revenues

 

3,993,873

 

3,996,085

 

(2,212

)

Cost of revenues

 

2,072,067

 

2,096,481

 

(24,414

)

Selling and marketing

 

816,658

 

836,256

 

(19.598

)

Other non-current assets

 

510.697

 

466,685

 

44.012

 

Beginning retained earnings

 

4,535.042

 

4,527,371

 

7,671

 

 

The difference in net revenues from the adoption of Topic 606 primarily resulted from the timing difference between our satisfaction of performance obligation related to the initial franchise fees.  Following the adoption of Topic 606, we also capitalized the incremental costs of obtaining contracts that we would not have incurred had the contracts not been obtained. Deferred contract assets are subsequently amortized into the cost of revenues and selling and marketing expenses over the tutoring service periods.

 

Income taxes

 

We follow the liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740 (“ASC 740”), Income Taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates that will be in effect in the period in which the differences are expected to reverse. We record a valuation allowance to offset deferred tax assets if based on the weight of available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rate is recognized in tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date of the change in tax rate.

 

We accounted for uncertainties in income taxes in accordance with ASC 740. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefit recognized in accordance with ASC 740 are classified in the consolidated statements of income as income tax expense.

 

Business combination

 

We account for our business combinations using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805 (“ASC 805”), Business Combinations. The purchase method of accounting requires that the consideration transferred to be allocated to the assets, including separately identifiable assets and liabilities we acquired, based on their estimated fair values. The consideration transferred in an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the fair values at the date of exchange of the assets given, liabilities incurred, and equity instruments issued as well as the contingent considerations and all contractual contingencies as of the acquisition date. The costs directly attributable to the acquisition are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired or assumed are measured separately at their fair value as of the acquisition date, irrespective of the extent of any non-controlling interests. The excess of (i) the total of cost of acquisition, fair value of the non-controlling interests and acquisition date fair value of any previously held equity interest in the acquiree over (ii) the fair value of the identifiable net assets of the acquiree, is recorded as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is less than the fair value of the net assets of the businesses acquired, the difference is recognized directly in earnings.

 

80


Table of Contents

 

In a business combination achieved in stages, we remeasure the previously held equity interest in the acquiree immediately before obtaining control at its acquisition-date fair value and the remeasurement gain or loss, if any, is recognized in the consolidated statements of income.

 

The determination and allocation of fair values to the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests is based on various assumptions and valuation methodologies requiring considerable judgment from management. The most significant variables in these valuations are discount rates, terminal values, the number of years on which the cash flow projections are based, as well as the assumptions and estimates used to determine the cash inflows and outflows. We determine discount rates to be used based on the risk inherent in the related activity’s current business model and industry comparisons. Terminal values are based on the expected life of assets, forecasted life cycle and forecasted cash flows over that period.

 

Goodwill

 

We determined that we have five reporting units. Goodwill was allocated to three and four reporting units as of August 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. We have the option to assess qualitative factors first to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. In the qualitative assessment, we consider primary factors such as industry and market considerations, overall financial performance of the reporting unit, and other specific information related to the operations. Based on the qualitative assessment, if it is more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit is less than the carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test is performed.

 

Specifically, the quantitative impairment test is determined using a two-step process. The first step compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of each reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered to be impaired and the second step will not be required. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step compares the implied fair value of the affected reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to accounting for a business combination with the allocation of the assessed fair value determined in the first step to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to the assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss is recognized for any excess in the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill. Estimating fair value is performed by utilizing various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being a discounted cash flow.

 

Impairment of long-lived assets other than goodwill

 

We evaluate our long-lived assets, including fixed assets and intangible assets with finite lives, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as a significant adverse change to market conditions that will impact the future use of the assets, indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. When these events occur, we evaluate the recoverability of long-lived assets by comparing the carrying amount of the assets to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the assets, we recognize an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the assets over their fair value. Fair value is generally determined by discounting the cash flows expected to be generated by the assets, when the market prices are not readily available. For all periods presented, there was no impairment of any of our long-lived assets.

 

Long-term investments

 

Our long-term investments consist of equity securities without readily determinable fair value, investment in debt securities accounted for at fair value and equity method investments.

 

Prior to adopting ASC 321 on September 1, 2018, we carried at cost of our investments in investees that do not have readily determinable fair value over which we do not have significant influence, in accordance with ASC Subtopic 325-20, Investments-Other: Cost Method Investments. We only adjusted the carrying value of such investments for other-than-temporary decline in fair value and for distribution of earnings that exceeded our share of earnings since our investment. Our management regularly evaluated the cost method investments based on the performance and financial position of the investees as well as other evidence of estimated market values. Such evaluation included, but is not limited to, reviewing the investees’ cash position, recent financing, projected and historical financial performance, cash flow forecasts and current and future financing needs. An impairment loss was recognized in the consolidated statements of income for the excess of the investment’s cost over its fair value at the balance sheet date. The fair value would then become the new cost basis of investment.

 

81


Table of Contents

 

After the adoption of ASC 321 on January 1, 2018, for equity securities measured at fair value with changes in fair value record in earnings, we do not assess whether those investments are impaired.  For those equity securities that we select to use the measurement alternative, we use the measurement alternative to measure those investments at cost, minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for identical or similar investments of the same issuer.  We make a qualitative assessment of whether the investment is impaired at each reporting date. If a qualitative assessment indicates that the investment is impaired, we have to estimate the investment’s fair value in accordance with ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, (“ASC 820”). If the fair value is less than the investment’s carrying value, we recognize an impairment loss in net income equal to the difference between the carrying value and fair value.

 

Investments in equity investees represent investments in entities in which we can exercise significant influence but does not own a majority equity interest or control are accounted for using the equity method of accounting in accordance with ASC 323-10 (“ASC 323-10”), Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures: Overall. Under the equity method, we initially record its investment at cost and prospectively recognize its proportionate share of each equity investee’s net profit or loss into its consolidated statements of income. The difference between the cost of the equity investee and the amount of the underlying equity in the net assets of the equity investee is recognized as equity method goodwill included in equity method investments on the consolidated balance sheets. We evaluate its equity method investment for impairment under ASC 323-10. An impairment loss on the equity method investment is recognized in the consolidated statements of income when the decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary.

 

Investment in debt securities accounted for at fair value with original maturities of greater than twelve months are classified as long-term investments. As investment in debt securities classified as available for sale in accordance with AS 320 are reported at fair value.  Any unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investments are included in other comprehensive income.  Interest income are recognized in earnings.  When a decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, the impairment loss on the long-term available-for-sale investments would be recognized in the consolidated statements of income.

 

In 2019, we evaluated the investment in Beijing Huanfou Information and Technology Co., Ltd., or Huanfu, for impairment, taking into consideration, including, but not limited to, the duration, degree and causes of the decline in financial results, our intent and ability to hold the investment and Huanfou’s financial performance and near-term prospects. Based on the evaluation, we concluded that the decline in the value of the investment in Huanfou meet the threshold of other-than-temporary and recorded impairment loss accordingly.

 

Besides Huanfou mentioned above, for all periods presented, there were no impairment of our long-term investments.

 

Measurement of Share-based Compensation

 

On September 17, 2017, in connection with the 2017 Restructuring , we adopted the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan to replace the 2015 Plan which was cancelled concurrently. Under the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan, the board of directors is authorized to grant share options to employees, directors or consultants to purchase up to an aggregate of 336,642,439 Class A ordinary shares. The employees generally received 102.10 options for each fully vested restricted share that was outstanding as of September 17, 2017 under the 2015 Plan, totaling 63,880,024 fully vested options. The employees also received 16,442,655 and 49,634,837 share options at the same exchange ratio to replace the restricted shares that were vested on December 1, 2017 and will vest on December 1, 2018, respectively, as issued under the 2015 Plan. All of the share options contain an IPO performance condition.

 

From November 2017 to immediately before our initial public offering, an additional 164,865,010 share options were granted under the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan. Whereas some of the share options carry requisite service periods of four years with: (i) 50%, 25% and 25% of the share options vesting on the second, third and fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, respectively, or (ii) 50% and 50% of the share options vesting on the second and fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, respectively, all of the share options contain the same IPO performance conditions.

 

82


Table of Contents

 

Subsequent to our initial public offering in March 2018, an additional 9,172,674 share options were granted under the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018. Vesting terms included (i) immediate vesting of 100% of the share options on date of grant; (ii) vesting periods of two years, with immediate vesting of one-thirds of the share options on date of grant, first and second anniversary of the vesting commencement date, respectively; (iii) a vesting period of four years, with 50% and 50% of the share options vesting on the second and fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, respectively; or (iv) vesting periods of four years, with 25% of the share options vesting on each anniversary of the vesting commencement date.

 

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, we granted 141,997,178 share options under the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan. Vesting terms included (i) immediate vesting of 100% of the share options on date of grant; (ii) vesting periods of three years, with immediate vesting of 25% of the share options on date of grant, 1/48 of the share options in the each month after the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, respectively; (iii) vesting periods of three years, with one-thirds of the share options vesting on each anniversary of the vesting commencement date; (iv) vesting periods of four years, with 50% and 50% of the share options vesting on the second and fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, respectively; or (v) vesting periods of four years, with 25% of the share options vesting on each anniversary of the vesting commencement date. On May 31, 2019, a certain executive signed a supplementary agreement, given his planned termination with the Group, which modified the vesting schedule with other terms unchanged. After the modification, 50% of the share options granted became fully vested on June 30, 2019 with the rest of the 50% being vested in 2020 and 2021.

 

On May 6, 2019. the Group granted additional 39,669,960 options under the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan to a certain executive. These options are subject to market conditions based upon the Group’s market capitalization on specified periods while executives remain employed by the Group.

 

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, we granted 14,556,320 Class A restricted shares under the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan. Vesting terms included (i) immediate vesting of 100% of the restricted shares after one year of the vesting commencement date, (ii) vesting periods of four years, with 25% of the restricted shares vesting on each anniversary of the vesting commencement date.

 

In March 2017, one of our subsidiaries approved an employee share incentive scheme under which incentives are provided by certain Shanghai OneSmart’s subsidiaries to their regional management and staff, or the Domestic Plan. On May 2, 2017, 120,000 options were granted to employees by two subsidiaries. On March 31, 2019, the last tranche of 20,000 options granted on May 2, 2017 was modified by changing the performance condition, remaining the same service inception date and an requisite service period. On March 31, 2019, 10,000 options were granted to a certain employee. For information regarding the Domestic Plan, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior management and Employees—Domestic Employee Share Incentive Scheme” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

Share-based payment transactions with employees were accounted for as equity awards and measured at their grant date fair values. We recognize compensation expense over the requisite service period using the accelerated method. We recognize share-based compensation cost for equity awards to employees with performance conditions based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions. Compensation cost is recognized if it is probable that the performance conditions will be achieved.

 

We account for any change in any of the terms or conditions of the awards as a modification of the award. Incremental compensation cost is measured as the excess, if any, of the fair value of the modified award over the fair value of the original award immediately before its terms are modified, measured based on the fair value of the awards and other pertinent factors at the modification date. For vested awards, we recognize incremental compensation cost in the period the modification occurs. For unvested awards, we recognize over the remaining requisite service period, the sum of the incremental compensation cost and the remaining unrecognized compensation cost for the original award on the modification date.

 

The termination of the 2015 Plan and the concurrent adoption of the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan were accounted for as a Type II modification in accordance with ASC 718, under which, we deferred the recognition of the incremental share-based compensation expense until the Qualified IPO occurred.  Upon the completion of our initial public offering, we recognized incremental share-based compensation amounting to RMB39.9 million (US$5.8 million).

 

The fair value of the share options under the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan were determined on the grant dates using the binomial option pricing model with assistance from an independent valuation firm. Subsequent to our initial public offering, fair value of the ordinary shares is the price of our publicly traded shares. The assumptions adopted to estimate the fair value of share options granted were as follows:

 

83


Table of Contents

 

Amended and Restated 2015 Plan

 

 

 

Year Ended August 31, 2018

 

Year Ended August 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

2.8%-4.0%

 

2.0%-3.1%

 

Expected volatility

 

46.0%-51.5%

 

51.4%-56.6%

 

Suboptimal exercise factor

 

2.50

 

2.20-2.80

 

Fair value per ordinary share

 

US$0.13-US$0.35

 

US$0.19-US$0.23

 

 

Domestic Plan

 

 

 

For the year ended
August 31, 2017

 

For the year ended
August 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

4.8%

 

2.4%

 

Expected volatility

 

47.3%

 

47.0%

 

Suboptimal exercise factor

 

2.50

 

2.80

 

Fair value per ordinary share

 

RMB203.20 and RMB285.30

 

RMB351.24

 

 

We recognized total share-based compensation expenses of RMB25.0 million, RMB146.5 million and RMB71.5 million (US$10.0 million), for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated results of operations for the periods presented, both in absolute amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the periods presented. This information should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report. The results of operations in any period are not necessarily indicative of our future trends.

 

 

 

Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

%

 

RMB

 

%

 

RMB

 

US$

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands, except for percentages)

 

Net revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OneSmart VIP business

 

1,839,724

 

89.4

 

2,416,217

 

84.4

 

3,167,525

 

442,744

 

79.3

 

HappyMath

 

212,104

 

10.3

 

359,199

 

12.6

 

514,242

 

71,879

 

12.9

 

FasTrack English

 

 

 

72,961

 

2.5

 

192,430

 

26,897

 

4.8

 

Other

 

5,729

 

0.3

 

14,315

 

0.5

 

119,676

 

16,728

 

3.0

 

Total net revenues

 

2,057,557

 

100.0

 

2,862,692

 

100.0

 

3,993,873

 

558,248

 

100

 

Cost of revenues

 

(1,002,266

)

(48.7

)

(1,413,090

)

(49.4

)

(2,072,067

)

(289,625

)

(51.9

)

Gross profit

 

1,055,291

 

51.3

 

1,449,602

 

50.6

 

1,921,806

 

268,623

 

48.1

 

Operating expenses(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing expenses

 

(369,221

)

(17.9

)

(590,589

)

(20.6

)

(816,658

)

(114,149

)

(20.5

)

General and administrative expenses

 

(381,332

)

(18.6

)

(629,596

)

(22.0

)

(876,609

)

(122,529

)

(21.9

)

Total operating expenses

 

(750,553

)

(36.5

)

(1,220,185

)

(42.6

)

(1,693,267

)

(236,678

)

(42.4

)

Operating income

 

304,738

 

14.8

 

229,417

 

8.0

 

228,539

 

31,945

 

5.7

 

Interest income

 

13,484

 

0.7

 

23,824

 

0.8

 

81,207

 

11,351

 

2.0

 

Interest expense

 

(192

)

(0.0

)

(18,660

)

(0.7

)

(60,637

)

(8,476

)

(1.5

)

Other income

 

19,410

 

0.9

 

89,320

 

3.1

 

82,836

 

11,578

 

2.1

 

Other expenses

 

 

 

(4,428

)

(0.1

)

(15,738

)

(2,200

)

(0.4

)

Foreign exchange gain/(loss)

 

(180

)

(0.0

)

(1,168

)

(0.0

)

(138

)

(19

)

(0.0

)

Income before income tax and share of net (loss)/income from equity interests

 

337,260

 

16.4

 

318,305

 

11.1

 

316,069

 

44,179

 

7.9

 

Income tax expense

 

(92,016

)

(4.5

)

(108,479

)

(3.8

)

(121,541

)

(16,989

)

(3.0

)

Income before share of net (loss)/income from equity investees

 

245,244

 

11.9

 

209,826

 

7.3

 

194,528

 

27,190

 

4.9

 

Share of net (loss)/income from equity investees

 

(1,939

)

(0.1

)

4,630

 

0.2

 

(28,325

)

(3,959

)

(0.7

)

Net income

 

243,305

 

11.8

 

214,456

 

7.5

 

166,203

 

23,231

 

4.2

 

 

84


Table of Contents

 


Note:

 

(1)         Including share-based compensation expenses as set forth below:

 

 

 

Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Allocation of Share-based Compensation Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing

 

735

 

2,113

 

906

 

127

 

General and administrative

 

24,240

 

144,373

 

70,626

 

9,871

 

Total

 

24,975

 

146,486

 

71,532

 

9,998

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2019 compared to Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2018

 

Net Revenues.  Our net revenues increased by 39.5% from RMB2.9 billion in the fiscal year 2018 to RMB4.0 billion (US$558.2 million) in the fiscal year 2019. This increase was primarily attributable to the significant growth of the student enrollments for our education programs and corresponding increase of total number of consumed class units. Our average monthly enrollment increased from 112,145 for the fiscal year 2018 to 158,346 for the fiscal year 2019. Our total number of consumed class units increased from 15.5 million for the fiscal year 2018 to 22.2 million for the fiscal year 2019.

 

Net revenues from OneSmart VIP business: The increase of the revenues was primarily due to the increase in student enrollments in our premium tutoring programs and OneSmart International Education, as a result of the ramp-up and expansion of our existing learning centers and the opening of new learning centers in more cities and greater sales and marketing efforts, and to a lesser extent, an increase in average fee rate per class units.

 

Revenues from HappyMath: The increase of the revenues was primarily due to the increase in the student enrollments as a result of increase in student enrollment as well as ramp-up and expansion of our existing learning centers and opening of new learning centers in more cities and greater sales and marketing efforts.

 

Revenues from FasTrack English: We acquired a controlling interest in Yuhan which operated the brand of “FasTrack English” in January 2018, and started to consolidated Yuhan in our financial statement since the second quarter of the fiscal year 2018. The increase of the revenues was primarily due to the increase in the student enrollments as a result of our successful business integration with FasTrack English, ramp-up of existing learning centers and its expansion into new geographic region.

 

Revenues from other: The increase of the revenues was primarily due to consolidation of Tianjin Huaying.

 

Cost of Revenues. Our cost of revenues increased by 46.6% from RMB1.4 billion in the fiscal year 2018 to RMB2.1 billion (US$289.6 million) in the fiscal year 2019, primarily due to an increase of RMB366.2 million in the compensation to the teachers and education advisors and an increase of RMB158.2 million in rental costs of our study centers. Such increase was in line with the expansion of our business operations.

 

Gross Profit and Gross Margin.  As a result of the factors set out above, our gross profit increased by 32.6% from RMB1.4 billion in the fiscal year 2018 to RMB1.9 billion (US$268.6 million) in the fiscal year 2019 as we continued to grow our operation scale. Gross margin slightly decreased from 50.6% in the fiscal year 2018 to 48.1% in the fiscal year 2019, which was primarily attributable to the increased percentage of newly opened study centers, faster growth of lower margin FasTrack English and the acquisition of the lower margin Tianjin Huaying business.

 

Selling and Marketing Expenses.  Our selling and marketing expenses increased by 38.3% from RMB590.6 million in the fiscal year 2018 to RMB816.7 million (US$114.1 million) in the fiscal year 2019. This increase was primarily due to the increase in (i) headcount of the selling and marketing personnel and staff related costs, and (ii) sales and marketing activities to support new student enrollments growth and adoption of more effective sales and marketing channel.

 

85


Table of Contents

 

General and Administrative Expenses.  Our general and administrative expenses increased by 39.2% from RMB629.6 million in the fiscal year 2018 to RMB876.6 million (US$122.5 million) in the fiscal year 2019. This increase was primarily due to a rise in research and development of education technology, teaching systems and curriculum materials associated with both our premium offline business and newly launched online business. We also incurred fair amount of general and administrative expenses to comply with the new regulatory standards, to support the openings of study centers or relocating existing study centers.

 

Operating Income.  As a result of the factors set out above, we had RMB229.4 million operating income in the fiscal year 2018 and RMB228.5 million (US$31.9 million) operating income in the fiscal year 2019.

 

Interest Income.  We had interest income of RMB23.8 million and RMB81.2 million (US$11.4 million) in the fiscal year 2018 and 2019, respectively, which consisted primarily of interest earned from our cash and cash equivalents and short-term and long-term investments.

 

Other Income.  We recorded other income of RMB89.3 million and RMB82.8 million (US$11.6 million) in the fiscal year 2018 and 2019, respectively. Other income in the fiscal year 2018 was mainly attributable to government subsidies in the form of cash award and gains. Other income in the fiscal year 2019 was mainly attributable to government subsidies in the form of cash award and gains from disposals of investment. However, government subsidies in the form of cash award is discretionary in nature and we do not believe that the increase in government subsidies during the referenced period is reflective of a known trend.

 

Income Tax Expenses.  Our income tax expenses increased slightly from RMB108.5 million in the fiscal year 2018 to RMB121.5 million (US$17.0 million) in the fiscal year 2019.

 

Net Income.  As a result of the foregoing, we had net income of RMB214.5 million in the fiscal year 2018 and net income of RMB166.2 million (US$23.2 million) in the fiscal year 2019.

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2018 compared to Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2017

 

Net Revenues.  Our net revenues increased by 39.1% from RMB2.1 billion in the fiscal year 2017 to RMB2.9 billion in the fiscal year 2018. This increase was primarily attributable to the significant growth of the student enrollments for our education programs and corresponding increase of total number of consumed class units. Our average monthly enrollment increased from 76,841 for the fiscal year 2017 to 112,145 for the fiscal year 2018. Our total number of consumed class units increased from 11.2 million for the fiscal year 2017 to 15.5 million for the fiscal year 2018.

 

Net revenues from OneSmart VIP business: The increase of the revenues was primarily due to the increase in student enrollments in our premium tutoring programs and other language and culture programs, as a result of the ramp-up and expansion of our existing learning centers and the opening of new learning centers in more cities and greater sales and marketing efforts, and to a lesser extent, an increase in average fee rate per class units.

 

Revenues from HappyMath: The increase of the revenues was primarily due to the increase in the student enrollments as a result of expanded programs in Chinese and computer programming, the high growth of HappyMath mathematics programs and greater sales and marketing efforts.

 

Revenues from FasTrack English: We acquired a controlling interest in Yuhan which operated the brand of “FasTrack English” in January 2018, and started to consolidated Yuhan in our financial statement since the second quarter of the fiscal year 2018. The increase of the revenues was primarily due to the increase in the student enrollments as a result of our successful business integration with FasTrack English and its expansion into new geographic region.

 

Revenues from other:  The increase of the revenues was primarily due to the increase in student enrollments in East Shanghai Foreign Language School.

 

Cost of Revenues.  Our cost of revenues increased by 41.0% from RMB1.0 billion in the fiscal year 2017 to RMB1.4 billion in the fiscal year 2018, primarily due to an increase of RMB235.3 million in the compensation to the teachers and education advisors and an increase of RMB97.4 million in rental costs of our study centers. Such increase was in line with the expansion of our business operations.

 

86


Table of Contents

 

Gross Profit and Gross Margin.  As a result of the factors set out above, our gross profit increased by 37.4% from RMB1.1 billion in the fiscal year 2017 to RMB1.4 billion in the fiscal year 2018 as we continued to grow our operation scale. Gross margin slightly decreased from 51.3% in the fiscal year 2017 to 50.6% in the fiscal year 2018, which was primarily attributable to the relatively lower gross margin of newly opened study centers at their ramp-up stage.

 

Selling and Marketing Expenses.  Our selling and marketing expenses increased by 60.0% from RMB369.2 million in the fiscal year 2017 to RMB590.6 million in the fiscal year 2018. This increase was primarily due to the increase in (i) headcount of the selling and marketing personnel and staff related costs, and (ii) advertising, marketing and brand promotion activities.

 

General and Administrative Expenses.  Our general and administrative expenses increased by 65.1% from RMB381.3 million in the fiscal year 2017 to RMB629.6 million in the fiscal year 2018. This increase was primarily due to a significant increase in share-based compensation expenses recognized for share-based awards that became exercisable upon the completion of the initial public offering and the increase in headcount and staff costs of our management personnel.

 

Operating Income.  As a result of the factors set out above, we had RMB304.7 million operating income in the fiscal year 2017 and RMB229.4 million operating income in the fiscal year 2018.

 

Interest Income.  We had interest income of RMB13.5 million and RMB23.8 million in the fiscal year 2017 and 2018, respectively, which consisted primarily of interest earned from our cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments.

 

Other Income.  We recorded other income of RMB19.4 million and RMB89.3 million in the fiscal year 2017 and 2018, respectively. Other income in the fiscal year 2017 was mainly due to the realized gain on available-for-sale investments and recognized investment gain on step acquisitions. Other income in the fiscal year 2018 was mainly attributable to government subsidies in the form of cash award and gains. With the growth of our business and our increased contribution to local tax income in 2018, we were awarded a higher amount of government subsidies as an incentive by local government authorities. However, government subsidies in the form of cash award is discretionary in nature and we do not believe that the increase in government subsidies during the referenced period is reflective of a known trend.

 

Income Tax Expenses.  Our income tax expenses increased from RMB92.0 million in the fiscal year 2017 to RMB108.5 million in the fiscal year 2018, which could be attributable to the increase in taxable income which excluded the share-based compensation costs.

 

Net Income.  As a result of the foregoing, we had net income of RMB243.3 million in the fiscal year 2017 and net income of RMB214.5 million in the fiscal year 2018.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

A list of recently issued accounting pronouncements that are relevant to us is included in “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—(bb) Recent accounting pronouncements” of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

87


Table of Contents

 

B.                                    Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Cash Flows and Working Capital

 

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through cash generated by operating activities, IPO proceeds, historical equity financing activities and commercial bank loan. In December 2017, we borrowed RMB450 million through a credit facility from a commercial bank for a term of five years. We subsequently used the loan partially for our working capital needs and partially for the payment of the consideration in relation to 2017 Restructuring. In March 2019, we were provided an interest bearing secured term facility of up to US$139 million by a group of arrangers led by UBS AG, Singapore Branch. The term facility has a three-year term from the initial drawdown date and should be repaid in installments. In April 2019, we borrowed RMB43.2 million through a credit facility from a commercial bank for a term of five years. We subsequently used the loan for the acquisition of Tianjin Huaying. As of August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, our cash and cash equivalents were RMB981.8 million, RMB1,410.7 million and RMB1,386.4 million (US$193.8 million), respectively. Our cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of cash at banks and on hand.

 

We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents and our anticipated cash flows from operations and financing will be sufficient to meet our anticipated working capital requirements and capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months. We may, however, need additional capital in the future to fund our further expansion. If we determine that our cash requirements exceed the amount of cash and cash equivalents we have on hand at the time, we may seek to issue equity or debt securities or obtain credit facilities. The issuance and sale of additional equity would result in further dilution to our shareholders.

 

Although we consolidate the results of our consolidated VIEs and their subsidiaries, we only have access to the assets or earnings of our VIEs and their subsidiaries through our contractual arrangements with our VIEs and their shareholders. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—C. Organizational Structure—Contractual Arrangements with Shanghai OneSmart and Rui Si.” For restrictions and limitations on liquidity and capital resources as a result of our corporate structure, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Holding Company Structure.”

 

Substantially all of our future revenues are likely to continue to be in the form of Renminbi. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior SAFE approval as long as certain routine procedural requirements are fulfilled. Therefore, our PRC subsidiary is allowed to pay dividends in foreign currencies to us without prior SAFE approval by following certain routine procedural requirements. However, current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiary to pay dividends to us only out of its accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. Our PRC subsidiary is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits after making up previous years’ accumulated losses each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds until the total amount set aside reaches 50% of its registered capital. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. Furthermore, capital account transactions, which include foreign direct investment and loans, must be approved by and/or registered with SAFE and its local branches. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—Governmental control of currency conversion may limit our ability to utilize our revenues effectively and affect the value of your investment.”

 

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

 

 

Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Summary Consolidated Cash Flow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

773,281

 

867,370

 

345,374

 

48,273

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(80,961

)

(1,169,244

)

(1,392,335

)

(194,613

)

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

 

23,214

 

652,605

 

988,358

 

138,148

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

 

 

78,244

 

34,268

 

4,790

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

715,534

 

428,975

 

(24,335

)

(3,402

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

266,238

 

981,772

 

1,410,747

 

197,189

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

981,772

 

1,410,747

 

1,386,412

 

193,787

 

 

88


Table of Contents

 

Operating Activities

 

Net cash generated from operating activities in the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 was RMB345.4 million (US$48.3 million). The difference between our net income of RMB166.2 million (US$23.2 million) and the net cash generated from operating activities was primarily due to (i) an adjustment of RMB202.1 million (US$28.2 million) in non-cash items, which mainly consisted of depreciation and amortization of RMB175.9 million (US$24.6 million) and share-based compensation of RMB71.5 million (US$10.0 million), and (ii) an increase of accrued expenses and other current liabilities of RMB297.3 million (US$41.6 million), and was partially offset by (i) an increase in prepayments and other current assets of RMB257.3 million (US$36.0 million).

 

Net cash generated from operating activities in the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018 was RMB867.4 million. The difference between our net income of RMB214.5 million and the net cash generated from operating activities was primarily due to (i) an increase in prepayment from customers of RMB415.6 million, (ii) an adjustment of RMB239.0 million in non-cash items, which mainly consisted of share-based compensation of RMB146.5 million and depreciation and amortization of RMB119.3 million, and (iii) an increase of accrued expenses and other current liabilities of RMB131.2 million, and was partially offset by an increase in prepayments and other current assets of RMB167.1 million. The prepayment from customers consists of the upfront tuition fee payments from students, which increased in the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018 primarily due to an increased number of student enrollments.

 

Net cash generated from operating activities in the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017 was RMB773.3 million. The difference between our net income of RMB243.3 million and the net cash generated from operating activities was primarily due to (i) an increase in prepayment from customers of RMB471.8 million, (ii) an increase of accrued expenses and other current liabilities of RMB94.5 million, and (iii) an adjustment of RMB72.8 million in non-cash items, which mainly consisted of share-based compensation of RMB25.0 million and depreciation and amortization of RMB63.6 million, and was partially offset by an increase of prepayments and other current assets of RMB21.2 million for prepayments to suppliers and rental deposits to landlords and an increase of amounts due from related parties equivalent to RMB63.8 million. The prepayment from customers consists of the upfront tuition fee payments from students, which increased in the fiscal year of 2017 primarily due to an increased number of student enrollments. Accrued expenses and other current liability increased mainly because of the increase in compensation that accompanies an increase of our teaching staff.

 

Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities was RMB1,392.3 million (US$194.6 million) in the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, primarily due to (i) purchase of long-term investments of RMB1.1 billion (US$156.6 million), (ii) purchase of short-term investments of RMB820.0 million (US$114.6 million), (iii) purchase of property and equipment of RMB284.0 million (US$39.7 million) as we expanded our existing study centers and opened new study centers, (iv) due from third parties of RMB237.1 million (US$33.1 million), and (v) acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries of RMB196.3 million (US$27.4 million), partially offset by (i) proceeds from sales of short-term investments of RMB1.2 billion (US$166.5 million), (ii) proceeds from disposal of long-term investments of RMB64.4 million (US$9.0 million), and (iii) income from short-term investments of RMB11.5 million (US$1.6 million).

 

Net cash used in investing activities was RMB1,169.2 million in the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, primarily due to (i) purchase of short-term investments of RMB1.8 billion, (ii) purchase of long-term investments of RMB369.3 million, (iii) purchase of property and equipment of RMB242.0 million as we expanded our existing study centers and opened new study centers, and (iv) acquisition of subsidiaries of RMB229.5 million, partially offset by proceeds from sales of short-term investments of RMB1.4 billion and income from short-term investments of RMB18.5 million.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was RMB81.0 million in the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017, primarily due to (i) purchase of short-term investments of RMB406.2 million, (ii) purchase of long-term investments of RMB218.9 million (iii) purchase of property and equipment of RMB172.7 as we expanded our existing study centers and opened new study centers, and (iv) acquisition of subsidiaries of RMB42.5 million, partially offset by proceeds from sales of short-term investments of RMB743.4 million and income from short-term investments of RMB15.1 million.

 

89


Table of Contents

 

Financing Activities

 

Net cash provided by financing activities in the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 was RMB988.4 million (US$138.1 million), primarily due to (i) an increase in the proceeds from bank loan of RMB1.3 billion (US$175.8 million), and (ii) an increase in the proceeds from disposal of partial interests in subsidiaries of RMB98.1 million (US$13.7 million), partially offset by an increase in share repurchase of RMB203.8 million (US$28.5 million), repayments of bank loans of RMB95.0 million (US$13.3 million) and acquisition of non-controlling interests of RMB65.6 million (US$9.2 million).

 

Net cash provided by financing activities in the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018 was RMB652.6 million, primarily due to (i) an increase in the proceeds from issuance of series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred shares of RMB1.8 billion, and (ii) an increase in the proceeds from initial public offering of RMB1.0 billion, partially offset by an increase in the distribution to our shareholders of RMB2.6 billion in relation to the 2017 Restructuring.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities in the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017 was RMB23.2 million, primarily due to an increase in the proceeds from capital contribution of RMB19.0 million and proceeds from a short-term bank loan of RMB5.0 million.

 

Capital Expenditures

 

Our capital expenditures are incurred mainly for renovation of our study centers. We made capital expenditures of RMB172.7 million, RMB242.0 million and RMB284.0 million (US$39.7 million) in the fiscal year 2017 and 2018 and 2019, respectively. The increase of capital expenditures was mainly due to purchases of office equipment and renovation costs as we expanded existing study centers and opened new study centers. Our capital expenditures have been primarily funded by cash generated from our operations.

 

We expect to continue to make capital expenditures to support the expected growth of our business. We also expect that cash generated from our operation activities and financing activities will meet our capital expenditure needs in the foreseeable future.

 

Holding Company Structure

 

OneSmart International Education Group Limited is a holding company with no material operations of its own. We conduct our operations primarily through our subsidiary, our VIEs and their subsidiaries in China. As a result, our ability to pay dividends depends upon dividends paid by our PRC subsidiaries. In addition, our wholly foreign-owned subsidiaries in China are permitted to pay dividends to us only out of its retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. Under PRC law, each of our subsidiaries and our VIEs in China is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund certain statutory reserve funds until such reserve funds reach 50% of their registered capital. In addition, our wholly foreign-owned subsidiaries in China may allocate a portion of their after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to enterprise expansion funds and staff bonus and welfare funds at their discretion, and our VIEs may allocate a portion of its after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to a surplus fund at their discretion. The statutory reserve funds and the discretionary funds are not distributable as cash dividends. Remittance of dividends by a wholly foreign-owned company out of China is subject to examination by the banks designated by SAFE. Our PRC subsidiaries have not paid dividends and will not be able to pay dividends until they generate accumulated profits and meet the requirements for statutory reserve funds.

 

C.                                    Research and Development

 

See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Technology.” and  “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Intellectual Property.”

 

90


Table of Contents

 

D.                                    Trend Information

 

Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this annual report, we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 that are reasonably likely to have a material and adverse effect on our net revenues, income, profitability, liquidity or capital resources, or that would cause the disclosed financial information to be not necessarily indicative of future results of operations or financial conditions.

 

E.                                    Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We have not entered into any financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties. In addition, we have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our shares and classified as shareholder’s equity or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or product development services with us.

 

F.                                     Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

 

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of August 31, 2019:

 

 

 

Payment Due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 - 3
years

 

4 Years

 

More
than 4
Years

 

 

 

(in millions of US$)

 

Operating Lease Obligations

 

290.1

 

77.4

 

128.2

 

45.3

 

39.2

 

 

Our operating lease obligations relate to our leases of office premises and study centers. The total rental expenses for all operating leases for the fiscal years of 2017, 2018 and 2019 were RMB222.7 million, RMB338.2 million and RMB535.3 million (US$74.8 million), respectively.

 

Other than those shown above, we did not have any significant capital and other commitments, long-term obligations, or guarantees as of August 31, 2019.

 

G.                                   Safe Harbor

 

See “Forward-Looking Statements” on page 2 of this annual report.

 

ITEM 6.                             DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

 

A.                                    Directors and Senior Management

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this annual report.

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

Age

 

Position/Title

Xi Zhang

 

45

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Honggang (Greg) Zuo

 

43

 

Director, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Strategic Officer

Zhizhi Gong

 

39

 

Director

Zhe Wei

 

49

 

Independent Director

Min Zhang

 

46

 

Independent Director

Yan Gong

 

46

 

Independent Director

Xiaoqiang Meng

 

46

 

Senior Vice President

Muyuan Ma

 

47

 

Vice President

 

91


Table of Contents

 

Mr. Xi Zhang is our founder and has served as our Chairman of the Board and chief executive officer since our inception. Mr. Zhang founded our company in 2008. Prior to that, he served as general manager of EF Education China from December 2005 to December 2007, associate director of strategic planning at Johnson & Johnson Medical International from August 2004 to November 2005, marketing manager at Wrigley China from January 2000 to May 2002. In August 2012, Mr. Zhang was recognized as one of the “Top 10 Most Innovative Entrepreneurs in China in 2012” by Global Times. He received a bachelor’s degree from Peking University in 1996 and a master’s degree in business administration from Harvard Business School in 2004.

 

Mr. Honggang (Greg) Zuo previously served as our director from September 2017 to February 2018 and has served as our director, chief financial officer and chief strategic officer since June 2019. Mr. Zuo was an executive director of Asian Special Situations Group of Goldman Sachs since 2013. Prior to that, he worked as an investment executive of Intermediate Capital Group in China from 2011 to 2013, vice president of GE Capital in the United States from 2007 to 2009, and director of MasterCard Worldwide in the United States from 2004 to 2007. In addition, he has six years of experience in management consulting with AlixPartners and PricewaterhouseCoopers in China. Mr. Zuo received a bachelor’s degree in international business from Shanghai Jiao Tong University in 1998 and a master’s degree in business administration from MIT Sloan School of Management in 2004.

 

Ms. Zhizhi Gong has served as our director since September 2017. Ms. Gong joined Carlyle Group since 2010, where she currently serves as a managing director focusing on Asia private equity investment and buyout opportunities. Ms. Gong is a director on the board of directors of Fang Holdings Limited (NYSE: SFUN). Ms. Gong was a member of the board of directors of Natural Beauty Bio-Technology Limited (HKSE: 00157) in 2015. Prior to joining Carlyle, Ms. Gong was a principal at Apax Partners from 2007 to 2010, where she was a founding member of the Greater China team. Prior to that, Ms. Gong worked at the investment banking department at China International Capital Corporate Limited from 2002 to 2005. Ms. Gong was the Chairwoman of the supervisory board of Focus Media Information Technology Co., Ltd. (SZ: 002027) from 2015 to 2016. Ms. Gong received a bachelor’s degree in economics from Peking University in 2002 and a master’s degree in business administration from Harvard Business School in 2007.

 

Mr. Zhe Wei has served as our independent director since March 27, 2018. Mr. Wei has over 20 years of experience in both investment and operational management in China. Prior to launching Vision Knight Capital, a private equity fund, in 2011, Mr. Wei served for five years as an executive director and the chief executive officer of Alibaba.com Limited, a leading worldwide B2B e-commerce company. Mr. Wei was the president, from 2002 to 2006, and chief financial officer, from 2000 to 2002, of B&Q China, a subsidiary of Kingfisher plc, a leading home improvement retailer in Europe and Asia. From 2003 to 2006, Mr. Wei was also the chief representative for Kingfisher’s China sourcing office, Kingfisher Asia Limited. Mr. Wei currently serves as an executive director of Zall Smart Commerce Group Ltd.(HKSE:02098), a company listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, an independent director of Leju Holdings Limited (NYSE: LEJU), a company listed on the New York Stock Exchange, and has been non-executive director at PCCW Limited (HKSE: 00008), a company listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Mr. Wei received a bachelor’s degree in international business management from Shanghai International Studies University in July 1993 and completed a corporate finance program at London Business School in June 1998.

 

Ms. Min Zhang has served as our independent director since March 27, 2018. Ms. Min Zhang has been the chief executive officer of Huazhu Group Limited since May 2015. Prior to this, Ms. Zhang served different positions at Huazhu Group, including chief strategy office from 2013 to 2015, president from January 2015 to May 2015 and chief financial officer from 2008 to 2015. Ms. Zhang has ten years of experience in finance and consulting in China, US and Thailand. Prior to joining Huazhu Group Limited in 2007, she served as the finance director of Eli Lilly (Asia) Inc., Thailand Branch and the chief financial officer of ASIMCO Casting (Beijing) Company, Ltd. Ms. Zhang received her bachelor’s degree in international business management and master’s degree in economics from the University of International Business and Economics in June 1994 and July 1997, respectively. She worked as a management consultant prior to receiving a master’s degree in business administration from Harvard Business School in June 2003. Ms. Min Zhang is a Fellow of The Aspen China Fellowship Program and a member of the Aspen Global Leadership Network.

 

92


Table of Contents

 

Dr. Yan Gong has served as our independent director since January 2019. Dr. Gong is a professor of entrepreneurial management practice at China Europe International Business School (“CEIBS”) and a Programme Director of CEIBS Entrepreneurial Leadership Camp/CEIBS Venture Capital Camp. Dr. Gong specializes in lean startup methodology and has focused his research on strategic transformation, lean startup and business model innovation. Prior to joining CEIBS, Dr. Gong was an assistant professor at the Paul Merage School of Business, University of California, Irvine. He currently serves as an independent director at Giant Network Group Co. Ltd. (Shenzhen Stock Exchange:  002558) and Jack Sewing Machine Co. Ltd. (Shanghai Stock Exchange: 603337). Dr. Gong received his bachelor’s degree from Hunan University, China, an MBA degree from Zhejiang University, China, and a Ph.D. in management from the University of Wisconsin-Madison.

 

Mr. Xiaoqiang Meng has served as our senior vice president of Young Children Education Group since October 2014. He served as our director from September 2017 to February 2018. Before joining our company, Mr. Meng served as senior sales vice president of Beijing Huiyuan Food & Beverage Co., Ltd. from October 2013 to September 2014, general manager of Campbell Swire China from April 2012 to October 2013, national sales director of Lee Kum Kee (China) Trading Company from March 2007 to April 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Meng undertook several sales and managing roles at Pepsico Investment (China) Limited, Philip Morris (China) Management Co., Ltd. and Colgate Palmolive (GZ) Co., Ltd. Mr. Meng received a bachelor’s degree in industrial foreign trade from University of Science and Technology Beijing in 1996.

 

Mr. Muyuan Ma has served as our vice president in charge of Research and Technology Center since 2014. Before joining our company, Mr. Ma served as a vice president of Beijing Youcan Co., Ltd. in 2013, a vice president of HaoFang Information Technology Co., Ltd. from 2008 to 2012, a director of Shanghai Shanda Networking Co., Ltd. from 2005 to 2008 and marketing director of Executive MBA program at School of Economics and Management of Tsinghua University from 2002 to 2005. Mr. Ma received a bachelor’s degree in chemistry from Beijing Union University in 1994 and a master’s degree in business administration from Warwick Business School in 2001.

 

Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

 

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers. Under these agreements, each of our executive officers is employed for a specified time period. We may terminate employment for cause, at any time, without advance notice or remuneration, for certain acts of the executive officer, such as conviction or plea of guilty to a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude, negligent or dishonest acts to our detriment, or misconduct or a failure to perform agreed duties. We may also terminate an executive officer’s employment without cause upon three-month advance written notice. In such case of termination by us, we will provide severance payments to the executive officer as expressly required by applicable law of the jurisdiction where the executive officer is based. The executive officer may resign at any time with a three-month advance written notice.

 

Each executive officer has agreed to hold, both during and after the termination or expiry of his or her employment agreement, in strict confidence and not to use, except as required in the performance of his or her duties in connection with the employment or pursuant to applicable law, any of our confidential information or trade secrets, any confidential information or trade secrets of our clients or prospective clients, or the confidential or proprietary information of any third party received by us and for which we have confidential obligations. The executive officers have also agreed to disclose in confidence to us all inventions, designs and trade secrets which they conceive, develop or reduce to practice during the executive officer’s employment with us and to assign all right, title and interest in them to us, and assist us in obtaining and enforcing patents, copyrights and other legal rights for these inventions, designs and trade secrets.

 

In addition, each executive officer has agreed to be bound by non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions during the term of his or her employment and typically for one year following the last date of employment. Specifically, each executive officer has agreed not to (i) approach our suppliers, clients, customers or contacts or other persons or entities introduced to the executive officer in his or her capacity as a representative of us for the purpose of doing business with such persons or entities that will harm our business relationships with these persons or entities; (ii) assume employment with or provide services to any of our competitors, or engage, whether as principal, partner, licensor or otherwise, any of our competitors, without our express consent; or (iii) seek directly or indirectly, to solicit the services of any of our employees who is employed by us on or after the date of the executive officer’s termination, or in the year preceding such termination, without our express consent.

 

93


Table of Contents

 

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Under these agreements, we agree to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company.

 

B.                          Compensation

 

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, we paid an aggregate of RMB5.8 million (US$0.8 million) in cash to our directors and officers. We have not set aside or accrued any amount to provide pension, retirement or other similar benefits to our executive officers and directors. Our PRC subsidiaries and variable interest entities are required by law to make contributions equal to certain percentages of each employee’s salary for his or her pension insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance and other statutory benefits and a housing provident fund.

 

Amended and Restated 2015 Plan

 

To attract and retain the best available personnel, provide additional incentives to employees, directors and consultants and promote the success of our business, we, through our predecessor Cayman Islands company, initially adopted an employee stock incentive plan in March 2013, which was subsequently replaced by a domestic share incentive plan of Shanghai OneSmart approved in February 2015. As part of the 2017 Restructuring, we adopted an amended and restated 2015 Share Incentive Plan in April 2017, which was further amended on February 5, 2018, or the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan. The maximum aggregated number of our ordinary shares which may be issued pursuant to all awards under the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan is 336,642,439 Class A ordinary shares, plus an annual 2.0% increase of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding on August 31 of the preceding calendar year on the first day of each the following nine fiscal years of the Company commencing on September 1, 2018. As of the date of this annual report, the maximum aggregate number of shares which may be issued pursuant to all awards under the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan is 595,528,667 and options to purchase 408,181,898 Class A ordinary shares have been granted and outstanding, excluding awards that were forfeited or cancelled after the relevant grant dates.

 

The following paragraphs describe the principal terms of the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan.

 

Types of Awards.  The Amended and Restated 2015 Plan permits the awards of options, restricted share purchase rights or any other type of awards approved by the committee or the board of directors.

 

Plan Administration.  Our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board will administer the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan. The committee or the full board of directors, as applicable, will determine the participants to receive awards, the type and number of awards to be granted to each participant, and the terms and conditions of each award grant.

 

Award Agreement.  Awards granted under the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan are evidenced by an award agreement that sets forth terms, conditions and limitations for each award, which may include the number of shares subject to the award, the exercise price or the purchase price, the provisions applicable in the event of the grantee’s employment or service terminates (if applicable). The plan administrator may amend the terms of any award, provided that no such amendment may impair the rights of any grantee without his or her consent.

 

Eligibility.  We may grant awards to our employees, directors, consultants and qualified former employees. However, we may grant options that are intended to qualify as incentive share options only to our employees.

 

Acceleration of Awards upon Change in Control.  If a change in control of our company occurs, each outstanding awards shall be assumed and substituted by or assigned to the successor or its parent or subsidiary. If the outstanding awards are not assumed by the successor, all the awards shall become fully vested and exercisable immediately and each participant has the right to exercise the vested awards during a specific period of time.

 

94


Table of Contents

 

Vesting Schedule.  In general, the plan administrator determines the vesting schedule, which is specified in the relevant award agreement.

 

Exercise of Options.  The plan administrator determines the exercise price for each award, which is stated in the award agreement. No option shall become exercisable unless we have consummated the initial public offering. The vested portion of option will expire if not exercised prior to the time as the plan administrator determines at the time of its grant. However, the maximum exercisable term is the tenth anniversary after the date of a grant.

 

Transfer Restrictions.  Awards may not be transferred in any manner by the recipient other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except as otherwise provided by the plan administrator.

 

Termination of the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan.  Unless terminated earlier, the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan will terminate automatically in April, 2027. Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate the plan subject to shareholder approval to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with applicable law, but no amendment or termination shall be made if such amendment or termination would materially impair the rights of a grantee with respect to an outstanding award without such grantee’s consent.

 

The following table summarizes, as of the date of this annual report,  the outstanding options granted under the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan to our directors and executive officers, excluding awards that were forfeited or cancelled after the relevant grant dates:

 

Name

 

Ordinary Shares 
Underlying 
Outstanding Options 
Awarded

 

Exercise Price 
(US$/Share)

 

Date of Grant

 

Date of Expiration

 

Honggang (Greg) Zuo

 

*

 

0.0189

 

May 6, 2019

 

May 5, 2029

 

Xiaoqiang Meng

 

*

 

0.0021

 

November 30, 2017

 

February 27, 2027

 

Muyuan Ma

 

*

 

0.0023; 0.0560

 

December 1, 2015; March 1, 2017

 

November 30, 2025; February 27, 2027

 

Zhe Wei

 

*

 

0.0250

 

March 28, 2018

 

March 27, 2028

 

Min Zhang

 

*

 

0.0250

 

March 28, 2018

 

March 27, 2028

 

Yan Gong

 

*

 

0.0750

 

February 1, 2019

 

January 31, 2029

 

 


*                                         Less than 1% of our total outstanding shares.

 

As of the date of this annual report, other employees, including certain former employees, as a group held outstanding options awarded to purchase 261,817,634 Class A ordinary shares of our company, with exercise price of US$0.0006 - 0.2225 per share.

 

Domestic Employee Share Incentive Scheme

 

In March 2017, Shanghai OneSmart adopted an employee share incentive scheme under which additional incentives are provided to the regional heads and management of the company. According to the scheme, certain subsidiaries of Shanghai OneSmart may grant in total up to 10% or 30% equity interests of those subsidiaries if the performance targets of the regional heads and management are met. As of the date of this annual report, two subsidiaries implemented the scheme and have granted certain regional heads130,000 options to subscribe a total of 9% and 8% equity interests in the two subsidiaries, respectively.The granted option will be forfeited if the grantee’s employment terminates. None of the equity interests held by the grantees enjoys the right to vote. Half of the incentive equity in one subsidiary has vested interest while the other half was forfeited. 55.6% of the incentive equity in the other subsidiary has vested interest while the remaining 44.4% was forfeited.

 

95


Table of Contents

 

C.                                    Board Practices

 

Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors consists of five directors. A director is not required to hold any shares in our company to qualify to serve as a director. A director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with our company is required to declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of our directors. A director may vote in respect of any contract, proposed contract, or arrangement notwithstanding that he may be interested therein, and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of our directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement is considered. The directors may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money, mortgage its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, and issue debentures or other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any obligation of the company or of any third party. None of our non-executive directors has a service contract with us that provides for benefits upon termination of service.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

We have established three committees under the board of directors: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. We have adopted a charter for each of the three committees. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

 

Audit Committee. Our audit committee consists of Ms. Min Zhang, Mr. Zhe Wei and Dr. Yan Gong. Ms. Min Zhang is the chairwoman of our audit committee. We have determined that Ms. Min Zhang, Mr. Zhe Wei and Dr. Yan Gong satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the New York Stock Exchange and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. We have determined that Ms. Min Zhang qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert.” The audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our company. The audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

·                  appointing the independent auditors and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by the independent auditors;

 

·                  reviewing with the independent auditors any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;

 

·                  discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditors;

 

·                  reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our accounting and internal control policies and procedures and any steps taken to monitor and control major financial risk exposures;

 

·                  reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions;

 

·                  meeting separately and periodically with management and the independent auditors; and

 

·                  monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure proper compliance.

 

Compensation Committee.  Our compensation committee consists of Mr. Zhe Wei, Ms. Min Zhang, Ms. Zhizhi Gong and Dr. Yan Gong. Mr. Zhe Wei is the chairman of our compensation committee. We have determined that Mr. Zhe Wei, Ms. Min Zhang and Dr. Yan Gong satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the New York Stock Exchange. The compensation committee assists the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and executive officers. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which his compensation is deliberated. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

·                  reviewing and approving, or recommending to the board for its approval, the compensation for our chief executive officer and other executive officers;

 

96


Table of Contents

 

·                  reviewing and recommending to the board for determination with respect to the compensation of our non-employee directors;

 

·                  reviewing periodically and approving any incentive compensation or equity plans, programs or similar arrangements; and

 

·                  selecting compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser only after taking into consideration all factors relevant to that person’s independence from management.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.  Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Ms. Zhizhi Gong, Ms. Min Zhang, Mr. Zhe Wei and Dr. Yan Gong. Ms. Zhizhi Gong is the chairwoman of our nominating and corporate governance committee. We have determined that Ms. Min Zhang, Mr. Zhe Wei and Dr. Yan Gong satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the New York Stock Exchange. The nominating and corporate governance committee assists the board of directors in selecting individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

·                  selecting and recommending to the board nominees for election by the shareholders or appointment by the board;

 

·                  reviewing annually with the board the current composition of the board with regards to characteristics such as independence, knowledge, skills, experience and diversity;

 

·                  making recommendations on the frequency and structure of board meetings and monitoring the functioning of the committees of the board; and

 

·                  advising the board periodically with regards to significant developments in the law and practice of corporate governance as well as our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and making recommendations to the board on all matters of corporate governance and on any remedial action to be taken.

 

Duties of Directors

 

Under Cayman Islands law, our directors owe fiduciary duties to our company, including a duty to act honestly, and a duty to act in what they consider in good faith to be in our best interests. Our directors must also exercise their powers only for a proper purpose. Our directors also have a duty to act with skills they actually possess and exercise the care and diligence that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. It was previously acknowledged that a director does not need to act with skills greater than those expected to be processed by a reasonable person. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards an objective standard with regard to the required skills and care and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, and the class rights vested thereunder in the holders of the shares. Our directors owe their fiduciary duties to our company and not to our company’s individual shareholders, and our company has the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached. In certain limited exceptional circumstances, a shareholder may have the right to seek damages in our name if a duty owed by our directors is breached.

 

Our board of directors has all the powers necessary for managing, and for directing and supervising, our business affairs. The functions and powers of our board of directors include, among others:

 

·                  convening shareholders’ annual and extraordinary general meetings and reporting its work to shareholders at such meetings;

 

·                  declaring dividends and distributions;

 

97


Table of Contents

 

·                  appointing officers and determining the term of office of the officers;

 

·                  exercising the borrowing powers of our company and mortgaging the property of our company; and

 

·                  approving the transfer of shares in our company, including the registration of such shares in our share register.

 

Terms of Directors and Officers

 

Our directors may be elected by a resolution of our board of directors, or by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. Our directors are not subject to a term of office and hold office until such time as they are removed from office by ordinary resolution of the shareholders. A director will be removed from office automatically if, among other things, the director (i) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors; (ii) is found by our company to be or becomes of unsound mind; (iii) resigns his office by notice in writing to the company; or (iv) without special leave of absence from our board, is absent from three consecutive board meetings and our directors resolve that his office be vacated. Our officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the board of directors.

 

D.                                    Employees

 

As of August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, we had a total of 8,588, 11,700 and 14,741 employees, respectively. Almost all of our employees are located in China.

 

The following table sets forth the numbers of our employees, categorized by function, as of August 31, 2019:

 

Functions:

 

Number of Employees

 

Teachers

 

7,501

 

Study advisors

 

1,600

 

Sales and marketing

 

1,854

 

Research Technology Center

 

129

 

General and administrative

 

3,657

 

Total

 

14,741

 

 

We believe we offer our employees competitive compensation packages and a merit-based work environment and, as a result, we have generally been able to attract and retain qualified personnel.

 

As required by PRC regulations, we participate in various government statutory employee benefit plans, including social insurance funds, namely a pension contribution plan, a medical insurance plan, an unemployment insurance plan, a work-related injury insurance plan, a maternity insurance plan, and a housing provident fund. We are required by PRC law to make contributions to employee benefit plans at specified percentages of the salaries, bonuses and certain allowances of our employees, up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time.

 

We enter into standard labor agreements with our employees; in addition, we enter into confidentiality and intellectual property rights agreements with our key employees. We believe that we have maintained a good working relationship with our employees, and we have not experienced any major labor disputes.

 

E.                                    Share Ownership

 

Except as specifically noted, the following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of November 30, 2019 by:

 

·                  each of our directors and executive officers; and

 

·                  each person known to us owning beneficially 5% or more of our ordinary shares.

 

98


Table of Contents

 

The calculations in the table below are based on 6,472,121,883 ordinary shares outstanding as of November 30, 2019, including (i) 4,175,279,867 Class A ordinary shares, excluding 139,537,678 Class A ordinary shares as treasury shares or treasury ADSs, and (ii) 2,296,842,016 Class B ordinary shares.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days, including through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right or the conversion of any other security, subject to certain conditions. These shares, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

 

 

Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned

 

 

 

Class A ordinary shares

 

Class B ordinary 
shares

 

Total ordinary shares on an as 
converted basis

 

%

 

% of 
aggregate
voting 
power †

 

Directors and Executive Officers**:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Xi Zhang(1)

 

15,620,000

 

2,296,842,016

 

2,312,462,016

 

35.7

 

91.7

 

Honggang (Greg) Zuo

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zhizhi Gong(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zhe Wei(3)

 

143,442,550

 

 

143,442,550

 

2.2

 

0.3

 

Min Zhang(4)

 

*

 

 

*

 

*

 

*

 

Yan Gong(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Xiaoqiang Meng

 

*

 

 

*

 

*

 

 

Muyuan Ma

 

*

 

 

*

 

*

 

*

 

Zhuxiu Dong***

 

*

 

 

*

 

*

 

*

 

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group

 

185,800,500

 

2,296,842,016

 

2,482,642,516

 

38.2

 

92.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal Shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Happy Edu Inc.(6)

 

 

2,296,842,016

 

2,296,842,016

 

35.5

 

91.7

 

Origin Investment Holdings Limited(7)

 

1,240,685,677

 

 

1,240,685,677

 

19.2

 

2.5

 

Goldman Sachs and its affiliates(8)

 

686,923,360

 

 

686,923,360

 

10.6

 

1.4

 

CW One Smart Limited(9)

 

351,355,351

 

 

351,355,351

 

5.4

 

0.7

 

 


*                       Less than 1% of our total outstanding shares.

 

99


Table of Contents

 

**          Except as otherwise indicated below, the business address of our directors and executive officers is No.165, Guangfu West Road, Putuo District, Shanghai, China.

 

***   Mr. Zhuxiu Dong has tendered his resignation in November 2019 and no longer serves as our senior vice president, effective December 4, 2019.

 

                 For each person and group included in this column, percentage of voting power is calculated by dividing the voting power beneficially owned by such person or group by the voting power of all of our Class A and Class B ordinary shares as a single class. Each holder of Class A ordinary shares is entitled to one vote per share and each holder of our Class B ordinary shares is entitled to twenty votes per share on all matters submitted to them for a vote. Our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, except as may otherwise be required by law. Our Class B ordinary shares are convertible at any time by the holder thereof into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis.

 

(1)         Represents (i) 15,620,000 Class A ordinary shares represented by ADSs beneficially held by Mr. Zhang, and (ii) 2,296,842,016 Class B ordinary shares, beneficially owned by Happy Edu Inc., a British Virgin Islands company beneficially owned by Mr. Zhang. Happy Edu Inc. is ultimately held by The Zhen Wei Family Trust, a trust established with the laws of British Virgin Islands and managed by Cantrust (Far East) Limited as the trustee. Under the terms of this trust, Mr. Zhang has the power to direct the trustee with respect to the retention or disposal of, and the exercise of any voting and other rights attached to, the shares held by Happy Edu Inc. in our company. The business address of Mr. Zhang is No.165, Guangfu West Road, Putuo District, Shanghai, China.

 

(2)         The business address of Ms. Gong is Unit 1918, China World Tower A, No. 1 Jianwai Avenue, Chaoyang District, Beijing, China.

 

(3)         Represents (i) 142,642,550 Class A ordinary shares held by Angus Holdings Limited, and (ii) 800,000 Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the options held by Mr. Zhe Wei vested or to be vested within 60 days after November 30, 2019. Angus Holdings Limited is controlled by Vision Knight Capital and in turn is beneficially owned by Mr. Zhe Wei. The business address of Mr. Wei is Unit 3301, Kerry Parkside Office, 1155 Fangdian Road, Pudong New District, China.

 

(4)         The business address of Ms. Zhang is No. 2266 Hongqiao Road, Changning District, Shanghai, China.

 

(5)         The business address of Dr. Yan Gong is 699 Hongfeng Road, Pudong New District, Shanghai, China.

 

(6)         Represents 2,296,842,016 Class B ordinary shares held by Happy Edu Inc., a British Virgin Islands company beneficially owned by Mr. Xi Zhang. The registered address of Happy Edu Inc. is Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands.

 

(7)         Represents 1,240,685,677 Class A ordinary shares (including 314,400,000 Class A ordinary shares in the form of ADSs) held by Origin Investment Holdings Limited, a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. Information regarding beneficial ownership is reported as of April 24, 2019, based on the information contained in the Schedule 13D filed by Origin Investment Holdings Limited and its affiliates with SEC on May 3, 2019. Please see the Schedule 13D filed by Origin Investment Holdings Limited and its affiliates with SEC on May 3, 2019 for information relating to Origin Investment Holdings Limited and its affiliates.  The registered address of Origin Investment Holdings Limited is 27 Hospital Road, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9008, Cayman Islands.

 

(8)         Represents 686,923,360 Class A ordinary shares beneficially owned by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., through Goldman Sachs Investments Holdings (Asia) Limited and Stonebridge 2017 (Singapore) Pte. Ltd and its affiliates as of December 31, 2018. Information regarding beneficial ownership is reported as of December 31, 2018, based on the information contained in the Schedule 13G/A filed by Goldman Sachs and its affiliates with SEC on February 13, 2019. Please see the Schedule 13G/A filed by Goldman Sachs and its affiliates with SEC on February 13, 2019 for information relating to Goldman Sachs and its affiliates. The address of Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. is 200 West Street, New York, NY 10282, United States of America.

 

(9)         Represents (i) 31 Class A ordinary shares and (ii) 351,355,320 Class A ordinary shares represented by ADSs held by CW One Smart Limited, a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. Information regarding beneficial ownership is reported as of December 31, 2018, based on the information contained in the Schedule 13G filed by CW One Smart Limited and its affiliates with SEC on February 12, 2019. Please see the Schedule 13G filed by CW One Smart Limited and its affiliates with SEC on February 12, 2019 for information relating to CW One Smart Limited and its affiliates. The registered address of CW One Smart Limited is Trinity Chambers, PO Box 4301, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

 

100


Table of Contents

 

To our knowledge, as of November 30, 2019, 3,044,889,040 of our ordinary shares (including 114,846,320 Class A ordinary shares as treasury ADSs) were held by record holder in the United States, which was Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the depositary of our ADS program. The number of beneficial owners of our ADSs in the United States is likely to be much larger than the number of record holders of our ordinary shares in the United States.

 

Our ordinary shares are divided into Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share, while holders of Class B ordinary shares are entitled to twenty votes per share.

 

We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.

 

ITEM 7.                             MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

A.                                    Major Shareholders

 

Please refer to “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—E. Share Ownership.”

 

B.                                    Related Party Transactions

 

Transaction with Shareholders and Affiliates

 

In the fiscal year 2017, we provided an interest-free, unsecured loan of RMB16.5 million, payable within five years from draw down in April 2017 to Shanghai Ya Qiao Education Investment Co., Ltd., or Ya Qiao Education, for its operation purposes. In April 2018, we and Ya Qiao Education entered into an agreement to convert the loan into 75% equity interests in Ya Qiao Education. As of August 31, 2019, such conversion was not completed and we recorded RMB18.8 million (US$2.6 million) as amounts due from the related parties in connection with the loan extended to Ya Qiao Education. The loan extended to Ya Qiao Education is outstanding as of the date of this annual report.

 

In October 2018, we acquired a strategic minority equity stake in Tus-Juren. From November 2018 to February 2019, we provided management consulting services and receive licensing fee from Tus-Juran of RMB6.8 million (US$0.9 million). From November 2018 to February 2019, we lent a series of five-year convertible loan in an aggregate amount of RMB379.7 million to Tus-Juren. Such convertible loan bear a 10% annual coupon and we have the option to convert the principal and any unpaid interests of such convertible loan into new equity of Tus-Juren at a pre-determined valuation at any time after either the third or fourth anniversary from the borrowing date.

 

Contractual Arrangements with our VIEs and their Respective Shareholders

 

See “Item 4. Information on the Company—C. Organizational Structure—Contractual Arrangements with Shanghai OneSmart and Rui Si.”

 

Shareholders Agreement

 

We entered into our shareholders agreement on April 21, 2017 and amended the shareholders agreement on December 11, 2017. Pursuant to shareholders agreement and amendment to the shareholders agreement, or the Shareholders Agreement, we have granted registration rights to holders of our registrable securities, which include (i) our ordinary shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the preferred shares, (ii) our ordinary shares issued or issuable as a dividend or other distribution with respect to, in exchange for, or in replacement of, the shares referenced in (i) herein, and (iii) any ordinary shares owned or hereafter acquired by the holders; excluding those acquired in violation of the shareholders agreement. Set forth below is a description of the registration rights granted under the agreement.

 

101


Table of Contents

 

Demand Registration Rights.  At any time or from time to time after the earlier of (i) the third (3rd) anniversary of the Shareholders Agreement or (ii) the date that is six (6) months after the consummation of the IPO, any holder of 50% of the registrable securities or holders of 50% of the registrable securities then outstanding has the right to demand in writing that we effect a registration of registrable securities (together with the registrable securities which the other holders elect to include in such registration). We, however, are not obligated to consummate a registration if we have consummated three registrations. We have the right to defer filing of a registration statement for a period of not more than 90 days if our board of directors determines in good faith judgment that filing of a registration in the near future will be materially detrimental to us, but we cannot exercise the deferral right more than once in any 12 month period and cannot register any other securities during such period. Further, if the registrable securities are offered by means of an underwriting and the underwriter advises us in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten, a maximum of 75% of such registrable securities may be first reduced as required by the underwriters and the number of the registrable securities will be allocated among the holders on a pro rata basis according to the number of registrable securities then outstanding held by each holder requesting registration, provided that in no event may any registrable securities be excluded from such underwriting unless all other securities are first excluded.

 

Registration on From F-3 or Form S-3s.  Any holder of 15% of registrable securities of holders of 15% of the registrable securities then outstanding have the right to request us to file a registration statement on Form F-3 or Form S-3 if we qualify for registration on Form F-3 or Form S-3. We, however, are not obligated to consummate a registration (i) if we have consummated two registrations within any twelve month period; and (ii) if the aggregate offering price to the public of such registration is less than US$2,000,000. We have the right to defer filing of a registration statement for a period of not more than 90 days if our board of directors determines in good faith judgment that filing of a registration in the near future will be materially detrimental to us, but we cannot exercise the deferral right more than once in any 12 month period and cannot register any other securities during such period.

 

Piggyback Registration Rights.  If we propose to register for a public offering or our securities other than relating to any share incentive plan or a corporate reorganization, we must offer holders of our registrable securities an opportunity to be included in such registration. If the underwriters advise that market factors require a limitation of the number of registrable securities to be underwritten, the underwriters may decide to exclude shares from and to allocate among all non-excluded holders in proportion.

 

Expenses of Registration.  We will bear all registration expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of registrable securities, incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualification pursuant to the shareholders agreement.

 

Termination of Obligations.  We have no obligation to effect any demand, piggyback or Form F-3 registration upon the earlier of (i) the fifth anniversary from the date of closing of a qualified IPO as defined in the Shareholders Agreement, and (ii) with respect to any holder, the date on which such holder may sell all of such holder’s registrable securities under Rule 144 of the Securities Act in any 90-day period.

 

Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

 

See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—A. Directors and Senior Management—Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements.”

 

Share Incentive Plans

 

See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—B. Compensation—Amended and Restated 2015 Plan” and  “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—B. Compensation—Domestic Employee Share Incentive Scheme.”

 

102


Table of Contents

 

C.                                    Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 8.                             FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

A.                                    Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

 

We have appended consolidated financial statements filed as part of this annual report.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are currently not a party to any material legal or administrative proceedings. We may from time to time be subject to various legal or administrative claims and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Litigation or any other legal or administrative proceeding, regardless of the outcome, is likely to result in substantial cost and diversion of our resources, including our management’s time and attention.

 

Dividend Policy

 

Our board of directors has discretion on whether to distribute dividends, subject to certain requirements of Cayman Islands law. In addition, our shareholders may by ordinary resolution declare a dividend, but no dividend may exceed the amount recommended by our board of directors. In either case, all dividends are subject to certain restrictions under Cayman Islands law, namely that our company may only pay dividends out of profits or share premium, and provided always that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in our company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. Even if we decide to pay dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant.

 

We do not have any present plan to pay any cash dividends on our Class A ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business.

 

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We may rely on dividends from our subsidiaries in China for our cash requirements, including any payment of dividends to our shareholders. PRC regulations may restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulation—Dividend Distribution.”

 

If we pay any dividends on our Class A ordinary shares, we will pay those dividends which are payable in respect of the Class A ordinary shares underlying our ADSs to the depositary, as the registered holder of such Class A ordinary shares, and the depositary then will pay such amounts to our ADS holders in proportion to Class A ordinary shares underlying the ADSs held by such ADS holders, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, including the fees and expenses payable thereunder. Cash dividends on our Class A ordinary shares, if any, will be paid in U.S. dollars.

 

B.                                    Significant Changes

 

We have not experienced any significant changes since the date of our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.

 

ITEM 9.                             THE OFFER AND LISTING

 

A.                                    Offering and Listing Details

 

Our ADSs, each representing 40 of our Class A ordinary shares, have been listed on the NYSE since March 28, 2018. Our ADSs trade under the symbol “ONE.”

 

103


Table of Contents

 

B.                                    Plan of Distribution

 

Not applicable.

 

C.                                    Markets

 

Our ADSs, each representing 40 of our Class A ordinary shares, have been listed on the NYSE since March 28, 2018. Our ADSs trade under the symbol “ONE.”

 

D.                                    Selling Shareholders

 

Not applicable.

 

E.                                    Dilution

 

Not applicable.

 

F.                                     Expenses of the Issue

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 10.                      ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

A.                                    Share Capital

 

Not applicable.

 

B.                                    Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

We have adopted an amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. The following are summaries of material provisions of the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that we adopt and of the Companies Law, insofar as they relate to the material terms of our ordinary shares.

 

Objects of Our Company.  Under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the objects of our company are unrestricted and we have the full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the law of the Cayman Islands.

 

Ordinary Shares.  Our authorized share capital is US$50,000 consisting of 50,000,000,000 shares comprising of (i) 37,703,157,984 Class A ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.000001 each, (ii) 2,296,842,016 Class B ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.000001 each and (iii) 10,000,000,000 shares of a par value of US$0.000001 each of such class or classes (however designated) as our board of directors may determine in accordance with our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. All of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Our ordinary shares are issued in registered form, and are issued when registered in our register of members. Our shareholders who are non-residents of the Cayman Islands may freely hold and vote their ordinary shares. Under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, our company may not issue bearer shares.

 

Dividends.  The holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors. Dividends may be declared and paid out of our profits, share premium account or any other fund or account which can be authorized for this purpose in accordance with the Companies Law. Under the laws of the Cayman Islands, our company may pay a dividend out of either profit or share premium account, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in our company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business.

 

Voting Rights.  Voting at any shareholders’ meeting is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded. A poll may be demanded by the chairman of such meeting or any shareholder present in person or by proxy at the meeting.

 

104


Table of Contents

 

An ordinary resolution to be passed at a meeting by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes attaching to the ordinary shares cast at a meeting, while a special resolution requires the affirmative vote of no less than two-thirds of the votes cast attaching to the outstanding ordinary shares at a meeting. A special resolution will be required for important matters such as a change of name or making changes to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Holders of our ordinary shares may effect certain changes by ordinary resolution, including increasing the amount of our authorized share capital, consolidating all or any of our share capital into shares of larger amount than our existing shares, sub-dividing our shares or any of them into shares of an amount smaller than that fixed by our memorandum, and cancelling any unissued shares. Both ordinary resolution and special resolution may also be passed by an unanimous written resolution signed by all the shareholders of our company, as permitted by the Companies Law and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

 

Appointment and Removal of Directors.  Our board of directors may, by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the directors present and voting at a board meeting, appoint any person as a director, to fill a casual vacancy on the board or as an addition to the existing board.  Directors may be removed by ordinary resolution of our shareholders.

 

General Meetings of Shareholders.  As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we are not obliged by the Companies Law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings. Our memorandum and articles of association provide that we may (but are not obliged to) in each year hold a general meeting as our annual general meeting in which case we shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it, and the annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as may be determined by our directors.

 

Shareholders’ general meetings may be convened by the chairman of board of directors or a majority of our board of directors. Advance notice of at least ten days is required for the convening of our annual general shareholders’ meeting (if any) and any other general meeting of our shareholders. A quorum required for any general meeting of shareholders consists of at least one shareholder present or by proxy, representing not less than one-third of all votes attaching to all of our shares in issue and entitled to vote.

 

The Companies Law provides shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting, and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in a company’s articles of association. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that upon the requisition of shareholders representing in aggregate not less than one-third of the votes attaching to the outstanding shares of our company entitled to vote at general meetings, our board will convene an extraordinary general meeting and put the resolutions so requisitioned to a vote at such meeting. However, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not provide our shareholders with any right to put any proposals before annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings not called by such shareholders.

 

Transfer of Ordinary Shares.  Subject to the restrictions set out below, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her ordinary shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or any other form approved by our board of directors.

 

Our board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share which is not fully paid up or on which we have a lien. Our board of directors may also decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share unless:

 

·                  the instrument of transfer is lodged with us, accompanied by the certificate for the ordinary shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our board of directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

·                  the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of ordinary shares;

 

·                  the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required; and

 

·                  in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the ordinary share is to be transferred does not exceed four.

 

105


Table of Contents

 

·                  a fee of such maximum sum as the New York Stock Exchange may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as our directors may from time to time require is paid to us in respect thereof.

 

If our directors refuse to register a transfer they shall, within three months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal.

 

The registration of transfers may, after compliance with any notice required of the New York Stock Exchange, be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods as our board of directors may from time to time determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than 30 days in any year as our board may determine.

 

Liquidation.  On the winding up of our company, if the assets available for distribution amongst our shareholders shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst our shareholders in proportion to the par value of the shares held by them at the commencement of the winding up, subject to a deduction from those shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to our company for unpaid calls or otherwise. If our assets available for distribution are insufficient to repay all of the paid-up capital, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are borne by our shareholders in proportion to the par value of the shares held by them.

 

Calls on Shares and Forfeiture of Shares.  Our board of directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid on their shares in a notice served to such shareholders at least 14 days prior to the specified time and place of payment. The shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture.

 

Redemption, Repurchase and Surrender of Shares.  We may issue shares on terms that such shares are subject to redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders of these shares, on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by our board of directors or by the shareholders by special resolution. Our Company may also repurchase any of our shares on such terms and in such manner as have been approved by our board of directors or by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. Under the Companies Law, the redemption or repurchase of any share may be paid out of our Company’s profits or out of the proceeds of a new issue of shares made for the purpose of such redemption or repurchase, or out of capital (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve) if our company can, immediately following such payment, pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. In addition, under the Companies Law no such share may be redeemed or repurchased (a) unless it is fully paid up, (b) if such redemption or repurchase would result in there being no shares outstanding or (c) if the company has commenced liquidation. In addition, our company may accept the surrender of any fully paid share for no consideration.

 

Variations of Rights of Shares.  If at any time, out share capital is divided into different classes or series of shares, the rights attached to any class or series of shares (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or series), whether or not our company is being wound-up, may be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of two-thirds of the issued shares of that class or series or with the sanction of a resolution passed by a two-thirds majority of the votes cast at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of the class or series. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with such existing class of shares.

 

Issuance of Additional Shares.  Our amended and restated amended and restated memorandum of association authorizes our board of directors to issue additional ordinary shares from time to time as our board of directors shall determine, to the extent of available authorized but unissued shares.

 

Our amended and restated amended and restated memorandum of association also authorizes our board of directors to establish from time to time one or more series of preference shares and to determine, with respect to any series of preference shares, the terms and rights of that series, including:

 

·                  the designation of the series;

 

106


Table of Contents

 

·                  the number of shares of the series;

 

·                  the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights; and

 

·                  the rights and terms of redemption and liquidation preferences.

 

Our board of directors may issue preference shares without action by our shareholders to the extent authorized but unissued. Issuance of these shares may dilute the voting power of holders of ordinary shares.

 

Inspection of Books and Records.  Holders of our ordinary shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. However, we will provide our shareholders with annual audited financial statements.

 

Changes in Capital  Our shareholders may from time to time by ordinary resolution to:

 

·                  increase our share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such classes and amount, as the resolution shall prescribe;

 

·                  consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of a larger amount than our existing shares;

 

·                  sub-divide our existing shares, or any of them into shares of a smaller amount, provided that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in case of the share from which the reduced share is derived; or

 

·                  cancel any shares that, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of our share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.

 

Our shareholders may, by special resolution and subject to confirmation by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands on an application by our company for an order confirming such reduction, reduce our share capital and any capital redemption reserve in any manner authorized by law.

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions.  Some provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including provisions that:

 

·                  authorize our board of directors to issue preference shares in one or more series and to designate the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such preference shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders; and

 

·                  limit the ability of shareholders to requisition and convene general meetings of shareholders.

 

However, under Cayman Islands law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association for a proper purpose and for what they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of our company.

 

Exempted Company.  We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Law. The Companies Law distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except that an exempted company:

 

·                  does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;

 

107


Table of Contents

 

·                  is not required to open its register of members for inspection;

 

·                  does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

 

·                  may issue negotiable or bearer shares or shares with no par value;

 

·                  may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

 

·                  may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

 

·                  may register as a limited duration company; and

 

·                  may register as a segregated portfolio company.

 

“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).

 

C.                                    Material Contracts

 

We have not entered into any material contracts other than in the ordinary course of business and other than those described in “Item 4. Information on the Company,” “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions,” or elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

D.                                    Exchange Controls

 

See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulation—Regulation on Foreign Currency Exchange.”

 

E.                                    Taxation

 

The following summary of the material Cayman Islands, PRC and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this registration statement, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under U.S. state and local tax laws or under the tax laws of jurisdictions other than the Cayman Islands, the People’s Republic of China and the United States.

 

Cayman Islands Taxation

 

According to Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP, our Cayman Islands counsel, the Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or, after execution, brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands is not party to any double tax treaties that are applicable to any payments made to or by our company. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

 

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our ordinary shares and ADSs will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of our ordinary shares or ADSs, nor will gains derived from the disposal of our ordinary shares or ADSs be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.

 

108


Table of Contents

 

People’s Republic of China Taxation

 

Although we are incorporated in the Cayman Islands, we may be treated as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes under the Enterprise Income Tax Law. The Enterprise Income Tax Law provides that an enterprise established under the laws of a foreign country or region but whose “de facto management body” is located in the PRC is treated as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. The implementing rules of the Enterprise Income Tax Law merely define the location of the “de facto management body” as the “body that exercises full and substantial control over and overall management of the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise.” Based on a review of the facts and circumstances, we do not believe that OneSmart International Education Group Limited or OneSmart Edu (HK) Limited should be considered a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. However, there is limited guidance and implementation history of the Enterprise Income Tax Law. If OneSmart International Education Group Limited were to be considered a PRC resident enterprise, any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares by investors that are non-PRC enterprises and any interest or dividends payable by us to such investors is subject to PRC income tax at a rate of 10%. In case of investors that are non-PRC individuals, the applicable PRC income tax rate is 20%. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders or ADS holders.”

 

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

The following discussion is a summary of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the ownership and disposition of our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares by a U.S. Holder (as defined below) and holds our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment) under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. This discussion is based upon existing U.S. federal tax law, which is subject to differing interpretations or change, possibly with retroactive effect. No ruling has been sought from the Internal Revenue Service, the IRS, with respect to any U.S. federal income tax consequences described below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position. This discussion, moreover, does not address the U.S. federal estate, gift, Medicare net investment income and alternative minimum tax considerations, or any state, local and non-U.S. tax considerations, relating to the ownership or disposition of our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares. The following summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to particular investors in light of their individual circumstances or to persons in special tax situations such as:

 

·                  banks and other financial institutions;

 

·                  insurance companies;

 

·                  pension plans;

 

·                  cooperatives;

 

·                  regulated investment companies;

 

·                  real estate investment trusts;

 

·                  broker-dealers;

 

·                  traders that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting;

 

·                  certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents;

 

·                  tax-exempt entities (including private foundations);

 

·                  persons liable for alternative minimum tax;

 

109


Table of Contents

 

·                  holders who acquire their ADSs or Class A ordinary shares pursuant to any employee share option or otherwise as compensation;

 

·                  investors that will hold their ADSs or Class A ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

·                  investors that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar;

 

·                  persons required to accelerate the recognition of any item of gross income with respect to their ADSs or Class A ordinary shares as a result of such income being recognized on an applicable financial statement;

 

·                  persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our stock by vote or value; or

 

·                  partnerships or other entities taxable as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or persons holding ADSs or Class A ordinary shares through such entities.

 

All of such persons in special tax situations may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those discussed below.

 

Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding the application of U.S. federal taxation to its particular circumstances, and the state, local, non-U.S. and other tax considerations of the ownership and disposition of our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares.

 

General

 

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

·                  an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

·                  a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created in, or organized under the law of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

·                  an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

·                  a trust (A) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) that has otherwise validly elected to be treated as a U.S. person under the Code.

 

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares and their partners are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding an investment in our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares.

 

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, it is generally expected that a U.S. Holder of ADSs will be treated as the beneficial owner of the underlying shares represented by the ADSs. The remainder of this discussion assumes that a U.S. Holder of our ADSs will be treated in this manner. Accordingly, deposits or withdrawals of Class A ordinary shares for ADSs will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.

 

110


Table of Contents

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

 

A non-U.S. corporation, such as our company, will be classified as a PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, if either (i) 75% or more of its gross income for such year consists of certain types of “passive” income or (ii) 50% or more of the value of its assets (generally determined on the basis of a quarterly average) during such year is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, cash and assets readily convertible into cash are categorized as a passive asset and the company’s goodwill and other unbooked intangibles are taken into account. Passive income generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and gains from the disposition of passive assets. We will be treated as owning a proportionate share of the assets and earning a proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock.

 

Although the law in this regard is not entirely clear, we treat our consolidated VIEs as being owned by us for U.S. federal income tax purposes because we control their management decisions, we are entitled to substantially all of the economic benefits associated with these entities, and, as a result, we consolidate their results of operations in our consolidated U.S. GAAP financial statements. If it were determined, however, that we are not the owner of the consolidated VIEs for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we may be treated as a PFIC for the current taxable year and any subsequent taxable year.

 

Assuming that we are the owner of the VIEs for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we do not believe that we were a PFIC for the taxable year ended August 31, 2019 and do not anticipate becoming a PFIC for the foreseeable future. While we do not anticipate becoming a PFIC in the foreseeable future, no assurance can be given in this regard because the determination of whether we will be or become a PFIC is a factual determination made annually that will depend, in part, upon the composition of our income and assets. Fluctuations in the market price of our ADSs may cause us to be classified as a PFIC for the current or future taxable years because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test, including the value of our goodwill and unbooked intangibles, may be determined by reference to the market price of our ADSs from time to time (which may be volatile). If our market capitalization subsequently declines, we may be or become classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or future taxable years. Furthermore, the composition of our income and assets may also be affected by how, and how quickly, we use our liquid assets. Under circumstances where our revenue from activities that produce passive income significantly increases relative to our revenue from activities that produce non-passive income, or where we determine not to deploy significant amounts of cash for active purposes, our risk of becoming classified as a PFIC may substantially increase.

 

If we are classified as a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares, the PFIC rules discussed below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” generally will apply to such U.S. Holder for such taxable year, and unless the U.S. Holder makes certain elections, will apply in future years even if we cease to be a PFIC.

 

The discussion below under “Dividends” and “Sale or Other Disposition” is written on the basis that we will not be or become classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The U.S. federal income tax rules that apply generally if we are treated as a PFIC are discussed below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”

 

Dividends

 

Any cash distributions (including the amount of any PRC tax withheld) paid on our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, will generally be includible in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as dividend income on the day actually or constructively received by the U.S. Holder, in the case of Class A ordinary shares, or by the depositary, in the case of ADSs. Because we do not intend to determine our earnings and profits on the basis of U.S. federal income tax principles, any distribution we pay will generally be treated as a “dividend” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Dividends received on our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations. A non-corporate U.S. Holder will be subject to tax at the lower capital gain tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income,” provided that certain conditions are satisfied, including that (1) the ADSs or ordinary shares on which the dividends are paid are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or, in the event that we are deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise under the PRC tax law, we are eligible for the benefit of the United States-PRC income tax treaty, (2) we are neither a PFIC nor treated as such with respect to a U.S. Holder (as discussed below) for the taxable year in which the dividend was paid or the preceding taxable year, and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. Our ADSs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, which is an established securities market in the United States, and are expected to be readily tradable. There can be no assurance, however, that our ADSs will continue to be considered readily tradable on an established securities market in later years.

 

111


Table of Contents

 

In the event that we are deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law (see “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—People’s Republic of China Taxation”), we may be eligible for the benefits of the United States-PRC income tax treaty. If we are eligible for such benefits, dividends we pay on our Class A ordinary shares, regardless of whether such shares are represented by the ADSs, would be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation described in the preceding paragraph (subject to clauses (2) and (3) of such paragraph). U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends in their particular circumstances.

 

Dividends will generally be treated as income from foreign sources for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes and will generally constitute passive category income. Depending on the U.S. Holder’s individual facts and circumstances, a U.S. Holder may be eligible, subject to a number of complex limitations, to claim a foreign tax credit in respect of any non-refundable foreign withholding taxes imposed on dividends received on our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder who does not elect to claim a foreign tax credit for foreign tax withheld may instead claim a deduction, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in respect of such withholding, but only for a year in which such holder elects to do so for all creditable foreign income taxes. The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex and their outcome depends in large part on the U.S. Holder’s individual facts and circumstances. Accordingly, U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under their particular circumstances.

 

Sale or Other Disposition

 

A U.S. Holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of ADSs or Class A ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the disposition and the holder’s adjusted tax basis in such ADSs or Class A ordinary shares. Any capital gain or loss will be long-term if the ADSs or Class A ordinary shares have been held for more than one year and will generally be U.S.-source gain or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. In the event that gain from the disposition of the ADSs or Class A ordinary shares is subject to tax in the PRC, a U.S. Holder may elect to treat such gain as PRC source gain under the United States-PRC income tax treaty (assuming such holder is eligible for benefits under that treaty). If a U.S. Holder does not make this election, such holder may not be able to credit any PRC tax imposed upon the disposition of the ADSs or Class A ordinary shares unless such holder has other income from foreign sources in the appropriate category for purposes of the foreign tax credit rules. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences if a foreign tax is imposed on a disposition of our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares, including the availability of the foreign tax credit under their particular circumstances. The deductibility of a capital loss may be subject to limitations.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

 

If we are classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares, and unless the U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election (as described below), the U.S. Holder will generally be subject to special tax rules on (i) any excess distribution that we make to the U.S. Holder (which generally means any distribution paid during a taxable year to a U.S. Holder that is greater than 125 percent of the average annual distributions paid in the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs or Class A ordinary shares), and (ii) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of ADSs or Class A ordinary shares. Under the PFIC rules:

 

·                  the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs or Class A ordinary shares;

 

112


Table of Contents

 

·                  the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable years in the U.S. Holder’s holding period prior to the first taxable year in which we are classified as a PFIC (each, a “pre-PFIC year”), will be taxable as ordinary income;

 

·                  the amount allocated to each prior taxable year, other than a pre-PFIC year, will be subject to tax at the highest tax rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that year; and

 

·                  the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the tax attributable to each prior taxable year, other than a pre-PFIC year.

 

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares and any of our subsidiaries, variable interest entities or any of the subsidiaries of our variable interest entities is also a PFIC, such U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC for purposes of the application of these rules. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries, variable interest entities or any of the subsidiaries of our variable interest entities.

 

As an alternative to the foregoing rules, a U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such stock, provided that such stock is regularly traded. Our ADSs are expected to qualify as being regularly traded, but no assurances may be given in this regard. If a U.S. Holder makes this election, the holder will generally (i) include as ordinary income for each taxable year that we are a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of ADSs held at the end of the taxable year over the adjusted tax basis of such ADSs and (ii) deduct as an ordinary loss the excess, if any, of the adjusted tax basis of the ADSs over the fair market value of such ADSs held at the end of the taxable year, but such deduction will only be allowed to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. The U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ADSs would be adjusted to reflect any income or loss resulting from the mark-to-market election. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election in respect of a corporation classified as a PFIC and such corporation ceases to be classified as a PFIC, the holder will not be required to take into account the gain or loss described above during any period that such corporation is not classified as a PFIC. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election, any gain such U.S. Holder recognizes upon the sale or other disposition of our ADSs in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as ordinary loss, but such loss will only be treated as ordinary loss to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election.

 

Because a mark-to-market election cannot be made for any lower-tier PFICs that we may own, a U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to such U.S. Holder’s indirect interest in any investments held by us that are treated as an equity interests in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

We do not intend to provide information necessary for U.S. Holders to make qualified electing fund elections which, if available, would result in tax treatment different from (and generally less adverse than) the general tax treatment for PFICs described above.

 

If a U.S. Holder owns our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares during any taxable year that we are a PFIC, the holder must generally file an annual IRS Form 8621. You should consult your tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares if we are or become a PFIC.

 

F.                                     Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Not applicable.

 

G.                                   Statement by Experts

 

Not applicable.

 

113


Table of Contents

 

H.                                   Documents on Display

 

We are subject to the periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Under the Exchange Act, we are required to file reports and other information with the SEC. Specifically, we are required to file annually a Form 20-F no later than four months after the close of each fiscal year. Copies of reports and other information, when so filed, may be inspected without charge and may be obtained at prescribed rates at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549.

 

The public may obtain information regarding the Washington, D.C. Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that make electronic filings with the SEC using its EDGAR system.

 

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of quarterly reports and proxy statements, and officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we will furnish Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the depositary of our ADSs, with our annual reports, which will include a review of operations and annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP, and all notices of shareholders’ meetings and other reports and communications that are made generally available to our shareholders. The depositary will make such notices, reports and communications available to holders of ADSs and, upon our request, will mail to all record holders of ADSs the information contained in any notice of a shareholders’ meeting received by the depositary from us.

 

I.                                        Subsidiary Information

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 11.                      QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Inflation

 

To date, inflation in China has not materially impacted our results of operations. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the year-over-year percent changes in the consumer price index for December 2017 and 2018 were increases of 1.6% and 1.9%, respectively. Although we have not been materially affected by inflation in the past, we can provide no assurance that we will not be affected by higher rates of inflation in China in the future.

 

Market Risks

 

Foreign Exchange Risk

 

Foreign currency risk arises from future commercial transactions and recognized assets and liabilities. A significant portion of our revenue-generating transactions and expense-related transactions are denominated in Renminbi, which is the functional currency of our subsidiaries, VIE and its subsidiaries and schools in China. We do not hedge against currency risk.

 

114


Table of Contents

 

The value of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions and the foreign exchange policy adopted by the PRC government. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar. Following the removal of the U.S. dollar peg, the Renminbi appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the PRC government has allowed the Renminbi to appreciate slowly against the U.S. dollar again, and it has appreciated more than 10% since June 2010. On August 11, 2015, the PBOC announced plans to improve the central parity rate of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar by authorizing market-makers to provide parity to the China Foreign Exchange Trading Center operated by the PBOC with reference to the interbank foreign exchange market closing rate of the previous day, the supply and demand for foreign currencies as well as changes in exchange rates of major international currencies. Effective from October 1, 2016, the International Monetary Fund added Renminbi to its Special Drawing Rights currency basket. Such change and additional future changes may increase volatility in the trading value of the Renminbi against foreign currencies. In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Renminbi has depreciated significantly in the backdrop of a surging U.S. dollar and persistent capital outflows from China. The PRC government may adopt further reforms of its exchange rate system, including making the Renminbi freely convertible in the future. Accordingly, it is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.

 

To the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars into Renminbi for our operations, appreciation of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would reduce the Renminbi amount we receive from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert Renminbi into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our ordinary shares or ADSs, servicing our outstanding debt, or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi would reduce the U.S. dollar amounts available to us.

 

As of August 31, 2019, we had Renminbi-denominated cash and cash equivalents of RMB1,386.4 million. A 10% depreciation of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar based on the foreign exchange rate on August 31, 2019 would result in a decrease of US$10.8 million in cash and cash equivalents.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Our exposure to interest rate risk primarily relates to the interest income generated by excess cash, which is mostly held in interest-bearing bank deposits. Interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. We have not been exposed to material risks due to changes in interest rates, and we have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest risk exposure. However, our future interest income may fall short of expectations due to changes in market interest rates.

 

ITEM 12.                      DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

 

A.                          Debt Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

B.                          Warrants and Rights

 

Not applicable.

 

C.                          Other Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

D.                          American Depositary Shares

 

Fees and Charges Our ADS Holders May Have to Pay

 

As an ADS holder, you will be required to pay the following service fees to the depositary bank and certain taxes and governmental charges (in addition to any applicable fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges payable on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs):

 

115


Table of Contents

 

Service

 

Fees

·                  To any person to which ADSs are issued or to any person to which a distribution is made in respect of ADS distributions pursuant to stock dividends or other free distributions of stock, bonus distributions, stock splits or other distributions (except where converted to cash)

 

Up to US$0.05 per ADS issued

 

 

 

·                  Cancellation of ADSs, including the case of termination of the deposit agreement

 

Up to US$0.05 per ADS cancelled

 

 

 

·                  Distribution of cash dividends

 

Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

 

 

 

·                  Distribution of cash entitlements (other than cash dividends) and/or cash proceeds from the sale of rights, securities and other entitlements

 

Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

 

 

 

·                  Distribution of ADSs pursuant to exercise of rights

 

Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

 

 

 

·                  Distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs

 

Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

 

 

 

·                  Depositary services

 

Up to US$0.05 per ADS held on the applicable record date(s) established by the depositary bank

 

As an ADS holder, you will also be responsible to pay certain fees and expenses incurred by the depositary bank and certain taxes and governmental charges (in addition to any applicable fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges payable on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs) such as:

 

·                  Fees for the transfer and registration of Class A ordinary shares charged by the registrar and transfer agent for the Class A ordinary shares in the Cayman Islands (i.e., upon deposit and withdrawal of Class A ordinary shares).

 

·                  Expenses incurred for converting foreign currency into U.S. dollars.

 

·                  Expenses for cable, telex and fax transmissions and for delivery of securities.

 

·                  Taxes and duties upon the transfer of securities, including any applicable stamp duties, any stock transfer charges or withholding taxes (i.e., when Class A ordinary shares are deposited or withdrawn from deposit).

 

·                  Fees and expenses incurred in connection with the delivery or servicing of Class A ordinary shares on deposit.

 

·                  Fees and expenses incurred in connection with complying with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements applicable to Class A ordinary shares, deposited securities, ADSs and ADRs.

 

·                  Any applicable fees and penalties thereon.

 

The depositary fees payable upon the issuance and cancellation of ADSs are typically paid to the depositary bank by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) receiving the newly issued ADSs from the depositary bank and by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) delivering the ADSs to the depositary bank for cancellation. The brokers in turn charge these fees to their clients. Depositary fees payable in connection with distributions of cash or securities to ADS holders and the depositary services fee are charged by the depositary bank to the holders of record of ADSs as of the applicable ADS record date.

 

The depositary fees payable for cash distributions are generally deducted from the cash being distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. In the case of distributions other than cash (i.e., share dividends, rights), the depositary bank charges the applicable fee to the ADS record date holders concurrent with the distribution. In the case of ADSs registered in the name of the investor (whether certificated or uncertificated in direct registration), the depositary bank sends invoices to the applicable record date ADS holders. In the case of ADSs held in brokerage and custodian accounts (via DTC), the depositary bank generally collects its fees through the systems provided by DTC (whose nominee is the registered holder of the ADSs held in DTC) from the brokers and custodians holding ADSs in their DTC accounts. The brokers and custodians who hold their clients’ ADSs in DTC accounts in turn charge their clients’ accounts the amount of the fees paid to the depositary banks.

 

116


Table of Contents

 

In the event of refusal to pay the depositary fees, the depositary bank may, under the terms of the deposit agreement, refuse the requested service until payment is received or may set off the amount of the depositary fees from any distribution to be made to the ADS holder.

 

The depositary may make payments to us or reimburse us for certain costs and expenses, by making available a portion of the ADS fees collected in respect of the ADR program or otherwise, upon such terms and conditions as we and the depositary bank agree from time to time.

 

Fees and Other Payments Made by the Depositary to Us

 

The depositary anticipates to make payments to us or reimburse us for certain costs and expenses, by making available a portion of the ADS fees collected in respect of the ADR program or otherwise, upon such terms and conditions as we and the depositary bank agree from time to time. We did not receive such reimbursement from the depositary in the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019.

 

PART II

 

ITEM 13.                      DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

 

None.

 

ITEM 14.                      MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

 

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders

 

See “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association—Ordinary Shares” for a description of the rights of securities holders, which remain unchanged.

 

Use of Proceeds

 

The following “Use of Proceeds” information relates to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File Number 333-223406 ) (the “F-1 Registration Statement”) in relation to our IPO of 16,300,000 ADSs representing 652,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, at an initial offering price of US$11.00 per ADS. Our IPO closed in March 2018. Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and UBS Securities LLC were the representatives of the underwriters for our IPO.

 

The F-1 Registration Statement was declared effective by the SEC on March 27, 2018. The total expenses incurred for our company’s account in connection with our IPO was approximately US$17.7 million, which included US$12.6 million in underwriting discounts and commissions for the IPO and approximately US$5.1 million in other costs and expenses for our IPO. We received net proceeds of approximately US166.7 million from our IPO. None of the transaction expenses included payments to directors or officers of our company or their associates, persons owning more than 10% or more of our equity securities or our affiliates. None of the net proceeds from the IPO were paid, directly or indirectly, to any of our directors or officers or their associates, persons owning 10% or more of our equity securities or our affiliates.

 

117


Table of Contents

 

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, we used the net proceeds from our IPO as follows:

 

·                  approximately US$62.7 million for upgrade and expansion of our study center network and education talent recruitment and training;

 

·                  approximately US$17.0 million for research and development expenditures in service offerings and initiatives, curriculum design and data analytics capabilities; and

 

·                  approximately US$59.6 million for working capital optimization and other general corporate purposes, including selective investments and acquisitions of education businesses that complement our existing service offerings and/or further strengthen our curriculum and teaching material design and technology capabilities.

 

As of August 31, 2019, we have used up the net proceeds from our initial public offering.

 

ITEM 15.                      CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, which is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act, as of August 31, 2019. Based upon that evaluation, our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, has concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15 (f) under the Exchange Act. Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established in the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of August 31, 2019.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

 

Changes in Internal Control

 

Other than as described above, there were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

118


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 16A.              AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

 

See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—C. Board Practices.”

 

ITEM 16B.              CODE OF ETHICS

 

Our board of directors adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers, employees and advisors in March 2018. We have posted a copy of our code of business conduct and ethics on our website at www.onesmart.investorroom.com.

 

ITEM 16C.              PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The following table sets forth the aggregate fees billed by Ernst & Young Hua Ming LLP and its affiliates, our principal auditor or accountant for the periods indicated. We did not pay any other fees to our principal auditor during the periods indicated below.

 

 

 

Year Ended August 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

2019

 

 

 

(in US$ thousands)

 

Audit fees(1)

 

659

 

811

 

All other fees(2)

 

45

 

7

 

Tax fees(3)

 

 

59

 

 


(1)       “Audit fees” means the aggregate fees billed in each of the fiscal years listed for professional services rendered by our principal auditors for the audit of our annual financial statements, net of out-of-pocket expenses incurred and taxes.

 

(2)       “All other fees” represents the aggregate fees billed listed for services rendered by our principal auditors associated with certain due diligence project and review of our financial statements and not reported under “Audit fees” in the fiscal year of 2018 and 2019, respectively, net of out-of-pocket expenses incurred and taxes.

 

(3)       “Tax fees” represents the aggregate fees billed listed for the professional tax services rendered by our principal auditors.

 

ITEM 16D.             EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16E.             PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

 

On October 5, 2018, our board of directors authorized a share repurchase program, under which we may purchase up to US$30.0 million worth of our shares over the next 12 months from October 5, 2018. The US$30.0 share repurchase program was publicly announced on October 5, 2018. This share repurchase program expired on October 4, 2019.

 

On April 29, 2019, our board of directors authorized a share repurchase program, under which we may purchase up to US$50.0 million worth of our shares over the next 12 months from April 29, 2019 through April 28, 2020. The US$50.0 share repurchase program was publicly announced on April 29, 2019.

 

119


Table of Contents

 

The table below summarizes the repurchases we made in the periods indicated.

 

Month

 

Total Number of
Ordinary
Shares
Purchased

 

Average Price
Paid Per
Ordinary
Share
(US$)

 

Total Number of
Ordinary
Shares
Purchased as
Part of Share
Repurchase
Program

 

Approximate
Dollar Value of
Ordinary Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased
Under Share
Repurchase
Program
(US$, in millions)

 

September 2018

 

 

 

 

30.00

 

October 2018

 

 

 

 

30.00

 

November 2018

 

31,762,598

 

0.19

 

31,762,598

 

23.67

 

December 2018

 

20,656,080

 

0.19

 

20,656,080

 

19.79

 

January 2019

 

20,344,800

 

0.21

 

20,344,800

 

15.45

 

February 2019

 

18,494,000

 

0.21

 

18,494,000

 

11.59

 

March 2019

 

21,223,640

 

0.21

 

21,223,640

 

7.04

 

April 2019

 

27,916,760

 

0.21

 

27,916,760

 

51.19

 

May 2019

 

5,364,600

 

0.22

 

5,364,600

 

50.01

 

June 2019

 

 

 

 

55.01

 

July 2019

 

 

 

 

55.01

 

August 2019

 

 

 

 

55.01

 

 

ITEM 16F.               CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16G.             CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

As a Cayman Islands company listed on the NYSE, we are subject to the NYSE corporate governance listing standards. However, NYSE rules permit a foreign private issuer like us to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands, which is our home country, may differ significantly from the NYSE corporate governance listing standards. Under the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual, or the NYSE Manual, U.S. domestic listed companies are required to have a majority independent board, which is not required under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands. Currently, our board of directors is composed of six members, three of whom are independent directors. In addition, the NYSE Manual requires U.S. domestic listed companies to have a compensation committee and a nominating/corporate governance committee, each composed entirely of independent directors, which are not required under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands. Currently, our compensation committee is composed of four members, only three of whom are independent directors. Our nominating and corporate governance committee is composed of four members, only three of whom are independent directors. In addition, the NYSE Manual requires shareholder approval for certain matters, including (i) requiring that shareholders must be given the opportunity to vote on all equity compensation plans and material revisions to those plans, and (ii) requiring that shareholder approval is required prior to the issuance of common stock, or of securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock in certain transaction or series of related transactions, which is not required under the Cayman Islands law. We intend to comply with the requirements of Cayman Islands law only in determining whether shareholder approval is required.

 

As a result of our choice to follow home country practice in those matters, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would under the NYSE corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors— Risks Related to Our American Depositary Shares—As a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards; these practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with the NYSE corporate governance listing standards.”

 

ITEM 16H.            MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

120


Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

ITEM 17.       FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

We have elected to provide financial statements pursuant to Item 18.

 

ITEM 18.                      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of OneSmart International Education Group Limited, its subsidiaries and its consolidated affiliated entities are included at the end of this annual report.

 

ITEM 19.                      EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Document

1.1

 

Fifth Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant, effective April 2, 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the annual report on Form 20-F filed on December 27, 2019 (File No. 001-38430))

 

 

 

2.1

 

Registrant’s Specimen American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 2.3) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 16, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

2.2

 

Registrant’s Specimen Certificate for ordinary shares (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 16, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

2.3

 

Form of Deposit Agreement among the Registrant, the depositary and holder of the American Depositary Receipts (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 16, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

2.4*

 

Description of Securities

 

 

 

4.1

 

Amended and Restated 2015 Share Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

4.2

 

Shareholders Agreement between the Registrant and other parties thereto dated April 21, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

4.3

 

Amendment to Shareholders Agreement between the Registrant and other parties thereto dated December 11, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

4.4

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its directors and executive officers (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

4.5

 

Form of Employment Agreement between the Registrant and its executive officers (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

121


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Document

4.6

 

English translation of Exclusive Purchase Right Agreement among Shanghai Jing Xue Rui Information Technology Co., Ltd., Shanghai Rui Si Technology Information Consulting Co.,  Ltd.. and its shareholders dated November 1, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.7

 

English translation of Exclusive Technology and Consulting Service Agreement between Shanghai Jing Xue Rui Information Technology Co., Ltd. and Shanghai Rui Si Technology Information Consulting Co., Ltd. dated November 1, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

4.8

 

English translation of Equity Pledge Agreement among Shanghai Jing Xue Rui Information Technology Co., Ltd., Shanghai Rui Si Technology Information Consulting Co., Ltd. and its shareholders dated November 1, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

4.9

 

English translation of Shareholders’ Voting Rights Agreement among Shanghai Jing Xue Rui Information Technology Co., Ltd., Shanghai Rui Si Technology Information Consulting Co., Ltd. and its shareholders dated November 1, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

4.10

 

English translation of Loan Agreement among Shanghai Jing Xue Rui Information Technology Co., Ltd. and the shareholders of Shanghai Rui Si Technology Information Consulting Co., Ltd. dated November 1, 2017(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

4.11

 

Share Purchase Agreement and its Supplemental Agreement between the Registrant and other parties dated April 21, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

4.12

 

Series A-1 Preferred Share Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and other parties dated April 21, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

4.13

 

Share Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and other parties dated October 31, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

4.14

 

Share Purchase Agreement between the Registrant, Zhang Xi, Happy Edu Inc. and Angus Holdings Limited dated October 27, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

4.15

 

English translation of Exclusive Purchase Right Agreement among Shanghai Jing Xue Rui Information Technology Co., Ltd., Shanghai OneSmart Education and Training Co.,  Ltd. and its shareholders dated January 24, 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

4.16

 

English translation of Exclusive Technology and Consultation Service Agreement between Shanghai Jing Xue Rui Information Technology Co., Ltd. and Shanghai OneSmart Education and Training Co., Ltd. dated January 24, 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

122


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Document

4.17

 

English translation of Equity Pledge Agreement among Shanghai Jing Xue Rui Information Technology Co., Ltd., Shanghai OneSmart Education and Training Co., Ltd. and its shareholders dated January 24, 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

4.18

 

English translation of Shareholders’ Voting Rights Agreement among Shanghai Jing Xue Rui Information Technology Co., Ltd., Shanghai OneSmart Education and Training Co.,  Ltd. and its shareholders dated January 24, 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

4.19

 

English translation of Loan Agreement among Shanghai Jing Xue Rui Information Technology Co., Ltd. and the shareholders of Shanghai OneSmart Education and Training Co.,  Ltd. dated January 24, 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

4.20

 

English translation of Payment Agreement among Lina Zheng, OneSmart International Education Group Limited, Shanghai OneSmart, Shanghai Jing Xue Rui Information and Technology Co.,  Ltd., Shanghai Jing Yu Investment Co., Ltd., Shanghai Xi Zhi Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. and Rui Si dated December 12, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

4.21

 

English translation of Payment Agreement among Guozhi Hu, OneSmart International Education Group Limited, Shanghai OneSmart, Shanghai Jing Xue Rui Information and Technology Co.,  Ltd., Shanghai Jing Yu Investment Co., Ltd., Shanghai Xi Zhi Enterprise Management Co., Ltd., Rui Si and other parties dated December 12, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

4.22*

 

English translation of Equity Transfer Agreement and Share Transfer Agreement relating to the acquisition of Tianjin Huaying among Shanghai Jingrui Education Investment Co., Ltd, ONESMART EDU INC., the equity interest holders of Tianjin Huaying Education Consulting Co., Ltd and other parties thereto dated September 1, 2018

 

 

 

4.23*

 

English translation of Framework Agreement and Equity Transfer Agreements relating to the acquisition of minority interest in Beijing Tus-Juren among Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd., Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd. and other parties thereto dated September 23, 2018

 

 

 

4.24*

 

English translation of Loan Framework Agreement among Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd., Beijing Yangguang Juren Education and Technology Co., Ltd. and Xiaofei Geng dated October 31, 2018

 

 

 

4.25*

 

Senior Facilities Agreement among the Registrant, UBS AG, Singapore Branch and other parties thereto dated March 27, 2019

 

 

 

8.1*

 

Principal subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

 

 

11.1

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the Registrant (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed on March 2, 2018 (File No. 333-223406))

 

 

 

12.1*

 

CEO Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

12.2*

 

CFO Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

13.1**

 

CEO Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

13.2**

 

CFO Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

15.1*

 

Consent of King & Wood Mallesons

 

 

 

15.2*

 

Consent of Ernst & Young Hua Ming LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm

 

 

 

15.3*

 

Consent of Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP

 

 

 

101.INS*

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

101.SCH*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

 

101.CAL*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

123


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Document

101.DEF*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

101.LAB*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

 

101.PRE*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 


*              Filed with this annual report on Form 20-F

 

**           Furnished with this annual report on Form 20-F

 

124


Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

 

OneSmart International Education Group Limited

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Xi Zhang

 

 

Name:

Xi Zhang

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Date: December 16, 2019

 

 

 

125


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Contents

 

Page(s)

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of August 31, 2019 and 2018

 

F-3 - F-4

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended August 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

 

F-5

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended August 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

 

F-6

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ (Deficit)/Equity for the Years Ended August 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

 

F-7 - F-9

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended August 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

 

F-10 - F12

 

 

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-13 - F-64

 

F-1


Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of OneSmart International Education Group Limited

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of OneSmart International Education Group Limited (the “Company”) and subsidiaries as of August 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ (deficit)/equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended August 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at August 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended August 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method for accounting for revenues from contracts with customers using a modified retrospective approach and its method for accounting for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of certain equity securities in the year ended August 31, 2019.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young Hua Ming LLP

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

Beijing, the People’s Republic of China

December 16, 2019

 

F-2


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

As of August 31,

 

 

 

Notes

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

1,410,747

 

1,386,412

 

193,787

 

Short-term investments

 

6

 

815,854

 

454,426

 

63,518

 

Prepayments and other current assets

 

7

 

252,964

 

578,787

 

80,900

 

Total current assets

 

 

 

2,479,565

 

2,419,625

 

338,205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

8

 

449,990

 

567,987

 

79,391

 

Intangible assets, net

 

9

 

112,119

 

168,622

 

23,569

 

Long-term investments

 

10

 

484,103

 

1,487,638

 

207,936

 

Goodwill

 

11

 

372,077

 

815,052

 

113,925

 

Deferred tax assets

 

14

 

37,455

 

83,104

 

11,616

 

Amount due from a related party

 

16

 

16,500

 

18,750

 

2,621

 

Other non-current assets

 

17

 

251,118

 

510,697

 

71,383

 

Total non-current assets

 

 

 

1,723,362

 

3,651,850

 

510,441

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

4,202,927

 

6,071,475

 

848,646

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (including accrued expenses and other current liabilities of the consolidated VIEs without recourse to the Group of RMB548,408 and RMB750,164 (US$104,855) as of August 31, 2018 and August 31, 2019, respectively)

 

12

 

579,533

 

816,392

 

114,111

 

Income taxes payable (including income taxes payable of the consolidated VIEs without recourse to the Group of RMB33,809 and RMB66,300 (US$9,267)) as of August 31, 2018 and August 31, 2019, respectively)

 

 

 

45,291

 

81,397

 

11,378

 

Prepayments from customers (including prepayments from customers of the consolidated VIEs without recourse to the Group of RMB1,991,647 and RMB2,170,766 (US$303,421) as of August 31, 2018 and August 31, 2019, respectively)

 

 

 

1,991,647

 

2,170,815

 

303,428

 

Short-term loan (including short-term loan of the consolidated VIEs without recourse to the Group of nil and RMB249,876 (US$34,927) as of August 31, 2018 and August 31, 2019, respectively)

 

18

 

 

249,876

 

34,927

 

Long-term loan, current portion (including long-term loan, current portion of the consolidated VIEs without recourse to the Group of RMB45,000 and RMB71,820 (US$10,039) as of August 31, 2018 and August 31, 2019, respectively)

 

18

 

45,000

 

71,820

 

10,039

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

2,661,471

 

3,390,300

 

473,883

 

 

F-3


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

As of August 31,

 

 

 

Notes

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities (including deferred tax liabilities of the consolidated VIEs without recourse to the Group of RMB23,528 and RMB55,719 (US$7,788) as of August 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively)

 

14

 

23,528

 

57,066

 

7,976

 

Long-term loan (including long-term loan of the consolidated VIEs without recourse to the Group of RMB405,000 and RMB376,380 (US$52,609) as of August 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively)

 

18

 

405,000

 

1,345,754

 

188,104

 

Unrecognized tax benefit (including liability for unrecognized tax benefit of the consolidated VIEs without recourse to the Group of RMB17,345 and RMB25,640 (US$3,584) as of August 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively)

 

 

 

17,685

 

29,442

 

4,115

 

Other non-current liabilities (including other non-current liabilities of the consolidated VIEs without recourse to the Group of nil and RMB43,440 (US$6,072) as of August 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively)

 

 

 

 

91,440

 

12,781

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

 

446,213

 

1,523,702

 

212,976

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

3,107,684

 

4,914,002

 

686,859

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A ordinary shares (US$0.000001 par value; 37,703,157,984 shares authorized; 4,220,365,545 issued and outstanding as of August 31, 2018; 4,314,817,545 issued and 4,130,261,827 outstanding as of August 31, 2019, respectively)

 

 

 

26

 

26

 

4

 

Class B ordinary shares (US$0.000001 par value; 2,296,842,016 and 2,296,842,016 issued and outstanding as of August 31, 2018 and August 31, 2019, respectively)

 

 

 

16

 

16

 

2

 

Treasury stock

 

15

 

 

(203,759

)

(28,481

)

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

 

5,426,503

 

5,501,992

 

769,047

 

Statutory reserves

 

22

 

4,272

 

7,080

 

990

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

 

(4,535,042

)

(4,300,153

)

(601,059

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

20

 

128,900

 

87,148

 

12,181

 

Total OneSmart International Education Group Limited shareholders’ equity

 

15

 

1,024,675

 

1,092,350

 

152,684

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

70,568

 

65,123

 

9,103

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

1,095,243

 

1,157,473

 

161,787

 

Total liabilities, non-controlling interests and shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

4,202,927

 

6,071,475

 

848,646

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

For the years ended August 31,

 

 

 

Notes

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues

 

5

 

2,057,557

 

2,862,692

 

3,993,873

 

558,248

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

 

(1,002,266

)

(1,413,090

)

(2,072,067

)

(289,625

)

Gross profit

 

 

 

1,055,291

 

1,449,602

 

1,921,806

 

268,623

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing

 

 

 

(369,221

)

(590,589

)

(816,658

)

(114,149

)

General and administrative

 

 

 

(381,332

)

(629,596

)

(876,609

)

(122,529

)

Total operating expenses

 

 

 

(750,553

)

(1,220,185

)

(1,693,267

)

(236,678

)

Operating income

 

 

 

304,738

 

229,417

 

228,539

 

31,945

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

13,484

 

23,824

 

81,207

 

11,351

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

(192

)

(18,660

)

(60,637

)

(8,476

)

Other income

 

 

 

19,410

 

89,320

 

82,836

 

11,578

 

Other expense

 

 

 

 

(4,428

)

(15,738

)

(2,200

)

Foreign exchange loss

 

 

 

(180

)

(1,168

)

(138

)

(19

)

Income before income tax and share of net (loss)/income from equity investees

 

 

 

337,260

 

318,305

 

316,069

 

44,179

 

Income tax expense

 

14

 

(92,016

)

(108,479

)

(121,541

)

(16,989

)

Income before share of net (loss)/income from equity investees

 

 

 

245,244

 

209,826

 

194,528

 

27,190

 

Share of net (loss)/income from equity investees

 

 

 

(1,939

)

4,630

 

(28,325

)

(3,959

)

Net income

 

 

 

243,305

 

214,456

 

166,203

 

23,231

 

Add: Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

 

15,522

 

31,480

 

79,165

 

11,065

 

Net income attributable to OneSmart International Education Group Limited’s shareholders

 

 

 

258,827

 

245,936

 

245,368

 

34,296

 

Allocation of undistributed earnings to redeemable convertible preferred shares

 

 

 

(111,771

)

 

 

 

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred shares

 

 

 

 

(962,905

)

 

 

Deemed dividend-repurchase of redeemable convertible preferred shares

 

 

 

 

(4,266

)

 

 

Net income/(loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders of OneSmart International Education Group Limited

 

 

 

147,056

 

(721,235

)

245,368

 

34,296

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

19

 

0.0580

 

(0.1740

)

0.0380

 

0.0053

 

Diluted

 

19

 

0.0580

 

(0.1740

)

0.0366

 

0.0051

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares used in earnings/(loss) per share computation (in millions of shares):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

19

 

2,534

 

4,145

 

6,460

 

6,460

 

Diluted

 

19

 

2,534

 

4,145

 

6,709

 

6,709

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

 

 

For the years ended August 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

243,305

 

214,456

 

166,203

 

23,231

 

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain/(loss) on available-for-sale investments, net of tax

 

13,295

 

23,319

 

(35,161

)

(4,915

)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

86,458

 

(6,591

)

(921

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

256,600

 

324,233

 

124,451

 

17,395

 

Add: Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interests

 

15,522

 

31,480

 

79,165

 

11,065

 

Comprehensive income attributable to OneSmart International Education Group Limited’s shareholders

 

272,122

 

355,713

 

203,616

 

28,460

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT)/EQUITY

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

 

 

Number of
ordinary
shares

 

Ordinary
shares

 

Additional
paid-in
capital

 

Statutory
reserves

 

Accumulated
deficit

 

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income

 

OneSmart
International
Education Group
shareholders’
deficit

 

Non-
controlling
interests

 

Total
shareholders’
deficit

 

 

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of September 1, 2016

 

2,534,381,925

 

17

 

57,348

 

 

(1,822,224

)

5,828

 

(1,759,031

)

12,488

 

(1,746,543

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

258,827

 

13,295

 

272,122

 

(15,522

)

256,600

 

Appropriation of statutory reserves

 

 

 

 

3,739

 

(3,739

)

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

 

 

 

(184

)

 

 

 

(184

)

(567

)

(751

)

Acquisition of subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,094

 

13,094

 

Capital contribution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,965

 

18,965

 

Share-based compensation (Note 13)

 

 

 

24,975

 

 

 

 

24,975

 

 

24,975

 

Balance as of August 31, 2017

 

2,534,381,925

 

17

 

82,139

 

3,739

 

(1,567,136

)

19,123

 

(1,462,118

)

28,458

 

(1,433,660

)

 

F-7


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Number of
ordinary
shares

 

Ordinary
shares

 

Additional
paid-in
capital

 

Statutory
reserves

 

Accumulated
deficit

 

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income

 

OneSmart
International
Education
Group
shareholders’
(deficit)/equity

 

Non-
controlling
interests

 

Total
shareholders’
(deficit)/equity

 

 

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2017

 

2,534,381,925

 

17

 

82,139

 

3,739

 

(1,567,136

)

19,123

 

(1,462,118

)

28,458

 

(1,433,660

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distribution to shareholders (Note 1)

 

 

 

(82,139

)

 

(2,160,775

)

 

(2,242,914

)

 

(2,242,914

)

Repurchase of ordinary shares (Note 1)

 

(94,897,359

)

(1

)

 

 

(85,363

)

 

 

(85,364

)

 

(85,364

)

Redesignation of Class B ordinary shares to redeemable convertible preferred shares (Note 1)

 

(142,642,550

)

(1

)

 

 

(204,007

)

 

(204,008

)

 

(204,008

)

Deemed dividend-repurchase of redeemable convertible preferred shares (Note 1)

 

 

 

 

 

(4,266

)

 

(4,266

)

 

(4,266

)

Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred shares (Note 15)

 

3,568,365,545

 

23

 

4,272,270

 

 

 

 

4,272,293

 

 

4,272,293

 

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred shares (Note 21)

 

 

 

 

 

(758,898

)

 

(758,898

)

 

(758,898

)

Proceeds from initial public offering (Note 15)

 

652,000,000

 

4

 

1,048,656

 

 

 

 

1,048,660

 

 

1,048,660

 

Initial public offering issuance costs (Note 15)

 

 

 

(26,752

)

 

 

 

(26,752

)

 

(26,752

)

Acquisition of subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

72,574

 

72,574

 

Disposal of subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,811

 

2,811

 

Appropriation of statutory reserves

 

 

 

 

533

 

(533

)

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

 

 

 

(14,157

)

 

 

 

(14,157

)

435

 

(13,722

)

Distribution to a non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,430

)

(3,430

)

Capital contribution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,200

 

1,200

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

245,936

 

109,777

 

355,713

 

(31,480

)

324,233

 

Share-based compensation (Note 13)

 

 

 

146,486

 

 

 

 

146,486

 

 

146,486

 

Balance as of August 31, 2018

 

6,517,207,561

 

42

 

5,426,503

 

4,272

 

(4,535,042

)

128,900

 

1,024,675

 

70,568

 

1,095,243

 

 

F-8


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Number of
ordinary
shares

 

Ordinary
shares

 

Additional
paid-in
capital

 

Treasury
Stock

 

Statutory
reserves

 

Accumulated
deficit

 

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income

 

OneSmart
International
Education
Group
shareholders’
equity

 

Non-
controlling

interests

 

Total
shareholders’
equity

 

 

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2018

 

6,517,207,561

 

42

 

5,426,503

 

 

4,272

 

(4,535,042

)

128,900

 

1,024,675

 

70,568

 

1,095,243

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

245,368

 

(41,752

)

203,616

 

(79,165

)

124,451

 

Appropriation of statutory reserves

 

 

 

 

 

2,808

 

(2,808

)

 

 

 

 

Share repurchase (Note 15)

 

(145,762,478

)

 

 

(203,759

)

 

 

 

(203,759

)

 

(203,759

)

Exercise of employee stock options

 

55,658,760

 

 

2,744

 

 

 

 

 

2,744

 

 

2,744

 

Acquisition of subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,067

 

11,067

 

Disposal of subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,892

)

(18,892

)

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

 

 

 

(10,808

)

 

 

 

 

(10,808

)

1,048

 

(9,760

)

Distribution to a non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(980

)

(980

)

Disposal of non-controlling interests

 

 

 

12,021

 

 

 

 

 

12,021

 

86,079

 

98,100

 

Capital contribution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,602

)

(4,602

)

Share-based compensation (Note 13)

 

 

 

71,532

 

 

 

 

 

71,532

 

 

71,532

 

Cumulative-effect upon adoption of ASC 606 (Note 2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,671

)

 

(7,671

)

 

(7,671

)

Balance as of August 31, 2019

 

6,427,103,843

 

42

 

5,501,992

 

(203,759

)

7,080

 

(4,300,153

)

87,148

 

1,092,350

 

65,123

 

1,157,473

 

Balance as of August 31, 2019 in US$

 

6,427,103,843

 

6

 

769,047

 

(28,481

)

990

 

(601,059

)

12,181

 

152,684

 

9,103

 

161,787

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

 

 

For the years ended August 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

243,305

 

214,456

 

166,203

 

23,231

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

62,483

 

112,294

 

152,801

 

21,358

 

Amortization

 

1,101

 

7,020

 

23,081

 

3,226

 

Share-based compensation

 

24,975

 

146,486

 

71,532

 

9,998

 

Income from investments

 

(15,147

)

(18,451

)

(50,746

)

(7,094

)

Share of net loss/(income) from equity investees

 

1,939

 

(4,630

)

28,325

 

3,959

 

Gain from disposal of long-term investments

 

 

 

(15,403

)

(2,153

)

Gain from disposal of subsidiaries

 

 

 

(8,805

)

(1,231

)

Impairment of a long-term investment

 

 

 

10,000

 

1,398

 

Investments fair value change

 

 

 

(12,854

)

(1,797

)

Gain from step acquisitions

 

(2,521

)

(3,730

)

(1,897

)

(265

)

Contingent consideration fair value change

 

 

 

5,124

 

716

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

 

940

 

131

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepayments and other current assets

 

(21,228

)

(167,085

)

(257,262

)

(35,959

)

Amount due from a related party

 

(63,754

)

81,254

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

(5,237

)

(48,025

)

(38,355

)

(5,361

)

Other non-current assets

 

(16,759

)

(34,962

)

(68,782

)

(9,614

)

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

94,533

 

131,230

 

297,288

 

41,554

 

Income taxes payable

 

(6,121

)

7,727

 

36,924

 

5,161

 

Prepayments from customers

 

471,783

 

415,585

 

(4,497

)

(628

)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

23,528

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefit

 

3,929

 

4,673

 

11,757

 

1,643

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

773,281

 

867,370

 

345,374

 

48,273

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

 

 

 

For the years ended August 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of short-term investments

 

(406,178

)

(1,761,171

)

(820,005

)

(114,617

)

Proceeds from disposal of short-term investments

 

743,385

 

1,413,029

 

1,191,505

 

166,544

 

Income from short-term investments

 

15,147

 

18,451

 

11,451

 

1,601

 

Purchase of long-term investments

 

(218,911

)

(369,274

)

(1,120,706

)

(156,648

)

Proceeds from disposal of long-term investments

 

 

260

 

64,432

 

9,006

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

(172,696

)

(242,041

)

(283,964

)

(39,691

)

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

 

764

 

997

 

518

 

72

 

Amounts due from third parties

 

 

 

(237,059

)

(33,135

)

Amount due from a related party

 

 

 

(2,250

)

(314

)

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

 

(42,472

)

(229,495

)

(138,749

)

(19,394

)

Disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash disposed

 

 

 

(57,508

)

(8,037

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(80,961

)

(1,169,244

)

(1,392,335

)

(194,613

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from initial public offering

 

 

1,048,660

 

 

 

Initial public offering issurance costs

 

 

(26,752

)

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred shares, net of issurance costs

 

 

1,840,295

 

 

 

Proceeds from bank loans

 

5,000

 

460,000

 

1,257,472

 

175,765

 

Repayment of bank loans

 

 

(15,000

)

(95,000

)

(13,279

)

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

 

(751

)

(13,722

)

(65,616

)

(9,173

)

Disposal of non-controlling interests

 

 

 

98,100

 

13,712

 

Capital contributed from non-controlling interests

 

18,965

 

1,200

 

(4,602

)

(643

)

Distribution to a non-controlling interest

 

 

(3,430

)

(980

)

(137

)

Distribution to shareholders

 

 

(2,638,646

)

 

 

Proceeds from exercise of share options

 

 

 

2,744

 

384

 

Share repurchase

 

 

 

(203,760

)

(28,481

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

23,214

 

652,605

 

988,358

 

138,148

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents

 

 

 

For the years ended August 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

 

 

78,244

 

34,268

 

4,790

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

715,534

 

428,975

 

(24,335

)

(3,402

)

Cash and cash equivalents, at the beginning of year

 

266,238

 

981,772

 

1,410,747

 

197,189

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at the end of year

 

981,772

 

1,410,747

 

1,386,412

 

193,787

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

 

14,487

 

40,682

 

5,686

 

Income tax paid

 

99,445

 

114,631

 

98,114

 

13,714

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

12,904

 

24,224

 

29,467

 

4,119

 

Purchase of long-term investments included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

1,340

 

25,290

 

37,093

 

5,185

 

Contingent consideration for business acquisition included in other non-current liabilities

 

 

 

91,440

 

12,781

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

1.          Organization and Principal Activities

 

OneSmart International Education Group Limited (the “Company”) is a limited company incorporated under the laws of Cayman Islands on March 10, 2017. The Company through its consolidated subsidiaries, variable interest entities (the “VIEs”) and the VIEs’ subsidiaries (collectively, the “Group”) are principally engaged in the provision of premium tutoring services for students of kindergarten and primary, middle and high schools (“K12”) and premium young children education services in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). Due to the PRC legal restrictions on foreign ownership and investment in the education business, the Company conducts its primary business operations through its VIEs.

 

The Company undergone a reorganization in 2017 whereby the Company became the ultimate parent entity of its subsidiaries, the VIEs and the VIEs’ subsidiaries. As part of the reorganization, the business operations of the consolidated subsidiaries, the VIEs and the VIEs’ subsidiaries were transferred to the Company.  In return, the Company issued 2,439,484,566 of Class B ordinary shares to Happy Edu Inc., a company wholly owned by Mr. Zhang Xi (“the Founder”), as well as 94,897,359 of Class A ordinary shares, 1,890,686,563 of Series A redeemable convertible preferred shares and 35,757,200 of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred shares to the shareholders of the VIEs (“the Reorganization”). The Company also paid RMB2,242,914 (US$313,506) to certain shareholders of the VIEs in full in January 2018.

 

In September 2017, immediately following the Reorganization, the Company issued 1,840,535,677 Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred shares to new investors for gross cash consideration of RMB1,840,536 (US$257,263). The Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred shares carried the same terms and conditions as those issued during the Reorganization (Note 21). The Company initially recorded the Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred shares at fair value less issuance costs of RMB241 (US$34), and chose to recognize changes in the redemption value immediately and adjusted the redeemable convertible preferred share carrying value to equal their redemption value.

 

In September 2017, immediately following the Reorganization, the Company also repurchased an aggregate of 94,897,359 Class A ordinary shares for cash consideration of US$13,028 and an aggregate of 341,256,445 Series A redeemable convertible preferred shares for cash consideration of US$46,850 from three shareholders (the “Then Shareholders”). The Company made the payments to the Then Shareholders in full in January 2018.

 

In December 2017, the Founder transferred 142,642,550 of his Class B ordinary shares to a new investor for cash consideration of RMB163,023 (US$22,787) and each of such transferred ordinary share was re-designated as a Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred share.

 

As the Company, its subsidiaries, VIEs and the VIEs’ subsidiaries were all under the control of the Founder, the Reorganization was accounted for as a transaction under common control in a manner similar to a pooling of interests. Therefore, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared as if the corporate structure of the Company had been in existence since the beginning of the periods presented.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

1.          Organization and Principal Activities (continued)

 

On March 28, 2018, the Company completed its an initial public offering (“IPO”) on the New York Stock Exchange. The Company offered 16,300,000 ADSs representing 652,000,000 Class A ordinary shares at US$11.00 per ADS. Net proceeds from the IPO deducting underwriting discount and other expenses were RMB1,048,660 (US$146,578). IPO costs of RMB26,752 (US$3,739) were recorded as reduction of the proceeds from the IPO in shareholders’ equity.

 

Details of the Group’s subsidiaries, the VIEs and the major subsidiaries of the VIEs as of August 31, 2019 are as follows:

 

Entity

 

Date of
incorporation/
acquisition

 

Place of
incorporation

 

Percentage
of direct or
indirect
ownership
by the
Company

 

Principal activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

 

 

Subsidiaries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OneSmart Edu Inc. (“OneSmart BVI”)

 

June 16, 2016

 

BVI

 

100

%

Holding company

 

OneSmart Edu (HK) Limited (“OneSmart HK”)

 

July 11, 2017

 

Hong Kong

 

100

%

Holding company

 

OneSmart Great Edu (HK) Limited (“Great EDU”)

 

Sept 11, 2018

 

Hong Kong

 

100

%

Holding company

 

Shanghai Jing Xue Rui Information and Technology Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai Jing Xue Rui” or “WFOE”)

 

September 28, 2011

 

PRC

 

100

%

Educational technology research and development

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Indirect

 

 

 

VIEs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shanghai OneSmart Education and Training Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai OneSmart”)

 

September 11, 2007

 

PRC

 

100

%

K12 post-class education program services

 

Shanghai Rui Si Technology Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai Rui Si”)

 

June 8, 2009

 

PRC

 

100

%

Early childhood education services

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

1.          Organization and Principal Activities (continued)

 

Details of the Group’s subsidiaries, the VIEs and the major subsidiaries of the VIEs as of August 31, 2019 are as follows: (continued)

 

Entity

 

Date of
incorporation/
acquisition

 

Place of
incorporation

 

Percentage
of direct or
indirect
ownership
by the
Company

 

Principal activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Indirect

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiaries of VIEs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beijing Jingrui Peiyou Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Beijing Jingrui Peiyou”)

 

July 5, 2010

 

PRC

 

100

%

K12 post-class education program services

 

Nanjing Jingrui Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Nanjing Jingrui”)

 

March 31, 2011

 

PRC

 

100

%

K12 post-class education program services

 

Hangzhou OneSmart Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Hangzhou OneSmart”)

 

April 2, 2011

 

PRC

 

100

%

K12 post-class education program services

 

Guangzhou Jingxuerui Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Guangzhou OneSmart”)

 

June 27, 2012

 

PRC

 

100

%

K12 post-class education program services

 

Shenzhen Jingrui Education Training Centers (“Shenzhen Jingrui”)

 

September 7, 2012

 

PRC

 

100

%

K12 post-class education program services

 

Changzhou Jingrui Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Changzhou Jingrui”)

 

May 27, 2014

 

PRC

 

100

%

K12 post-class education program services

 

Tianjin Huaying Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Tianjin Huaying”)

 

September 5, 2018

 

PRC

 

100

%

K12 post-class education program services

 

Shanghai Jing Yu Investment Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai Jing Yu”)

 

October 23, 2015

 

PRC

 

100

%

Investment holding

 

Wuxi Jingxuerui Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Wuxi Jingxuerui”)

 

March 10, 2015

 

PRC

 

100

%

K12 post-class education program services

 

Shanghai Jingsirui Education Training Centers (“Shanghai Jingsirui”)

 

December 7, 2015

 

PRC

 

100

%

K12 post-class education program services

 

Shanghai FasTrack English Education Training Co., Ltd. (“FasTrack English”)

 

January 1, 2018

 

PRC

 

75.61

%

Early childhood education services

 

Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment”)

 

November 25, 2014

 

PRC

 

100

%

Investment holding

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

1.              Organization and Principal Activities (continued)

 

The VIE arrangements

 

PRC laws and regulations currently require any foreign entity that invests in the education business in China to be an educational institution with relevant experience in providing educational services outside China. The Group’s offshore holding companies are not educational institutions and do not provide educational services outside China. Accordingly, the Group’s offshore holding companies are not allowed to directly engage in the education business in China. To comply with PRC laws and regulations, the Group conducts all of its business in China through the VIEs. The VIEs hold the requisite licenses and permits necessary to conduct the Group’s premium tutoring services and premium young children education services business. In addition, the VIEs hold leases and other assets necessary to operate the Group’s study centers, employ teachers and generate substantially all of the Group’s revenues. Despite the lack of technical majority ownership, the Company has effective control of the VIEs through a series of contractual arrangements (the “Contractual Agreements”) and a parent-subsidiary relationship exists between the Company and the VIEs. The equity interests of the VIEs are legally held by PRC individuals (the “Nominee Shareholders”). Through the Contractual Agreements, the Nominee Shareholders of the VIEs effectively assign all their voting rights underlying their equity interests in the VIEs to the Company, and therefore, the Company has the power to direct the activities of the VIEs that most significantly impact its economic performance. The Company also has the right to receive economic benefits and obligations to absorb losses from the VIEs that potentially could be significant to the VIEs. Based on the above, the Company consolidates the VIEs in accordance with SEC Regulation SX-3A-02 and ASC810-10, Consolidation: Overall.

 

The following is a summary of the Contractual Agreements:

 

Shareholders’ Voting Rights Agreements Pursuant to the Shareholders’ Voting Rights Agreements signed between the respective Nominee Shareholders and the WFOE, the Nominee Shareholders agreed to entrust the Company through the WFOE an irrevocable proxy to exercise all of their voting rights as shareholders of the VIEs and approve on behalf of the Nominee Shareholders, all related legal documents pertinent to the exercise of their rights in their capacity as the shareholders of the VIEs. The WFOE is also entitled to re-authorize or assign its voting rights to any other person or entity at its own discretion and without giving prior notice to the Nominee Shareholders or obtaining their consent. The Shareholders’ Voting Rights Agreements remain valid for as long as at least one of the Nominee Shareholders remains a shareholder of the VIEs.

 

Loan Agreements Pursuant to the Loan Agreements between the respective Nominee Shareholders and the WFOE, the WFOE granted interest-free loans to the Nominee Shareholders for the purpose of providing capital to the VIEs to develop their business. The loans have terms of ten years and the WFOE has the sole discretion to extend the loans. The Nominee Shareholders are not allowed to repay the loans in advance of the maturity date without the WFOE’s prior written consent. The timing of the repayment must be made within 30 days after receiving the written consent and the repayment shall be in the form of transferring the VIEs’ equity interests to the WFOE or its designees unless the Nominee Shareholders are in breach of the agreements, in which the WFOE can request immediate repayment of the loans. Pursuant to the Loan Agreements, the Company agreed to provide unlimited financial support for the VIEs’ daily operating activities and agree to forgo the right to seek repayments.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

1.              Organization and Principal Activities (continued)

 

The VIE arrangements (continued)

 

Exclusive Purchase Right Agreements Pursuant to the Exclusive Purchase Right Agreements entered into between the Nominee Shareholders, the VIEs and the WFOE, the Nominee Shareholders granted to the WFOE or its designees proxy of shareholders’ rights and voting rights of their respective equity interests in the VIEs. The WFOE has the sole discretion as to when to exercise the options, whether in part or full. The exercise price of the options to purchase all or part of the equity interests in the VIEs will be higher of RMB1.00 or the minimum amount of consideration permitted by the applicable PRC laws. Any proceeds received by the Nominee Shareholders from the exercise of the options exceeding the loan amounts, distribution of profits or dividends, shall be remitted to the WFOE, to the extent permitted under PRC laws. The Exclusive Purchase Right Agreements will remain in effect until all the equity interests held by the VIEs are transferred to the WFOE or its designated party. The WFOE may terminate the Exclusive Purchase Right Agreements at its sole discretion, whereas under no circumstances may the VIEs or the Nominee Shareholders terminate in accordance with the agreements.

 

Equity Pledge Agreement Pursuant to the Equity Pledge Agreement entered into among the WFOE, the Nominee Shareholders and the VIEs, the Nominee Shareholders pledged all of their equity interests in the VIEs to the WFOE as collateral to secure their obligations under the above agreements. The Nominee Shareholders further undertake that they will remit any distributions in connection with such shareholder’s equity interests in the VIEs to the WFOE, to the extent permitted by PRC laws. If the VIEs or any of their Nominee Shareholders breach any of their respective contractual obligations under the above agreements, the WFOE, as the pledgee, will be entitled to certain rights, including the right to sell, transfer or dispose of the pledged equity interest. The Nominee Shareholders of the VIEs agree not to create any encumbrance on or otherwise transfer or dispose of their respective equity interest in the VIEs, without the prior consent of the WFOE. The Equity Pledge Agreement will be valid until the VIEs and their respective shareholders fulfill all the contractual obligations under the above agreements in full and the pledged equity interests have been transferred to the WFOE and/or its designees.

 

Exclusive Technology and Consultation Service Agreements Pursuant to the Exclusive Technology and Consultation Service Agreements, WFOE retains exclusive right to provide to the VIEs the technology support and consulting services included but not limited to the system technology support service, business professional consulting service, human resource, technical and business operation staff training, marketing research, planning and development service, business plan and strategy consulting service and client based support and development consulting service. WFOE owns the intellectual property rights developed in the performance of these agreements. However, if there are clearly definitions which do not allow WFOE to own certain intellectual property rights under the applicable PRC laws, VIEs should own them initially and grant their exclusive use rights to WFOE with minimum consideration. In exchange for these services, WFOE is entitled to charge the VIEs annual service fees which typically amount to what would be substantially all of the VIEs’ pre-tax profits (after offset prior year losses, if applicable), resulting in a transfer of substantially all of the profits from the VIEs to the WFOE.

 

Based on the opinion of the Company’s PRC legal counsel, (i) the ownership structure of the Group, including its subsidiaries in the PRC and VIEs are not in violation with any applicable PRC laws and regulations; and (ii) each of the Contractual Agreements among the WFOE, the VIEs and the Nominee Shareholders governed by PRC laws, are legal, valid and binding, enforceable against such parties.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

1.              Organization and Principal Activities (continued)

 

The VIE arrangements (continued)

 

However, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could cause the relevant regulatory authorities to find the current Contractual Agreements and businesses to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations. If the Company, the WFOE or any of its current or future VIEs are found in violation of any existing or future laws or regulations, or fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion in dealing with such violations, which may include, but not limited to, revocation of business and operating licenses, being required to discontinue or restrict its business operations, restriction of the Group’s right to collect revenues, being required to restructure its operations, imposition of additional conditions or requirements with which the Group may not be able to comply, or other regulatory or enforcement actions against the Group that could be harmful to its business. The imposition of any of these or other penalties may result in a material and adverse effect on the Group’s ability to conduct its business. In addition, if the imposition of any of these penalties causes the Company to lose the rights to direct the activities of the VIEs or the right to receive their economic benefits, the Company would no longer be able to consolidate the VIEs.

 

The Group’s business has been directly operated by the VIEs and their subsidiaries. For the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the VIEs contributed 100%, 100% and 99% of the Group’s consolidated revenues, respectively. As of August 31, 2018 and 2019, the VIEs accounted for an aggregate of 66% and 83%, respectively, of the consolidated total assets, and 99% and 78%, respectively, of the consolidated total liabilities. The following financial statement balances and amounts of the Company’s VIEs were included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements:

 

 

 

As of August 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents 

 

507,513

 

741,803

 

103,686

 

Short-term investments

 

480,953

 

339,742

 

47,488

 

Prepayments and other current assets

 

221,445

 

541,708

 

75,718

 

Total current assets

 

1,209,911

 

1,623,253

 

226,892

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net 

 

449,022

 

539,480

 

75,406

 

Intangible assets, net

 

112,119

 

168,622

 

23,569

 

Long-term investments

 

378,942

 

1,251,016

 

174,862

 

Goodwill

 

372,077

 

815,052

 

113,925

 

Deferred tax assets

 

36,981

 

81,618

 

11,408

 

Amounts due from related parties

 

16,500

 

18,750

 

2,621

 

Other non-current assets

 

215,182

 

510,697

 

71,383

 

Total non-current assets

 

1,580,823

 

3,385,235

 

473,174

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

2,790,734

 

5,008,488

 

700,066

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

1.              Organization and Principal Activities (continued)

 

The VIE arrangements (continued)

 

 

 

As of August 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepayments from customers  

 

1,991,647

 

2,170,766

 

303,421

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

548,408

 

750,164

 

104,855

 

Income tax payable 

 

33,809

 

66,300

 

9,267

 

Long-term loan, current portion

 

45,000

 

71,820

 

10,039

 

Short-term loan

 

 

249,876

 

34,927

 

Total current liabilities

 

2,618,864

 

3,308,926

 

462,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term loan

 

405,000

 

376,380

 

52,609

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

23,528

 

55,719

 

7,788

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

43,440

 

6,072

 

Unrecognized tax benefit

 

17,345

 

25,640

 

3,584

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

445,873

 

501,179

 

70,053

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

3,064,737

 

3,810,105

 

532,562

 

 

 

 

For the years ended August 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues

 

2,057,557

 

2,862,692

 

3,964,820

 

554,187

 

Net income

 

243,305

 

190,315

 

154,305

 

21,568

 

 

 

 

For the years ended August 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

773,920

 

534,374

 

338,161

 

47,267

 

Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities

 

(80,962

)

839,810

 

(359,923

)

(50,309

)

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

 

22,213

 

(1,832,368

)

256,052

 

35,790

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

715,171

 

(458,184

)

234,290

 

32,748

 

 

There are no consolidated VIEs’ assets that are pledged or collateralized for the VIEs’ obligations and which can only be used to settle the VIEs’ obligations, except for registered capital and the PRC statutory reserves. Relevant PRC laws and regulations restrict the VIEs from transferring a portion of their net assets, equivalent to the balance of their statutory reserves and its share capital, to the Company in the form of loans and advances or cash dividends. Please refer to Note 22 for disclosure of the restricted net assets. As the VIEs are incorporated as limited liability companies under the PRC Company Law, creditors of the VIEs do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company for any of the liabilities of the VIEs. There were no other pledges or collateralization of the VIEs’ assets.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

2.              Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

(a)         Basis of presentation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”).

 

(b)         Principles of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company, its subsidiaries, the VIEs and the subsidiaries of the VIEs. All significant inter-company transactions and balances between the Company, its subsidiaries and the VIEs have been eliminated upon consolidation. Results of subsidiaries, businesses acquired from third parties and the VIEs are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Company.

 

(c)          Use of estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Group’s consolidated financial statements include, but not limited to valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, uncertain tax position, the initial valuation  of the assests acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination, economic lives and impairment of long-lived assets, impairment of goodwill, the valuation of short-term and long-term investments and share-based compensation. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and as such, differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.

 

(d)         Foreign currency

 

The functional currency of the Company, OneSmart BVI and OneSmart HK is the United States Dollars (“US$”). The Company’s PRC subsidiaries and the VIEs determined their functional currency to be Renminbi (the “RMB”). The Group uses the RMB as its reporting currency.

 

Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are re-measured into the functional currency at the exchange rates prevailing on the transaction dates. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are re-measured at the exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in foreign currency are re-measured using the exchange rates at the dates of the initial transactions. Exchange gains and losses are included in the consolidated statements of income.

 

The Company uses the average exchange rate for the year and the exchange rate at the balance sheet date to translate the operating results and financial position, respectively. Translation differences are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, a component of shareholders’ equity.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

2.              Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

(e)          Convenience translation

 

Amounts in US$ are presented for the convenience of the reader and are translated at the noon buying rate of US$1.00 to RMB7.1543 on August 31, 2019 in the City of New York for cable transfers of RMB as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted into US$ at such rate.

 

(f)            Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and highly liquid investments which are unrestricted as to withdrawal or use, and which have original maturities of three months or less when purchased.

 

(g)         Short-term investments

 

The Group accounts for all investments in accordance with ASC topic 320 (“ASC 320”), Investments — Debt and Equity Securities. The Group classifies the investments in debt and equity securities as “held-to-maturity”, “trading” or “available-for-sale”, whose classification determines the respective accounting methods stipulated by ASC 320. All investments with original maturities of greater than three months not exceeding twelve months are classified as short-term investments, while those of more than twelve months are classified as long-term investments (Note 10). Investments that are expected to be realized in cash during the next twelve months are also included in short-term investments. Dividend and interest income, including amortization of the premium and discount arising at acquisition, for all categories of investments in securities, are included in earnings. Any realized gains or losses on the sale of the short-term investments, are determined on a specific identification method, and such gains and losses are reflected in earnings during the period in which gains or losses are realized.

 

The securities that the Group has the positive intent and the ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity securities and stated at amortized cost.

 

The securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term are classified as trading securities. Unrealized holding gains and losses for trading securities are included in earnings.

 

Investments not classified as trading or as held-to-maturity are classified as available-for-sale securities. Available-for-sale investments are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. Realized gains or losses are included in earnings during the period in which the gain or loss is realized. An impairment loss on the available-for-sale securities is recognized in the consolidated statements of income when the decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

2.              Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

(h)         Property and equipment, net

 

Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Depreciation is calculated on a straight line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Category

 

Estimated Useful Lives

Furniture

 

3-5 years

Electronic equipment

 

3 years

Vehicles

 

4-5 years

Buildings

 

20 years

Leasehold improvement

 

Over the shorter of the lease termor the estimated useful lives

 

Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred, whereas the cost of renewals and betterments that extend the useful lives of property and equipment are capitalized as additions to the related assets. Retirements, sales and disposals of assets are recorded by removing the cost and accumulated depreciation from the asset and accumulated depreciation accounts with any resulting gain or loss reflected in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Direct costs that are related to the construction of property and equipment and incurred in connection with bringing the assets to their intended use are capitalized as construction in progress. Construction in progress is transferred to specific property and equipment, and the depreciation of these assets commences when the assets are ready for their intended use.

 

(i)            Impairment of long-lived assets other than goodwill

 

The Group evaluates its long-lived assets, including fixed assets and intangible assets with finite lives, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as a significant adverse change to market conditions that will impact the future use of the assets, indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. When these events occur, the Group evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets by comparing the carrying amount of the assets to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the assets, the Group recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the assets over their fair value. Fair value is generally determined by discounting the cash flows expected to be generated by the assets, when the market prices are not readily available. For all periods presented, there was no impairment of any of the Group’s long-lived assets.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

2.              Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

(j)            Business combination

 

The Group accounts for its business combinations using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805 (“ASC 805”), Business Combinations. The purchase method of accounting requires that the consideration transferred to be allocated to the assets, including separately identifiable assets and liabilities the Group acquired, based on their estimated fair values. The consideration transferred in an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the fair values at the date of exchange of the assets given, liabilities incurred, and equity instruments issued as well as the contingent considerations and all contractual contingencies as of the acquisition date. The costs directly attributable to the acquisition are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired or assumed are measured separately at their fair value as of the acquisition date, irrespective of the extent of any non-controlling interests. The excess of (i) the total of cost of acquisition, fair value of the non-controlling interests and acquisition date fair value of any previously held equity interest in the acquiree over (ii) the fair value of the identifiable net assets of the acquiree, is recorded as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is less than the fair value of the net assets of the businesses acquired, the difference is recognized directly in earnings.

 

In a business combination achieved in stages, the Group remeasures the previously held equity interest in the acquiree immediately before obtaining control at its acquisition-date fair value and the remeasurement gain or loss, if any, is recognized in the consolidated statements of income.

 

The determination and allocation of fair values to the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests is based on various assumptions and valuation methodologies requiring considerable judgment from management. The most significant variables in these valuations are discount rates, terminal values, the number of years on which the cash flow projections are based, as well as the assumptions and estimates used to determine the cash inflows and outflows. The Group determines discount rates to be used based on the risk inherent in the related activity’s current business model and industry comparisons. Terminal values are based on the expected life of assets, forecasted life cycle and forecasted cash flows over that period.

 

(k)         Goodwill

 

The Group has determined it has five reporting units. Goodwill was allocated to three and four reporting units as of August 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The Group has the option to assess qualitative factors first to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. In the qualitative assessment, the Group considers primary factors such as industry and market considerations, overall financial performance of the reporting unit, and other specific information related to the operations. Based on the qualitative assessment, if it is more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit is less than the carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test is performed.

 

Specifically, the quantitative impairment test is determined using a two-step process. The first step compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of each reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered to be impaired and the second step will not be required. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step compares the implied fair value of the affected reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to accounting for a business combination with the allocation of the assessed fair value determined in the first step to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to the assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss is recognized for any excess in the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill. Estimating fair value is performed by utilizing various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being a discounted cash flow.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

2.              Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

(l)            Intangible assets

 

Intangible assets with finite lives are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization of finite-lived intangible assets is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives of intangible assets from the date of purchase are as follows:

 

Category

 

Estimated Useful Lives

Student base

 

5 years

Customer relationship

 

1-9 years

Trademark

 

10 years

License

 

30 years

Franchise agreements

 

6 years

 

(m)      Long-term investments

 

The Group’s long-term investments consist of equity securities without readily determinable fair value, investment in debt securities accounted for at fair value and equity method investments.

 

Prior to adopting ASC 321 on September 1, 2018, the Group carried at cost its investments in investees that do not have readily determinable fair value over which the Group does not have significant influence, in accordance with ASC Subtopic 325-20, Investments-Other: Cost Method Investments. The Group only adjusted the carrying value of such investments for other-than-temporary decline in fair value and for distribution of earnings that exceeded the Group’s share of earnings since its investment. The Group’s management regularly evaluated the cost method investments based on the performance and financial position of the investees as well as other evidence of estimated market values. Such evaluation included, but is not limited to, reviewing the investees’ cash position, recent financing, projected and historical financial performance, cash flow forecasts and current and future financing needs. An impairment loss was recognized in the consolidated statements of income for the excess of the investment’s cost over its fair value at the balance sheet date. The fair value would then become the new cost basis of investment.

 

After the adoption of ASC 321 on January 1, 2018, for equity securities measured at fair value with changes in fair value record in earnings, the Group does not assess whether those investments are impaired.  For those equity securities that the Group selects to use the measurement alternative, the Group uses the measurement alternative to measure those investments at cost, minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for identical or similar investments of the same issuer.  The Group makes a qualitative assessment of whether the investment is impaired at each reporting date. If a qualitative assessment indicates that the investment is impaired, the Group has to estimate the investment’s fair value in accordance with ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, (“ASC 820”). If the fair value is less than the investment’s carrying value, the Group recognizes an impairment loss in net income equal to the difference between the carrying value and fair value.

 

Investments in equity investees represent investments in entities in which the Group can exercise significant influence but does not own a majority equity interest or control are accounted for using the equity method of accounting in accordance with ASC 323-10 (“ASC 323-10”), Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures: Overall. Under the equity method, the Group initially records its investment at cost and prospectively recognizes its proportionate share of each equity investee’s net profit or loss into its consolidated statements of income. The difference between the cost of the equity investee and the amount of the underlying equity in the net assets of the equity investee is recognized as equity method goodwill included in equity method investments on the consolidated balance sheets. The Group evaluates its equity method investment for impairment under ASC 323-10. An impairment loss on the equity method investment is recognized in the consolidated statements of income when the decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

2.              Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

(m)      Long-term investments (continued)

 

Investment in debt securities accounted for at fair value with original maturities of greater than twelve months are classified as long-term investments. As investment in debt securities classified as available for sale in accordance with AS 320 are reported at fair value.  Any unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investments are included in other comprehensive income.  Interest income are recognized in earnings.  When a decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, the impairment loss on the long-term available-for-sale investments would be recognized in the consolidated statements of income

 

In 2019, the Group evaluated the investment in Beijing Huanfou Information and Technology Co., Ltd. (“Huanfou”) for impairment, taking into consideration, including, but not limited to, the duration, degree and causes of the decline in financial results, our intent and ability to hold the investment and Huanfou’s financial performance and near-term prospects. Based on the evaluation, the Group concluded that the decline in the value of the investment in Huanfou meet the threshold of other-than-temporary and recorded impairment loss accordingly.

 

Besides Huanfou mentioned above, for all periods presented, there were no impairment of the Group’s long-term investments.

 

(n)         Fair value of financial instruments

 

Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, short-term and long-term investments, due from third party payment platforms, due from third parties, amount due from a related party, and redeemable convertible preferred shares.

 

The carrying amounts of these financial instruments, except for the short-term and long-term investments and redeemable convertible preferred shares (Note 21), approximate their fair values because of their short-term maturities. Available-for-sale investments are adjusted to fair value at each reporting date. The redeemable convertible preferred shares were initially recognized at fair value upon issuance and immediately accreted to their full redemption value as of redemption occurred at the end of the reporting periods.  If a beneficial conversion feature exists as of the commitment date, its intrinsic value is bifurcated from the carrying value of the redeemable convertible preferred shares as a contribution to additional paid in capital.  The discount resulting from the beneficial conversion feature is amortized from the date of issuance to the earliest conversion date.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

2.              Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

(o)         Revenue recognition

 

On September 1, 2018, the Group adopted ASC Topic 606 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“Topic 606”), applying the modified retrospective method to all contracts that were not completed as of September 1, 2018. Results for the year ended August 31, 2019 are presented under Topic 606, while revenues for the years ended August 31, 2017 and 2018 are not adjusted and continue to be reported under ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition (“Topic 605”).

 

Revenue is recognized when control of promised services are transferred to the Group’s customers in amounts of consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled to in exchange for those services.  The Group follows the five steps approach for revenue recognition under Topic 606: (i) identify the contract with a customer, (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determine the transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and (v) recognize revenue as the Group satisfies a performance obligation.

 

The Group generates revenues primarily through tuition fees from personalized and small class premium tutoring services with individual students in the PRC. In addition, the Group generates revenues from other services such as franchise, licensing, study tours and management services. The following table presents the Group’s revenues disaggregated by revenue sources.

 

Disaggregation of net
revenues

 

Personalized and small
class premium tutoring
services

 

Others

 

Total

 

OneSmart VIP

 

3,064,994

 

102,531

 

3,167,525

 

Happy Math

 

514,242

 

 

514,242

 

FasTrack

 

180,452

 

11,978

 

192,430

 

Tianjin Huaying and Hu Dong

 

119,676

 

 

119,676

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,879,364

 

114,509

 

3,993,873

 

 

Primary sources of the Group’s revenues are as follows:

 

1)    Personalized premium tutoring services is referring to OneSmart VIP one-on-one and one-on-three tutoring services. Small class premium tutoring services primarily consist of Happy Math, FasTrack, and other after-school small classes tutoring. Each contract of personalized premium service and small class tutoring service is accounted for as a single performance obligation which is satisfied proportionately over the stated service period. Tuition fees are generally collected in advance and are initially recorded as prepayments from customers. Tuition revenues are recognized proportionately as the tutoring sessions are delivered.

 

Refunds are provided to students who decide to withdraw from contracts for remaining undelivered tutoring sessions. The refund is equal to and limited to the amount related to the undelivered classes. The Group estimates and records refund liability for the potion the Group does not expect to be entitled to.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

2.              Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

(o)           Revenue recognition (continued)

 

2)             Other revenues included franchise revenues derived from franchise agreements where the franchisees operating under the OneSmart or FasTrack brand are required to pay an initial one-time non-refundable franchise fee and recurring franchise fees, which mainly consist of on-going management and service fees based on a certain percentage of the franchisees’ monthly tuition received. Each franchise contract is accounted for as a single performance obligation to provide the franchisee the license to its OneSmart or FasTrack intellectual property.  The one-time franchise fees are fixed consideration payable upon submission of a franchise application or renewal and are recognized on a straight-line basis over the initial or renewal term of the franchise contracts. The continuing fees represent variable consideration that are recognized on a monthly basis.

 

The Group’s contract assets consisted of accounts receivable for other services. The balance of contract assets amounted to nil and RMB38,912 (US$5,439) as of September 1, 2018 and August 31, 2019, respectively. The Group’s contract liabilities mainly consisted of prepayments from customers, with a balance of RMB1,991,647 and RMB2,170,815 as of August 31, 2018 and August 31, 2019, respectively.

 

Refund liability mainly related to the estimated refunds that are expected to be provided to students if they decide they no longer want to take the tutoring sessions. The refund liability estimation is based on historical refund ratio on a portfolio basis using the most likely amount method. As of September 1, 2018 and August 31, 2019, refund liability amounted to RMB194,834 and RMB232,445 (US$32,490), respectively, is recorded in prepayments from customers.

 

The following table presents the impact of the adoption of Topic 606 on the consolidated balance sheet and the statement of income as of and for the year ended August 31, 2019:

 

 

 

As of and for the year ended August 31, 2019

 

 

 

As reported

 

Balances without
adoption of Topic
606

 

Effect change
higher/(lower)

 

Net revenues

 

 3,993,873

 

3,996,085

 

(2,212

)

Cost of revenues

 

2,072,067

 

2,096,481

 

(24,414

)

Selling and marketing

 

816,658

 

836,256

 

(19,598

)

Other non-current assets

 

510,697

 

466,685

 

44,012

 

Beginning retained earnings

 

4,535,042

 

4,527,371

 

7,671

 

 

The difference in net revenues from the adoption of Topic 606 primarily resulted from the timing difference between the Group’s satisfaction of performance obligation related to the initial franchise fees.  Following the adoption of Topic 606, the Group also capitalized the incremental costs of obtaining contracts that the Group would not have incurred had the contracts not been obtained. Deferred contract assets are subsequently amortized into the cost of revenues and selling and marketing expenses over the tutoring service periods.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

2.              Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

(p)         Cost of revenues

 

Cost of revenues consist primarily of salaries and other personnel expenses, rental expenses, depreciation expenses, utilities and other expenses directly attributable to the Group’s revenues.

 

(q)         Advertising expenditures

 

Advertising expenditures are expensed when incurred and are included in selling and marketing expenses, which amounted to RMB189,899, RMB278,841 and RMB383,306 (US$53,577) for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

 

(r)           Government grants

 

The Group receives government subsidies at the discretion of the local government. Government grants are recognized when it is probable that the Group will comply with the conditions attached to them, and the grants are received. Government grants without attached conditions are recognized when received. When the grant relates to an expense item, it is recognized in the consolidated statement of income over the period necessary to match the grant on a systematic basis to the costs that it is intended to compensate, as a reduction of the related operating expense. When the grant relates to an asset, it is recognized as a deferred government grant and released to the consolidated statement of income in equal amounts over the expected useful life of the related asset, when operational, as a reduction of the related depreciation expense.

 

For the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, government grants in the amounts of RMB1,741, RMB64,111 and RMB31,937 (US$4,464) were recognized as other income in the consolidated statements of income, respectively.

 

(s)           Leases

 

Operating lease

 

Leases where substantially all the rewards and risks of ownership of assets remain with the lessor are accounted for as operating leases. Rentals applicable to such operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Certain of the operating lease agreements contain rent holidays. Rent holidays are considered in determining the straight-line rent expense to be recorded over the lease term.

 

(t)            Income taxes

 

The Group follows the liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740 (“ASC 740”), Income Taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates that will be in effect in the period in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Group records a valuation allowance to offset deferred tax assets if based on the weight of available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rate is recognized in tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date of the change in tax rate.

 

The Group accounted for uncertainties in income taxes in accordance with ASC 740. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefit recognized in accordance with ASC 740 are classified in the consolidated statements of income as income tax expense.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

2.              Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

(u)         Share-based compensation

 

The Group applies ASC 718 (“ASC 718”), Compensation — Stock Compensation, to account for its employee share-based payments. In accordance with ASC 718, the Group determines whether an award should be classified and accounted for as a liability award or an equity award. All the Group’s share-based awards to employees were classified as equity awards.

 

In accordance with ASC 718, the Group recognizes share-based compensation cost for equity awards to employees with a performance condition based on the probable outcome of that performance condition. Compensation cost is recognized if it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved.

 

A change in any of the terms or conditions of the awards is accounted for as a modification of the awards. Incremental compensation cost is measured as the excess, if any, of the fair value of the modified award over the fair value of the original award immediately before its terms are modified, measured based on the fair value of the awards and other pertinent factors at the modification date. For vested awards, the Group recognizes incremental compensation cost in the period the modification occurs. For unvested awards, the Group recognizes over the remaining requisite service period, the sum of the incremental compensation cost and the remaining unrecognized compensation cost for the original award on the modification date. If the fair value of the modified award is lower than the fair value of the original award immediately before modification, the minimum compensation cost the Group recognizes is the cost of the original award. When the vesting conditions (or other terms) of the equity awards granted to employees are modified, the Group first determines on the modification date whether the original vesting conditions were expected to be satisfied, regardless of the entity’s policy election for accounting for forfeitures. If the original vesting conditions were not expected to be satisfied, the grant date fair value of the original equity awards are ignored and the fair value of the equity awards measured at the modification date are recognized if the modified awards ultimately vest.

 

The Group uses the accelerated method to recognize compensation expense for all awards granted. The Group, with the assistance of an independent third party valuation firm, determined the fair value of the awards granted to employees. The Group adopted ASU No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, (“ASU 2016-09”) and elected to account for forfeitures as they occur.

 

(v)          Employee benefit expenses

 

All eligible employees of the Group are entitled to staff welfare benefits including medical care, welfare subsidies, unemployment insurance and pension benefits through a PRC government-mandated multi-employer defined contribution plan. The Group is required to make contributions to the plan and accrues for these benefits based on certain percentages of the qualified employees’ salaries. The Group recorded employee benefit expenses of RMB159,867, RMB256,298 and RMB336,067 (US$46,974) for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

2.              Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

(w)       Comprehensive income

 

Comprehensive income is defined as the changes in equity of the Group during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances excluding transactions resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. Among other disclosures, ASC 220, Comprehensive Income, requires that all items that are required to be recognized under current accounting standards as components of comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements. For each of the periods presented, the Group’s comprehensive income includes net income and unrealized gain on available-for-sale investments, net of tax and is presented in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

 

(x)         Earnings/(loss) per share

 

Basic earnings/(loss) per share is computed by dividing net income/(loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period using the two-class method. Under the two-class method, net income/(loss) is allocated between ordinary shares and other participating securities based on their participating rights. Diluted earnings/(loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income/(loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary and dilutive ordinary equivalent shares outstanding during the period. Ordinary equivalent shares consist of shares issuable upon the exercise of share options and restricted Class A ordinary shares (“Restricted Shares”) using the treasury stock method. Ordinary equivalent shares are not included in the denominator of the diluted loss per share calculation when inclusion of such shares would be anti-dilutive.

 

Basic and diluted earnings/(loss) per share are not reported separately for Class A or Class B ordinary shares (the “Ordinary Shares”) as each class of shares has the same rights to undistributed and distributed earnings.

 

(y)          Segment reporting

 

In accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting, operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Group has only one reportable segment since the Group does not distinguish revenues, costs and expenses by operating segments in its internal reporting, and reports costs and expenses by nature as a whole. The Group’s CODM, who has been identified as the CEO, reviews the consolidated results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group as a whole. As the Group generates all of its revenue in the PRC, no geographical segments are presented.

 

(z)           Comparative information

 

Certain of the prior year comparative figures have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

 

(aa)  Non-controlling interests

 

For certain subsidiaries of the VIEs, a non-controlling interest is recognized to reflect the portion of their equity which is not attributable, directly or indirectly, to the Group. Consolidated net loss or income on the consolidated statements of income includes the net loss or income attributable to non-controlling interests. The cumulative results of operations attributable to non-controlling interests are recorded as non-controlling interests in the Group’s consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

2.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

(bb) Recent accounting pronouncements

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02 (“ASU 2016-02”), Leases (Topic 842). Subsequently, the FASB issued ASU 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases, which clarifies certain aspect of the guidance issued in ASU 2016-2; and ASU 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements, which provides an additional transition method and a practical expedient for separating components of a contract for lessors (collectively, the “Lease ASUs”). ASU 2016-02 modifies existing guidance for off-balance sheet treatment of a lessees’ operating leases by requiring lessees to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. Under ASU 2016-02, lessor accounting is largely unchanged. ASU 2018-10 clarifies certain provisions and correct unintended applications of the guidance such as the application of implicit rate, lessee reassessment of lease classification, and certain transition adjustments that should be recognized to earnings rather than to stockholders’ equity. The lease ASUs are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Group is not early adopting the lease ASUs which are effective for the Group beginning September 1, 2019. The Group expects that applying the ASU 2016-02 would materially increase its assets and liabilities due to the recognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its consolidated balance sheets, with an immaterial impact on its consolidated statements of income and cash flows.

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13(“ASU 2016-13”), Financial Instruments—Credit Losses. Subsequently, the FASB issued ASU 2019-05, Financial Instruments- Credit Losses (Topic 326): Targeted Transition Relief and codification improvements to Topic 326 in ASU 2019-11, ASU 2019-04 and ASU 2018-19. The amendments update guidance on reporting credit losses for financial assets. These amendments affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off balance sheet credit exposures, reinsurance receivables, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive cash. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. All entities may adopt the amendments through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective (that is, a modified-retrospective approach). The new standard is effective for the Group beginning September 1, 2020. The Group is in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04 (“ASU 2017-04”), Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which simplifies the accounting for goodwill impairment by eliminating Step two from the goodwill impairment test. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, versus determining an implied fair value in Step two to measure the impairment loss.  The guidance is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed in periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The guidance should be applied on a prospective basis. The Group is not early adopting the new standard.  The new standard is effective for the Group beginning September 1, 2020. The Group is evaluating the effect that this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

2.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

(bb) Recent accounting pronouncements (continued)

 

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02 (“ASU 2018-02”), Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. This update allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Job Act enacted in December 2017. This update will be effective for the Group for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Group is not early adopting the standard, and the new standard will become effective for the Group beginning September 1, 2019.  The Group does not expect this standard to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07 (“ASU 2018-07”), Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The new guidance aligns the requirements for nonemployee share-based payments with the requirements for employee share-based payments.. The amendments are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that fiscal year. The Group is not early adopting the standard, and the new standard will become effective for the Group beginning September 1, 2019. The Group does not expect this standard to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-09 (“ASU 2018-09”), Codification Improvements. The amendments in ASU 2018-09 affect a wide variety of topics in the FASB Codification and apply to all reporting entities within the scope of the affected accounting guidance. The Group has evaluated ASU 2018-09 in its entirety and determined that the amendments related to Topic 718-740, Compensation-Stock Compensation-Income Taxes, are the only provisions that currently apply to the Group. The amendments in ASU 2018-09 related to Topic 718-740, Compensation-Stock Compensation-Income Taxes, clarify that an entity should recognize excess tax benefits related to stock compensation transactions in the period in which the amount of the deduction is determined. The amendments in ASU 2018-09 related to Topic 718-740 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Group is not early adopting the amendments, and the new amendments will become effective for the Group beginning September 1, 2019. The Group does not expect this amendments to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No.2018-13 (“ASU 2018-13”), Fair Value Measurement. ASU 2018-13 modifies the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements by removing, modifying, or adding certain disclosures. The amendments in ASU 2018-13 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. An entity is permitted to early adopt any removed or modified disclosures upon issuance of ASU No. 2018-13 and delay adoption of the additional disclosures until their effective date. The Group is not early adopting the standard, and the new standard will become effective for the Group beginning September 1, 2020. The Group is in the process of evaluation the impact of adoption of this ASU on its consolidated financial statements disclosures.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

3.     Concentration of Risks

 

(a)   Concentration of credit risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Group to significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, receivables from a third party payment platform, due from third parties and a related party, short-term investments and long-term available-for-sale investments.  As of August 31, 2019, all of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents, certain short-term investments were deposited with financial institutions with high-credit ratings and quality. There has been no recent history of default in relation to these financial institutions.

 

The Group manages credit risk of receivable from third party payment platforms and due from third parties and a related party by performing credit assessments on its borrowers and its ongoing monitoring of the outstanding balances.

 

(b)   Business, customer, political, social and economic risks

 

The Group participates in a dynamic industry and believes that changes in any of the following areas could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s future financial position, results of operations or cash flows: changes in the overall demand for services; competitive pressures due to new entrants; advances and new trends in new industry standards; changes in certain strategic relationships or customer relationships; regulatory considerations; and risks associated with the Group’s ability to attract and retain employees necessary to support its growth. The Group’s operations could be also adversely affected by significant political, economic and social uncertainties in the PRC.

 

The concentration of our business in Shanghai exposes us to geographical concentration risks related to this region. No single customer or supplier accounted for more than 10% of revenues or costs of revenues for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

 

(c)   Foreign currency exchange rate risk

 

From July 21, 2005, the RMB is permitted to fluctuate within a narrow and managed band against a basket of certain foreign currencies. For RMB against US$, there was depreciation of approximately 1.3%, appreciation of approximately 3.6% and appreciation of approximately 4.7% during the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the RMB and the US$ in the future.

 

(d)   Currency convertibility risk

 

The Group transacts all of its business in RMB, which is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. On January 1, 1994, the PRC government abolished the dual rate system and introduced a single rate of exchange as quoted daily by the People’s Bank of China (the “PBOC”). However, the unification of the exchange rates does not imply that the RMB may be readily convertible into US$ or other foreign currencies. All foreign exchange transactions continue to take place either through the PBOC or other banks authorized to buy and sell foreign currencies at the exchange rates quoted by the PBOC. Approval of foreign currency payments by the PBOC or other institutions requires submitting a payment application form together with suppliers’ invoices, shipping documents and signed contracts.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

4.     Business Combinations

 

During the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the Group completed seven, ten and twenty-six acquisitions, respectively. These acquisitions are expected to strengthen the Group’s current market and to generate synergy with the Group’s organic business. The results of the acquired entities’ operations have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since their respective dates of acquisition.  The Group completed the valuation necessary to assess the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities and the non-controlling interests, resulting from which the amounts of goodwill were determined and recognized as of the respective acquisition dates.

 

Goodwill arising from the business combinations, which are not tax deductible, are mainly attributable to synergies expected to be achieved from the acquisitions. Pro forma financial information of the acquirees are not presented as the effects of the acquisitions on the Group’s consolidated financial statements were not material.

 

(a)   Acquisition of Yuhan (Shanghai) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“Yuhan”)

 

Yuhan provides offline English tutoring services under the brand, “FasTrack English”. FasTrack English offers English tutoring to students from three to twelve years old in one-to-two to one-to-fourteen teacher-to-student based classroom settings which aim to improve the comprehensive English capacities of young children.

 

In July 2017, the Group acquired 20% equity interest in Yuhan and the investment was accounted for under the equity method given the Group’s ability to exercise significant influence over the operations of Yuhan.  In January 2018, the Group entered into a share purchase agreement to purchase an additional 55.6% equity interest in Yuhan for cash consideration of RMB140,000 (US$19,569). The acquisition closed on January 2, 2018 when the Company obtained control of Yuhan holding in aggregate 75.6% of its equity interest.

 

The allocation of the purchase price as of the date of acquisition is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

For the year ended August 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

2018

 

 

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets (i) (Note 9)

 

97,870

 

13,680

 

Net tangible assets (ii)

 

(24,331

)

(3,401

)

Goodwill (Note 11)

 

161,001

 

22,504

 

Total fair value of purchase price allocation

 

234,540

 

32,783

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash consideration

 

140,000

 

19,569

 

Fair value of ownership interests previously held in the acquiree

 

42,595

 

5,954

 

Fair value of non-controlling interest

 

51,945

 

7,260

 

 


(i)    The acquired intangible assets consisted of trademark, license use right, customer relationship, student base as well as franchise agreements. These intangible assets have estimated amortization periods of five to thirty years.

 

(ii)   Net tangible assets acquired primarily included cash and cash equivalent of RMB6,381 (US$892), short-term investment of RMB46,000 (US$6,430), prepayment and other current assets of RMB20,175 (US$2,820), property and equipment of RMB7,662 (US$1,071), accrued expenses and other current liabilities of RMB18,979 (US$2,653), deferred tax liabilities of RMB24,268 (US$3,392) and prepayments from customers of RMB62,668 (US$8,759) as of the date of acquisition.

 

A gain of RMB1,481 in relation to the revaluation of the previously held equity interest was recorded in other income, net in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended August 31, 2018. The fair value of the previously held equity interest was determined using an income approach. As Yuhan was a  private company, the fair value measurements for the non-controlling interest and previously held equity interest were estimated based on certain factors including discount rate, terminal growth rate, revenue growth rate, EBIT margin and adjustments for the lack of control or lack of marketability, as relevant, that market participants would consider when estimating the fair value of the noncontrolling interest and the previously held equity interest in Yuhan.

 

(b)   Acquisition of Tianjin Huaying

 

In September 2018, the Group entered into share purchase agreements to purchase an 100% equity interest in Tianjin Huaying Education Consulting Co., Ltd. and its subsidiaries and related party Tianjin Hedong Hua Ying Training School (“collectively refered to as “Tianjin Huaying”), under the common control of the same selling shareholder, having operated K-12 after-school education services in Tianjin, China for cash consideration of RMB144,000 (US$20,128) and contingent consideration of RMB86,316 (US$12,065), in total of RMB230,316 (US$32,193).  The acquisition closed on September 5, 2018 when the Company obtained control of 100% of Tianjin Huaying equity interest.

 

The allocation of the purchase price as of the date of acquisition is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

For the year ended August 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets (i) (Note 9)

 

59,800

 

8,359

 

Net tangible assets (ii)

 

6,582

 

920

 

Deferred tax liabilities, net

 

(14,179

)

(1,982

)

Goodwill

 

178,113

 

24,896

 

Total fair value of purchase price allocation

 

230,316

 

32,193

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consideration

 

230,316

 

32,193

 

 


(i)    The acquired intangible assets consisted of trademark, customer relationship and franchise agreements. These intangible assets have estimated amortization periods of five to ten years.

 

(ii)   Net tangible assets acquired primarily included cash and cash equivalent of RMB16,917 (US$2,365), short-term investments of RMB16,350 (US$2,285), prepayment and other current assets of RMB10,366 (US$1,449), property and equipment of RMB1,621 (US$227), accrued expenses and other current liabilities of RMB9,940 (US$1,389) and prepayments from customers of RMB28,732 (US$4,016) as of the date of acquisition.

 

The consideration comprised of RMB 144,000 in cash and RMB 86,316 of contingent consideration payable in cash. The contingent consideration is driven by the Tianjin Huaying’s net profit targets for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 and the fiscal year ending August 31, 2020. The Group determined the fair value of the contingent cash consideration as of the acquisition date and at August 31, 2019 with the assistance of an independent third party valuation firm based on the Company’s assessment of whether Tianjin Huaying will meet the aforementioned targets. The outstanding contingent consideration was recorded in the “Other non-current liabilities”.

 

The purchase price allocation for the acquisitions was based on a valuation determined by the Group with the assistance of an independent third-party valuation firm. The significant inputs used in the purchase price allocations were revenue growth rates, gross margin rates, weighted-average cost of capital, discount rate, and terminal values.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

4.     Business Combination (continued)

 

(c)   Other acquisitions

 

Other acquisitions that constitute business combinations are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

For the years ended August 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets (i) (Note 9)

 

11,540

 

20,700

 

2,893

 

Net tangible liabilities (ii)

 

(26,383

)

(170,458

)

(23,826

)

Deferred tax liabilities, net

 

(2,885

)

(3,947

)

(552

)

Goodwill

 

152,716

 

311,817

 

43,585

 

Total fair value of purchase price allocation

 

134,988

 

158,112

 

22,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash consideration

 

110,885

 

143,740

 

20,091

 

Fair value of equity interests previously held in the acquirees

 

3,474

 

3,305

 

462

 

Fair value of non-controlling interests

 

20,629

 

11,067

 

1,547

 

 


(i)    The acquired intangible assets consisted of customer relationship, with estimated amortization periods of one to five years.

 

(ii)   In 2018 business acquisition, net tangible assets acquired primarily included cash and cash equivalent of RMB11,358 (US$1,588), prepayment and other current assets of RMB9,119 (US$1,275), property and equipment of RMB30,348 (US$4,242), accrued expenses and other current liabilities of RMB27,192 (US$3,801), deferred tax liabilities of RMB2,885 (US$403) and prepayments from customers of RMB49,268 (US$6,886) as of the date of acquisition. In 2019 business acquisition, net tangible assets acquired primarily included cash and cash equivalent of RMB17,898 (US$2,502), prepayment and other current assets of RMB14,561 (US$2,035), property and equipment of RMB7,225 (US$1,010), accrued expenses and other current liabilities of RMB23,038 (US$3,220) and prepayments from customers of RMB187,103 (US$26,153) as of the date of acquisition.

 

In relation to the revaluation of previously held equity interests, the Group recognized gain of RMB2,521, RMB3,730 and RMB1,897 (US$265) in the consolidated income statements for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, for the other acquisitions that constituted business combinations. As the acquirees are private companies, the fair value measurements for the non-controlling interest and previously held equity interest are estimated based on certain factors including discount rate, terminal growth rate, revenue growth rate, EBIT margin and adjustments for the lack of control and lack of marketability, as relevant, that market participants would consider when estimating the fair value of the noncontrolling interest and the previously held equity interest in acquirees.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

5.     Net revenues

 

 

 

For the years ended August 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

Personalized and small class premium tutoring revenues

 

2,040,030

 

2,825,618

 

3,879,364

 

540,114

 

Other revenues

 

17,527

 

37,074

 

114,509

 

18,134

 

 

 

2,057,557

 

2,862,692

 

3,993,873

 

558,248

 

 

6.     Short-term Investments

 

The Company’s short-term investments included cash deposits at floating rates in commercial banks and available-for-sale securities with maturities of one year or less. The following is a summary of the Company’s short-term investments:

 

 

 

As of August 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial banks deposits

 

511,030

 

62,270

 

8,704

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

304,824

 

392,156

 

54,814

 

 

 

815,854

 

454,426

 

63,518

 

 

For the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the Group recognized interest income related to its commercial banks deposits of RMB12,442, RMB21,291 and RMB11,679 (US$1,632), respectively, in the consolidated statements of income.

 

For the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the Group recognized realized gain on disposal of available-for-sale securities of RMB15,147, RMB18,451 and RMB11,451 (US$1,601), respectively, as other income in the consolidated statements of income. As of August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, there were unrealized gains/(loss) of RMB18,451, RMB(1,776) and RMB2, respectively and interest income of nil, nil and RMB4,088 (US$571), respectively.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

7.     Prepayments and other current assets

 

Prepayments and other current assets, net consisted of the following:

 

 

 

As of August 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid rental expense

 

86,460

 

131,637

 

18,400

 

Loans to third parties

 

43,385

 

292,832

 

40,931

 

Receivable from a third party payment platform

 

36,367

 

44,841

 

6,268

 

Prepayments to suppliers

 

32,460

 

47,660

 

6,662

 

Prepaid income tax, business tax, VAT and other surcharges

 

15,910

 

15,238

 

2,130

 

Deposits

 

11,718

 

16,265

 

2,273

 

Other receivables

 

7,348

 

8,243

 

1,152

 

Staff advances

 

8,249

 

10,196

 

1,425

 

Loans to employees

 

1,050

 

126

 

18

 

Others

 

10,017

 

11,749

 

1,641

 

Prepayments and other current assets, net

 

252,964

 

578,787

 

80,900

 

 

8.     Property and Equipment, Net

 

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

 

 

As of August 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Furniture

 

45,833

 

60,071

 

8,396

 

Electronic equipment

 

121,036

 

184,265

 

25,756

 

Vehicles

 

2,594

 

3,828

 

535

 

Leasehold improvements

 

634,546

 

800,545

 

111,897

 

Buildings

 

44,776

 

44,776

 

6,259

 

 

 

848,785

 

1,093,485

 

152,843

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

(412,953

)

(539,076

)

(75,350

)

Construction in progress

 

14,158

 

13,578

 

1,898

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

449,990

 

567,987

 

79,391

 

 

For the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the Group recorded depreciation expenses of RMB62,483, RMB112,294 and RMB152,801 (US$21,358), respectively.

 

No impairment charges were recognized on the property and equipment for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

9.     Intangible assets, Net

 

Intangible assets, net consisted of the following:

 

 

 

As of August 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer relationship

 

19,980

 

51,780

 

7,237

 

Trademark

 

64,850

 

111,450

 

15,578

 

Student base

 

2,390

 

2,390

 

334

 

License

 

23,600

 

23,600

 

3,299

 

Franchise agreements

 

9,420

 

9,420

 

1,317

 

 

 

120,240

 

198,640

 

27,765

 

Less: accumulated amortization

 

(8,121

)

(30,018

)

(4,196

)

Intangible assets, net

 

112,119

 

168,622

 

23,569

 

 

For the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the Group recorded amortization expenses of RMB1,101, RMB7,020 and RMB23,081 (US$3,226), respectively.

 

No impairment charges were recognized on the intangible asset for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

 

The estimated annual amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows:

 

 

 

Amortization

 

 

 

RMB

 

US$

 

For the years ended August 31

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

25,880

 

3,617

 

2021

 

19,250

 

2,691

 

2022

 

18,172

 

2,540

 

2023

 

16,366

 

2,288

 

2024

 

10,581

 

1,479

 

 

10.  Long-term Investments

 

The Company’s long-term investments comprised of the following:

 

 

 

As of August 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities without readily determinable fair value

 

193,179

 

515,679

 

72,080

 

Equity method investments

 

110,441

 

91,937

 

12,851

 

Available-for-sale investments

 

180,483

 

880,022

 

123,005

 

 

 

484,103

 

1,487,638

 

207,936

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

10.  Long-term Investments (continued)

 

Equity securities without readily determinable fair value

 

There were no impairment indicators for the investments and there were no impairment losses recognized for the years ended August 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. The Group recognized impairment loss of RMB10,000 (US$1,398) during the year ended August 31, 2019. The Group also disposed an investment for cash consideration of RMB14,400 (US$2,013) and recognized gain of RMB10,032 (US$1,402) during the year ended August 31, 2019.

 

Equity method investments

 

As of August 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company held several equity method investments through the VIEs’ subsidiaries, all of which were accounted for under the equity method given the Company’s ability to exercise significant influence over the operations of the investees. The carrying amounts of all the equity method investments were RMB110,441 and RMB 91,937 (US$12,851) as of August 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The Group disposed an investment for cash consideration of RMB94,800 (US$13,251) and recognized gain of RMB5,371 (US$751) during the year ended August 31, 2019. Selected financial information of the equity method investees are not presented as the effects of the investees on the Group’s consolidated financial statements were not material.

 

Available-for-sale investments

 

As of August 31, 2018 and 2019, the Group held debt securities including investments in private company equities of mandatory redemption and convertible debts with original maturities more than one year.

 

For the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the Group recognized no gain or loss on disposals of available-for-sale investments.  As of August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, there were unrealized gains of RMB15,475, RMB59,637 and RMB9,566 (US$1,337), respectively and interest income of nil, nil and RMB48,307 (US$6,752), respectively.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

11.  Goodwill

 

Goodwill balances as of August 31, 2018 and 2019 were as follows:

 

 

 

RMB

 

Balance as of August 31, 2017

 

58,676

 

Goodwill acquired (Note 4)

 

313,717

 

Disposal of subsidiaries

 

(316

)

 

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2018

 

372,077

 

Goodwill acquired (Note 4)

 

489,930

 

Disposal of subsidiaries

 

(46,955

)

 

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2019

 

815,052

 

Balance as of August 31, 2019, in US$

 

113,925

 

 

No impairment charges were recorded during the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

 

12.  Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

 

 

 

As of August 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salary and welfare payable

 

421,380

 

585,410

 

81,826

 

Other taxes payable

 

29,551

 

35,171

 

4,916

 

Accrued expenses

 

39,851

 

61,116

 

8,542

 

Deposits from franchisees

 

21,530

 

20,600

 

2,879

 

Payables for leasehold improvement

 

24,224

 

29,467

 

4,119

 

Payables for long term investments

 

25,290

 

47,580

 

6,651

 

Interest payable

 

4,260

 

24,215

 

3,385

 

Others

 

13,447

 

12,833

 

1,793

 

 

 

579,533

 

816,392

 

114,111

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

13.  Share-Based Compensation

 

Amended and Restated 2015 Plan (the “Amended 2015 Plan”)

 

In connection with the Reorganization on September 17, 2017, the Company adopted the Amended and Restated 2015 Plan (the “Amended 2015 Plan”) to replace the 2015 Plan which was cancelled concurrently. Under the Amended 2015 Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized to grant share options or other equity incentives to employees, directors or consultants to purchase up to an aggregate of 336,642,439 Class A ordinary shares. The employees generally received 102.10 options for each fully vested share that was outstanding as of September 17, 2017, totaling 63,880,024 fully vested options. The employees also received 16,442,655 and 49,634,837 share options at the same exchange ratio to replace the restricted shares that were vested or vesting on December 1, 2017 and 2018, respectively, as issued under the 2015 Plan. All of the share options contain a performance condition whereby no share options are exercisable until the consummation of a Qualified IPO.  The share options expire 10 years from the date of grant. The Group accounted for the termination of the shares under the 2015 Plan and the concurrent issuance of options as replacement awards as a Type II modification in accordance with ASC 718, under which, the Group deferred the recognition of the incremental share-based compensation expense until the Qualified IPO occured.  Upon the IPO completion date, the Group recognized incremental share-based compensation amounting to RMB39,881 (US$5,574).

 

From November 2017 to immediately before IPO, the Group granted 164,865,010  share options under the Amended 2015 Plan.  Whereas some of the share options carry requisite service periods of four years with: i) 50%, 25% and 25% of the share options vesting on the second, third and fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, respectively, or ii) 50% and 50% of the share options vesting on the second and fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, respectively, all of the share options contain the same IPO performance condition described in the paragraph above.

 

In February 2018, the Board of Directors approved an evergreen term of the Amended 2015 Plan which permits an annual 2.0% increase of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding on August 31 of the preceding calendar year of the Company on the first day of each the following nine fiscal years commencing on September 1, 2018.

 

During the year ended August 31, 2018, subsequent to the completion of the IPO, the Group granted 9,172,674 share options under the Amended 2015 Plan.  Vesting terms included i) immediate vesting of 100% of the share options on date of grant, ii) vesting periods of 2 years, with immediate vesting of 1/3 of the share options on date of grant, first and second anniversary of the vesting commencement date, respectively; iii) a vesting period of 4 years, with 50% and 50% of the share options vesting on the second and fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, respectively, or iv) vesting periods of 4 years, with 25% of the share options vesting on each anniversary of the vesting commencement date.

 

During the year ended August 31, 2019, the Group granted 141,997,178 share options under the Amended 2015 Plan. Vesting terms included i) immediate vesting of 100% of the share options on date of grant, ii) vesting periods of 3 years, with immediate vesting of 25% of the share options on date of grant, 1/48 of the share options in the each month 1 year after the vesting commencement date, respectively; iii) vesting periods of 3 years, with 1/3 of the share options vesting on each anniversary of the vesting commencement date; iv) vesting periods of 4 years, with 50% and 50% of the share options vesting on the second and fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, respectively, or v) vesting periods of 4 years, with 25% of the share options vesting on each anniversary of the vesting commencement date. During the year, the Group also granted to an executive 39,669,960 options under the Amended 2015 Plan with market conditions tied to the the Group’s market capitalization for specified periods while he remains employed by the Group. In addition, certain share options were modified to become fully invested immediately prior to an employee’s termination.

 

During the year ended August 31, 2019, the Group granted 14,556,320 restricted Class A oridinary shares (“Restricted Shares”) under the Amended 2015 Plan.  Vesting terms included i) immediate vesting of 100% of the Restricted Shares after one year of the vesting commencement date, ii) vesting periods of 4 years, with 25% of the Restricted Shares vesting on each anniversary of the vesting commencement date.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

13.  Share-Based Compensation (continued)

 

Amended and Restated 2015 Plan (the “Amended 2015 Plan”) (continued)

 

The fair value of the share options under the Amended 2015 Plan were determined on the grant dates using the binomial option pricing model with assistance from an independent valuation firm.  Pre IPO, the Group determined the fair value of its ordinary shares using the income approach based on key assumptions including WACC and DLOM. The income approach involved applying appropriate discount rates to estimated cash flows that were based on earnings forecasts. The growth rates of the Group’s revenues, as well as major milestones that it achieved, contributed to the fair value of the ordinary shares.Subsequent to the IPO, fair value of the ordinary shares is the price of the Company’s publicly traded shares. The assumptions adopted to estimate the fair value of share options granted were as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended
August 31, 2018

 

Year ended August
31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

2.8%-4.0%

 

2.0%-3.1%

 

Expected volatility

 

46.0%-51.5%

 

51.4%-56.6%

 

Suboptimal exercise factor

 

2.50

 

2.20-2.80

 

Fair value per ordinary share

 

US$0.13-US$0.35

 

US$0.19-US$0.23

 

 

Domestic Plan

 

In March 2017, the Board of Directors of Shanghai OneSmart approved an employee share incentive scheme under which, incentives are provided by certain of Shanghai OneSmart’s subsidiaries to their regional management and staff (the “Domestic Plan”). According to the scheme, the subsidiaries may grant to their employees options with independent annual performance conditions specified for each tranche of options, in four tranches, as well as an additional performance condition at the end of the fourth year based on the cumulative result of the business over the term of the four years. When vested, the options are exercisable into the subsidiaries’ equity interests. The share options expire 4 years from the date of grant.

 

On May 2, 2017, 120,000 options were granted to employees, accounting for 8% of the total equity interests in the subsidiaries. The exercise price ranged from RMB40 to RMB160 per option. The options are equity awards measured at their fair values on May 2, 2017, the grant date. Given only the achievement of the performance conditions of the first two tranches of the options were determined to be probable, each of the first two tranches of the options was accounted for as a separate award with its own service inception date and requisite service period. On March 31, 2019, the Group modified the annual performance condition for the fourth tranch of the options granted on May 2, 2017, however, the achievement of the third and fourth traches as well as the final cumulative result of the business over the term of four years continued to improbable.  Thus, no incremental costs were incurred as a result of the modification. As of August 31, 2018 and 2019, nil and 60,000 options did not meet the performance conditions and were forfeited. The Company recorded RMB2,649 and RMB1,485 (US$208) for the 30,000 and 10,000 options vested as of August 31, 2018 and 2019.

 

On March 31, 2019, 10,000 options were granted to a certain employee, accounting for 1% of the total equity interests in a certain subsidiary. The exercise price is RMB80 per option.  The options are equity awards measured at their fair values on March 31, 2019, the grant date, immediate vesting of 100% of the share options on date of grant.

 

The Group calculated the estimated fair value of the share options under the Domestic Plan on the grant date using the binomial option pricing model with assistance from an independent valuation firm. Assumptions used to determine the fair value of the share options granted under the Domestic Plan is summarized in the following table:

 

F-42


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

13.  Share-Based Compensation (continued)

 

Domestic Plan (continued)

 

 

 

For the year ended
August 31, 2017

 

For the year ended
August 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

4.8%

 

2.4%

 

Expected volatility

 

47.3%

 

47.0%

 

Suboptimal exercise factor

 

2.50

 

2.80

 

Fair value per ordinary share

 

RMB203.20 and RMB285.30

 

RMB351.24

 

 

A summary of the share option activities under the Amended 2015 Plan is as follows:

 

 

 

Number of share
options

 

Weighted
average
exercise
price

 

Weighted
average
grant date
fair value

 

Aggregate
intrinsic
value

 

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

US$

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of September 1, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

303,995,200

 

0.03

 

0.16

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(2,804,550

)

0.08

 

0.09

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of August 31, 2018

 

301,190,650

 

0.03

 

0.16

 

54,133

 

8.59

 

Granted

 

181,667,138

 

0.10

 

0.05

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(33,355,010

)

0.17

 

0.08

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(55,658,760

)

0.02

 

0.02

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of August 31, 2019

 

393,844,018

 

0.05

 

0.13

 

53,966

 

7.80

 

Vested and expected to vest as of August 31, 2019

 

393,844,018

 

0.05

 

0.13

 

53,966

 

7.80

 

 

A summary of the Restricted Shares activities under the Amended 2015 Plan is as follows:

 

 

 

Number of
Restricted Shares

 

Weighted
average
grant date
fair value

 

Aggregate
intrinsic
value

 

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of September 1, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

14,556,320

 

0.21

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(218,440

)

0.21

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of August 31, 2019

 

14,337,880

 

0.21

 

2,737

 

2.80

 

Vested and expected to vest as of August 31, 2019

 

14,337,880

 

0.21

 

2,737

 

2.80

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

13.  Share-Based Compensation (continued)

 

A summary of the activities under the Domestic Plan is as follows:

 

 

 

Number of share
options

 

Weighted
average
purchase
price

 

Weighted
average
grant date
fair value

 

Aggregate
intrinsic
value

 

 

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of September 1, 2017

 

120,000

 

93.33

 

151.19

 

7,023

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of August 31, 2018

 

120,000

 

93.33

 

151.19

 

79,990

 

Granted

 

10,000

 

80.00

 

148.47

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(60,000

)

93.33

 

151.19

 

 

 

Outstanding as of August 31, 2019

 

70,000

 

91.43

 

150.80

 

39,687

 

Vested and expected to vest as of August 31, 2019

 

70,000

 

91.43

 

150.80

 

39,687

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the awards and the fair value of the underlying ordinary shares at each reporting date, for those awards that had exercise price below the estimated fair value of the relevant ordinary shares.

 

Under the Amended 2015 Plan, the outstanding unvested awards including share options and Restricted Shares resulted in an aggregate intrinsic value of RMB405,664 and total unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to the unvested awards was RMB49,803 as of August 31, 2019.  The expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.14 years.

 

The Company recognized share-based compensation expense for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

For the years ended August 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

 

735

 

2,113

 

906

 

127

 

General and administrative

 

24,240

 

144,373

 

70,626

 

9,871

 

Total share-based compensation expense

 

24,975

 

146,486

 

71,532

 

9,998

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

14.  Income Taxes

 

Cayman Islands

 

Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands, the Company is not subject to tax on income or capital gain arising in Cayman Islands. Additionally, upon payments of dividends by the Company to its shareholders, no Cayman Islands withholding tax will be imposed.

 

British Virgin Islands

 

Under the current laws of the British Virgin Islands, OneSmart BVI is not subject to tax on income or capital gains. In addition, upon payments of dividends by the company to its shareholders, no British Virgin Islands withholding tax will be imposed.

 

Hong Kong

 

OneSmart HK and Great EDU are incorporated in Hong Kong and are subject to Hong Kong profits tax of 16.5% on the activities conducted in Hong Kong. No provision for Hong Kong profits tax was made in the consolidated financial statements as it had no assessable income for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

 

PRC

 

The Company’s subsidiaries and VIEs in the PRC are subject to the statutory rate of 25%, in accordance with the Enterprise Income Tax law (the “EIT Law”), which was effective since January 1, 2008. Shanghai Jing Xue Rui meets the requirements of “high and new technology enterprise” (“HNTE”) and could enjoy the preferential tax rate of 15%. Shanghai Jing Xue Rui obtained the HNTE certificate on October 23, 2017 and was subject to an enterprise income tax (“EIT”) rate of 15% from calendar years 2017 through 2019.

 

Dividends, interests, rent or royalties payable by the Group’s PRC subsidiaries, to non-PRC resident enterprises, and proceeds from any such non-resident enterprise investor’s disposition of assets (after deducting the net value of such assets) shall be subject to 10% withholding tax, unless the respective non-PRC resident enterprise’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty or arrangements with China that provides for a reduced withholding tax rate or an exemption from withholding tax.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

14. Income Taxes (continued)

 

The current and deferred portions of income tax expense included in the consolidated statements of income were as follows:

 

 

 

For the years ended August 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

97,253

 

125,739

 

138,552

 

19,367

 

Deferred

 

(5,237

)

(17,260

)

(17,011

)

(2,378

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

92,016

 

108,479

 

121,541

 

16,989

 

 

The reconciliations of the income tax expense for the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 were as follows:

 

 

 

For the years ended August 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense and share of net (loss)/income from equity investees

 

337,260

 

318,305

 

316,069

 

44,179

 

PRC statutory tax rate

 

25

%

25

%

25

%

25

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax at statutory tax rate

 

84,315

 

79,576

 

79,017

 

11,045

 

Non-deductible expenses

 

9,151

 

40,141

 

30,961

 

4,326

 

International tax rate difference

 

 

(4,189

)

6,000

 

839

 

Preferential tax rate

 

 

(17,327

)

(8,357

)

(1,168

)

Effect of income tax exemptions

 

 

 

(1,232

)

(172

)

Equity pick-up

 

 

 

(2,698

)

(377

)

Additional tax deduction for qualified research and development expenses

 

 

(2,066

)

(5,525

)

(772

)

Change in valuation allowance

 

(15,314

)

(14,241

)

11,006

 

1,538

 

Expired loss

 

12,293

 

14,950

 

11,905

 

1,665

 

Interest and penalty

 

1,571

 

1,494

 

1,605

 

224

 

Outside basis difference

 

 

 

 

 

(1,583

)

(221

)

Effect of changes in tax rates on deferred taxes

 

 

10,141

 

442

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

92,016

 

108,479

 

121,541

 

16,989

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

14. Income Taxes (continued)

 

The significant components of the Group’s deferred tax assets were as follows:

 

 

 

For the years ended August 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

Non-current deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax loss carry forward

 

114,777

 

139,060

 

19,437

 

Accrued expenses and other payables

 

60,752

 

85,007

 

11,882

 

Unrecognized financing expenses of long-term payable

 

 

1,281

 

179

 

Others

 

2,234

 

16,725

 

2,338

 

Less: valuation allowance

 

(116,979

)

(131,040

)

(18,316

)

Non-current deferred tax assets, net

 

60,784

 

111,033

 

15,520

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

(28,095

)

(42,609

)

(5,956

)

Unrealized gain on investments

 

(14,465

)

(18,724

)

(2,617

)

Capitalization of bonus

 

 

(11,003

)

(1,538

)

Fair value changes on private equity investments

 

 

(3,081

)

(431

)

Accelerated depreciation of fixed assets

 

(4,297

)

(8,186

)

(1,144

)

Equity in gain of unconsolidated investees

 

 

 

(1,160

)

(162

)

Others

 

 

(232

)

(32

)

Non-current deferred tax liabilities, net

 

(46,857

)

(84,995

)

(11,880

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets, net

 

13,927

 

26,038

 

3,640

 

 

The Group operates through subsidiaries, VIEs and subsidiaries of VIEs and valuation allowance is considered for each of the entities on an individual basis. The Group recorded valuation allowance against deferred tax assets of those entities that were in a 3-year cumulative loss and are not forecasting profits in the near future as of August 31, 2018 and 2019. In making such determination, the Group also evaluated a variety of factors including the Group’s operating history, accumulated deficit, existence of taxable temporary differences and reversal periods.

 

As of August 31, 2019, the Group had taxable losses of RMB577,129 (US$80,669) derived from entities in the PRC, which can be carried forward per tax regulation to offset future net profit for income tax purposes. The PRC taxable loss will expire from December 31, 2019 to 2024 if not utilized.

 

As of August 31, 2019, the Company intends to permanently reinvest the undistributed earnings from foreign subsidiaries to fund future operations. As of August 31, 2019, the total amount of undistributed earnings from its PRC subsidiaries as well as VIEs was RMB1,192,533 (US$166,688). The amount of unrecognized deferred tax liabilities for temporary differences related to investments in

 

F-47


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

14. Income Taxes (continued)

 

foreign subsidiaries is not determined because such a determination is not practicable.

 

Unrecognized Tax Benefit

 

As of August 31,2018 and 2019, the Group had unrecognized tax benefit of RMB15,991 and RMB 25,183 (US$3,520), of which RMB14,075 and RMB24,228 (US$3,387), respectively, are presented on a net basis against the deferred tax assets related to tax loss carry forwards on the consolidated balance sheets. This primarily represents the estimated income tax expense the Group would pay should its income tax returns have been prepared in accordance with the current PRC tax laws and regulations. It is possible that the amount of unrecognized benefit will further change in the next 12 months; however, an estimate of the range of the possible change cannot be made at this moment. As of August 31,2018 and 2019, unrecognized tax benefits of RMB1,916 and RMB955 (US$133), respectively, if ultimately recognized, will impact the effective tax rate. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefit was as follows:

 

 

 

For the years ended August 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at September 1

 

12,720

 

15,991

 

2,235

 

Increase

 

3,947

 

11,424

 

1,597

 

Decrease

 

(676

)

(2,232

)

(312

)

Balance at August 31

 

15,991

 

25,183

 

3,520

 

 

In the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the Group recorded interest expense accrued in relation to the unrecognized tax benefit of RMB1,571, RMB1,494 and RMB1,604 (US$224) in income tax expense, respectively. Accumulated interest expense recorded in unrecognized tax benefit was RMB3,610 and RMB5,214 (US$729) as of August 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

 

As of August 31, 2019, the tax years ended December 31, 2014 through period ended as of the reporting date for the WFOE, the VIEs and VIEs’ subsidiaries remain open to examination by the PRC tax authorities.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

15.       Shareholders’ Equity

 

On March 28, 2018, the Company completed its IPO on the New York Stock Exchange. The Company offered 16,300,000 ADSs representing 652,000,000 Class A ordinary shares at US$11.00 per ADS. Net proceeds from the IPO deducting underwriting discount and other expenses were RMB1,048,660 (US$146,578). IPO costs of RMB26,752 (US$3,739) were recorded as reduction of the proceeds from the IPO in shareholders’ equity.

 

Pursuant to the Company’s memorandum and articles of association, upon the completion of the IPO, all of the then outstanding redeemable convertible preferred shares automatically converted into 3,568,365,545 Class A ordinary shares and the related aggregate carrying value of  RMB4,272,293 was reclassified from mezzanine equity to shareholders’ equity.  The participating rights (liquidation and dividend rights) of the Class A and Class B ordinary shares are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion rights. Holders of Class A and Class B ordinary shares shall all time vote together as one class on all resolutions submitted to a vote by the shareholders. Each share of Class A and Class B ordinary shares entitle the holder thereof to one vote per share and twenty votes per share on all matters subject to vote at general meetings of the Company respectively. Each share of Class B ordinary share is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time at the option of the holder thereof. The right to convert shall be exercisable by the holder of Class B ordinary share delivering a written notice to the Company that such holders elect to convert a specified number of Class B ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares. In no event shall Class A ordinary shares be convertible into Class B ordinary shares.

 

As of August 31, 2019, the Company had ordinary shares outstanding comprising of 4,130,261,827 Class A ordinary shares and 2,296,842,016 Class B ordinary shares, respectively. No Class B ordinary shares were converted into Class A ordinary shares as of August 31, 2019.

 

During the year ended August 31, 2019, 145,762,478 treasury stock in total were repurchased by the Company from the open market and a shareholder at US$0.2065 and US$0.2025 per share, for RMB168,980 and RMB34,779 respectively. 121,071,120 and 24,691,358 treasury stock were held by the depositary bank and the Company, respectively, as of August 31, 2019.

 

16.       Related Party Transactions

 

The Group had the following balances with related parties as of August 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively:

 

Names of the related parties

 

Relationship with the Group

 

 

 

Shanghai Ya Qiao Education Investment Co., Ltd. (“Ya Qiao Education”)

 

Equity investee

Beijing Tus-Juren Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Tus-Juren”)

 

Former equity investee

 

F-49


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

16.       Related Party Transactions  (continued)

 

(a)         Amount due from a related party

 

 

 

As of August 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ya Qiao Education

 

16,500

 

18,750

 

2,621

 

 

The amounts due from Ya Qiao Education is interest-free, unsecured and payable within 5 years from draw down in April 2019. In April 2019, the Group and Ya Qiao Educaiton signed an agreement to convert the loan to 75% of equity investment in Ya Qiao Education. As of August 31, 2019, the equity acquisition transaction was not yet completed.

 

(b)         Transactions with the related party

 

 

 

For the years ended August 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

Other revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tus-Juren

 

 

 

6,772

 

947

 

 

In October 2018, the Group acquired 30% of equity investment in Beijing Tus-Juren Education Technology Co., Ltd., or Tus-Juren, a leading K-12 after-school education company in China. As the Company had significant influence, Tus-Juren was accounted for as an equity method investments. From November 2018 to February 2019, the Group lent a five-year convertible loan in the aggregate amount of RMB379,700 (US$53,073) to Tus-Juren. Such convertible loan bears an annual interest of 10% and the Group has the option to convert the principal and any unpaid interests into the equity interests of Tus-Juren at a pre-determined valuation at any time after either the third or fourth anniversary from the borrowing date. In March 2019, the Group disposed 12% of equity investment in Tus-Juren and lost its significant influence over Tus-Juren. The Group provided cousulting services and charged licensing fees to Tus-Juren which were recorded as other revenues.

 

17.       Other non-current assets

 

Other non-current assets consisted of the following:

 

 

 

As of August 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental deposits

 

85,596

 

108,408

 

15,153

 

Prepayment for long-term investments

 

165,377

 

111,469

 

15,581

 

Due from third parties(a)

 

 

246,705

 

34,483

 

Deferred assets

 

 

44,012

 

6,152

 

Others

 

145

 

103

 

14

 

 

 

251,118

 

510,697

 

71,383

 

 


(a)   Due from third parties primarily consisted of loans of RMB237,980 (US$33,264) provided to a third party during the year ended August 31, 2019 that are due by December 31, 2020. The loans are unsecured and carry the fixed interest rate of 4.75% per annum.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

18.       Loans

 

The following table presents the Company’s outstanding loans as of August 31, 2018 and 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

As of August 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term bank loans

 

(a)

 

 

249,876

 

34,927

 

Long-term bank loans, current portion

 

(b)

 

45,000

 

71,820

 

10,039

 

Long-term bank loans

 

(b)

 

405,000

 

1,345,754

 

188,104

 

 


(a)         Short-term loans

 

In July 2018, Shanghai OneSmart entered into a banking facility agreement with China Merchants Bank, pursuant to which Shanghai OneSmart is entitled to borrow a RMB denominated loan of RMB150,000(US$20,966) with floating interest rate benchmarked to the one-year lending rate of PBOC. In September 2018, Shanghai OneSmart drew down RMB50,000(US$6,989) which was repaid in August 2019. In December 2018, Shanghai OneSmart drew down RMB19,876(US$2,778). The loan was intended for general working capital purposes; and is guaranteed by Shanghai Jing Xue Rui, and the Founder, Xi Zhang.

 

In January 2019, Shanghai OneSmart entered into banking facility agreements with China CITIC Bank, pursuant to which Shanghai OneSmart took out RMB denominated loans of RMB68,000(US$9,505) and RMB32,000(US$4,473) with the same annual interest rate of 5.18%. The loan was intended for general working capital purposes; and was guaranteed by Shanghai Jing Xue Rui, and the Founder, Xi Zhang.

 

In March 2019, Shanghai OneSmart entered into a banking facility agreement with Shanghai Pudong Development Bank, pursuant to which Shanghai OneSmart is entitled to borrow a RMB denominated loan of RMB130,000(US$18,171) with an anuual interest rate of 4.35%. The loan was intended for general working capital purposes; and was guaranteed by Shanghai Jing Xue Rui, and the Founder, Xi Zhang.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

18.       Loans (continued)

 

(b)         Long-term loans

 

In November 2017, Shanghai OneSmart entered into a banking facility agreement with Shanghai Pudong Development Bank, pursuant to which Shanghai OneSmart is entitled to borrow a RMB denominated loan of RMB450,000(US$62,899) for five years with a floating interest rate benchmarked to the five-year lending rate of PBOC and adjusted every January during the five-year period. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company shall repay in fixed installments every December over 5 years. Shanghai OneSmart drew down the RMB450,000(US$62,899) facility in full in December 2017 and repaid RMB45,000(US$6,290) in December 2018. The loan was intended for general working capital purposes; and is guaranteed by the Company, Shanghai Jing Xue Rui, and the Founder, Xi Zhang.

 

In March 2019, The Company entered into a banking facility agreement with UBS AG Singapore Branch, pursuant to which Shanghai OneSmart is entitled to borrow a USD denominated loan of US$139,000 term facility and US$61,000 greenshoe facility with a floating interest rate of LIBOR+2.7%. The term facility has a three-year term from the initial drawdown date and should be repaid in installments. The Company drew down the US$139,000 term facility in full in March 2019. The proceeds from this term facility were used for the Group’s share repurchase program, working capital, capital expenditure, and other general corporate purposes; and is guaranteed by OneSmart HK and subject to certain financial covenants as defined in the facility agreement. The Company was in compliance with covenants as of August 31, 2019.

 

In April 2019, Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment entered into a banking facility agreement with Shanghai Pudong Development Bank, pursuant to which Shanghai OneSmart is entitled to borrow a RMB denominated loan of RMB43,200(US$6,038) for five years with a floating interest rate benchmarked to the five-year lending rate of PBOC. Under the terms of the agreement, the Group will repay in fixed installments every April over 5 years. Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment drew down the RMB43,200(US$6,038) facility in full in April 2019. The loan was intended for aquisition of Tianjin Huaying; and is guaranteed by Shanghai OneSmart, and the Founder, Xi Zhang.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

18.       Loans (continued)

 

As of August 31 2019, the maturities of the loan principals will be due according to the following schedule:

 

 

 

RMB

 

US$

 

2020

 

321,696

 

44,966

 

2021

 

320,231

 

44,761

 

2022

 

866,763

 

121,153

 

2023

 

145,800

 

20,379

 

2024

 

12,960

 

1,811

 

 

 

1,667,450

 

233,070

 

 

19.       Earnings/(Loss) Per Share

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per share for the following periods:

 

 

 

As of August 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income attribute to OneSmart International Education Group Limited’s shareholders

 

258,827

 

245,936

 

245,368

 

34,296

 

Accretion to redemption value of Preferred Shares

 

 

(962,905

)

 

 

Deemed dividend—repurchase of Preferred Shares

 

 

(4,266

)

 

 

Allocation of undistributed earnings to redeemable convertible preferred shares

 

(111,771

)

 

 

 

Net income/(loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders for computing net income per ordinary share — basic and diluted

 

147,056

 

(721,235

)

245,368

 

34,296

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares used in calculating net income/(loss) per ordinary share — basic (in millions of shares)

 

2,534

 

4,145

 

6,460

 

6,460

 

Incremental weighted-average ordinary shares from assumed exercise of share options and vesting of restricted shares using the treasury stock method (in millions of shares)

 

 

 

249

 

249

 

Weighted average number of shares used in calculating net income/(loss) per ordinary share — diluted (in millions of shares)

 

2,534

 

4,145

 

6,709

 

6,709

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) per share — basic

 

0.0580

 

(0.1740

)

0.0380

 

0.0053

 

Earnings/(loss) per share — diluted

 

0.0580

 

(0.1740

)

0.0366

 

0.0051

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

19.       Earnings/(Loss) Per Share (continued)

 

The redeemable convertible preferred shares that were issued as part of the Reorganization and presented on a retroactive basis did not share the losses of the Company. The redeemable convertible preferred shares did not have an impact on diluted EPS for the years ended August 31, 2017 and 2018 on an if-converted or two-class method, as the redeemable convertible preferred shares did not carry any preferred dividend rights and only participated in all dividends on a one-to-one per-share basis with the holders of ordinary shares.

 

No adjustments were made to the basic earnings/(loss) per share amounts presented for the year ended August 31, 2017 and 2018 as the impact of the outstanding share options and restricted shares were anti-dilutive.

 

20.       Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income were as follows:

 

 

 

Unrealized
gains/(loss)
on
investment

 

Foreign
currency
translation
adjustment

 

Total

 

 

 

RMB

 

 

 

RMB

 

Balance as of September 1, 2017

 

19,123

 

 

19,123

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassification, net of tax

 

37,157

 

 

37,157

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

(13,838

)

 

(13,838

)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

86,458

 

86,458

 

Balance as of August 31, 2018

 

42,442

 

86,458

 

128,900

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassification, net of tax

 

(35,150

)

 

(35,150

)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

(11

)

 

(11

)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

(6,591

)

(6,591

)

Balance as of August 31, 2019

 

7,281

 

79,867

 

87,148

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2019, in US$

 

1,018

 

11,163

 

12,181

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

21.       Redeemable Convertible Preferred Shares

 

The Company issued 1,890,686,563 and 35,757,200 of Series A and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred shares (the “Preferred Shares”) to shareholders of the VIEs in connection with the Reorganization. The Preferred Shares are recorded at fair value on the issuance date and is presented on a retroactive basis.

 

In September 2017, immediately following the Reorganization, the Company issued 1,840,535,677 Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred shares to new investors for total cash consideration of RMB1,840,536 (US$257,263). Accretion charge of RMB758,898 (US$106,076), related to the Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred shares was recorded as an increase to the net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders. The Group subsequently repurchased an aggregate of 341,256,445 Series A redeemable convertible preferred shares for cash consideration of US$46,850 from Then Shareholders.

 

In December 2017, the Founder transferred 142,642,550 of his Class B ordinary shares to a new investor for cash consideration of RMB163,023 (US$22,787) and each of such transferred ordinary share was re-designated as a Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred share. Accretion charge of RMB204,007 (US$28,515), related to the Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred shares was recorded as an increase to the net loss atrributable to ordinary shareholders.

 

The following is a summary of the significant terms of the Preferred Shares:

 

Conversion rights

 

The holders of the Preferred Shares were entitled to convert, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time following the date of the first issuance of the respective Preferred Shares applicable of such Preferred Share, into such number of Class A ordinary shares as was determined by dividing the deemed issue price (“Adjusted Issue Price”) applicable to such series of Preferred Shares by the conversion price applicable to such series of Preferred Shares (the “Conversion Price”), in effect on the date of conversion. The initial Conversion Price shall initially equal the Adjusted Issue Price applicable to such Preferred Share, and shall be adjusted from time to time. The initial conversion ratio for Preferred Shares to Class A ordinary shares shall be 1:1.

 

Automatic Conversion

 

Each Preferred Share, shall automatically be converted into one Class A ordinary share at the then-effective conversion ratio applicable to such Preferred Share upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering in the United States on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or on the Main Board of Hong Kong Stock Exchange or another internationally recognized stock exchange approved by the Board, including certain directors appointed by the Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred shareholders, covering the offer and sale of Class A ordinary shares of the Company to the public, at a public offering price per share that implies a market capitalization of the Company immediately prior to such offering of not less than (i) RMB6,500,000 or its US$ equivalent if the IPO occurs within 18 months following the closing date of the Preferred Shares issuance (the “ Closing Date”), (ii) RMB7,000,000 or its US$ equivalent if the IPO occurs within 18 to 27 months following the Closing Date, or (iii) RMB7,500,000 or its US$ equivalent if the IPO occurs after 27 months following the Closing Date but before the third anniversary of the Closing Date, (the “Qualified IPO”).

 

F-55


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

21.       Redeemable Convertible Preferred Shares (continued)

 

Dividends

 

The holders of the Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by the Board of Directors, pro rata on an as-converted basis, without preference on the ordinary shares or any other classes of shares of the Company.

 

No dividends were declared for the periods presented.

 

Voting rights

 

The holders of each Preferred Shares were entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of Class A ordinary shares into which such Preferred Share could be converted at the voting date.

 

Redemption

 

The Preferred Shares were redeemable by the holders at any time after the earlier of the occurrence of the following event: (i) the Company fails to complete a Qualified IPO within 36 months after the closing of the Preferred Shares issuance (ii) relevant transactions have not been completed in accordance with the documents governing the Reorganization within 12 months following the closing of the Reorganization, and (iii) material breach of certain governing documents of the Reorganization where the breach remains un-remedied within 30 days after a written notice is delivered by certain holders of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred shares. Redemption were at amounts equal to the sum of the Adjusted Issue Price plus accrued daily interest at 10% per annum and all declared but unpaid dividends.

 

Liquidation Preference

 

In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company available for distribution shall be made as follows:

 

·                  First, the holders of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred shares were entitled to receive an amount equal to issue price, reduced by any and all dividends received on or before the date of such distribution and any net proceeds from any sale, transfer or other disposition of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred shares received by such holders of preferred shares, in preference to any distribution to the holder of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred shares and the Ordinary Shares of the Company; and

 

·                  After payment was made to the holders of the Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred shares holders in accordance with the above, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to shareholders shall be distributed ratably among all shareholders according to the number of Ordinary Shares and Preferred Shares as if they had been converted into Class A ordinary shares immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

21.       Redeemable Convertible Preferred Shares (continued)

 

Initial Measurement and Subsequent Accounting for the Preferred Shares

 

The Preferred Shares did not meet the criteria of mandatorily redeemable financial instruments specified in ASC 480-10-S99, and were classified as mezzanine equity in the consolidated balance sheets. The Preferred Shares were initially measured at fair value. Beneficial conversion features exist when the conversion price of the Preferred Shares is lower than the fair value of the Class A ordinary shares at the commitment date, which was the issuance date in the Company’s case. When a beneficial conversion feature exists as of the commitment date, its intrinsic value is bifurcated from the carrying value of the redeemable convertible preferred shares as a contribution to additional paid-in capital. On the commitment date, the most favorable conversion price used to measure the beneficial conversion feature of the Preferred Shares was higher than the fair value per Class A ordinary share and therefore no bifurcation of beneficial conversion feature was recognized. The Company determined the fair value of the Class A ordinary shares with the assistance of an independent third party valuation firm.

 

22.       Restricted Net Assets

 

Prior to payment of dividends, pursuant to the laws applicable to the PRC’s foreign investment enterprises, the VIEs and the VIEs’ subsidiaries must make appropriations from after-tax profit to non-distributable reserve funds as determined by the board of directors of each company. These reserves include (i) general reserve and (ii) the development fund.

 

Subject to certain cumulative limits, in the event the Company’s board of directors declares dividends, the general reserve requires annual appropriations of 10% of after-tax income as determined under PRC laws and regulations at each year-end until the balance reaches 50% of the PRC entity’s registered capital; the other reserve appropriations are at the Company’s discretion. The general reserve can only be used for specific purposes of enterprise expansion and are not distributable as cash dividends. During the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the Group’s appropriations to the general reserve were nil, RMB450 and RMB886 (US$124).

 

PRC laws and regulations also require private schools to make annual appropriations of no less than 25% of after-tax income plus an annual increase according to the net assets of the schools to its development fund, which is to be used for the construction or maintenance of the schools or procurement or upgrading of educational equipment. As of August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, total appropriation of RMB3,739, RMB3,822 and RMB6,194 (US$866) was made, respectively.

 

The general reserve and development fund cannot be transferred to the Company in the form of loans or advances and are not distributable as cash dividends except in the event of liquidation.

 

Relevant PRC laws and regulations restrict the WFOE, the VIEs and the VIEs’ subsidiaries from transferring certain of their net assets to the Company in the form of loans, advances or cash dividends. Amounts restricted include the paid in capital and additional paid in capital of the WFOE, the VIEs and the VIEs’ subsidiaries, totaling approximately RMB2,659,984 (US$372,000) as of August 31, 2019.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

23.       Commitments and Contingencies

 

(a)         Operating lease commitments

 

The group leases offices and classroom facilities under operating leases. Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases with initial terms in excess of one year consisted of the following as of August 31,2019:

 

 

 

RMB

 

US$

 

2020

 

553,424

 

77,355

 

2021

 

493,666

 

69,003

 

2022

 

423,603

 

59,210

 

2023

 

323,843

 

45,265

 

2024 and thereafter

 

280,621

 

39,224

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

2,075,157

 

290,057

 

 

For the years ended August 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, total rental expenses for all operating leases amounted to approximately RMB22,711, RMB338,186 and RMB535,259 (US$74,816), respectively.

 

(b)         Capital expenditure commitments

 

The Group has commitments for the construction of leasehold improvements associated with its study centers of RMB3,803 (US$532) as of August 31,2019, which are expected to be paid within one year.

 

(c)          Contingencies

 

The Group is subject to a number of licensing requirements from different governmental authorities. Many local government authorities historically adopted different practices in granting educational permits to private schools or issuing business licenses to companies that provide after-school tutoring services and have yet to take a clear view on the interpretation and implementation of the Amended Law for Promoting Private Education that took effect on September 1, 2017.

 

As of August 31, 2019, some of the Group’s study centers have not received the requisite permits or registration licenses that are required by the relevant authorities in certain cities. The requiste permits for certain study centers are under renewal. In certain locations there are uncertainties with regard to whether the operating licenses the Company obtained have fully covered the business conducted by its study centers. The Group may be required to complete the rectification of such non-compliance by making timely application for the revelant permits or registration licenses for such study centers by the prescribed rectification timeframe. Specifically, the Group’s business operations in Shanghai must either be registered as for-profit entities or as not-for-profit entities. As a result, the Group needs to re-register or obtain new permits for all study centers in Shanghai by December 31, 2019.  Moreover, a few of the Group’s study centers lack fire safety permits and may be subject to administrative fines, be ordered to suspend operations of those study centers, or may have to break the Group’s existing leases.

 

On August 6, 2018, the General Office of the State Council promulgated the Opinion of the General Office of the State Council on Regulating the Development of After-School Tutoring Institutions, or the After-School Tutoring Institutions Opinions, which came into effect on the same date. The After-School Tutoring Institutions Opinions places further emphasis on alleviation of after-school burden on primary and middle school students and puts forward further requirements to promote the normative development of after-school tutoring instutions. Some local authorities have promulgated rules to further implement the After-School Tutoring Institutions Opinions and strengthened supervision and administration on after-school tutoring institutions.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

23.       Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

(c)          Contingencies (continued)

 

The After-School Tutoring Institutions Opinions are relatively new and there remain uncertainties in respect of their interpretation and implementation.

 

On July 12, 2019, the Ministry of Education (or “MOE”) and other five authorities issued The Implementation Opinion on Regulating After-School Online Tutoring, or the Implementation Opinion on Online Tutoring which provides requirements on the online after-school tutoring institutions mainly on filling requirements and examination and inspections that shall be undertaken by the online after-school tutoring institution, such as examination and inspections on the content of their platforms, the qualifications of the teachers, the security of information and lasting-time of the courses. The Implementation Opinion on Online Tutoring also regulates the fee policies, standards and refund policies on the online after-school tutoring institutions. Furthermore, on August 10, 2019, the MOE and other seven authorities issued the Opinion on Guiding and Regulating the Healthy Development of Online Education Applications, or the Opinion on Healthy Development of Online Education Applications, in which the filling requirements and examination and inspections requirement have been further strengthened.

 

To comply with these and other requirements, the Group need to make necessary adjustments to our business and operations, which could be costly and time-consuming. An estimate for the reasonably possible loss or a range of reasonably possible losses associated with these contingencies cannot be made at this time.

 

24.        Fair Value Measurement

 

The Group applies ASC 820 (“ASC 820”), Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 requires disclosures to be provided on fair value measurement.

 

ASC 820 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

Level 1 — Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2 — Other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity.

 

ASC 820 describes three main approaches to measuring the fair value of assets and liabilities: (1) market approach; (2) income approach; and (3) cost approach. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated from market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present value amount. The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. The cost approach is based on the amount that would currently be required to replace an asset.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

24.       Fair Value Measurement (continued)

 

Assets Measured or Disclosed at Fair Value

 

In accordance with ASC 820, the Group measures available-for-sale investments and contingent consideration for business acquisitions at fair value on a recurring basis. The fair value of the Group’s available-for-sale investments were measured using the income approach, based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts with the exception of one debt security, which was measured using the market approach, based on market value of comparable companies operating in similar businesses and other significant inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market data.  The Company measured the fair value of contingent consideration for business combination using management’s estimates of the acquiree’s adjusted net operating profits for the years ended August 31, 2019 and 2020, as well as a discount factor which considered the time value of money and credit risk. Significant increases (decreases) in the inputs used in the fair value measurement of Level 3 available-for-sale securities and contingent consideration in isolation would result in a significant lower (higher) fair value measurement.

 

The Group measures certain financial assets, including equity method investments and equity securities withot readily determinable fair value, at fair value on a nonrecurring basis only if impairment charges were to be recognized. The Group’s non-financial assets, such as goodwill, intangible assets and property and equipment, would be measured at fair value only if they were determined to be impaired on an other-than-temporary basis.

 

Assets measured or disclosed at fair value are summarized below (continued):

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value measurement or disclosure
at August 31, 2018 using

 

 

 

 

 

Total fair value at
August 31, 2018

 

Quoted prices in
active market
for identical
assets (Level 1)

 

Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)

 

Total gains

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

Fair value measurement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale

 

304,824

 

 

 

304,824

 

(1,776

)

Long-term investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale

 

180,483

 

 

 

180,483

 

59,637

 

Total assets measured at fair value

 

485,307

 

 

 

485,307

 

57,861

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value in US$

 

71,055

 

 

 

71,055

 

8,472

 

 

F-60


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

24.       Fair Value Measurement (continued)

 

Assets measured or disclosed at fair value are summarized below (continued):

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value measurement or disclosure
at August 31, 2019 using

 

 

 

 

 

Total fair value
at August 31,
2019

 

Quoted prices
in active market
for identical
assets (Level 1)

 

Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)

 

Total
(loss)/gains

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

Fair value measurement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale

 

392,156

 

 

 

392,156

 

2

 

Long-term investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale

 

880,022

 

 

 

880,022

 

9,566

 

Total assets measured at fair value

 

1,272,178

 

 

 

1,272,178

 

9,568

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value in US$

 

177,820

 

 

 

177,820

 

1,337

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value measurement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent consideration

 

91,440

 

 

 

91,440

 

(5,124

)

Total liability measured at fair value

 

91,440

 

 

 

91,440

 

(5,124

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liability measured at fair value in US$

 

12,781

 

 

 

12,781

 

(716

)

 

F-61


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

25.       Condensed Financial Information of the Company

 

The following is the condensed financial information of the Company on a parent company only basis.

 

Condensed balance sheets

 

 

 

As of August 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

854,132

 

568,138

 

79,412

 

Short-term investments

 

204,900

 

113,680

 

15,890

 

Other current assets

 

257

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

1,059,289

 

681,818

 

95,302

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term investment

 

67,346

 

909,518

 

127,129

 

Investments in subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs’ subsidiaries

 

2,140,954

 

1,712,621

 

239,383

 

Total non-current assets

 

2,208,300

 

2,622,139

 

366,512

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

3,267,589

 

3,303,957

 

461,814

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT)/EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due to subsidiaries

 

2,242,914

 

2,211,606

 

309,130

 

Total liabilities

 

2,242,914

 

2,211,606

 

309,130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholder’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A ordinary shares (US$0.000001 par value; 44,134,792,439 and 37,703,157,984 shares authorized as of August 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively; 94,897,359 and 4,220,365,545 issued and outstanding as of August 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively)

 

26

 

26

 

4

 

Class B ordinary shares (US$0.000001 par value; 2,439,484,566 and 2,296,842,016 shares authorized as of August 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively; 2,439,484,566 and 2,296,842,016 issued and outstanding as of August 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively)

 

16

 

16

 

2

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

5,426,503

 

5,501,992

 

769,047

 

Treasury stock

 

 

(203,759

)

(28,481

)

Statutory reserves

 

4,272

 

7,080

 

990

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(4,535,042

)

(4,300,153

)

(601,059

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

128,900

 

87,148

 

12,181

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

1,024,675

 

1,092,350

 

152,684

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

3,267,589

 

3,303,956

 

461,814

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

25.       Condensed Financial Information of the Company (continued)

 

Condensed statements of income

 

 

 

For the years ended August 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing

 

 

 

 

 

(906

)

(127

)

General and administrative

 

 

(528

)

(70,258

)

(9,820

)

Foreign exchange gain

 

 

2,574

 

(25,581

)

(3,576

)

Share of income in subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs’ subsidiaries

 

258,827

 

243,890

 

342,113

 

47,819

 

Income before income tax provision

 

258,827

 

245,936

 

245,368

 

34,296

 

Provision for income tax

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

258,827

 

245,936

 

245,368

 

34,296

 

Allocation of undistributed earnings to redeemable convertible preferred shares

 

(111,771

)

 

 

 

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred shares

 

 

(962,905

)

 

 

Deemed dividend-repurchase of redeemable convertible preferred shares

 

 

(4,266

)

 

 

Net income/(loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders of OneSmart International Education Group Limited

 

147,056

 

(721,235

)

245,368

 

34,296

 

 

Condensed statements of comprehensive income

 

 

 

For the years ended August 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

Net income

 

258,827

 

245,936

 

245,368

 

34,296

 

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale investments, net of tax

 

13,295

 

23,319

 

(35,161

)

(4,915

)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

86,458

 

(6,591

)

(921

)

Comprehensive income

 

272,122

 

355,713

 

203,616

 

28,460

 

 

Condensed statements of cash flows

 

 

 

For the years ended August 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2019

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

(527

)

(8,668

)

(1,211

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(1,682,281

)

(1,042,665

)

(145,740

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

2,484,973

 

732,306

 

102,359

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

 

 

51,967

 

33,033

 

4,617

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

854,132

 

(285,994

)

(39,975

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

 

854,132

 

119,387

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

 

854,132

 

568,138

 

79,412

 

 

F-63


Table of Contents

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands of Renminbi (“RMB”) and U.S. dollars (“US$”),

except for number of shares and per share data)

 

25.       Condensed Financial Information of the Company (continued)

 

Basis of presentation

 

Condensed financial information is used for the presentation of the Company, or the parent company. The condensed financial information of the parent company has been prepared using the same accounting policies as set out in the Company’s consolidated financial statements except that the parent company used the equity method to account for investment in its subsidiaries and VIEs and the VIEs’ subsidiaries.

 

The parent company records its investment in its subsidiaries and VIEs and the VIEs’ subsidiaries under the equity method of accounting as prescribed in ASC 323, Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures. Such investments are presented on the condensed balance sheets as “Investment in subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs’ subsidiaries” and their respective profit or loss as “Share of income/(loss) in subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs’ subsidiaries” on the condensed statements of income. Equity method accounting ceases when the carrying amount of the investment, including any additional financial support, in a subsidiary and VIE is reduced to zero unless the parent company has guaranteed obligations of the subsidiary and VIE or is otherwise committed to provide further financial support. If the subsidiary and VIE subsequently reports net income, the parent company shall resume applying the equity method only after its share of that net income equals the share of net losses not recognized during the period the equity method was suspended.

 

The parent company’s condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-64


Exhibit 2.4

 

Description of Rights of Each Class of Securities Registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1034 (the “Exchange Act”)

 

American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”), each representing 40 Class A ordinary shares of OneSmart International Education Group Limited (“OneSmart”) are listed on the New York Stock Exchange and the shares are registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act. This exhibit contains a description of the rights of (i) the holders of ordinary shares and (ii) ADS holders. Shares underlying the ADSs are held by Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as depositary, and holders of ADSs will not be treated as holders of the shares.

 

Ordinary Shares

 

Type and Class of Securities (Item 9.A.5 of Form 20-F)

 

Each OneSmart International Education Group Limited Class A ordinary share and Class B ordinary shares has par value of US$0.000001. The respective number of Class A and Class B ordinary shares that have been issued as of the last day of the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 is provided on the cover of the annual report on Form 20-F filed on December 16, 2019 (the “2019 Form 20-F”). OneSmart’s ordinary shares may be held in either certified or uncertified form.

 

Preemptive Rights (Item 9.A.3 of Form 20-F)

 

The shareholders of OneSmart do not have preemptive right.

 

Limitations or Qualifications (Item 9.A.6 of Form 20-F)

 

OneSmart has a dual-class voting structure such that OneSmart’s ordinary shares consist of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share in respect of matters requiring the votes of shareholders, while holders of Class B ordinary shares are entitled to twenty votes per share, subject to certain exceptions. Due to the super voting power of Class B ordinary share holder, the voting power of the Class A ordinary shares may be materially limited.

 

Other Rights (Item 9.A.7 of Form 20-F)

 

Not applicable.

 

Rights of the Ordinary Shares (Item 10.B.3 of Form 20-F)

 

See “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association” of the 2019 Form 20-F.

 

Requirements for Amendments (Item 10.B.4 of Form 20-F)

 

See “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association” of the 2019 Form 20-F.

 

Limitations on the Rights to Own Shares (Item 10.B.6 of Form 20-F)

 

See “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association” of the 2019 Form 20-F.

 

Provisions Affecting Any Change of Control (Item 10.B.7 of Form 20-F)

 

See “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association” of the 2019 Form 20-F.

 


 

Ownership Threshold (Item 10.B.8 of Form 20-F)

 

There are no provisions in the fifth amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of OneSmart governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed. Shareholders will, however, be required to disclose shareholder ownership in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

 

Differences Between the Law of Different Jurisdictions (Item 10.B.9 of Form 20-F)

 

The Companies Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands (the “Companies Law”) is derived, to a large extent, from the older Companies Acts of England but does not follow recent English statutory enactments and accordingly there are significant differences between the Companies Law and the current Companies Act of England. In addition, the Companies Law differs from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

 

Mergers and Similar Arrangements.  The Companies Law permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies. For these purposes, (i) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company, and (ii) a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized by (a) a special resolution of the shareholders of each constituent company, and (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. The written plan of merger or consolidation must be filed with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands together with a declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the members and creditors of each constituent company and that notification of the merger or consolidation will be published in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

 

A merger between a Cayman parent company and its Cayman subsidiary or subsidiaries does not require authorization by a resolution of shareholders of that Cayman subsidiary if a copy of the plan of merger is given to every member of that Cayman subsidiary to be merged unless that member agrees otherwise. For this purpose a company is a “parent” of a subsidiary if it holds issued shares that together represent at least ninety percent (90%) of the votes at a general meeting of the subsidiary.

 

The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest over a constituent company is required unless this requirement is waived by a court in the Cayman Islands.

 

Save in certain limited circumstances, a shareholder of a Cayman constituent company who dissents from the merger or consolidation is entitled to payment of the fair value of his shares (which, if not agreed between the parties, will be determined by the Cayman Islands court) upon dissenting to the merger or consolidation, provide the dissenting shareholder complies strictly with the procedures set out in the Companies Law. The exercise of dissenter rights will preclude the exercise by the dissenting shareholder of any other rights to which he or she might otherwise be entitled by virtue of holding shares, save for the right to seek relief on the grounds that the merger or consolidation is void or unlawful.

 

2


 

Separate from the statutory provisions relating to mergers and consolidations, the Companies Law also contains statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies by way of schemes of arrangement, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

 

·                  the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;

 

·                  the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question and the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class;

 

·                  the arrangement is such that may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest; and

 

·                  the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law.

 

The Companies Law also contains a statutory power of compulsory acquisition which may facilitate the “squeeze out” of dissentient minority shareholder upon a tender offer. When a tender offer is made and accepted by holders of 90.0% of the shares affected within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares to the offeror on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed in the case of an offer which has been so approved unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

 

If an arrangement and reconstruction by way of scheme of arrangement is thus approved and sanctioned, or if a tender offer is made and accepted in accordance with the foregoing statutory procedures, a dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of Delaware corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

 

Shareholders’ Suits.  In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff to sue for a wrong done to us as a company, and as a general rule a derivative action may not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, the Cayman Islands court can be expected to follow and apply the common law principles (namely the rule in Foss v. Harbottle and the exceptions thereto) so that a non-controlling shareholder may be permitted to commence a class action against or derivative actions in the name of the company to challenge actions where:

 

3


 

·                  a company acts or proposes to act illegally or ultra vires;

 

·                  the act complained of, although not ultra vires, could only be effected duly if authorized by more than a simple majority vote that has not been obtained; and

 

·                  those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

 

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability.  The Companies Law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our fifth amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that that we shall indemnify our officers and directors against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such directors or officer, other than by reason of such person’s dishonesty, willful default or fraud, in or about the conduct of our company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such director or officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning our company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation.

 

In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers that provide such persons with additional indemnification beyond that provided in our fifth amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Directors’ Fiduciary Duties.  Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director acts in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, the director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

 

4


 

As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company and therefore it is considered that he owes the following duties to the company—a duty to act bona fide in the best interests of the company, a duty not to make a profit based on his position as director (unless the company permits him to do so), a duty not to put himself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his personal interest or his duty to a third party, and a duty to exercise powers for the purpose for which such powers were intended. A director of a Cayman Islands company owes to the company a duty to exercise the skill they actually possess and such care and diligence that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his knowledge and experience. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands.

 

Shareholder Action by Written Consent.  Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. Cayman Islands law and our fifth amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our shareholders may approve corporate matters by way of a unanimous written resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting without a meeting being held.

 

Shareholder Proposals.  Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders; provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.

 

The Companies Law provides shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting, and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in a company’s articles of association. Our fifth amended and restated memorandum and articles of association allow any one or more of our shareholders holding shares which carry  in aggregate not less than one-third of the total number votes attaching to all issued and the outstanding shares of our company entitled to vote at general meetings to requisition an extraordinary general meeting of our shareholders, in which case our board is obliged to convene an extraordinary general meeting and to put the resolutions so requisitioned to a vote at such meeting. Other than this right to requisition a shareholders’ meeting, our fifth amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not provide our shareholders with any other right to put proposals before annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings. As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we are not obliged by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings.

 

5


 

Cumulative Voting.  Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. There are no prohibitions in relation to cumulative voting under the laws of the Cayman Islands but our fifth amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

 

Removal of Directors.  Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our fifth amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, directors may be removed with or without cause, by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. A director will also cease to be a director if he (i) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors; (ii) dies or is found to be or becomes of unsound mind; (iii) resigns his office by notice in writing; (iv) without special leave of absence from our board, is absent from meetings of our board for three consecutive meetings and our board resolves that his office be vacated; or (v) is removed from office pursuant to any other provision of our articles of association.

 

Transactions with Interested Shareholders.  The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting share within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.

 

Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute.  As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

 

6


 

Dissolution; Winding up. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by either an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands or by the board of directors.

 

Under Cayman Islands law, a company may be wound up by either an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands or by a special resolution of its members or, if the company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, by an ordinary resolution of its members. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so.

 

Variation of Rights of Shares.  Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our fifth amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, the rights attached to any such class may, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any class, only be materially adversely varied with the consent in writing of the holders of two-thirds of all of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of two-thirds of the votes cast at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to the shares of that class, be deemed to be materially adversely varied by the creation, allotment or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with or subsequent to them or the redemption or purchase of any shares of any class by our company. The rights of the holders of shares shall not be deemed to be materially adversely varied by the creation or issue of shares with preferred or other rights including, without limitation, the creation of shares with enhanced or weighted voting rights.

 

Amendment of Governing Documents.  Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under the Companies Law and our fifth amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, our memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution of our shareholders.

 

Rights of Non-resident or Foreign Shareholders.  There are no limitations imposed by our fifth amended and restated memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our fifth amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

 

Changes in Capital (Item 10.B.10 of Form 20-F)

 

See “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association” of the 2019 Form 20-F.

 

7


 

Debt Securities (Item 12.A of Form 20-F)

 

Not applicable.

 

Warrants and Rights (Item 12.B of Form 20-F)

 

Not applicable.

 

Other Securities (Item 12.C of Form 20-F)

 

Not applicable.

 

American Depositary Shares (Items 12.D.1 and 12.D.2 of Form 20-F)

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as depositary, registers and delivers the ADSs. Each ADS represents ownership of 40 Class A ordinary shares, deposited with Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch, as custodian for the depositary. Each ADS also represents ownership of any other securities, cash or other property which may be held by the depositary. The depositary’s corporate trust office at which the ADSs are administered is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005, USA. The principal executive office of the depositary is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005, USA.

 

The Direct Registration System, or DRS, is a system administered by The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, pursuant to which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated ADSs, which ownership shall be evidenced by periodic statements issued by the depositary to the ADS holders entitled thereto.

 

We do not treat ADS holders as our shareholders and accordingly, you, as an ADS holder, do not have shareholder rights. Cayman Islands law governs shareholder rights. The depositary is the holder of the Class A ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. As a holder of ADSs, you have ADS holder rights. A deposit agreement among us, the depositary and you, as an ADS holder, and the beneficial owners of ADSs sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. The laws of the State of New York govern the deposit agreement and the ADSs.

 

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the deposit agreement. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of American Depositary Receipt.

 

Holding the ADSs

 

How will you hold your ADSs?

 

You may hold ADSs either (1) directly (a) by having an American Depositary Receipt, or ADR, which is a certificate evidencing a specific number of ADSs, registered in your name, or (b) by holding ADSs in DRS, or (2) indirectly through your broker or other financial institution. If you hold ADSs directly, you are an ADS holder. This description assumes you hold your ADSs directly. ADSs will be issued through DRS, unless you specifically request certificated ADRs. If you hold the ADSs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADS holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

 

8


 

Dividends and Other Distributions

 

How will you receive dividends and other distributions on the shares?

 

The depositary has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on Class A ordinary shares or other deposited securities, after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of Class A ordinary shares your ADSs represent as of the record date (which will be as close as practicable to the record date for our Class A ordinary shares) set by the depositary with respect to the ADSs.

 

·                  Cash.  The depositary will convert or cause to be converted any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the Class A ordinary shares or any net proceeds from the sale of any Class A ordinary shares, rights, securities or other entitlements under the terms of the deposit agreement into U.S. dollars if it can do so on a practicable basis, and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States and will distribute promptly the amount thus received. If the depositary shall determine in its judgment that such conversions or transfers are not practical or lawful or if any government approval or license is needed and cannot be obtained at a reasonable cost within a reasonable period or otherwise sought, the deposit agreement allows the depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so. It will hold or cause the custodian to hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADS holders who have not been paid and such funds will be held for the respective accounts of the ADS holders. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest for the respective accounts of the ADS holders.

 

·                  Before making a distribution, any taxes or other governmental charges, together with fees and expenses of the depositary, that must be paid, will be deducted. See “Item 10. Additional Information – E. Taxation” of the 2019 Form 20-F. It will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and cents and will round down fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.

 

·                  Shares.  For any Class A ordinary shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution, either (1) the depositary will distribute additional ADSs representing such Class A ordinary shares or (2) existing ADSs as of the applicable record date will represent rights and interests in the additional Class A ordinary shares distributed, to the extent reasonably practicable and permissible under law, in either case, net of applicable fees, charges and expenses incurred by the depositary and taxes and/or other governmental charges. The depositary will only distribute whole ADSs. It will try to sell Class A ordinary shares which would require it to deliver a fractional ADS and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed Class A ordinary shares sufficient to pay its fees and expenses, and any taxes and governmental charges, in connection with that distribution.

 

9


 

·                  Elective Distributions in Cash or Shares.  If we offer holders of our Class A ordinary shares the option to receive dividends in either cash or shares, the depositary, after consultation with us and having received timely notice as described in the deposit agreement of such elective distribution by us, has discretion to determine to what extent such elective distribution will be made available to you as a holder of the ADSs. We must timely first instruct the depositary to make such elective distribution available to you and furnish it with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. The depositary could decide it is not legal or reasonably practicable to make such elective distribution available to you. In such case, the depositary shall, on the basis of the same determination as is made in respect of the Class A ordinary shares for which no election is made, distribute either cash in the same way as it does in a cash distribution, or additional ADSs representing Class A ordinary shares in the same way as it does in a share distribution. The depositary is not obligated to make available to you a method to receive the elective dividend in shares rather than in ADSs. There can be no assurance that you will be given the opportunity to receive elective distributions on the same terms and conditions as the holders of Class A ordinary shares.

 

·                  Rights to Purchase Additional Shares.  If we offer holders of our Class A ordinary shares any rights to subscribe for additional shares, the depositary shall having received timely notice as described in the deposit agreement of such distribution by us, consult with us, and we must determine whether it is lawful and reasonably practicable to make these rights available to you. We must first instruct the depositary to make such rights available to you and furnish the depositary with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. If the depositary decides it is not legal or reasonably practicable to make the rights available but that it is lawful and reasonably practicable to sell the rights, the depositary will endeavor to sell the rights and in a riskless principal capacity or otherwise, at such place and upon such terms (including public or private sale) as it may deem proper distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. The depositary will allow rights that are not distributed or sold to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for them.

 

If the depositary makes rights available to you, it will establish procedures to distribute such rights and enable you to exercise the rights upon your payment of applicable fees, charges and expenses incurred by the depositary and taxes and/or other governmental charges. The Depositary shall not be obliged to make available to you a method to exercise such rights to subscribe for Class A ordinary shares (rather than ADSs).

 

U.S. securities laws may restrict transfers and cancellation of the ADSs represented by shares purchased upon exercise of rights. For example, you may not be able to trade these ADSs freely in the United States. In this case, the depositary may deliver restricted depositary shares that have the same terms as the ADSs described in this section except for changes needed to put the necessary restrictions in place.

 

10


 

There can be no assurance that you will be given the opportunity to exercise rights on the same terms and conditions as the holders of Class A ordinary shares or be able to exercise such rights.

 

·                  Other Distributions.  Subject to receipt of timely notice, as described in the deposit agreement, from us with the request to make any such distribution available to you, and provided the depositary has determined such distribution is lawful and reasonably practicable and feasible and in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement, the depositary will distribute to you anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it may deem practicable, upon your payment of applicable fees, charges and expenses incurred by the depositary and taxes and/or other governmental charges. If any of the conditions above are not met, the depositary will endeavor to sell, or cause to be sold, what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash; or, if it is unable to sell such property, the depositary may dispose of such property in any way it deems reasonably practicable under the circumstances for nominal or no consideration, such that you may have no rights to or arising from such property.

 

The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADS holders. We have no obligation to register ADSs, shares, rights or other securities under the Securities Act. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, shares, rights or anything else to ADS holders. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our shares or any value for them if we and/or the depositary determines that it is illegal or not practicable for us or the depositary to make them available to you.

 

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

 

How are ADSs issued?

 

The depositary will deliver ADSs if you or your broker deposit Class A ordinary shares or evidence of rights to receive Class A ordinary shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will register the appropriate number of ADSs in the names you request and will deliver the ADSs to or upon the order of the person or persons entitled thereto.

 

How do ADS holders cancel an American Depositary Share?

 

You may turn in your ADSs at the depositary’s corporate trust office or by providing appropriate instructions to your broker. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will deliver the Class A ordinary shares and any other deposited securities underlying the ADSs to you or a person you designate at the office of the custodian. Or, at your request, risk and expense, the depositary will deliver the deposited securities at its corporate trust office, to the extent permitted by law.

 

11


 

How do ADS holders interchange between Certificated ADSs and Uncertificated ADSs?

 

You may surrender your ADR to the depositary for the purpose of exchanging your ADR for uncertificated ADSs. The depositary will cancel that ADR and will send you a statement confirming that you are the owner of uncertificated ADSs. Alternatively, upon receipt by the depositary of a proper instruction from a holder of uncertificated ADSs requesting the exchange of uncertificated ADSs for certificated ADSs, the depositary will execute and deliver to you an ADR evidencing those ADSs.

 

Voting Rights

 

How do you vote?

 

You may instruct the depositary to vote the Class A ordinary shares or other deposited securities underlying your ADSs at any meeting at which you are entitled to vote pursuant to any applicable law, the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, and the provisions of or governing the deposited securities. Otherwise, you could exercise your right to vote directly if you withdraw the Class A ordinary shares. However, you may not know about the meeting sufficiently enough in advance to withdraw the Class A ordinary shares.

 

If we ask for your instructions and upon timely notice from us by regular, ordinary mail delivery, or by electronic transmission, as described in the deposit agreement, the depositary will notify you of the upcoming meeting at which you are entitled to vote pursuant to any applicable law, the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, and the provisions of or governing the deposited securities, and arrange to deliver our voting materials to you. The materials will include or reproduce (a) such notice of meeting or solicitation of consents or proxies; (b) a statement that the ADS holders at the close of business on the ADS record date will be entitled, subject to any applicable law, the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, and the provisions of or governing the deposited securities, to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights, if any, pertaining to the Class A ordinary shares or other deposited securities represented by such holder’s ADSs; and (c) a brief statement as to the manner in which such instructions may be given or deemed given in accordance with the second to last sentence of this paragraph if no instruction is received, to the depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us. Voting instructions may be given only in respect of a number of ADSs representing an integral number of Class A ordinary shares or other deposited securities. For instructions to be valid, the depositary must receive them in writing on or before the date specified. The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to applicable law and the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, to vote or to have its agents vote the Class A ordinary shares or other deposited securities (in person or by proxy) as you instruct. The depositary will only vote or attempt to vote as you instruct. If we timely requested the depositary to solicit your instructions but no instructions are received by the depositary from an owner with respect to any of the deposited securities represented by the ADSs of that owner on or before the date established by the depositary for such purpose, the depositary shall deem that owner to have instructed the depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us with respect to such deposited securities, and the depositary shall give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us to vote such deposited securities. However, no such instruction shall be deemed given and no such discretionary proxy shall be given with respect to any matter if we inform the depositary we do not wish such proxy given, substantial opposition exists or the matter materially and adversely affects the rights of holders of the Class A ordinary shares.

 

12


 

We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote the Class A ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. In addition, there can be no assurance that ADS holders and beneficial owners generally, or any holder or beneficial owner in particular, will be given the opportunity to vote or cause the custodian to vote on the same terms and conditions as the holders of our Class A ordinary shares.

 

The depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and you may have no recourse if the Class A ordinary shares underlying your ADSs are not voted as you requested.

 

In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to deposited securities, if we request the depositary to act, we will give the depositary notice of any such meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted at least 30 business days in advance of the meeting date.

 

Compliance with Regulations

 

Information Requests

 

Each ADS holder and beneficial owner shall (a) provide such information as we or the depositary may request pursuant to law, including, without limitation, relevant Cayman Islands law, any applicable law of the United States of America, our memorandum and articles of association, any resolutions of our Board of Directors adopted pursuant to such memorandum and articles of association, the requirements of any markets or exchanges upon which the Class A ordinary shares, ADSs or ADRs are listed or traded, or to any requirements of any electronic book-entry system by which the ADSs or ADRs may be transferred, regarding the capacity in which they own or owned ADRs, the identity of any other persons then or previously interested in such ADRs and the nature of such interest, and any other applicable matters, and (b) be bound by and subject to applicable provisions of the laws of the Cayman Islands, our memorandum and articles of association, and the requirements of any markets or exchanges upon which the ADSs, ADRs or Class A ordinary shares are listed or traded, or pursuant to any requirements of any electronic book-entry system by which the ADSs, ADRs or Class A ordinary shares may be transferred, to the same extent as if such ADS holder or beneficial owner held Class A ordinary shares directly, in each case irrespective of whether or not they are ADS holders or beneficial owners at the time such request is made.

 

13


 

Disclosure of Interests

 

Each ADS holder and beneficial owner shall comply with our requests pursuant to Cayman Islands law, the rules and requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and any other stock exchange on which the Class A ordinary shares are, or will be, registered, traded or listed or our memorandum and articles of association, which requests are made to provide information, inter alia, as to the capacity in which such ADS holder or beneficial owner owns ADS and regarding the identity of any other person interested in such ADS and the nature of such interest and various other matters, whether or not they are ADS holders or beneficial owners at the time of such requests.

 

Amendment and Termination

 

How may the deposit agreement be amended?

 

We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the form of ADR without your consent for any reason. If an amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or expenses of the depositary for registration fees, facsimile costs, delivery charges or similar items, including expenses incurred in connection with foreign exchange control regulations and other charges specifically payable by ADS holders under the deposit agreement, or materially prejudices a substantial existing right of ADS holders, it will not become effective for outstanding ADSs until 30 days after the depositary notifies ADS holders of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the ADRs and the deposit agreement as amended. If any new laws are adopted which would require the deposit agreement to be amended in order to comply therewith, we and the depositary may amend the deposit agreement in accordance with such laws and such amendment may become effective before notice thereof is given to ADS holders.

 

How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

 

The depositary will terminate the deposit agreement if we ask it to do so, in which case the depositary will give notice to you at least 90 days prior to termination. The depositary may also terminate the deposit agreement if the depositary has told us that it would like to resign, or if we have removed the depositary, and in either case we have not appointed a new depositary within 90 days. In either such case, the depositary must notify you at least 30 days before termination.

 

After termination, the depositary and its agents will do the following under the deposit agreement but nothing else: collect distributions on the deposited securities, sell rights and other property and deliver Class A ordinary shares and other deposited securities upon cancellation of ADSs after payment of any fees, charges, taxes or other governmental charges. Six months or more after the date of termination, the depositary may sell any remaining deposited securities by public or private sale. After that, the depositary will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement, for the pro rata benefit of the ADS holders that have not surrendered their ADSs. It will not invest the money and has no liability for interest. After such sale, the depositary’s only obligations will be to account for the money and other cash. After termination, we shall be discharged from all obligations under the deposit agreement except for our obligations to the depositary thereunder.

 

14


 

Books of Depositary

 

he depositary will maintain ADS holder records at its depositary office. You may inspect such records at such office during regular business hours but solely for the purpose of communicating with other holders in the interest of business matters relating to the Company, the ADRs and the deposit agreement.

 

The depositary will maintain facilities in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York to record and process the issuance, cancellation, combination, split-up and transfer of ADRs.

 

These facilities may be closed at any time or from time to time when such action is deemed necessary or advisable by the depositary in connection with the performance of its duties under the deposit agreement or at our reasonable written request.

 

Limitations on Obligations and Liability

 

Limits on our Obligations and the Obligations of the Depositary and the Custodian; Limits on Liability to Holders of ADSs

 

The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary and the custodian. It also limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. The depositary and the custodian:

 

·                  are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without gross negligence or willful misconduct;

 

·                  are not liable if any of us or our respective controlling persons or agents are prevented or forbidden from, or subjected to any civil or criminal penalty or restraint on account of, or delayed in, doing or performing any act or thing required by the terms of the deposit agreement and any ADR, by reason of any provision of any present or future law or regulation of the United States or any state thereof, the Cayman Islands or any other country, or of any other governmental authority or regulatory authority or stock exchange, or on account of the possible criminal or civil penalties or restraint, or by reason of any provision, present or future, of our memorandum and articles of association or any provision of or governing any deposited securities, or by reason of any act of God or war or other circumstances beyond its control (including, without limitation, nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, work stoppage, strikes, civil unrest, revolutions, rebellions, explosions and computer failure);

 

·                  are not liable by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in the deposit agreement or in our fifth amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or provisions of or governing deposited securities;

 

·                  are not liable for any action or inaction of the depositary, the custodian or us or their or our respective controlling persons or agents in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, any person presenting Class A ordinary shares for deposit or any other person believed by it in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information;

 

15


 

·                  are not liable for the inability of any holder of ADSs to benefit from any distribution on deposited securities that is not made available to holders of ADSs under the terms of the deposit agreement;

 

·                  are not liable for any special, consequential, indirect or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement, or otherwise;

 

·                  may rely upon any documents we believe in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party;

 

·                  disclaim any liability for any action or inaction or inaction of any of us or our respective controlling persons or agents in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting Class A ordinary shares for deposit, holders and beneficial owners (or authorized representatives) of ADSs, or any person believed in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information; and

 

·                  disclaim any liability for inability of any holder to benefit from any distribution, offering, right or other benefit made available to holders of deposited securities but not made available to holders of ADS.

 

The depositary and any of its agents also disclaim any liability (i) for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote, the manner in which any vote is cast or the effect of any vote or failure to determine that any distribution or action may be lawful or reasonably practicable or for allowing any rights to lapse in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement, (ii) the failure or timeliness of any notice from us, the content of any information submitted to it by us for distribution to you or for any inaccuracy of any translation thereof, (iii) any investment risk associated with the acquisition of an interest in the deposited securities, the validity or worth of the deposited securities, the credit-worthiness of any third party, (iv) for any tax consequences that may result from ownership of ADSs, Class A ordinary shares or deposited securities, or (v) for any acts or omissions made by a successor depositary whether in connection with a previous act or omission of the depositary or in connection with any matter arising wholly after the removal or resignation of the depositary, provided that in connection with the issue out of which such potential liability arises the depositary performed its obligations without gross negligence or willful misconduct while it acted as depositary.

 

In addition, the deposit agreement provides that each party to the deposit agreement (including each holder, beneficial owner and holder of interests in the ADRs) irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in any lawsuit or proceeding against the depositary or our company related to our shares, the ADSs or the deposit agreement.

 

In the deposit agreement, we agree to indemnify the depositary under certain circumstances.

 

16


 

Requirements for Depositary Actions

 

Before the depositary will issue, deliver or register a transfer of an ADS, split-up, subdivide or combine ADSs, make a distribution on an ADS, or permit withdrawal of Class A ordinary shares, the depositary may require:

 

·                  payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any Class A ordinary shares or other deposited securities and payment of the applicable fees, expenses and charges of the depositary;

 

·                  satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or any other matters contemplated in the deposit agreement; and

 

·                  compliance with (A) any laws or governmental regulations relating to the execution and delivery of ADRs or ADSs or to the withdrawal or delivery of deposited securities and (B) such reasonable regulations and procedures as the depositary may establish, from time to time, consistent with the deposit agreement and applicable laws, including presentation of transfer documents.

 

The depositary may refuse to issue and deliver ADSs or register transfers of ADSs generally when the register of the depositary or our transfer books are closed or at any time if the depositary or we determine that it is necessary or advisable to do so.

 

Your Right to Receive the Shares Underlying Your ADSs

 

You have the right to cancel your ADSs and withdraw the underlying Class A ordinary shares at any time except:

 

·                  when temporary delays arise because: (1) the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books; (2) the transfer of Class A ordinary shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting; or (3) we are paying a dividend on our Class A ordinary shares;

 

·                  when you owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges;

 

·                  when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of Class A ordinary shares or other deposited securities, or

 

·                  other circumstances specifically contemplated by Section I.A.(l) of the General Instructions to Form F-6 (as such General Instructions may be amended from time to time); or

 

·                  for any other reason if the depositary or we determine, in good faith, that it is necessary or advisable to prohibit withdrawals.

 

17


 

The depositary shall not knowingly accept for deposit under the deposit agreement any Class A ordinary shares or other deposited securities required to be registered under the provisions of the Securities Act, unless a registration statement is in effect as to such Class A ordinary shares.

 

This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.

 

Direct Registration System

 

In the deposit agreement, all parties to the deposit agreement acknowledge that the DRS and Profile Modification System, or Profile, will apply to uncertificated ADSs upon acceptance thereof to DRS by DTC. DRS is the system administered by DTC pursuant to which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated ADSs, which ownership shall be evidenced by periodic statements issued by the depositary to the ADS holders entitled thereto. Profile is a required feature of DRS which allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of an ADS holder, to direct the depositary to register a transfer of those ADSs to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those ADSs to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the depositary of prior authorization from the ADS holder to register such transfer.

 

Notices and Reports

 

The depositary will make available for ADS holders’ inspection any notices, reports and communications, including any proxy soliciting material, that it receives from us, if those notices, reports and communications are both (a) received by the depositary as the holder of the deposited securities and (b) made generally available by us to the holders of the deposited securities. In addition, we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, accordingly, file certain reports with the SEC. Such reports and documents can be retrieved from the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). The depositary, if we so request, will mail to all record holders of ADSs the information contained in any notice of a shareholders’ meeting received by the depositary from us.

 

18


Exhibit 4.22

 

English Translation

 

EQUITY TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 

THIS EQUITY TRANSFER AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of September 1, 2018, is made in Shanghai (“Execution Venue”) by and among:

 

Purchaser: Shanghai Jingrui Education Investment Co., Ltd

Address: No. 165 Guangfu West Road, Putuo District, Shanghai

Legal Representative: XIAOQIANG MENG

 

Sellers:

 

Seller 1: Zhong LI

 

Seller 2: Hong WEI (Seller 1 and Seller 2 are collectively referred to as the “De Facto Controllers”)

 

Seller 3: Ming LI

 

Seller 4: Shucheng LIU

 

Seller 5: Haizhong TAN

 

Seller 6: Kai TANG

 

The above Purchaser and Sellers are collectively referred to as the “Parties” and individually a “Party”.

 

Whereas:

 

(1)                         Tianjin Huaying Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (the “Target Company”) is a limited liability company established in Tianjin on May 28, 2013 with registered capital of RMB10 million. As of the date hereof, the Target Company has paid up the registered capital of RMB10 million. The Target Company and De Facto Controllers control Tianjin Hedong Huaying Training School, Tianjin Jinnan Huaying Training School, Tianjin Nankai Huaying Further Education School, Tianjin Hebei Huaying Training School and their 11 school districts located at Xizang Road, Jinfan, Jieyuan Avenue, Friendship Hotel, Pingshan Avenue, Sinochem, Fuyu Center, Shunchi Bridge, Yuntong, Sanma Road, Xinda Road (the Target Company and its holding subsidiaries as well as the aforesaid schools and school districts, hereinafter collectively referred to as “Huaying Schools”). Huaying Schools mainly engage in K12 after-school tutoring.

 

1


 

(2)                         Seller 1 holds 48% equity interests of the Target Company, Seller 2 holds 40% equity interests of the Target Company, Seller 3 holds 3% equity interests of Target Company, Seller 4 holds 3% equity interests of the Target Company, Seller 5 holds 3% equity interests of the Target Company and Seller 6 holds 3% equity interests of Target Company.

 

(3)                         The Sellers intend to respectively sell all of their equity interests of Target Company (the “Target Equity Interests”) to the Purchaser, and after the sale of equity interests, the Purchaser will hold 100% of the equity interests of the Target Company.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in accordance with the relevant governing laws, the Parties, in the principles of equality and voluntariness and through arm’s length negotiations, enter into this Agreement with respect to the above sale of equity interests (the “Equity Transfer”):

 

ARTICLE 1 THE EQUITY TRANSFER

 

1.1 Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Article, Seller 1 shall sell 48% of the equity interests of the Target Company to the Purchaser, Seller 2 shall sell 40% of the equity interests of the Target Company to the Purchaser, Seller 3 shall sell 3% of the equity interests of the Target Company to the Purchaser, Seller 4 shall sell 3% of the equity interests of the Target Company to the Purchaser, Seller 5 shall sell 3% of the equity interests of the Target Company to the Purchaser and Seller 6 shall sell 3% of the equity interests of the Target Company to the Purchaser. Each of the Sellers shall waive his/her right of first refusal with respect to the Target Equity Interests.

 

2


 

1.2 The Parties agree that as of the Pricing Reference Date (i.e. May 31, 2018), the overall valuation of Huaying Schools is RMB240 million. Prior to the completion of the Equity Transfer, the Target Company shall control Tianjin Jinnan Huaying Training School, Tianjin Nankai Huaying Further Education School, Tianjin Hebei Huaying Training School and the corresponding school districts by sponsorship or contractual arrangement. Based on such control, the Parties determine that the consideration for the Target Equity Interests (the “Purchase Price”) shall be RMB120 million.

 

1.3 Each Seller shall be entitled to the Purchase Price in proportion to his/her equity interests sold to the Purchaser.

 

ARTICLE 2 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

2.1 The implementation of the Equity Transfer shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(1) This Agreement and other documents relevant to the Equity Transfer have been executed by the Parties, and such agreement and documents have taken effect;

 

(2) The representations and warranties made by the Sellers in accordance with this Agreement shall be true, accurate and complete, and shall not be intentionally misleading as the date hereof and the closing date of the Target Equity Interests;

 

(3) Tianjin Nankai Huaying Further Education School has entered into an escrow agreement with the Target Company that is valid and acknowledged by the Purchaser, and the Target Company has obtained control over Tianjin Nankai Huaying Further Education School by contractual arrangement;

 

(4) There is no currently effective and applicable laws which prohibit or restrict the Equity Transfer in any material respects;

 

3


 

(5) Since the Pricing Reference Date, there has not been any material adverse change (i.e. material adverse effect on the financial status of the Huaying Schools which results in a loss of more than RMB1.0 million of Huaying Schools, or material adverse effects or obstacles on the legality, validity and enforceability of this Agreement) with respect to the Huaying Schools;

 

(6) The Purchaser has received the consolidated financial statements (including balance sheet, cash flow statement and income statement) of Huaying Schools from January 1, 2015 to May 31, 2018, which are satisfactory to the Purchaser.

 

(7) All internal approvals and external third-party approvals, consents and/or waivers required for the Equity Transfer have been obtained.

 

(8) The relevant issues and problems with respect to Huaying School found in the due diligence done by the Purchaser have been rectified in accordance with the requirement of the Purchaser, and the result of such rectification are satisfactory to the Purchaser.

 

2.2 The Sellers undertake that, unless the Purchase agrees otherwise, they will use reasonable efforts to ensure that the conditions precedent set forth in Article 2.1 will be fulfilled as soon as reasonably practical, and such conditions shall be fulfilled in any event by July 31, 2018 or by any other date agreed by the Parties.

 

2.3 The Purchaser is entitled to waive the conditions precedent set forth in Article 2.1 in whole or in part in its sole discretion and by written notice to each of the Sellers.

 

2.4 Unless the Purchaser waives any of the conditions precedent, the Purchaser can immediately terminate this Agreement by giving written notices to the Sellers and has no liability for the termination, provided that the conditions precedent are not fully satisfied by July 31, 2018.

 

4


 

2.5 If the conditions precedent set forth in Article 2.1 are satisfied before July 31, 2018 or any other date agreed by the Parties, the De Facto Controllers shall notify the Purchaser in writing with respect to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent. The Purchaser shall confirm the satisfaction of the conditions precedent, waiver of the conditions precedent, or objection of the aforesaid satisfaction within seven days after receiving the written notice from the De Facto Controllers in writing. For this purpose, the De Facto Controllers shall provide the Purchaser with relevant supporting documents evidencing the mailing of the written notice.

 

ARTICLE 3 PAYMENT AND CLOSING

 

3.1 The first installment: Within 15 business days upon the execution of this Agreement, the Purchaser shall pay RMB36 million of the Purchase Price to the bank account designated by the Sellers.

 

3.2 Within 20 business days upon the aforesaid payment by the Purchaser in accordance with Article 3.1:

 

(1) the Sellers and the Target Company shall submit: (i) the executed written resolutions of the shareholders’ meeting of the Target Company which approves the Equity Transfer and the waiver of the right of first refusal, executed by each of the Sellers and the Target Company; (ii) the written resolutions of the shareholders’ meeting, executed by each of the Sellers and the Target Company, to approve the change of the legal representative, board of directors, manager, chief financial officer and supervisors of the Target Company to those appointed by the Purchaser; (iii) the executed amendment to the articles of association of the Target Company with respect to this Equity Transfer in accordance with relevant provisions hereof; (iv) the written resolutions executed by each of the Sellers and the Target Company to approve the change of the principal, the board of directors, chief financial officer and supervisor of Huaying School to those appointed by the Purchaser; (v) the duly executed articles of association of Huaying School to the satisfaction of the Purchaser;

 

5


 

(2) the Sellers and the Target Company shall submit documents to the industrial and commercial administrative authorities and other competent administrative authorities for the changes of registration or filing in connection with this Equity Transfer (including but not limited to change of the shareholders, legal representative, board of directors, manager, financial officer and supervisors of the Target Company, and filing of amended articles of association of the Target Company, etc.). The Purchaser shall reasonably cooperate with the Target Company in obtaining the new business license.

 

(3) The Sellers and the De Facto Controllers shall deliver to the persons designated by the Purchaser all business and materials of Huaying Schools (including but not limited to all approvals, licenses, registration documents, financial books and vouchers, seals, agreements in connection with the accounts opened at any financial institution, account cards, passwords, specimen seals, bank notes, contracts and relevant approvals, teaching materials, student register, employee register and assets ownership certificate of Huaying School), and ensure that the Purchaser obtains the complete power to operate Huaying School and actually takes over Huaying School. The Parties acknowledge that, as of the closing date, the aggregate balance (net assets - paid-in capital) of all the operating entities of Huaying School (the “Retained Balance) shall belong to the Sellers, and each Seller shall be entitled to such Retained Balance in proportion to its relative equity interests of the Target Company. The Retained Balance shall be confirmed by the Purchaser in writing at the closing. After the completion of the Equity Transfer, the Purchaser agrees to pay the Retained Balance to the Sellers by way of bonus distribution, payment of consulting fees to the Sellers and any other lawful and compliant methods. If the Purchaser/Target Company/Huaying School fails to pay the Retained Balance in full amount before the payment of the fourth installment of the Purchase Price, the Purchaser shall add the remaining unpaid Retained Balance to the fourth installment of the Purchase Price;

 

(4) The sponsor of Tianjin Jinna Huaying Training School stated on the Permit for Running a Private School has been changed into the Target Company;

 

(5) All the bank accounts relevant to the business of Huaying School shall be changed to accounts of the Target Company or other accounts designated by the Purchaser (if necessary);

 

6


 

(6) Regarding the agreements entered into by any legal entity other than Huaying Schools but relating to the business of Huaying Schools, the contracting party shall be changed to the Target Company or any other entity designated by Purchaser (if necessary).

 

3.3 The second Installment: Within 5 business days following the fulfilment of all the conditions set forth in Article 3.2 above, except for those waived by the Transferee, and the acquirement of the renewed business license for the Equity Transfer, the Purchaser shall pay RMB36 million of the Purchase Price for this Equity Transfer, to the bank account designated by the Sellers, and the date on which the Purchaser makes such payment (subject to the bank voucher evidencing the completion of payment by the Purchaser) shall be referred to as the “Completion Date of the Equity Transfer”.

 

3.4 The third installment: The Purchaser shall pay RMB24 million of the Purchase Price for this Equity Transfer, to the bank account designated by the Sellers within 15 business days after the issuance date of Huaying Schools financial report for the fiscal year 2019 (September 2018 to August 2019) audited by an accounting firm designated by the Purchaser, provided that there is no breach of this Agreement and/or the occurrence of the matters set forth in Article 5.4 (2) hereof by the Sellers.

 

3.5 The fourth installment: The Purchaser shall pay the remaining RMB24 million of the Purchase Price for this Equity Transfer, to the bank account designated by the Sellers within 15 business days afer the issuance date of Huaying Schools financial report for the fiscal year 2020 (September 2019 to August 2020) audited by an accounting firm designated by the Purchaser, provided that there is no breach of this Agreement and/or the occurrence of the matters set forth in Article 5.4 (2) hereof by the Sellers.

 

3.6 With regard to this Equity Transfer, the information on the bank account designated by the Sellers is as follows:

 

Account Name: Zhong LI

 

7


 

Bank: Tianjin Hi-tech Industrial Park Sub-branch of China Merchants Bank

 

Account No.:

 

The Parties confirm that upon payment of the Purchase Price by the Purchaser to the above bank account of the Sellers in accordance with Article 3 hereof, the Purchaser shall be deemed to have performed its obligation to pay the Purchase Price. The Sellers shall make arrangements with respect to such Purchase Price, and the allocation of the Purchase Price among the Sellers shall be irrelevant to the Purchaser.

 

ARTICLE 4 PERFORMANCE UNDERTAKING

 

4.1 The De Facto Controllers agree to undertake on the net profits of Huaying Schools realized for fiscal year 2019 (September 2018 - August 2019) and fiscal year 2020 (September 2019 - August 2020) (the foresaid two fiscal years are collectively referred to as the “Profit Commitment Period” hereinafter). On the premises that Huaying Schools operate in compliance with laws and regulations, the audited total amount of the after-tax net profit (net of non-recurring profit and loss) confirmed by the accounting firm designated by the Purchaser, and the management fee payable to the Purchaser, shall not be less than RMB20 million per year (hereinafter referred to as the “Committed Performance Indicator”).

 

4.2 The De Facto Controllers undertake that, if the actual performance of Huaying Schools during the Profit Commitment Period fails to meet the committed performance indicator, the following measures shall be adopted:

 

Assuming the actual performances of fiscal years 2019 and 2020 are P1 and P2, respectively:

 

(1) If P1 is less than RMB20 million, the third installment of the Purchase Price payable by the Purchaser shall be adjusted to RMB((P1 × 12 × 50% -72,000,000) ÷ 2). If the foresaid result is less than 0, the Purchaser shall be exempt from paying the third installment of the Purchase Price;

 

8


 

(2) If P1 plus P2 are less than RMB40 million, the fourth installment of the Purchase Price payable by the Purchaser shall be adjusted to RMB((P1 + P2) × 6 × 50% — the third installment of the Purchase Price actually paid by the Purchaser — RMB72,000,000). If such amount is less than 0, the Purchaser shall be exempt from paying the fourth installment of the Purchase Price hereof;

 

(3) If P1 is less than RMB20 million, and (P1 + P2) is not less than RMB40 million, the fourth installment payable by the Purchaser shall be adjusted as follows: RMB(120,000,000 - the third installment actually paid by the Purchaser — 72,000,000);

 

(4) If P1 is less than RMB12 million, or P2 is less than RMB12 million (i.e. less than 60% of the Committed Performance Indicator), the Purchaser shall have right to request the De Facto Controllers to repurchase 100% of the equity interests of the Target Company held by the Purchaser, and the consideration shall be the sum already paid by the Purchaser as Purchase Price plus interest cost at the annual interest rate of 15% (calculated at the simple interest rate).

 

ARTICLE 5 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND UNDERTAKINGS

 

5.1 Representations and Warranties by the Purchaser:

 

(1) each Purchaser is an enterprise incorporated and validly existing under laws;

 

(2) Purchaser has obtained internal authorizations for the execution and performance of this Agreement, and has obtained all other necessary approvals, consents and authorizations for the execution and performance of this Agreement;

 

(3) Neither the execution of this Agreement nor or performance of its obligations hereunder by the Purchaser will violate any other agreement entered into by the Purchaser, nor contradicts with its articles of association or other agreements to which the Purchase is a party.

 

5.2 Representations and Warranties by the Sellers:

 

(1) the Sellers are natural persons with full civil capacity;

 

9


 

(2) the Sellers have obtained internal authorizations for the execution and performance of this Agreement, and has obtained all other necessary approvals, consents and authorizations for the execution and performance of this Agreement;

 

(3) Neither the execution of this Agreement nor the performance of its obligations hereunder by the Sellers will violate or contradicts with the articles of association of the Target Company or any other agreement to which it is a party.

 

5.3 The Sellers and the De Facto Controllers further represent and warrant that, as of the date hereof and the date on which the Purchaser pays each installment:

 

(1) Except as disclosed in writing to the Purchaser, each entity of Huaying Schools is a limited liability company or a private non-enterprise legal person which is duly registered, validly existing and in good standing under the PRC Law, and has all powers and governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals necessary for the conduct of its business in the existing manner and at the current location.

 

(2) There is no dispute over the interests in Huaying Schools (including, without limitation, 100% of the equity interests of the Target Company and the interests held by the sponsors or custodians of the schools of the Target Company), nor has there been any freezing or auction conducted by any court, nor is there any mortgage, pledge, security created, or any other defect that may affect the interests of the Purchaser. Furthermore, prior to the Completion Date of the Equity Transfer, the Sellers and the De Facto Controllers will not dispose of such interests in any manner that affects the interests of the Purchaser by transfer, gift, mortgage, pledge or otherwise.

 

(3) Other than this Agreement, there is no outstanding agreement, arrangement or other right which may result in change of the equity interests of the Target Company or the interests in Huaying Schools.

 

10


 

(4) Huaying Schools’ right to enjoy, own and use its property and assets is lawful. Huaying Schools have full and lawful title to the aforementioned property and assets and there is no obstacle to the continued ownership or use of such property and assets.

 

(5) Huaying Schools have completed all tax registrations as required by laws and regulations.

 

(6) Except for the debts already disclosed to the Purchaser in writing and the payables incurred by Huaying School for its normal production and operation, there is no other debt (including contingent debt) against Huaying School.

 

(7) Huaying Schools are not engaged in any material litigation, arbitration or any other legal or administrative proceeding, and is not subject to any administrative penalty.

 

(8) Huaying Schools have no material violation of laws which may lead to investigation, penalty or handling by governmental authorities, including but not limited to illegal operation, fraud, unfair competition, etc.

 

(9) Huaying Schools are not prosecuted for criminal liability, nor is it likely to be prosecuted for criminal liability.

 

(10) As of the date hereof, except as disclosed to the Purchaser in writing, Huaying Schools and any affiliate have no direct or indirect creditor-debtor relationship, nor does any affiliate compete, directly or indirectly, with Huaying Schools for business.

 

(11) There is no agreement or arrangement between the Sellers, the De Facto Controllers or any entity of Huaying Schools and a third party which may have material effect on the future operation of Huaying Schools.

 

11


 

(12) The materials submitted by the Sellers, the De Facto Controllers and the Target Company to the Purchaser are true, accurate and complete, and the Sellers did not withhold any matter that is required to be disclosed, and no material adverse change has occurred to such facts from the date hereof.

 

5.4 Sellers and De Facto Controllers undertake that:

 

(1) Sellers and the De Facto Controllers undertake that, within 36 months after the completion of this Equity Transfer, they and their respective affiliates shall not directly or indirectly engage or participate in any business or activity in direct or indirect competition with the main business of Huaying Schools in any form, or employ any persons left from Huaying School after the date of the completion of this Equity Transfer, or seek employment of the employees of Huaying Schools (regardless of whether such employees have entered into formal labor or service agreements with Huaying School or not) in any form.

 

(2) After the Completion Date of the Equity Transfer, if Huaying Schools suffer from penalty, compensation or third party claim for losses (including but not limited to litigation, debt, contingent liability, tax payable, administrative penalty, breach of contract, tort liability and other liabilities or losses arising from tax management, labor management, business operation and others) due to facts or status existing prior to the Completion Date of the Equity Transfer, the De Facto Controllers shall bear full liability for indemnification of such losses, liabilities, costs, fees and expenses in proportion to the relevant Purchase Price received, and the Purchaser shall bear no liability. To enforce this provision, the Purchaser shall have the right to deduct relevant losses from the third and/or fourth installment of the Purchase Price; if such amount is insufficient to indemnify the Purchaser for the suffered losses, the Purchaser shall have right to recover the remaining losses from the Sellers.

 

12


 

(3) Before the expiration of the Profit Commitment Period, the De Facto Controllers shall make efforts to ensure that Huaying School obtains the then-current legal and valid schooling qualification and the school premises which are compliant with fire control regulations. If during such period Huaying School is subject to any administrative penalty by the reason of its schooling qualification or schooling premises, etc., the De Facto Controllers shall bear the corresponding liability for compensation.

 

(4) After the completion of this Equity Transfer, the De Facto Controllers will make the sponsor of Tianjin Nankai Huaying Further Education School to be changed to the Target Company or the form approved by the Purchaser based on the then effective laws, regulations and regulatory documents as soon as possible.

 

(5) The period from the date hereof to the Completion Date of the Equity Transfer is the transition period. The Sellers and the De Facto Controllers hereby undertake to manage the daily affairs of Huaying Schools prudently and normally during the transition period. Without the written consent of the Purchaser, the Sellers, the De Facto Controllers and Huaying Schools shall not take any of the following actions:

 

(i) creation of mortgage, pledge, lien and other security interest or other debts on all or any part of the equity interests, sponsor’s interest in Huaying Schools or any assets under the name of Huaying Schools (including but not limited to interest of any entity of Huaying Schools), or increase in any such mortgage, pledge, lien and other security interest or other debts; transfer of interest in Huaying Schools (including but not limited to equity interests in the Target Company) in any form (including the introduction of new investor);

 

(ii) any entity of Huaying Schools provides any security or loan to any other person, provides counter-guarantee, increases in indemnity, or otherwise gives security;

 

(iii) sell, transfer, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose any part of assets belong to any entity of Huaying Schools;

 

13


 

(iv) other than in the ordinary course of business, arrangements resulting in accrued expenditures in excess of RMB1 million;

 

(v) arrangements and implementation relating to any unusual promotion of position or increase of salary, or any other unusual employee benefit plan or bonus payment in addition to the ordinary business operation or the ordinary annual pay raises;

 

(vi) other matters having material effects on the normal operation of Huaying Schools or the transaction contemplated hereunder.

 

5.5 Any violation of Article 5.3 or 5.4 by the Sellers or the De Facto Controllers in any manner shall be deemed as a breach of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 6 TAX BURDEN RELATING TO THE EQUITY TRANSFER

 

The income tax relating to this Equity Transfer shall be borne by the Sellers. Other taxes and fees relating to the Equity Transfer shall be borne by the Parties respectively in accordance with currently effective laws, regulations, administrative rules and other regulatory documents or the provisions of this Agreement. In the event of withholding pursuant to laws and regulations, the Purchaser shall have the right to carry out withholding.

 

ARTICLE 7 LIABILITY FOR BREACH

 

7.1 Unless otherwise expressly specified herein, if any Party breaches any of its obligations hereunder, the non-breaching Party shall have the right to notify the breaching Party in writing to request the breaching Party to immediately cease the relevant breach and take effective remedies. If the breaching Party is indolent to remedy such breach or such breach is incapable of remedy, the breaching Party shall indemnify the other Parties for all the losses caused thereby.

 

14


 

7.2 If, prior to the Completion Date of the Equity Transfer, the Sellers and the De Facto Controllers have materially breached any term of this Agreement, laws or regulations, which results in material obstacle to the performance of this Agreement, or the continuous performance of this Agreement cannot achieve the commercial interest and transaction purpose reasonably anticipated by the Purchaser at the execution of this Agreement (including but not limited to there is a material undisclosed matter in Huaying Schools, or the Sellers and the De Facto Controllers violate Articles 5.3 and 5.4 hereof), the Purchaser shall have the right to immediately notify the Sellers and the De Facto Controllers in writing, and this Agreement shall be hereby rescinded. In such case, this Agreement shall be terminated upon delivery of the written notice of the Purchaser to the Sellers or the De Facto Controllers. The Parties shall execute all documents and take all necessary actions based on the principle of restoration to the original status to assist the Purchaser and the Target Company in restoring to the status prior to the date hereof: The Sellers shall refund the Purchase Price paid by the Purchaser within 3 business days after the delivery of the notice by the Purchaser; If the equity interests of the Target Company has been transferred to the Purchaser, the Purchaser shall assist to register back such equity interests under the name of the Sellers. The breaching Party shall also bear liability for breach of contract to the non-breaching Party in accordance with this Agreement.

 

7.3 If, after the execution of this Agreement, the Purchaser discovers that Article 5.3 hereof is inconsistent with facts, and such inconsistence causes losses to the Purchaser and/or Huaying Schools, the Sellers and the De Facto Controllers shall bear full liability for indemnification to the Purchaser and/or Huaying Schools in proportion to the consideration received for the Equity Transfer. If the Purchaser has not fully paid the Purchase Price at such time, such indemnification may be deducted directly from the remaining Purchase Price, with any shortfall to be made up by the Sellers and the De Facto Controllers in cash.

 

15


 

7.4 If the Sellers breach the non-compete provision of Article 5.4 (1) hereof, the Sellers shall pay liquidated damages to the Purchaser in the amount equal to the total Purchase Price paid by the Purchaser to the Sellers for the Equity Transfer.

 

7.5 If the Purchaser is informed that the Sellers and/or the De Facto Controllers violate Article 5.4 (4) hereof which causes losses to the Purchaser and/or Huaying Schools, the Purchaser shall have right to request the Sellers to indemnify for the Purchaser and/or Huaying Schools in proportion to the Purchase Price received by the Purchaser. If the Purchaser has not paid the full Purchase Price at that time, such indemnification may be deducted directly from the remaining Purchase Price, with any shortfall to be made up by the Sellers and the De Facto Controllers in cash.

 

7.6 For the purpose of Article 7 hereof, the De Facto Controllers shall bear joint and several liability to the other Sellers. In the event of breach by one of the Sellers, the Purchaser shall be entitled to claim liability for breach against either the breaching Party or the De Facto Controllers, and the responsible Party shall have the right of recourse against the other Parties.

 

7.7 For the avoidance of doubt, the transfer consideration and indemnification liability involved in this Article 7 shall be calculated and confirmed on the basis of the transfer consideration for the entire Huaying Schools consisting of Tianjin Hedong Huaying Training School and its corresponding school districts.

 

ARTICLE 8 CONFIDENTIALITY

 

8.1 Confidential Information

 

For this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall mean any and all information, materials or data concerning the business plans, product information, technical information, intellectual property rights, trade secrets, market opportunities, customers and business affairs of the provider which are disclosed by a Party (the “Provider”) or the agent of the Provider to the other Parties (the “Recipient”) or its agent and are marked “confidential” or “secret” in any form at the time of provision, as well as any and all information identified upon oral provision as confidential and which has been confirmed in writing as “confidential” by the Provider within 30 days after oral provision.

 

16


 

The Confidential Information, including all forms of hardware and software, shall belong to the Provider. If the Provider requests the return of the Confidential Information, the Recipient shall return the information immediately and shall not keep any copies of the information in any form.

 

8.2 Confidentiality

 

The Recipient warrants, with respect to all Confidential Information disclosed by the Provider:

 

(1) to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information, use the Confidential Information only for the purposes contemplated under this Agreement, and refrain from any other purposes especially any commercial use of the Confidential Information;

 

(2) not to disclose such Confidential Information to any other party except with the prior written consent of the Provider;

 

(3) the Recipient shall protect the Confidential Information by using the same procedures and standards used to protect its own Confidential Information, which in any event shall not be lower than such standard or the standard which a prudent and reasonable organization would use;

 

(4) The Confidential Information shall only be disclosed to the employees of Recipient, consultants or advisors who need to know the confidential information, and the Recipient shall cause them to be subject to the same confidentiality obligation.

 

8.3 Article 8 hereof shall not apply to the following circumstances:

 

17


 

(1) the Confidential Information has become public at the time of disclosure, which is not due to violation of this article;

 

(2) the Confidential Information has been obtained by the Recipient prior to the receipt of the Confidential Information provided by the Provider;

 

(3) the Recipient has known the Confidential Information by other independent means;

 

(4) it is required to be disclosed in accordance with laws, administrative regulations, or it is requested by governmental authorities or securities trading institutions.

 

8.4  Public Announcement

 

Except as required by laws, the rules of any stock exchange or other regulatory body, no announcement or circular in connection with this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof shall be made or issued by any of the other Parties without the prior written approval of any Party.

 

ARTICLE 9 FORCE MAJEURE

 

9.1 If any Party fails to perform all or part of its obligations hereunder due to the effect of the Force Majeure event, such performance shall be suspended during the period in which the performance is hindered by the Force Majeure event and such Party shall bear no liability for breach of contract.

 

9.2 The events of Force Majeure referred to herein shall mean unforeseeable, unavoidable and insurmountable events, including but not limited to acts of God, strikes, stirs, riots, wars and changes in law and its application.

 

9.3 The Party claiming Force Majeure event shall notify the other Parties in writing as soon as possible in the shortest possible time of the occurrence of the Force Majeure event, and shall furnish the other Parties with appropriate evidence of such Force Majeure event and its duration by personal delivery or courier mail within 15 days after the occurrence of the Force Majeure event. The Party claiming to be affected by a Force Majeure event shall also use reasonable efforts to exclude the effect of such Force Majeure event.

 

18


 

9.4 In the event of Force Majeure, the Parties shall immediately consult with each other in order to find a reasonably practical solution and shall use all reasonable endeavors to minimize the consequences of such Force Majeure event.

 

ARTICLE 10 GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

The execution, performance, amendment, rescission and dispute resolution of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with PRC Laws. The Parties agree that any dispute arising from this Agreement shall be first settled through amicable discussion; if such consultation fails, any Party hereto may submit the dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission Beijing Sub-commission for arbitration in Beijing in accordance with the commission’s arbitration rules then in effect. The arbitral award shall be final and binding upon the Parties to the dispute. The losing Party shall bear all costs actually incurred in connection with the arbitration, including but not limited to arbitration fees, attorneys’ fee and travel expenses.

 

ARTICLE 11 GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

11.1 All written notices and other communications hereunder may be delivered by hand or sent by courier mail to the receiving Party in accordance with the contact information set forth below. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been served on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or on the fifth day after the letter is mailed to the courier service if delivered by courier mail.

 

To the Purchaser:

Address: No. 165 Guangfu West Road, Putuo District, Shanghai

Attention: Qi ZOU

 

To Seller 1:

Address: No. 1 Xizang Road, Heping District, Tianjin

Attention: Zhong LI

 

To Seller 2:

Address: No. 1 Xizang Road, Heping District, Tianjin

Attention: Hong WEI

 

19


 

To Seller 3:

Address: No. 1 Xizang Road, Heping District, Tianjin

Attention: Ming LI

 

To Seller 4:

Address: No. 1 Xizang Road, Heping District, Tianjin

Attention: Shucheng LIU

 

To Seller 5:

Address: No. 1 Xizang Road, Heping District, Tianjin

Attention: Haizhong TAN

 

To Seller 6

Address: No. 1 Xizang Road, Heping District, Tianjin

Attention: Kai TANG

 

11.2 Each Party will bear its own costs and other expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement.

 

11.3 In the event of any ambiguity in the understanding of the terms of this Agreement by the Parties, the Parties shall make interpretation in accordance with the principles of good faith, fairness and reasonableness and transaction practice. If no agreement is reached on the interpretation, Article 10 hereof shall be applied. If any term of this Agreement is finally held to be invalid, such term shall be deemed to be severed from this Agreement and replaced by a new lawful term that is close to the intentions of the Parties to the extent possible and can keep the economic purpose of this Agreement. Under such circumstance, the other terms of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

11.4 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the rights of the successors or assignees of the Parties. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, neither Party may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Parties.

 

20


 

11.5 Unless otherwise provided for in relevant laws, any Party’s failure or delay to exercise rights under this Agreement shall not be deemed as a waiver thereof; nor shall a single or partial exercise of such rights preclude exercise of any other rights.

 

11.6 All headings of articles are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of the contents of the articles herein. Unless otherwise stipulated by this Agreement, references to articles and clauses shall be referred to articles and clauses of this Agreement.

 

11.7 This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and it hereby supersedes all prior letters of intent, agreements, undertakings, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether written or oral, entered into by any responsible person, employee or representative of the Parties with respect to the same matter. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement may only be amended by the Parties in writing.

 

11.8 The Parties may enter into a supplementary agreement with respect to any matter not mentioned herein. Such supplementary agreement shall have the same legal effect as this Agreement.

 

11.9 In the event of any discrepancy between this Agreement and the articles of association of the Target Company, this Agreement shall prevail.

 

11.10 If required by the competent AIC, the parties hereto will enter into another equity transfer agreement (the “Simplified Equity Transfer Agreement”) based on the principles of this Agreement, and the Simplified Equity Transfer Agreement is only for the purpose of amendment registration with the AIC. If there is any discrepancy between the Simplified Equity Transfer Agreement and this Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail.

 

11.11 This Agreement shall be formed and take effect from the date on which it is sealed by the Parties and signed by the legal or authorized representative of the Parties.

 

11.12 This Agreement shall be executed in seven counterparts with each Party holding one counterpart. All counterparts of this Agreement shall have the same legal effect.

 

21


 

(Remainder of this page is intentionally left blank and signature page follows)

 

22


 

[Signature page to the EQUITY TRANSFER AGREEMENT among Shanghai Jingrui Education Investment Co., Ltd., Zhong LI, Hong WEI, Ming LI, Shucheng LIU, Haizhong TAN and Kai TANG regarding Tianjin Huaying Education Consulting Co., Ltd.]

 

 

Purchaser: Shanghai Jingrui Education Investment Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

Legal Representative (or Authorized Representative)

Signature:

/s/ Xi Zhang

 

 

Seller:

 

Zhong LI

Signature:

/s/ Zhong LI

 

 

 

 

 

Hong WEI

Signature:

/s/ Hong WEI

 

 

 

 

 

Ming LI

Signature:

/s/ Ming LI

 

 

 

 

 

Shucheng LIU

Signature:

/s/ Shucheng LIU

 

 

 

 

 

Haizhong TAN

Signature:

/s/ Haizhong TAN

 

 

 

 

 

Kai TANG

Signature:

/s/ Kai TANG

 

 

23


 

English translation

 

SHARE TRANSFER AGREEMENT IN RESPECT OF WHYDA HONGKONG LIMITED

 

This Share Transfer Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of September 1, 2018 (the “Execution Date”), is made by and between:

 

(1)                 Whyda Holding Limited, a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (the “Seller”); and

 

(2)                 ONESMART EDU INC., a company incorporated and valid existing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands with its address at Unit A, 8th Floor, Winbase Center, 208 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong (the “Purchaser”).

 

The Seller and the Purchaser are collectively referred to as the “Parties” and individually a “Party.”

 

Recitals:

 

(1)                 Whyda Hongkong Limited is a limited company incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Hong Kong (the “Target Company”).

 

(2)                 As of the Execution Date, the Target Company has issued one (1) ordinary share, par value HK$1.00 per share. The Seller is the legal and beneficial owner of all the issued shares in the Target Company.

 

(3)                 The Purchaser intends to purchase of all the shares of the Target Company held by the Seller (together with all the rights and interests attached thereto, free from any encumbrances and restrictions of any kind) (the “Target Shares”), in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, the Parties, through amicable consultation and in the principles of equality, mutual benefit and good faith, hereby enter into the agreement as follows:

 

1                                         DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                              Definitions

 

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, the following terms in this Agreement (including the Recitals and Appendices) shall have the following meanings:

 

1


 

(1)              Adverse Effect” means an adverse effect or a hinderance in any of the following aspects: the financing status of Target Company, to the extent that results in any liability or loss to the Target Company; the legality, validity and enforceability of this Agreement; or, the rights or remedies of Purchaser hereunder.

 

(2)              Business Day” means a day on which banks in Hong Kong are open for general commercial business, other than Saturday, Sunday, public holiday and a day on which a tropical cyclone warning no. 8 or above or a “black” torrential rain warning signal is issued in Hong Kong at any time during the period from 9.30 a.m. and 5.00 p.m..

 

(3)              Financial Statements” means the latest financial statements provided by the Target Company to the Purchaser in respect of the Target Company and Hedong Huaying.

 

(4)              Affiliate” means, with respect to any person, any other person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control of any third party with, such specified person. A company or entity shall be deemed as “control” another if it, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the other company or entity, including by ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares and the power or contractual rights to appoint or elect a majority of the directors of the other company or entity.

 

(5)              Closing” means the completion of the sale, purchase and transfer of the Target Shares in accordance with Article 5 hereof.

 

(6)              Hedong Huaying” means Tianjin Huaying Training School in Hedong District, Tianjin. See Appendix 1 for the basic information.

 

(7)              Encumbrance” means any mortgage, hypothecation, pledge, lien, option, restriction, right of first refusal, preemptive right, claim, right, interest, priority or any other encumbrance or security interest of any kind granted to any third party.

 

(8)              Governing Law” means the laws of Hong Kong.

 

2


 

(9)              PRC” means the People’s Republic of China (excluding, for the purpose hereof, Taiwan, Hong Kong Special Administrative Region and Macau Special Administrative Region).

 

(10)       Purchase Price” means the price paid by the Purchaser to the Seller in accordance with Article 3.1 hereof for the transfer and acquisition of the Target Shares.

 

1.2                              Interpretation

 

Unless otherwise specified, for the purposes of this Agreement,:

 

(1)              Any reference in this Agreement to an article or paragraph is a reference to such article or paragraph of this Agreement;

 

(2)              Headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not be considered in the construction of this Agreement;

 

(3)              Any reference to any agreement or document in this Agreement (including any reference to this Agreement, any other document, or any agreement or document entered into pursuant to such) shall be construed as a reference to:

 

a)                  such agreement or document as amended, restated, varied, modified or supplemented from time to time; and

 

b)                  any agreement or document amended, restated, varied, modified or supplemented pursuant to or in accordance with any such agreement or document, or entered into pursuant to or in accordance with such agreement or document.

 

2                                         TRANSFER OF THE TARGET SHARES

 

As the legal and beneficial owner of the Target Shares, the Seller agrees to sell, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase the Target Shares (together with all rights and interests attached thereto and free from any encumbrances and restrictions of any kind) in reliance upon the representations, warranties and undertakings of the Seller contained herein, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement (the “Share Transfer”).

 

3


 

3                                         PURCHASE PRICE AND PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS

 

3.1                              Purchase Price

 

The Parties agree that, the Purchaser will purchase the Target Shares at the price of a US dollar equivalent of RMB120 million, and the exchange rate will be settled at the middle price published by Bank of China on the payment date.

 

3.2                              Payment Schedule

 

(1)              The first instalment: Within 15 Business Days upon the execution of this Agreement, the Purchaser shall pay a US dollars equivalent of RMB36 million of the purchase price for this Share Transfer, to the bank account designated by the Seller.

 

(2)              Within 20 Business Days upon the aforesaid payment by the Purchaser:

 

a)                  the Seller and the Target Company shall submit: (i) the written resolution of the authority of Target Company to approve this Share Transfer, executed by each of Seller and Target Company; (ii) the written resolution of the shareholders’ meeting, executed by each of Seller and Target Company, to approve the change of the legal representative, board of directors, manager and financial officer of the Target Company to those appointed by Purchaser; (iii) the executed amendment to the articles of association of the Target Company in connection with this Share Transfer in accordance with relevant provisions hereof; (iv) the written resolution executed by each of Seller and Target Company to approve the change of the principal, the council (the board of directors), the financial officer and the supervisor of Hedong Huaying to those appointed by Purchaser; (v) the duly executed articles of association of Hedong Huaying to the satisfaction of Purchaser;

 

b)                  The Seller and the Target Company shall submit documents to the competent administrative authorities on the changes of registration or filing in connection with this Share Transfer (including but not limited to change of the shareholders, legal representative, board of directors, manager and financial officer of the Target Company, and filing of the amended articles of association of the Target Company, etc.). The Purchaser shall reasonably cooperate with the Target Company in obtaining the new certificates of registration;

 

4


 

c)                   The Seller shall deliver to the persons designated by the Purchaser all business and materials of the Target Company and Hedong Huaying (including but not limited to all approvals, licenses, registration documents, financial books and vouchers, seals, agreements in connection with the accounts opened with any financial institution, account cards, passwords, specimen seals, bank notes, contracts and relevant approvals, teaching materials, trainee register, employee register and property ownership certificate), and ensure that the Purchaser obtains the complete power to operate the Target Company and Hedong Huaying and actually takes over the Target Company and Hedong Huaying;

 

d)                  All the bank accounts relevant with the business of Hedong Huaying shall be changed to accounts of the Target Company or other accounts designated by Purchaser (if necessary);

 

e)                   Regarding the agreements entered into by any legal entity other than Hedong Huaying relating to the business of Hedong Huaying, the contracting party shall be changed to the Target Company or any other entity designated by Purchaser (if necessary).

 

(3)              The second installment: Within 5 Business Days following the fulfilment of all the conditions set forth in Paragraph (2) above, other than those waived by the Purchaser, the Target Company’s receipt of the shareholder register or share registration certificate updated in accordance with this Share Transfer, and the completion of the closing as provided for in Article 5 hereof, the Purchaser shall pay the US dollars equivalent of RMB36 million of the purchase price for this Share Transfer, to the bank account designated by the Seller.

 

(4)              The third instalment: The Purchaser shall pay the US dollars equivalent of RMB24 million of the purchase price for this Share Transfer, to the bank account designated by the Seller within 15 Business Days after the issuance date of the Hedong Huaying financial report for the fiscal year 2019 (September 2018 to August 2019) audited by an accounting firm designated by the Purchaser, provided that there is no breach of this Agreement by the Seller.

 

(5)              The fourth instalment: The Purchaser shall pay the US dollars equivalent of RMB24 million of the purchase price for this Share Transfer, to the bank account designated by the Seller within 15 Business Days upon the issuance date of the Hedong Huaying financial report for the fiscal year 2020 (September 2019 ~ August 2020) audited by an accounting firm designated by the Purchaser, provided that there is no breach of this Agreement by the Seller.

 

5


 

3.3                              Performance Undertakings and Price Adjustment

 

(1)              The Seller and its actual controller agree to undertake with respect to the net profits of Huaying Schools (referring to the K12 education and training section of Huaying Schools, including Hedong Huaying, Tianjin Jinnan Huaying Training School, Tianjin Nankai Huaying Further Education School, Tianjin Hebei Huaying Training School in Hebei District of Tianjin and their 11 school districts located at Xizang Road, Jinfan, Jieyuan Avenue, Friendship Hotel, Pingshan Avenue, Sinochem, Fuyu Center, Shunchi Bridge, Yuntong, Sanma Road, Xinda Road) to be recorded for fiscal year 2019 and fiscal year 2020 (the abovementioned two fiscal years are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Profit Commitment Period”). On the premises that Huaying Schools operates in compliance with laws and regulations, the total amount of after-tax net profit (net of non-recurring gains and losses) audited and confirmed by an accounting firm designated by the Purchaser, and the management fee paid to the Purchaser, shall not be less than RMB20 million per year (hereinafter referred to as the “Committed Performance Indicator”).

 

(2)              If the actual performance of Huaying Schools during the profit commitment period fails to meet the committed performance indicator, the following measures shall be adopted:

 

Assuming the actual performance for fiscal years of 2019 and 2020 are P1 and P2, respectively,

 

a)                  If P1 is less than RMB20 million, the third installment payable by the Purchaser shall be the US dollars equivalent of RMB((P1 × 12 × 50% -72,000,000) ÷ 2). If the foresaid result is less than 0, the Purchaser shall be exempt from paying the third installment;

 

b)                  If P1 plus P2 are less than RMB40 million, the fourth installment payable by the Purchaser shall be the US dollars equivalentof RMB((P1 + P2) × 6 × 50% - the actual payment by the Purchaser for the third installment—72,000,000). If such amount is less than 0, the Purchaser shall be exempt from paying the fourth installment hereunder;

 

c)                   If P1 is less than RMB20 million, and (P1 + P2) is not less than RMB40 million, the fourth installment payable by the Purchaser shall be the US equivalent of RMB(120,000,000 - the third installment actually paid by the Purchaser — 72,000,000);

 

6


 

d)                  If P1 is less than RMB12 million, or P2 is less than RMB12 million (i.e. less than 60% of the committed performance indicator), the Purchaser shall have the right to request the Seller to repurchase 100% of the equity interests of the Target Company held by the Purchaser, and the consideration shall be the sum already paid by the Purchaser as Purchase Price, plus interest cost at the annual interest rate of 15% (calculated at the simple interest rate).

 

4                                         CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

The Parties agree that the Closing of this Share Transfer shall be subject to the satisfaction in full of the following conditions precedent (the “Conditions Precedent”) or written waiver by the Purchaser:

 

4.1                              As of the Closing Date, the representations and warranties made by the Seller under this Agreement (including Appendix 2) remain true, accurate, complete and not misleading.

 

4.2                              Except for the debts and liabilities disclosed in the Financial Statements, the Target Company and Hedong Huaying have no other debts or liabilities in any form.

 

4.3                              There is no law or regulation currently in effect which materially prohibits or restricts this Share Transfer and have not been waived by competent governmental entities.

 

4.4                              As of the Closing Date, no material adverse change shall have occurred in respect of the Target Company or any of its subsidiaries (if any) or Hedong Huaying.

 

4.5                              All the current directors of the Target Company have resigned and the persons designated by Purchaser shall have been elected as the members of the board of directors.

 

4.6                              The relevant staff of Hedong Huaying (including but not limited to the principal, president, vice president, members of the council, supervisor and senior management) have been replaced with persons designated by the Purchaser.

 

7


 

4.7                              The Seller and the Target Company shall have respectively obtained all the internal approvals and external third-party approvals, consents and/or waivers necessary for completing this Share Transfer.

 

4.8                              The compliance with or performance of all agreements, obligations or undertakings required to be complied with or performed by the Seller hereunder prior to the Closing Date.

 

4.9                              The Target Company and the relevant parties have, at the request of the Purchaser, entered into the escrow operating agreement in respect of Hedong Huaying to the satisfaction of the Purchaser and, pursuant to which the Purchaser has full control of Hedong Huaying and consolidates financial statements.

 

4.10                       The relevant issues and problems in relation to the Target Company and Hedong Huaying made known to the Purchaser in the due diligence have been rectified to the satisfaction of the Purchaser.

 

5                                         CLOSING

 

5.1                              The Closing of this Share Transfer shall take place on the date when all the conditions precedent set forth in Article 4 are satisfied or waived by the Purchaser in writing (the “Closing Date”). The Seller undertakes to ensure that the Closing Date shall be no later than August 31, 2018.

 

5.2                              On the Closing Date, the Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser:

 

(1)              the valid documents and evidences satisfactory to the Purchaser proving that the Target Shares held by the Seller are free from any encumbrance and interest restrictions of any kind;

 

(2)              the executed Instrument of Transfer and Bought/Sold Note of which the beneficial owner is the Purchaser;

 

(3)              written documents evidencing that the approvals, consents and/or waivers under Article 4.7 have been obtained, including but not limited to certified copies of written resolutions of shareholders’ meetings and board of directors, etc.;

 

8


 

(4)              the share certificate issued by the Target Company which specifies the Purchaser as the registered holder of the Target Shares;

 

(5)              the written resignation letters of the directors of the Target Company appointed by Seller, specifying that he or she has left the post of director and confirming that he or she will not make claims against the Target Company;

 

(6)              the written appointment letters of the directors appointed by Purchaser to the Target Company;

 

(7)              the register of material controllers of the Target Company and other relevant documents;

 

(8)              the payment notice containing the bank account information designated by the Seller;

 

(9)              any other documents to effect the sale and transfer of the Target Shares to the Purchaser;

 

(10)       all corporate records and relevant documents of the Target Company since its inception, including without limitation, certificate of incorporation, business registration certificate, existing annual statements, minutes of the existing board meetings, financial books and all the corporate seals of the Target Company; and

 

(11)       other documents evidencing the satisfaction of all the conditions precedent set forth in Article 4 hereof.

 

6                                         REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND UNDERTAKINGS

 

6.1                              The Seller represents and warrants to the Purchaser in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (including Appendix 2), and the Seller acknowledges that this Share Transfer is made by Purchaser in reliance on such representations and warranties. The representations and warranties made by the Seller in Appendix 2 shall be deemed as being made on the Execution Date of this Agreement, and shall remain effective until the Closing Date.

 

9


 

6.2                              Purchaser represents and warrants to the Seller as follows:

 

(1)              The Purchaser is duly incorporated and validly existing under the relevant laws at its place of incorporation.

 

(2)              The Purchaser undertakes that, upon execution of this Agreement, it has obtained necessary authorizations and power to execute and perform this Agreement.

 

(3)              The execution of this Agreement represents the true intention of the Purchaser, and this Agreement shall constitute valid and binding obligations on the Purchaser upon the execution hereof.

 

(4)              The Purchaser undertakes to cooperate in completing the filing, registration or recording procedures with any government authority if so required by the laws and regulations of relevant jurisdiction.

 

6.3                              The Seller undertakes that, by the expiration of the Profit Commitment Period, the Seller shall endeavor to ensure that all the school districts of Hedong Huaying obtain the then-current legal and effective schooling qualification and the school premises which are compliant with fire control regulations. If during such period Hedong Huaying is subject to administrative penalty by the reason of its schooling qualification or school premises, etc., the Seller shall bear the corresponding liability for compensation.

 

7                                         TERMINATION AND BREACH

 

7.1                              The Parties agree that this Agreement may be terminated in case of any of the following circumstances happens:

 

(1)              the Parties agree to rescind the transaction contemplated hereunder and thereby terminate this Agreement;

 

(2)              if the Closing of the Share Transfer fails to take place by August 31, 2018 or the date otherwise agreed by the Purchaser in writing, the Purchaser shall be entitled to unilaterally rescind and terminate this Agreement and the transaction contemplated hereunder;

 

(3)              the material content hereof become illegal due to any change in the laws and regulations upon which this Agreement is based, or either Party is unable to perform its main obligations hereunder due to policies and orders of the relevant jurisdictions, which incurs material hindrance on the performance of this Agreement;

 

10


 

(4)              the governmental authorities, securities registration or exchange authorities or judicial authorities raise any objection to the terms, contents or performance of this Agreement, which cause this Agreement to be terminated, rescinded or considered as invalid, or cause material hindrance on the performance of the this Agreement by causing the failure to implement the material and basic provisions hereof;

 

(5)              by either Party unilaterally upon written notice to the other Party which breaches this Agreement or laws, to the extent that the performance of this Agreement is materially impeded, or that the further performance of this Agreement cannot achieve the transaction purpose of the first Party at the time of conclusion of this Agreement.

 

(6)              if any force majeure event set forth in Article 11 hereof occurs, and the Parties fail to agree upon corresponding solutions or remedies, either Party shall be entitled to unilaterally rescind this Agreement and terminate the transaction contemplated hereunder.

 

7.2                              when a Party intends to terminate this Agreement in accordance with this Article 7, it shall notify the other Party in writing.

 

7.3                              In the event of any termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article 7.1 (1), 7.1 (3), 7.1 (4) or 7.1 (6), neither Party shall be required to bear any liabilities for breach of contract.

 

7.4                              In the event of any termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article 7.1 (5) above, the breaching Party shall bear liabilities for breach to the non-breaching Party in accordance with this Agreement.

 

7.5                              The Parties agree to bear liability for breach of contract in accordance with the equity transfer agreement entered into by and among the relevant parties on September 1, 2018. The non- breaching Party shall have the right to take action against the breaching Party for breach of contract in accordance with such equity transfer agreement.

 

11


 

8                                         INDEMNITY

 

Each Party shall indemnify and hold harmless the other Party and its directors, officers and employees and its Affiliates in accordance with the following provisions, from and against all losses caused by, arising from or related to any of the following circumstances:

 

8.1                              Any breach by a Party of any of its representations, warranties or undertakings made under this Agreement or any of the other transaction documents (if any) in connection with the transaction contemplated hereunder; or

 

8.2                              Any breach of the obligations to be performed by a Party pursuant to this Agreement or any other transaction document (if any) in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder.

 

9                                         OBLIGATION OF CONFIDENTIALITY

 

9.1                              Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Party shall use its best efforts to keep confidential all kinds of any commercial information, data and documents, etc. in relation to the other Party obtained as a result of the performance of this Agreement (collectively, “Confidential Information”), including any content of this Agreement and any other cooperation that the Parties may have.

 

9.2                              The above obligation of confidentiality shall not apply to:

 

(1)              the Confidential Information which has become generally available to the public at the time of its disclosure;

 

(2)              the materials have become publicly available prior to the disclosure of confidential materials not due to the fault of the receiving Party;

 

(3)              the Confidential Information which the receiving Party can prove as being obtained prior to the disclosure and not directly or indirectly from the other Party;

 

(4)              disclosure of the Confidential Information to the relevant governmental authorities, by either Party due to obligations under Governing Law;

 

(5)              disclosure by either Party in the ordinary course of business to its legal counsel, accountants, bankers, and/or other financing institutions;

 

12


 

(6)              Use of the Confidential Information in any litigation or proceedings arising out of this Agreement.

 

9.3                              This Article 9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

 

10                                  FORCE MAJEURE

 

If either Party fails to perform this Agreement or fails to perform so in agreed conditions, directly due to any natural disasters (such as earthquake, typhoon and flood), fire, war, plague, terrorist activities and other unforeseen force majeure events, the occurrence and consequences of which are unpreventable or unavoidable and insurmountable, such a Party shall notify the other Party without delay in the most convenient manner and provide the other Party with detailed written report of such force majeure event within ten (10) days after its occurrence. The Party affected by force majeure shall take all reasonable measures to eliminate the effects and reduce the losses caused by the force majeure to the other Party. The Parties shall determine whether to terminate or delay the performance of this Agreement or partially or wholly exempt the other Party’s obligations hereunder, based on the effect of the force majeure event on the performance hereof.

 

11                                  FEES

 

Each Party shall bear its own legal and professional fees, costs and expenses incurred during the negotiation, drafting and execution of this Agreement. The Parties shall bear all relevant taxes and expenses arising out of or resulting from this Share Transfer respectively in accordance with the laws of their relevant jurisdictions. The Purchaser shall have the right to carry out withholding if the laws and regulations require so.

 

12                                  NOTICES

 

12.1                       Any notice, request, demand and other correspondences made as required by or in accordance with this Agreement shall be in writing and notified to the other Party at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the issuance date according to the following mailing addresses:

 

13


 

Seller:

 

Address: No. 1 Xizang Road, Heping District, Tianjin

Attention: Zhong LI

Telephone:

 

Purchaser:

 

Address: No. 165 Guangfu West Road, Shanghai

Attention: Xi ZHANG

Telephone:

 

12.2                       Any notice, request, demand and other correspondence made by either Party to this Agreement shall specify the aforesaid mailing address of the receiving Party. Any notice with the mailing address of the receiving Party clearly stated shall be deemed to be duly delivered at the time as provided below:

 

(1)              at the time delivered to the mailing address of the receiving Party or to the receiving Party in person, if delivered in person;

 

(2)              upon the receipt of notice if delivered by mail; the lapse of two (2) Business Days after posting if delivered by first class postage prepaid mail; the lapse of six (6) Business Days after the date of posting, if delivered by registered mail or international registered mail or prepaid air mail;

 

(3)              at the time of facsimile transmission, if delivered by fax;

 

12.3                       Either Party to this Agreement may change its mailing address or contact information at any time, provided that such Party must notify the other Party to this Agreement in writing of such change within seven (7) Business Days after such change and shall ensure the delivery of such notice.

 

13                                  ASSIGNMENT

 

13.1                       The Purchaser is entitled to transfer this Agreement or any part hereof or any rights, interests and obligations hereunder to any third party designated by the Purchaser .

 

13.2                       This Agreement shall be binding on the Parties and their respective successors and assignees.

 

14


 

14                                  ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

14.1                       This Agreement and any other documents referred to herein constitute the only and entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the matters hereunder, and supersede any previous drafts, agreements, undertakings, representations, warranties and arrangements with respect to the matters hereunder, either oral or written.

 

14.2                       The Parties acknowledge and agree that in executing this Agreement, neither Party is relying on any representation, warranty or undertaking, whether oral or written, made by the other Party or any other person prior to the execution of this Agreement and not expressly set forth herein.

 

14.3                       This Article does not preclude legal liability of fraud.

 

15                                  AMENDMENTS

 

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by the Parties, and shall become effective upon execution by the Parties. Such executed supplementary agreement shall be an integral part of this Agreement and shall have the same legal effect as this Agreement.

 

16                                  SEVERABILITY

 

Any article in this Agreement is independent of any other articles. In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement is declared illegal, invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties agree that all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed to be valid and enforceable to the extent legally permissible.

 

17                                  EXCLUSION, WAIVER AND COMPENSATION

 

Except as expressly agreed, every right and entitlement of each Party to compensation shall not be prejudiced by any other right or compensation. No grace or delay by either Party hereto to any breach or default of the other Party hereunder shall be construed as a waiver thereof, nor shall it prejudice, affect or limit all rights and powers of the first Party under this Agreement and Governing Law. No unilateral or partial performance of such rights or indemnification by either Party shall affect or restrict the further exercise of such rights and entitlement to compensation by such Party.

 

15


 

18                                  THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

This Agreement shall not confer any rights or benefits upon any third party, and no third party may enforce any term hereof. The terms contained in Chapter 623 of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance are hereby expressly excluded.

 

19                                  GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

19.1                       The Parties agree that the formation, validity, interpretation, performance of this Agreement and any obligations relating hereto which are not contemplated under this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong.

 

19.2                       Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the interpretation, breach, termination or validity hereof, shall be first resolved through consultation. When a Party sends a written request for consultation to the other Party (the “Consultation Request”), such consultation shall be commenced promptly. If the dispute fails to be resolved within thirty (30) days upon the delivery of Consultation Request, either Party may submit the dispute to the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre for arbitration in accordance with its arbitration rules in effect at the time of applying for arbitration. The place of arbitration shall be in Hong Kong. The arbitral award is final and binding upon both parties.

 

20                                  MISCELLANEOUS

 

20.1                       This Agreement shall be concluded and enter into force upon signature and/or seal by the Parties.

 

20.2                       This Agreement shall be made in two (2) counterparts, with each Party holding one (1) counterpart, which shall have the same legal effect.

 

(The remainder of the page is intentionally left blank and the signature page is attached hereto)

 

16


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties or their duly authorized representatives have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

 

Seller: Whyda Holding Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Zhong Li

 

Name: Zhong Li

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

Signature Page of Share Transfer Agreement

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties or their duly authorized representatives have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

 

Purchaser: ONESMART EDU INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Xi Zhang

 

Name: Xi Zhang

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

Signature Page of Share Transfer Agreement

 


 

APPENDIX 1

BASIC INFORMATION OF HUADONG HUAYING

 

i


 

APPENDIX 2

THE SELLER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Seller hereby further represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows (for the purpose of this Appendix 2, the representations and warranties set forth below with respect to the Target Company shall also be applicable to its subsidiaries (if any) and Hedong Huaying (if applicable):

 

1.                  Existence and Authority. The Target Company is a limited company duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of Hong Kong and has all corporate powers and all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required for its business conducts in the current manner and at its current business premises.

 

2.                  Authorization. The Seller has full legal right, power and capacity to execute and perform this Agreement and complete this Share Transfer. Upon execution, this Agreement shall constitute a valid and binding agreement on the Seller.

 

3.                  No Breach of Law. The execution and implementation of this Agreement by Seller do not (i) violate or breach any of articles of association or constitutional documents of Seller and the Target Company; (ii) violate, breach or conflict with any laws applicable to or binding upon the Seller and the Target Company; or (iii) constitute any breach by Seller and the Target Company under any agreement, contract or other documents binding upon each of them.

 

4.                  Abide by Law. Neither Seller nor the Target Company violates or has violated any Laws applicable to its operation, or any judgment, order or decree of any court, arbitration body or governmental authority in or outside Hong Kong, has been investigated, has received any charge or notice alleging any violation of the foregoing, or, to the knowledge of Seller, is threatened with any charge of violation of any law.

 

5.                  Capital Composition.

 

(1)             The total share capital of the Target Company is HK$1.00. The sum of the issued shares of the Target Company is 1 share, legally owned by Seller. As of the Execution Date, except as disclosed to the Purchaser, the Target Shares are free and clear of any encumbrance, and there is no dispute, controversy or potential dispute over the Target Shares. The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Seller will not result in the creation or imposition of any encumbrance on any or all of the shares of the Target Company. There are no outstanding agreements, arrangements or other rights in relation to: (a) the purchase or acquisition of any shares of the Target Company; (b) the issuance or grant of the right to purchase any shares of the Target Company; (c) the repurchase, redemption or reacquire in other means of the shares of the Target Company; or (d) the material reorganization of the shares of the Target Company in the manner other than those provided herein.

 

ii


 

(2)             As of the Execution Date, except for the transaction contemplated hereunder, the Seller has not entered into any agreement, undertaking, understanding or arrangement in respect of (a) the exchange, transfer, sale or disposal of any shares of the Target Company; (b) creation of any Encumbrance on any shares of the Target Company.

 

6.                  Financial Statements. The Financial Statements of the Target Company fully and fairly reflect the financial conditions of the Target Company as of the relevant dates and the relevant contents are true and correct.

 

7.                  Employee. As of the Execution Date, the Target Company has terminated the employment relationship, labor relationship and any other contractual relationship with all of its employees, and there is no outstanding remuneration, benefits, compensation, indemnity and other expenses payable by the Target Company to its employees. All other welfare policies of the Target Company for its employees have been ceased, including without limitation, profit sharing, stock option, employee stock purchase or equity incentive mechanism, etc. Target Company also does not have any pending labor disputes or controversies.

 

8.                  No Undisclosed Debts or Security. As of the Execution Date, the Target Company does not have any debts of any kind, including, without limitation, any accrued, contingent, absolute, defined and terminable debts, nor are there any conditions, circumstances or situations which would be reasonably expected to result in such debts, except for the debts disclosed or agreed in the Financial Statements. As of the Execution Date, the Target Company does not have any guarantee for any third party and/or its Affiliates.

 

9.                  No Pending Transaction or Actual Business Operation. As of the Execution Date, the external transactions and actual business operations of the Target Company shall have been terminated or rescinded, and there is no outstanding obligations or debts in relation to the transactions and actual business operations of the Target Company.

 

iii


 

10.           No Pending Disputes. As of the Execution Date, the Target Company is not involved in any pending dispute with any third party, including without limitation product quality liability disputes or claims.

 

11.           Litigation. As of the Execution Date, there is no lawsuit or arbitration pending against or affecting the Target Company before any court, arbitral body or any governmental authority, nor is there any fact which gives rise to such lawsuit or arbitration.

 

12.           Contracts. As of the Execution Date, the Seller has disclosed all the contracts to which the Target Company is a party or by which the Target Company is bound, and has delivered to the Purchaser true and complete photocopies of all contracts of the Target Company; such contracts have been fully performed, rescinded or terminated, and the Target Company does not have any outstanding obligation or liability to the counterparties of such contracts.

 

13.           Insurance. As of the Execution Date, the Seller has disclosed to the Purchaser all insurance held by the Target Company, and no claim outstanding under any such policies or contract of insurance has been doubted, denied or questioned by the insurer (s) of such policies regarding the scope of claim. All premiums payable under all such polices have been fully paid, and the Target Company has otherwise fully complied with the terms and conditions of all such polices.

 

14.           Licenses and Permits. As of the Execution Date, all licenses and permits held by the Target Company are valid, will not be terminated or rescinded due to this Share Transfer and will remain in full legal effect, and all applications for the extension of any licenses and permits have been submitted in a timely manner.

 

15.           Properties and Relevant Assets.

 

(1)             The Seller has fully disclosed to the Purchaser all assets and properties to which the Target Company is entitled, and the Target Company has legal and valid title to such assets and properties, free and clear of any encumbrance;

 

(2)             The Seller has fully disclosed to the Purchaser all properties and assets leased, occupied and actually used by the Target Company, including without limitation the plant buildings and equipment. The Target Company has terminated the leasing relationship or other contractual relationship with the lessors, and have fully performed or excluded any liabilities and obligations in relation to such properties and assets;

 

iv


 

(3)             There is no outstanding dispute involving Target Company with respect to the above assets and/or properties.

 

16.           No Changes. As of the Closing Date, except for the circumstances disclosed or changes made for this Share Transfer, there are no:

 

(1)             impairment of any financial indicators of the Target Company, such as its net asset value;

 

(2)             without the consent of Purchaser, waiver by the Target Company for any valuable rights (including, without limitation, contractual rights, security interests or debts) or early performance of any obligations or debts undue;

 

(3)             any debt the Target Company incurs or assumes, or provides any security upon;

 

(4)             any Encumbrance the Target Company has imposed over its shares;

 

(5)             any execution of contracts or transaction by the Target Company with any external third party;

 

(6)             increase in the number of employees of the Target Company;

 

(7)             distribution of any dividends to the shareholder(s) by the Target Company;

 

(8)             issuance or implementation by any governmental authority of any order or decision that will (or would reasonably be expected to) have any Adverse Effect on the Target Company;

 

(9)             without the consent of Purchaser, amendment to the accounting principles or policies of the Target Company;

 

(10)      without the consent of Purchaser, amendment to the articles of association or business scope of the Target Company or changes to registration or filing of the Target Company; and

 

(11)      occurrence of any other adverse change in the Target Company.

 

v


 

17.           Affiliate Transactions. As of the Execution Date, all Affiliates of the Target Company have fully disclosed their information and have no affiliate transactions. The Target Company is not indebted to any Affiliate in any amount either directly or indirectly, nor is any Affiliate indebted to the Target Company.

 

18.           Health, Safety and Environmental Protection.

 

(1)             The Target Company has complied and is complying in all respects with all environmental, health and safety requirements, and is not subject to any pending or threatened liability, claim, investigation or other criminal, civil or administrative proceedings under the law on such requirements;

 

(2)             Without limiting the general provisions in the foregoing paragraph, the Target Company has obtained, has complied and is in compliance with all consents and approvals necessary for the occupation of its facilities and operation of its business in accordance with environmental, health and safety requirements;

 

(3)             The Target Company has not received any written or oral notices, reports or other information actually or alleged to be in violation of the environmental, health and safety requirements, or any written or oral notices, reports or other information relating to any liabilities, including any obligation of investigation, remedy or rectification, of the Target Company or its facilities arising under the environmental, health and safety requirements;

 

(4)             The Target Company has not used, processed, stored or disposed of any hazardous materials, nor has been punished by governmental authorities or incurred any criminal or administrative liabilities or material civil liabilities as a result of the use, processing, storage or disposal of any hazardous materials.

 

19.           Taxes.

 

(1)             The Target Company has paid all taxes to relevant tax authorities or other relevant governmental authorities in accordance with relevant laws, and has not incurred any material dispute with any governmental authority in respect of any tax, and the Target Company has not been investigated by any governmental authority in respect of any tax;

 

vi


 

(2)             The Target Company has submitted tax returns or reports in a timely manner in accordance with relevant laws and paid all taxes in accordance with law, and such returns or reports are applicable and appropriate;

 

(3)             The Target Company has disclosed all its tax preference to the Purchaser;

 

(4)             The change in the shareholding structure of the Target Company will not result in the change in the tax rates applicable to the Target Company or increase the tax liabilities of the Target Company.

 

20.           Full Disclosure. The Seller has disclosed to the Purchaser any fact which may have Adverse Effect on the Target Company, and such fact is true, accurate, complete and not misleading.

 

vii


Exhibit 4.23

 

English Translation

 

September 23, 2018

 

Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

 

Beijing Giant Dream Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Yin Xiong

 

Beijing Yin Xiong Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Geng Xiaofei

 

Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd

 

Beijing Tus Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

 


 

In connection with the transfer of equity interest in Beijing
Tus Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

 

FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT

 


 

 


 

This Framework Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated September 23, 2018, is entered into by and among the following Parties in Haidian District, Beijing, the PRC:

 

(1)             Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd., a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC (Transferor 1”);

 

(2)             Beijing Giant Dream Education and Technology Co., Ltd., a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC (“Transferor 2”, together with Transferor 1, the “Transferors”);

 

(3)             Yin Xiong, a PRC citizen whose ID number is *;

 

(4)             Beijing Yin Xiong Education and Technology Co., Ltd., a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC (“Yin Xiong Education Company”);

 

(5)             Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd., a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC (“Transferee 1”);

 

(6)             Geng Xiaofei, a PRC citizen whose ID number is * (“Transferee 2”, together with Transferee 1, the “Transferees”); and

 

(7)             Beijing Tus Giant Education Technology and Technology Co., Ltd., a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the PRC (“Company”).

 

In this Agreement, the Transferor, Yin Xiong, Yin Xiong Education Company, the Transferee and the Company shall be referred to collectively as the “Parties” and individually as a “Party.

 

Whereas:

 

(A).        The Company is a limited liability company incorporated on July 10, 2014 with unified social credit code *, and registered address at Room 1004, 10/F, Block A, Building 1, Yard 1, East Zhongguancun Road, Haidian District, Beijing.  As of the date hereof, Transferor 1 and Transferor 2 hold 55% and 45% of equity interest in the Company respectively.

 

(B).        In accordance with the Giant Education Investment Framework Agreement and the subsequent related agreements entered into by the relevant parties in September 2014 (collectively, the “Performance Compensation Agreement”), Yin Xiong and the Transferor 2 shall bear corresponding performance compensation obligations to Transferor 1 (“Performance Compensation Obligation”).  As the security for such Performance Compensation Obligation, Transferor 2 has pledged 45% of its equity interest in the Company to Transferor 1 (such pledge was registered on April 20, 2016) (“Existing Equity Pledge”).

 


 

(C).        Transferor 1 agrees to sell and the Transferees agree to purchase 55% of equity interest in the Company held by Transferor 1; therefore, Transferor 1, the Transferees and the Company will enter into an equity transfer agreement, under which equity transfer will be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth therein (“Equity Transfer Agreement I”).

 

(D).        Transferor 2 agrees to sell and the Transferees agree to purchase 45% of equity interest in the Company held by Transferor 2; therefore, Transferor 2, the Transferees and the Company will enter into an equity transfer agreement, under which equity transfer will be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth therein (“Equity Transfer Agreement II”, together with the Equity Transfer Agreement I, the “Equity Transfer Agreements”).

 

The Parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                     Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.1                              Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Equity Transfer Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this Agreement.

 

1.2                              Headings are for convenience only and shall not affect interpretation of this Agreement.

 

1.3                              A “Party” includes its respective successor, assignee and personal representative (if applicable).

 

1.4                              All guarantees, representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or obligations made or entered into by two or more persons shall be joint and several.

 

1.5                              If the date on which the rights under this Agreement should have been exercised or the obligations hereunder shall have been performed is not a Business Day, the exercise of such rights or performance of such obligations shall be postponed to the nearest Business Day.

 

2.                                     Performance Compensation

 

2.1                              Each Party hereby acknowledges that:

 

2


 

2.1.1                    According to the arrangements under the Performance Compensation Agreement, the performance compensation amount payable by Transferor 2 to Transferor 1 shall be RMB75,000,000 (the “Performance Compensation”);

 

2.1.2                    The Transferees agree to pay the Transferor 1 the Performance Compensation in the amount of RMB75,000,000 on behalf of the Transferor 2.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Transfer Agreement I and the Equity Transfer Agreement II, the Transferors and the Transferees acknowledge that such compensation of RMB75,000,000 and the transfer consideration of RMB262,000,000 (agreed under Article 3 of the Equity Transfer Agreement II) jointly constitute the total transfer consideration for the target equity interest under the Equity Transfer Agreement II in the amount of RMB337,000,000.

 

2.1.3                    After the Transferees pays the Performance Compensation to Transferor 1 in accordance with Article 2.1.1 and Article 2.1.2, it shall be deemed as: Yin Xiong and the Transferor 2 have duly performed the Performance Compensation Obligation, and the Transferor 1, the Transferor 2 and the Company shall promptly (no later than five (5) Business Days after the Transferees pays the Performance Compensation to Transferor 1) release the Existing Equity Pledge and complete relevant pledge cancellation procedure.

 

3.                                     Equity Transfer Transaction

 

3.1                              If the Transferees terminates or rescinds the Equity Transfer Transaction under the Equity Transfer Agreement I in accordance with such agreement, the Transferees shall have the option to terminate or rescind the Equity Transfer Transaction under the Equity Transfer Agreement II simultaneously.

 

3.2                              The Transferee 1 shall bear joint and several liabilities for the payment obligations of the Transferee 2 under the Equity Transfer Agreement I and the Equity Transfer Agreement II.

 

3.3                              Once the relevant Equity Transfer Agreement has been terminated or rescinded, the relevant Transferor shall have the obligation to refund or make the relevant payment (including without limitation the Equity Transfer Price and overdue fees) to the Transferees in accordance with the relevant Equity Transfer Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Transferor 2 and its shareholders rescind the relevant transfer agreement in accordance with Article 3.1 hereof, the Transferor 2 shall no longer refund the taxes and fees arising from the Equity Transfer Agreement II (including without limitation corporate income tax incurred by the Transferor 2 and individual income tax incurred by shareholders due to dividends paid by Transferor 2); for the avoidance of doubt, if the Transferees have paid the Performance Compensation to Transferor 1 in accordance with Article 2.1.1 and Article 2.1.2, the Transferor 1 shall refund the same to the Transferees directly.

 

3


 

4.                                     Financial Advisor Fee

 

4.1                              Since Yin Xiong Education Company matched the equity transfer under the Equity Transfer Agreement with the relevant parties, the Transferees agree to pay RMB8,000,000 to Yin Xiong Education Company as financial consultant fee subject to satisfaction of following conditions: (i) within 5 Business Days after all equity interests in the Company are registered with the AIC in the name of the Transferees, the Transferees will pay RMB6,000,000 to Yin Xiong Education Company, (ii) the operating income of the Company for 12 consecutive months immediately following the month in which the aforesaid registration has been completed does not decrease compared to operating income for the previous 12 months.  The Transferees shall pay the rest amount of RMB2,000,000 to Yin Xiong Education Company within 5 Business Days upon satisfaction of aforesaid conditions.

 

4.2                              If the equity transfer transaction is terminated or rescinded in accordance with the relevant Equity Transfer Agreement and this Agreement, the Transferees shall have no obligation to pay the financial advisor fee under Article 4.1 to Yin Xiong Education Company.  If such fee has been paid, after deduction of paid income tax, the remaining amount shall be returned to the Transferees within 10 Business Days after the termination or rescission of the equity transfer transaction.  With respect to the amount not refunded, Yin Xiong Education Company agrees to pay the Transferees overdue fee of 0.1% per day. Yin Xiong agrees to bear joint and several liability for the refund of the financial advisor fee and overdue fee.

 

5.                                     Confidentiality

 

5.1                              Subject to exceptions set forth in Article 5.2, from the date hereof, each Party shall not, without prior written consent of the other Parties, disclose (or permit its officers, employees, directors, agents, advisors or affiliates to disclose) the existence of this Agreement or its contents to any person or entity (except as permitted by this Agreement).  In case of any early termination of this Agreement, the Transferees (including their affiliates, officers, employees, directors, agents, advisors, representatives and aforesaid personnel of their affiliates) shall bear aforesaid confidentiality obligation for the information about the Company provided by the Transferors to the Transferees.

 

5.2                              The restrictions of Article 5.1 shall not apply to disclosure of any information by a Party (“Disclosing Party”) if:

 

4


 

(a)                                          The information is in or hereafter enters into public domain otherwise than as a result of breach of confidentiality;

 

(b)                                          The information is disclosed to persons authorized by law to receive such information, and such disclosure is required by law, governmental authority, stock exchange or other regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Disclosing Party;

 

(c)                                           In the course of proceedings to which the Disclosing Party is a party, the information is disclosed to the court, arbitrator or administrative tribunal as requested for such proceedings; or

 

(d)                                          The information is disclosed to professional advisers by the Disclosing Party, and such advisers bear confidential obligation to the Disclosing Party about the information disclosed.

 

6.                                     Yin Xiong undertakes and covenants to the Transferees that he will not employ or attempt to employ any employee or officer of the Company during the period from the execution date of this Agreement to the end of the third (3rd) year after he ceases to hold, directly or indirectly, any equity interest in the Company (list of employees and officers shall be provided by the Transferees within 30 days after the closing of the Equity Transfer Agreement II).

 

7.                                     The Transferor 2 and Yin Xiong shall ensure that the execution of the Transaction Documents and the performance of the transactions contemplated by the Equity Transfer Agreement II and this Agreement will not violate the articles of association, internal governance rules of the Transferor 2 and the Company LawAny liability arising from any dispute between shareholders of the Transferor 2 in connection with the amount of the Transfer Price, the validity of internal authorization of the Transferor 2 in connection with the Transaction and the internal distribution of proceeds among the shareholders of the Transferor 2 in connection with the Transfer Price shall be irrelevant to the Transferees, and the Transferor 2 and Yin Xiong shall compensate the Transferees for any actual losses incurred by the Transferees arising from such dispute.

 

8.                                     Liability for Breach of Contract

 

8.1                              In the event that a Party’s breach of this Agreement causes losses to the other Parties, such Party shall bear the corresponding liabilities.

 

8.2                              The default provisions set forth in this Article shall take effect from the outset, and shall not be affected by other Articles of this Agreement or become invalid as a result of rescission or termination of this Agreement.

 

5


 

8.3                              Any grace or leniency granted by a Party to the other Party with respect to any breach or delay by the other Party shall not be deemed as a waiver of its rights and powers, and shall not prejudice, affect or restrict all rights and powers such Party is entitled to under this Agreement and relevant laws and regulations.

 

8.4                              The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

 

8.5                              Failure to exercise or delay in exercising a right or remedy provided by this Agreement or by law shall not impair or constitute a waiver of such right or remedy, or impair or constitute a waiver of any other right or remedy, except for knowingly and deliberately delay which exceeds limitation of litigation.

 

9.                                     General Provisions

 

9.1                              This Agreement, together with other Transaction Documents, constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, consultations and negotiations.  All previous agreements relating to the subject matter of this Agreement are hereby extinguished and shall have no further force or effect, but nothing in this Agreement shall exclude liability or remedy arising out of fraud.

 

9.2                              This Agreement may not be amended, revised or otherwise modified except by an instrument in writing agreed by the Parties.

 

9.3                              This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Without the prior written consent of the other Parties, no Party shall (or shall attempt to) assign, transfer, subcontract or dispose by any other way the benefit of all or any of its rights or interests or any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

9.4                              Each of the provisions of this Agreement is severable.  If any provision is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any jurisdiction, but would be valid and enforceable if some part of the provision are deleted or applicable scope is reduced, that provision shall apply with such deletion or modification as may be necessary to make it valid and enforceable.  Without prejudice to the foregoing, if any provision is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the laws of any jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed, to the extent of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability, not to form part of this Agreement, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, so long as the fundamental relationships among the Parties are not materially changed.  The Parties shall use all reasonable efforts to replace such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision with a substitute provision that is legal, valid and enforceable and that has the closest possible consequence to the intent of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision.

 

6


 

9.5                              This Agreement is written and executed in the Chinese language. This Agreement is executed in fourteen (14) originals, and each Party and the Company shall hold two (2) originals.

 

9.6                              Either Party shall be relieved of all or part of its obligations under this Agreement in light of the effect of Force Majeure Event if it fails or delays to perform its obligations hereunder due to such Force Majeure Event, provided, however, that such Party shall promptly notify the other Party of the occurrence of such Force Majeure Event and provide the other Party with detailed information and evidence within fifteen (15) Business Days after the occurrence of such Force Majeure Event, specifying the reason for its failure or delay in performing its obligations hereunder.  If the effect of a Force Majeure Event cannot be restored, rectified or remedied within thirty (30) Business Days after the occurrence of such Force Majeure Event, any Party shall have the right to rescind this Agreement without liability.  “Force Majeure Event” means, with respect to a Party, any unforeseeable, unavoidable, insurmountable or uncontrollable objective circumstances preventing such Party from performing all or part of its obligations hereunder, including lightning, typhoon, hurricane, flood, earthquake or other acts of nature, epidemic, war, riots and adjustments to and changes in any relevant laws.

 

10.                              Notices

 

10.1                       Notices (including any approvals, consents or other communications) relating to this Agreement and the documents referred to herein:

 

Shall be written in Chinese;

 

Shall be left at or delivered by courier to address of recipient, or sent by prepaid letter (where letter is sent to or from a place outside of the PRC, it shall use airmail) to address of recipient, or sent by email to email box of recipient, under which in each case with respect to the Party to whom notice is to be given in accordance with this Section (with indication of specified recipient), or such other address or facsimile number and/or indication of such other recipient as the relevant Party may, from time to time, designate by notice given in accordance with this Section.

 

Detailed information of each party as of the execution date of this Agreement is as follows:

 

7


 

To Transferor 1: Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

Address: 10/F, Block A, Innovation Plaza, Tsinghua Science Park, Haidian District, Beijing

Attention:

 

To Transferor 2: Beijing Giant Dream Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

Address: Room 905, Block B, Jinyu K. Wah Plaza, Shangdi Third Street, Haidian District, Beijing

Attn:

 

To Yin Xiong

Address: Room 905, Block B, Jinyu K. Wah Plaza, Shangdi Third Street, Haidian District, Beijing

Tel:

 

To Yin Xiong Education Company: Beijing Yin Xiong Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

Address: Room 905, Block B, Jinyu K. Wah Plaza, Shangdi Third Street, Haidian District, Beijing

Attn:

 

To Transferee 1: Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd.

Address: No. 165 West Guangfu Road, Putuo District, Shanghai

Attention: Zou Qi

 

To Transferee 2: Geng Xiaofei

Address: Room 501, North Building, No. 839 Dalian Road, Hongkou District, Shanghai

Tel:

 

To the Company: Beijing Tus Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

Address: No. 64 West Shuimo Street, East Yuanmingyuan Road, Haidian District, Beijing

Pre-closing Attention:

Post-closing Attention:

 

10.2                       Subject to Article 10.1, a notice shall be deemed to have been given:

 

Upon delivery if left at address of recipient;

 

8


 

Notice given by mail shall be deemed to have been given on the third (3rd) day after sending (or on the seventh (7th) day after sending if the letter is sent to or from an address outside of the PRC); and

 

Notice given by email shall be deemed to have been delivered upon successful transmission as shown on the sending email box.

 

10.3                       A notice given or deemed to have been given under Article 10.2 on a non-Business Day at local time of place of delivery or after 5 p.m. on a Business Day shall be deemed to have been given on the next following Business Day.

 

10.4                       Each Party undertakes to give notice to the other Party pursuant to this Section if the address set forth herein is no longer appropriate for notice delivery.

 

11.                              Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

11.1                       This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the PRC.

 

11.2                       Any dispute, controversy or claim among the Parties arising from or in connection with this Agreement or any breach of this Agreement; if not resolved by the Parties through friendly consultation, shall be submitted to the competent people’s court in Beijing for litigation.

 

9


 

Signature Page

 

Transferor 1

 

Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

Signed by:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Transferor 2

 

 

 

Beijing Giant Dream Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

Signed by:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Yin Xiong

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Yin Xiong

 

 

 

 

 

Beijing Yin Xiong Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

Signed by:

 

Title:

 

 


 

Signature Page

 

Transferee 1

 

 

 

Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

Signed by:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Transferee 2

 

 

 

Geng Xiaofei

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Geng Xiaofei

 

 

 

 

 

The Company

 

 

 

Beijing Tus Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

Signed by:

 

Title:

 

 


 

English Translation

 

Equity Transfer Agreement

 

Transferor (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”): Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd

 

Unified social credit code:

 

Address (or Domicile): Room 118, Building 20, No. 1-42, Lane 83, North Hongxiang Road, Wanxiang Town, Pudong New Area, Shanghai

 

Transferee (hereinafter referred to as “Party B”): Geng Xiaofei

 

ID Number:

 

Address (or Domicile): No. 38, Lane 1500, Kongjiang Road, Yangpu District, Shanghai

 

Beijing Sunshine Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd (hereinafter referred to as the “Target Company”) is a limited liability company, registered and established in accordance with the Company Law and the Regulations on Administration of Company Registration, and has registered capital of RMB11,000,000Party A decides to transfer its equity interest in the Target Company to Party B in accordance with the conditions set forth hereinAfter consultation, Party A and Party B, on basis of the principles of voluntariness, equality, fairness, and good faith, agree as follows:

 

Section 1 Transfer Subject, Transfer Price and Payment Terms

 

1.              Party A agrees to transfer 12% equity interest of the Target Company (corresponding to registered capital of RMB1,320,000) (“Equity Interest”) to Party B at the price of RMB94,800,000 (“Equity Transfer Price”), and Party B agrees to purchase the Equity Interest at such price and upon such conditions.

 

After the completion of the transfer of the Equity Interest, Party B will hold 82% equity interest of the Target Company (corresponding to registered capital of RMB9,020,000).

 

2.              Within 90 days upon the execution of this Agreement, Party B shall pay the Equity Transfer Price, i.e. RMB94,800,000, to Party A in a lump sum by wire transfer.

 

3.              Party B shall pay the Equity Transfer Price to the following account designated by Party A in accordance with Article 2 under Section 1:

 

Account Name: Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd

Opening bank: Construction Bank, Changning Branch

Account Number:

 

4.                  The execution date of this Agreement shall be the Closing Date of the equity transfer transaction contemplated herein.

 


 

Section 2 Warranties

 

1.                  Party A warrants that the Equity Interest to be transferred to Party B is actually contributed to the Target Company and legally owned by Party A, and Party A has full right to dispose such equity interest.  The Equity Interest is not frozen, auctioned by the people’s court or placed under any mortgage, pledge, security or other defect which may affect the interests of the Transferee.  Before the completion of the change registration with the applicable administration for industry and commerce regarding the Equity Interest, Party A shall not dispose the Equity Interest in any manner which will affect the interests of Party B, such as transfer, grant, mortgage, pledge, and etc.

 

Section 3 Transfer of Equity Interest and Assumption of Expenses

 

1.                  Party A, together with Party B, shall actively assist the Target Company to complete the procedures for change registration in equity transfer within fifteen (15) Business Days after the receipt of the Equity Transfer Price (or within fifteen (15) Business Days after the Target Company completes the pre-approval or reporting procedures, if there is any such procedures according to the laws).

 

2.                  To complete the aforesaid equity transfer procedures, Party A and Party B shall take all necessary steps and sign all necessary documents, including, without limitation, signing a shareholder’s (or shareholders’) resolution consenting to the equity transfer and the corresponding changes, and amending the articles of association.

 

3.                  Unless otherwise agreed to by this Agreement, each of the Parties shall bear its own costs (including handling fees and taxes) incurred as a result of the transfer of the Equity Interest in the Target Company in accordance with the laws.

 

4.                  The above change procedures shall not affect the Closing Date of the Equity Transfer.

 

Section 4 Amendment and Rescission

 

Before the Target Company completes the change registration of the transfer of the Equity Interest, the Agreement may be changed or rescinded under any of the following circumstances:

 

1.                  If a Force Majeure Event or other unpreventable external event not contributed by fault of either Party causes the Agreement’s incapability to be performed, either Party may terminate the Agreement by notifying the other Party in writing.

 

2.                  Either party may terminate this Agreement by a written notice to the other Party in the event that the other party loses its ability to perform.

 

3.                  If the breach of one Party or both Parties has seriously affected the economic benefits of the non-breaching Party, making it unnecessary to perform this Agreement, the non-breaching Party may inform the other Party to terminate this Agreement in writing.

 


 

4.                  This Agreement may be modified or terminated upon the mutual consent due to changes in the circumstances.

 

Section 5 Liabilities for Breach of Contract

 

1.                  Any Party’s breach of any of its representations, warranties or covenants herein or breach or failure to perform any of its obligations hereunder shall constitute a breach.  The non- breaching Party shall have the right to request the breaching Party in writing to rectify its default and continue to perform this Agreement.  The breaching Party shall take full, effective and timely measures to rectify the consequences of breach within five (5) Business Days after the receipt of the above written notice.  One Party shall be liable to the other Party for compensation for any actual loss suffered by the other Party due to its breach of contract.

 

2.                  Party A is entitled to terminate this Agreement in the event that Party B delays the payment of the Equity Purchase Price for more than 30 days.  Upon the termination of this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby shall be, and the Parties shall take all necessary measures to cause such transactions to be, terminated, to cancel and reverse to a status as such transactions were never conducted, including, if the Equity Interest has been registered under the name of Party B with the competent AIC at that time, Party B shall cooperate to transfer the Equity Interest back to Party A at the Equity Transfer Price paid by then and complete the AIC change registration.

 

Section 6 Dispute Resolution

 

1.                  Any dispute arising from the validity, performance, breach and termination of this Agreement shall be settled by the Parties through friendly negotiation.

 

2.                  In case no settlement has been reached, either Party can initiate a suit to the people’s court where Party A is located.

 

Section 7 Governing Law

 

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

 

Any matters not mentioned herein shall be determined by the Parties through negotiation and execution of supplementary agreements.  The supplementary agreements executed by the Parties shall have the same legal effect as the Agreement.

 

Section 8 Execution Date and Place

 

This Agreement is made by and between the Transferor and the Transferee on March 1, 2019 in Shanghai.

 


 

Section 9 Conditions to Effectiveness

 

This Agreement shall take effect upon being signed or sealed by both Parties.

 

Section 10 There are four (4) originals for this Agreement.  Party A and Party B shall each hold one original, the administrative authority for industry and commerce shall keep one original, and the Target Company shall keep one original.  Each original shall have the same legal effect.

 

[Reminder of page intentionally left blank]

 


 

[Signature Page of the Equity Transfer Agreement]

 

Party A (Signature or Seal):

 

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

Party B (Signature or Seal):

 

/s/ Geng Xiaofei

 

 


 

English Translation

 

September 23, 2018

 

Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

 

And

 

Geng Xiaofei

 

Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd

 

Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

 


 

EQUITY TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 

In connection with the

 

Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

 


 


 

Table of Contents

 

No.

 

Heading

 

Page

1.

 

Definitions and Interpretation

 

1

2.

 

Equity Interest Transfer

 

4

3.

 

Transfer Price

 

4

4.

 

Conditions Precedent

 

5

5.

 

Pre-Closing Obligations

 

7

6.

 

Fulfillment of Payment Conditions and Closing

 

8

7.

 

Covenants

 

8

8.

 

Representations and Warranties

 

9

9.

 

Additional Rights, Obligations and Undertakings

 

10

10.

 

Indemnification

 

13

11.

 

Validity

 

13

12.

 

Termination

 

13

13.

 

Confidentiality

 

15

14.

 

Fee

 

15

15.

 

Liability for Breach of Contract

 

16

16.

 

General Provisions

 

17

17.

 

Notice

 

19

18.

 

Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

20

Exhibit 1: Company Information

i

Exhibit 2: Pre-Closing Obligations

ii

Exhibit 3: Transferor Warranties, Transferee Warranties

v

Exhibit 4: Closing Deliverables

xiii

 


 

This Equity Transfer Agreement (“Agreement”), dated September 23, 2018, is entered into by and among the following Parties in Beijing, the PRC:

 

(1)                                Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd., a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC (“Transferor”);

 

(2)                                Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd., a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC (“Transferee 1”);

 

(3)                                Geng Xiaofei, a PRC citizen whose ID number is * (“Transferee 2”, together with Transferee 1, “Transferees”); and

 

(4)                                Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd., a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the PRC (“Company”).

 

In this Agreement, the Transferor, the Transferees and the Company are collectively referred to as theParties” and individually as a “Party.”

 

Whereas:

 

(A).                  The Company is a limited liability company incorporated on July 10, 2014 with unified social credit code *, and registered address at Room 1004, 10/F, Block A, Building 1, Yard 1, East Zhongguancun Road, Haidian District, Beijing. As of the execution date of this Agreement, Transferor holds 55% of equity interest in the Company.

 

(B).                  The Transferor agrees to sell and the Transferees agree to purchase 55% equity interest held by the Transferor in the Company (this “Transaction”) pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

The Parties agree as follows:

 

1.                  Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.1           As permitted by the context of this Agreement, the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

“Equity Interest”

 

55% of the registered capital of the Company held by the Transferor (which as of the date hereof is RMB6,050,000), together with all existing and future right, title and interest arising out of or in respect of such registered capital, including right to receive all dividends or other distribution benefits and all other rights and benefits attaching to its equity interest pursuant to the article of association or applicable laws;

 

 

 

“Transaction”

 

Has the meaning ascribed to it in RECITALS (B);

 

 

 

“Entrusted Payment”

 

Has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.1;

 

 

 

“Business Day”

 

A day (excluding Saturday, Sunday and statutory holidays) on which banks located in the PRC are open for business;

 


 

“Company”

 

Means Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd., please see Appendix I for details;

 

 

 

“Closing”

 

Has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6.3;

 

 

 

“Payment Date”

 

Has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 13.3;

 

 

 

“Payment Condition Fulfillment Date”

 

Has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6.1;

 

 

 

“Closing Date”

 

Has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6.3;

 

 

 

“Change Registration Completion Date”

 

Has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.1(a);

 

 

 

“Transaction Documents”

 

This Agreement and the Framework Agreement;

 

 

 

“Framework Agreement”

 

Means the Framework Agreement on the equity interest transfer of Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd. entered into by and among Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd., Beijing Giant Dream Education and Technology Co., Ltd., Geng Xiaofei, Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd., YIN Xiong, Beijing Yinxiong Education and Technology Co., Ltd., Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd. and other parties;

 

 

 

“Transferee Conditions”

 

Has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.2;

 

 

 

“Material Adverse Effect”

 

Means an event, circumstance, phenomenon, affairs or condition or any combination of the foregoing which has, or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (including, without limitation, contingent liabilities), business condition, financial condition, results of operations or prospects of the Company (whether now existing or occurring on or prior to the date of this Agreement or occurring after that date);

 

 

 

“PRC”

 

The People’s Republic of China but excluding, for the purposes of this Agreement, Hong Kong, Macau, and Taiwan;

 

 

 

“Transfer Price”

 

The consideration of the Equity Interest which is set forth in Section 3.1;

 

2


 

“Transferor Conditions”

 

Has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.1;

 

 

 

“AIC”

 

The State Administration for Industry and Commerce or any of its authorized local branches;

 

 

 

“Related Party”

 

(a) with respect to any person that is not an individual, means any other person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such Person; and (b) with respect to any person that is an individual: (i) the spouse of such person; (ii) children, parents (including stepparents) and siblings of such person and their spouses, spouses of such children or the spouses of such siblings, (iii) any trust established and maintained by any of the persons referred to in aforesaid sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii); and (iv) any medical institution or other entity of any type directly or indirectly controlled by or acting as the primary beneficiary by any person or entity referred to in aforesaid sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) or (iii);

 

 

 

“Governmental Entity”

 

Any international, national or local government or legislative body (at any level) or branch, subordinate or functional department thereof or other authority empowered to exercise any legislative power, regulatory power or quasi-governmental power;

 

 

 

“Intellectual Property Rights”

 

And all other rights or forms of protection of an equivalent or similar nature, in any part of the world, in respect of patents (including inventions, utility models and industrial designs), trademarks, copyrights (including rights in computer software), service marks, trade names or business names, domain names, logos and rights of authorship, design rights, database rights, confidential methods, processes and formulae, knowhow and other confidential information and trade secret rights and other similar rights, whether or not registered or capable of registration, and applications and rights of applications in connection with the foregoing;

 

 

 

“Encumbrance”

 

Any claim, mortgage, security, pledge, lien, restriction, assignment, power of sale, mortgage indenture, security interest, title retention, trust arrangement, subordinate arrangement, right of setoff under contract or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of creating security or any other benefit, interest or other right available to any person (including any right to acquire, option, preemptive right or right of first refusal) or any agreement, arrangement or obligation to create any of the foregoing;

 

3


 

“Restricted Transaction Matters”

 

Has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 9.5.

 

1.1           Headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

1.2           “Transferor” and “Transferee” include each of their respective successors, assignees and personal representatives (where applicable).

 

1.3           All guarantees, representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or obligations made or entered into by two or more persons shall be joint and several.

 

1.4           If the date on which the rights under this Agreement should have been exercised or the obligations hereunder shall have been performed is not a Business Day, the exercise of such rights or performance of such obligations shall be postponed to the nearest Business Day.

 

2.                  Equity Interest Transfer

 

2.1           Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Transferor transfers, and the Transferees acquire, the Equity Interest in the Company held by Transferor and all rights and obligations associated therewith, and such Equity Interest is free and clear of any lien, pledge or encumbrance of any kind.

 

The Transferees agree to purchase the Equity Interest in the number set forth in the following table:

 

Transferor

 

Amount of Registered Capital for
Sale (RMB)

 

Percentage of Equity
Interest in the Company

 

Transferor

 

6,050,000

 

55

%

 

3.                  Transfer Price

 

3.1           The transfer consideration of the Equity Interest shall be RMB453,000,000 (“Transfer Price”).  All payment of the consideration to be made by the Transferees to the Transferor for the Transaction shall be made on a pro rata basis to the Transferor’s bank account as described in Section 3.3 below in accordance with Consideration Allocation Percentage.

 

In addition, the Transferees shall pay RMB75,000,000 (the “Entrusted Payment”) to the Transferor on behalf of relevant parties in accordance with the Framework Agreement.  The Transferees shall make payment of the Entrusted Payment to the Transferor’s bank account as described in Section 3.3 below in accordance with the amount payable in the table set forth in Section 3.2.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Entrusted Payment shall not constitute the consideration for the Equity Interest.

 

3.2           The Parties agree on the following matters: (A) the percentage of the Equity Interest to be purchased by each Transferee from the Transferor; (B) the pro rata amount of the Transfer Price and the amount of the Entrusted Payment to be paid by each Transferee; and (C) the percentage of the Transfer Price to be paid by each Transferee (“Consideration Allocation Percentage”).

 

4


 

Transferee

 

Equity Interest
Percentage to be
Purchased

 

Transfer
Price
(RMB)

 

Percentage of
the Transfer
Price

 

Entrusted
Payments
(RMB)

 

Geng Xiaofi

 

38.5

%

317,100,000

 

70

%

52,500,000

 

Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd

 

16.5

%

135,900,000

 

30

%

22,500,000

 

Total

 

55

%

453,000.000

 

100

%

75,000,000

 

 

3.3           The Transferees shall pay the Transfer Price as follows: within five (5) Business Days after the Payment Condition Fulfillment Date, the Transferees shall remit RMB200,000,000 to the Transferor; and on or prior to October 15, 2018, the Transferees shall remit RMB253,000.000 to the Transferor.

 

The Transferees shall make the Entrusted Payment as follows: after the Payment Condition Fulfillment Date and on or prior to October 15, 2018, the Transferees shall remit all Entrusted Payment to the Transferor.  The day on which the Transfer Price and the Entrusted Payment to be made are completed shall be referred to as the “Payment Date”.

 

Payment information of the Transferor is as follows:

 

Beneficiary: Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

 

Opening Bank: Tsinghua Garden Sub-branch of China Merchants Bank

 

Account No.:

 

4.                  Conditions Precedent

 

4.1           The obligation of the Transferor to complete the sale and transfer of the Equity Interest shall be subject to the conditions (the “Transferor Conditions”) reasonably satisfactory to the Transferor. The Transferor may in its sole and absolute discretion waive any one or more of the Transferor Conditions by notice in writing to the Transferees (without prejudice to any of its rights hereunder), the Transferor Conditions are:

 

4.1.1                    No governmental entity has issued, enacted, made, promulgated or enforced any law or order (other than any that has been revoked, withdrawn or reversed) that restricts, prohibits or otherwise prevents this Transaction;

 

4.1.2                    The Transaction Documents have been duly executed;

 

4.1.3                    The Transferees warranties are true and accurate in all material respects when made and remain true and accurate during the period from the execution date of this Agreement to the date of remittance of the relevant Transfer Price; and

 

5


 

4.1.4                    The Transferees shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements, obligations and conditions of the Transaction Documents to be performed or complied with by it on or before the remittance date of relevant Transfer Price.

 

4.2           The obligation of the Transferees to complete the purchase and transfer of the Equity Interest shall be subject to the conditions (the “Transferee Conditions”) reasonably satisfactory to the Transferees. The Transferees may in its sole and absolute discretion waive any one or more of the Transferees Conditions by notice in writing to the Transferor (without prejudice to any of its rights hereunder), the Transferee Conditions are:

 

(a)                       Governmental Entity has not issued, enacted, made, promulgated or enforced any law or order (other than any that has been revoked, withdrawn or reversed) that restricts, prohibits or otherwise prevents this Transaction;

 

(b)                       The Transaction Documents have been duly executed;

 

(c)                        The execution and delivery of this Agreement and other transaction documents and the performance by Transferor and the Company (as applicable) of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary internal procedures and obtained by each of Transferor and the Company;

 

(d)                       No change having Material Adverse Effect has occurred to the Company’s business, in particular, change having Material Adverse Effect in its business, assets, liabilities, management, equity (financial, trading or otherwise) or profits;

 

(e)                        The Transferors shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements, obligations and conditions contained in the Transaction Documents that the Transferors shall have performed or complied with on or before the remittance date of relevant Transfer Price;

 

(f)                         The Transferor’s Warranties are when given, and remain true, accurate and complete and not misleading in material respect during the period from the execution date of this Agreement until the date of remittance of relevant Transfer Price; and

 

(g)                        There is no governmental approval document relating to the Equity Transfer hereunder contrary to or inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or provisions detrimental to the Transferees.

 

4.3           Once this Agreement is executed, the Parties shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure the fulfillment of the conditions precedent by September 30, 2018.  Such reasonable efforts shall include, the Parties shall take all reasonable, necessary or appropriate measures as soon as practicable.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that the Transferees shall pay the first installment of the price set forth in Section 3.3 hereof, i.e. RMB200,000,000, by September 30, 2018, unless the conditions to the Transferees have not been fulfilled (or waived by the Transferees).

 

6


 

4.4           If by September 30, 2018, any of the Transferor Conditions have not been satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 4.1) or the Transferee Conditions have not been satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 4.2), this Agreement shall immediately terminate automatically, except for Section 1 (Definitions and Interpretation), Section 13 (Confidentiality), Section 14 (Expenses), Section 16 (General Terms), Section 17 (Notices) and Section 18 (Governing Law and Dispute Resolution).  Except for otherwise provided in this Agreement or for the liabilities for breach committed by any Party, the rights and obligations of each Party shall cease to be effective immediately after the termination.  If the Transferor Conditions or the Transferee Conditions are not satisfied due to willful or gross negligence of one Party, such Party shall bear the liabilities for breach.

 

5.                  Pre-closing Obligations

 

5.1           The Transferor undertakes that during the period from the execution date of this Agreement until the Closing Date, unless otherwise required in this Agreement, it shall cause the Company to carry out its normal business activities in the same manner as previously carried out and such business activities shall be in compliance with the PRC Laws.  Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Company shall, and the Transferor shall:

 

5.1.1                    ensure that the Company conducts its business only in the ordinary course and    shall not make or agree to make any payment, nor shall the Company create or agree to create any mortgage, lien, pledge or encumbrance of any nature, except for routine payments in the ordinary course of business or with the prior written consent of the Transferees;

 

5.1.2                    use their best efforts to preserve the business intact of the Company, maintain the Company’s assets in good working conditions and in good repair, and maintain the relationships with its customers, suppliers and other persons having business dealings with it;

 

5.1.3                    endeavor to ensure that the Company’s current officers and key employees will continue to provide services to the Company;

 

5.1.4                    at the reasonable request and prior notice of the Transferees, make available all books, records and accounts of the Company to the Transferees and/or any person authorized by the Transferees.  The audit shall only be conducted during the normal business hours and the Transferees and/or its authorized person shall not copy or take away such books, records and accounts; and

 

5.1.5                    unless upon prior written consent of the Transferees or unless otherwise specifically permitted in this Agreement, comply with the items set forth in Exhibit 2.

 

5.2           From the execution date hereof, the Transferor shall immediately notify the Transferees in writing of material information, notices and events relating to the Company, the employees of the Company or the assets once they become known to the Transferor; such material information, notices and events mean (i) the information, notices and events determined by the Transferor to be material, or (ii) such information, notices and events that may materially and adversely affect the Company.

 

7


 

5.3           Unless otherwise specifically provided for herein, the Transferor and the Transferees shall each bear their own transfer taxes/fees (including the income tax, business tax, value-added tax, consumption tax, stamp duty, other similar taxes and governmental charges) arising out of this Agreement or the Transfer in accordance with the applicable laws.  The Parties shall cooperate with each other as far as reasonably required and to the extent consistent with laws to reduce such transfer taxes/fees.

 

5.4           References in this Section 5 and the pre-closing obligations set forth in Exhibit 2 involving the Company, the term “Company” shall include the Company and any entity controlled by the Company.

 

6.                  Fulfillment of Payment Conditions and Closing

 

6.1           The date on which all the Transferor Conditions and the Transferee Conditions have been satisfied or waived shall be referred to as the “Payment Condition Fulfillment Date.

 

6.2           This Transaction shall be closed at the Company’s business place on the second Business Day (“Closing Date”) following the date of completion of the Change Registration (“Closing”).  The Parties may agree upon another time and place to consummate the Closing.

 

6.3           At the Closing, the Transferor shall duly perform its obligations customary in the market to effect the change in ownership and control of the Company.  Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, at the Closing, the Transferor shall deliver to the Transferees all Closing Deliverables as set out in Exhibit 4.

 

7.                  Covenants

 

7.1                              The Transferor shall perform and comply with each and all of the following covenants, obligations and undertakings:

 

(a)                                          Within 30 days after the Payment Date, the Transferor, the Transferees and the Company shall actively cooperate with each other in submitting to the AIC and completing the change registration with respect to this Transaction, and obtain the renewed business license; the date on which the change registration is completed with the AIC shall be referred to as the “Change Registration Completion Date”; and

 

(b)                       Following the Change Registration Completion Date, the Transferees shall cooperate with the Company in changing all authorized signatories for all bank accounts to designated personnel of the Transferees.

 

7.2                              The Transferor, the Company and the Transferees shall cooperate in (including the execution of all necessary documents) the appointment of the following personnel, and complete all necessary procedures with the AIC in connection with such appointment:

 

8


 

(a)                       The Transferees shall appoint 4 directors to the board of the Company;

 

(b)                       Appoint one (1) director designated by the Transferees as the legal representative and the chairman of the Company;

 

(c)                        Appoint one (1) person designated by the Transferees as the sole supervisor of the Company; and

 

(d)                       Appoint persons designated by the Transferees as the general manager, the vice general manager and the finance director, and the human resources director of the Company;

 

7.3                              After the Closing Date, the Transferees shall ensure that the Company’s name shall be changed within 180 days after the Closing Date without the word of “Tus”; the Transferor and the Transferees agree that the Company can still use the trademark with the word of “Tus” within 180 days after the Closing Date but shall not continue to use the trademark after the aforesaid time limit, unless otherwise agreed by the Transferor.

 

8.                  Representations and Warranties

 

8.1           The Transferor represents and warrants to the Transferees that the representations and warranties set forth in Exhibit 3 (“Transferor Warranties”) are, and shall remain with respect to the period from the execution date of this Agreement to the Closing Date, true, accurate, complete and not misleading.  The representations and warranties concerning the Company set forth in Exhibit 3, the word “Company” shall include the Company and any entity controlled by the Company.

 

8.2           The Transferor acknowledges that the Transferees has entered into this Agreement in reliance upon the Transferor Warranties.

 

8.3           Notwithstanding the Closing, the Transferees shall still be entitled to claim that the Transferor Warranties are false, inaccurate, incomplete, misleading or have been breached in material respects within 2 years after the Closing Date (within 5 years after the Closing Date for tax-related matters).  After the aforementioned period, the Transferees shall not make any claim with respect to such matter.

 

8.4           The Transferor undertakes to notify the Transferees in writing immediately if it become aware of any matter or circumstance which violates or is inconsistent with the representations and warranties prior to the Closing.

 

8.5           If the Transferor Warranties are false, inaccurate, incomplete or misleading as of the Closing Date and the period from the execution date of this Agreement to the Closing Date, the Transferor shall pay the Transferees the amounts, and such amount of money is equal to the amount that would have been needed to put the Company in the position it would have been in had the Transferor guaranteed true and accurate performance.  The Transferor shall indemnify the Transferees for the actual losses suffered by the Company after the Closing Date due to any claim made by the Company after the Closing Date due to the false, inaccurate, incomplete or misleading of the Transferor Warranties.

 

9


 

8.6           Without prejudice to the generality of Section 8.5 (i.e., the indemnification provided for in Section 8.5 shall apply to this Section 8.6), the Transferor undertakes to indemnify the Transferees against any claims, liabilities, losses, costs and expenses that the Transferees may suffer in relation to:

 

(a)             Settle with the Transferor any claim in connection with the false, inaccurate, incomplete, misleading or breach of the Transferor Warranties;

 

(b)             The Transferees claim that the Transferor’s Warranties are false, inaccurate, incomplete, misleading or breached and received a successful judgment through legal proceedings; and

 

(c)              Enforce such settlement agreement or judgment in relation to this Agreement or its subject matter.

 

8.7           Prior to the Closing Date, in order to enable the Transferees to assure the accuracy of, and compliance with, the Transferor Warranties, the Transferor shall make every effort to provide the Transferees and its authorized representatives with information and materials relating to the Company and the Transferor to the extent reasonably requested by the Transferees in writing.

 

9.                  Additional Rights, Obligations and Undertakings

 

9.1           Each of the Parties shall bear and pay all costs, taxes and expenses incurred or to be incurred by it in connection with negotiating and executing this Agreement and conducting and consummating this Transaction.

 

9.2           The Transferor shall also, to the extent deemed necessary and appropriate by the Transferees, provide full cooperation in connection with the change of the names of the Company and/or its affiliates.  Further, to the extent deemed necessary and appropriate by the Transferees, the Transferor shall provide cooperation and take necessary measures to assist the conversion of the private schools owned by the Company from non-profit nature into for-profit nature, the application for the school qualification of private schools owned by the Company, the Company and its private schools, the follow-up operation of the Company, the management of the Company and the maintenance of the stability of the education team and other matters reasonably requested by the Transferees.

 

9.3           The Transferor undertakes and covenants to the Transferees that, during the period from the execution of this Agreement until the end of the third (3rd) year after it ceases to hold, directly or indirectly, any equity interest in the Company, it shall not, and shall ensure that any entity or person controlled by the Transferor and other entities or persons acting on its behalf will not, employ or attempt to employ any employee or officer of the Company, or induce or attempt to induce any employee or officer of the Company to leave his/her position with the Company, except with the prior written consent of the Transferees.

 

10


 

9.4           After the Closing, the Transferees shall be entitled, in its sole discretion, (i) to decide and adjust the employee structure, number and compensation, and other human resources matters of the Company; and (ii) to incorporate the human resources rules and policies of the Transferees (or its affiliates) into the human resources system of the Company.

 

9.5           If at any time after the execution of this Agreement, (A) this Agreement or this Transaction is held invalid by a judicial authority, (B) the competent governmental entities request in writing to cease or cancel this Transaction, or (C) the competent governmental entities issue, formulate, make, promulgate or implement any orders, opinions, guidance, notices or approvals restricting, prohibiting or preventing this Transaction in writing with respect to this Transaction (“Restricted Transaction Matters”), the Transferees shall have the right to immediately terminate or cancel this Transaction; if the Transferees terminate or cancel this Transaction in accordance with the foregoing, it shall give a notice of termination or cancellation of this Transaction to the Transferor and, the rights and obligations of each Party shall cease to be effective from the date on which the Transferor give such notice of termination or cancellation of this Transaction, except as otherwise provided herein or as to the liabilities for breach of contract incurred by any Party,.

 

In particular, after the Transferees terminates or rescinds this Transaction in accordance with the abovementioned provisions of this Section 9.5: (A) if the relevant change registration of the Company has been completed, the Transferees shall cooperate with the Transferor in completing the relevant AIC change registration procedures and other procedures within 30 Business Days after the date on which the above notice of termination or rescission of this Transaction is given so as to revert the Company’s shareholders, directors, supervisors, legal representative, managers and authorized signatories for bank accounts to the status before this Transaction.  Within 30 Business Days after the completion of the aforesaid procedures, the Transferor shall refund to the Transferees the consideration for this Transaction and the Entrusted Payment; further, with respect to the loan (if any) to be provided by the Transferees to the Company in accordance with Section 9.6 or Section 9.7, the Transferor shall repay the loan to the Transferees by providing the loan to the Company or by any other feasible means within 30 Business Days after the Company completes the AIC change registration procedures in accordance with the foregoing provisions; or (B) if the change registration of the Company has not completed, the Transferor shall refund the consideration already received by it for this Transaction and the Entrusted Payment to the Transferees within 30 Business Days from the date on which the Transferees gives the notice of termination or rescission of this Transaction.  If the Transferor fails to repay the Transaction consideration and the Entrusted Payment within the specified time limit in accordance with aforesaid item (A) or item (B) or fails to provide the relevant loan to the Company for repayment of the loan (if any) provided by the Transferees to the Company in accordance with Section 9.6 or Section 9.7, the Transferor agrees to pay the Transferees the overdue fine in the amount of 0.1% for each day of such failure.  For the purpose of aforesaid item (A), if the failure to complete the relevant change registration procedures with AIC and other procedures within thirty (30) Business Days is due to the Transferor’s reason, the Transferor shall still make repayment to the Transferees within thirty (30) Business Days after the expiration of such period.

 

9.6           The Transferees undertake that, within thirty (30) Business Days after the Change Registration Completion Date, it (or its affiliate) will provide the Company with relevant loans to be used by the Company for the repayment of the following loans: the shareholder loan granted by Transferor to the Company in the amount of RMB123,000,000 and interest accrued thereon in the amount of RMB43,656,944.44 (as of August 31, 2018); the interest accrued after August 31, 2018 will be calculated based on the actual repayment date and calculated separately.  The repayment account is as follows:

 

11


 

Beneficiary: Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

 

Opening Bank: Tsinghua Garden Sub-branch of China Merchants Bank

 

Account No.:

 

If the Transferees fail to provide the Company with the relevant loan to repay the aforesaid loan within the above time limit, the Transferees agree to pay the Transferor 0.1% of the outstanding payment on a daily basis as overdue fine.

 

9.7           With respect to the loan of RMB81 million granted by Tsinghua Holdings Group Finance Co., Ltd. to the Company (“Tsinghua Holdings Loan”):

 

(a)             After the Change Registration Completion Date, the Transferor shall be obliged to immediately communicate with Tsinghua Holdings Group Finance Co., Ltd. with respect to the repayment arrangement of the Tsinghua Holdings Loan and endeavor to maintain the current term of the loan (i.e. Tsinghua Holdings Group Finance Co., Ltd. does not recover the loan in advance); the Transferor shall complete the communication with Tsinghua Holdings Group Finance Co., Ltd. no later than 30 Business Days after the Change Registration Completion Date of and notify the Transferees in writing of the results of the communication;

 

(b)             If the Transferees are notified by the Transferor that it is unable to maintain the existing loan term (i.e. Tsinghua Holdings Group Finance Co., Ltd. requests early collection of the borrowings), the Transferees (or theirs affiliate) shall provide relevant loan with the Company and the Company shall further use such loan to repay Tsinghua Holdings Loan (including interest).  In particular, the Company shall pay such amount directly to the Transferor within 35 Business Days after the Change Registration Completion Date, and the Transferor shall act on behalf of the Company to pay the loan and interest (interest calculated from September 22, 2018 to the repayment date of the loan and the interest standard shall be annualized 6.2%) to Tsinghua Holdings Group Finance Co., Ltd..  After the Company makes the payment to the Transferor, it shall be deemed that the Company has no longer incurred debts to Tsinghua Holdings Group Finance Co., Ltd., and all subsequent liabilities shall be directly borne by the Transferor.

 

9.8           After the Closing, if Beijing Bank Co., Ltd., the creditor of the Company requests the Company to repay RMB50 million in advance or requests Tus-Holdings Co., Ltd. (as the guarantor) to perform the guarantee obligations with respect to such debts, the Transferees shall have the obligation to make appropriate settlement to ensure that Tus-Holdings Co., Ltd. will not actually perform the guarantee obligations.  If Tus-Holdings Co., Ltd. actually performs its guarantee obligations, the Transferees shall indemnify Tus-Holdings Co., Ltd. for all losses arising therefrom, including without limitation the principal, interest, penalty interest, liquidated damages, litigation costs and attorney’s fees.  The compensation shall be paid within 5 Business Days after Tus-Holdings Co., Ltd actually performs the guarantee obligations.  In case of any delay in payment, the liquidated damages shall be paid as per the standard of 0.1% per day.  The Transferees will issue relevant letter of undertaking to Tus-Holdings Co., Ltd. based on the foregoing.

 

12


 

9.9           The Transferor shall be responsible for completing relevant formalities with respect to all internal and external authorizations (including required examinations, approvals, registrations and filings) required for the management of state-owned assets.

 

10.            Indemnification

 

10.1     The Transferor undertakes to the Transferees that it will indemnify the Transferees and make full payment (on an equivalent basis) to the Transferees in respect of any liability for the payment by the Company and any entity controlled by it for:

 

(a)                       Any non-compliance regarding the daily operation of the Company and any entities controlled by the Company prior to the Closing Date (including but not limited to, failure to contribute or fully contribute to social insurance and housing fund for its employees or non-compliance of other employment-related regulations);

 

(b)                       Any potential and contingent liabilities of the Company and its affiliates outside of the financial statements provided to the Transferees prior to the Closing Date;

 

(c)                        The Equity Interest is subject to any Encumbrance.

 

10.2     The indemnification and payment by the Transferor to the Transferees under Section 10.1 is subject to the following conditions: (A) the losses caused to the Company and any entities controlled by the Company with respect to a matter or series of related matters amount to or exceed RMB5 million (i.e. the Transferor will not be liable for such losses if the amount is not exceed RMB5 million); (B) the aggregate losses caused to the Company and any entities controlled by the Company amount to or exceed RMB10 million for any matter; provided, however, that the Transferor shall not be required to indemnify and make payment to the Transferees for the losses of less than RMB5 million caused to the Company.

 

10.3    This Section 10 will not be terminated with the Closing of the Equity Transfer.

 

11.           Validity

 

11.1     This Agreement comes into effect upon being affixed with the seals and executed by the authorized representatives of all the Parties.

 

12.           Termination

 

12.1     The Transferees may terminate this Agreement by notice in writing to the Transferor immediately, without any liability to the Transferor, under any of the following circumstances:

 

13


 

(a)             Any governmental entity makes an order permanently restraining, prohibiting or otherwise blocking the consummation of the Transaction;

 

(b)             The Transferor becomes aware that any of the Transferor’s Warranties is false, inaccurate, incomplete, misleading or has been breached in material respect as of the execution date hereof or thereafter, and the Transferor fails to rectify such breach within fifteen (15) days after the Transferees give a written notice requesting the Transferor to rectify such breach;

 

(c)              Any material breach by Transferor of any terms of this Agreement (including without limitation any material breach of any representations and warranties, undertakings, covenants or obligations) which has a Material Adverse Effect on the Company’s operation, and the Transferor fails to rectify such breach within fifteen (15) days after the Transferees gives a written notice requesting the Transferor to rectify such breach;

 

(d)             Transferor fails to complete the AIC change registration and obtain the renewed business license for more than three months (other than due to the reasons attributable to the Transferees) in accordance with Section 7.1(a) hereof;

 

(e)              Any event having material adverse effect on the financial status or operation prospect of the Company occurred before the Closing, except for those having been disclosed to the Transferees; or

 

(f)               Termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 9.5

 

The Transferees shall exercise the above rights within thirty (30) Business Days after it becomes aware or should become aware of such circumstance; otherwise, the Transferees shall lose such rights.

 

12.2     Upon the termination of this Agreement, all rights and obligations of the Parties shall cease immediately, except for Section 1 (Definitions and Interpretation), Section 13 (Confidentiality), Section 14 (Fee), Section 16 (General Terms), Section 17 (Notice) and Section 18 (Governing Law and Dispute Resolution) of this Agreement, and any claims arising out of previous breaches of this Agreement, shall survive.

 

If the Transferees terminate this Agreement in accordance with this Section, it shall give a termination notice to the Transferor and, unless otherwise provided for herein or any Party’s liabilities for breach of contract has occurred, the rights and obligations of each Party shall cease to be effective from the date on which the Transferor gives the aforesaid termination notice.  After the Transferees terminate this Transaction, (A) if the relevant change registration of the Company has been completed, the Transferees shall cooperate with the Transferor in completing the relevant AIC change registration procedures and other procedures within 30 Business Days after the date on which the above notice of termination or rescission of this Transaction is given so as to revert the Company’s shareholders, directors, supervisors, legal representative, managers and authorized signatories for bank accounts to the status before this Transaction.  Within 30 Business Days after the completion of the aforesaid procedures, the Transferor shall refund to the Transferees the consideration for this Transaction and the Entrusted Payment; further, with respect to the loan (if any) to be provided by the Transferees to the Company in accordance with Section 9.6 or Section 9.7, the Transferor shall repay the loan to the Transferees by providing the loan to the Company or by any other feasible means within 30 Business Days after the Company completes the AIC change registration procedures in accordance with the foregoing provisions; or (B) if the change registration of the Company has not completed, the Transferor shall refund the consideration already received by it for this Transaction and the Entrusted Payment to the Transferees within 30 Business Days from the date on which the Transferees give the notice of termination or rescission of this Transaction.  If the Transferor fails to repay the Transaction consideration and the Entrusted Payment within the specified time limit in accordance with aforesaid item (A) or item (B) or fails to provide the relevant loan to the Company for repayment of the loan (if any) provided by the Transferees to the Company in accordance with Section 9.6 or Section 9.7, the Transferor agrees to pay the Transferees the overdue fine in the amount of 0.1% for each day of such failure.  For the purpose of aforesaid item (A), if the failure to complete the relevant change registration procedures with AIC and other procedures within 30 Business Days is due to the Transferor’s reason, the Transferor shall still make repayment to the Transferees within thirty (30) Business Days after the expiration of such period.

 

14


 

13.           Confidentiality

 

13.1     Subject to exceptions set forth in Section 13.2, from the date hereof, each Party shall not, without prior written consent of the other Parties, disclose (or permit its officers, employees, directors, agents, advisors or affiliates to disclose) the existence of this Agreement or its contents to any person or entity (except as permitted by this Agreement). In case of any early termination of this Agreement, the Transferees (including their Affiliates, officers, employees, directors, agents, advisors, representatives and aforesaid personnel of their Affiliates) shall bear aforesaid confidentiality obligation for the information about the Company provided by the Transferors to the Transferees.

 

13.2     The restrictions of Section 13.1 shall not apply to the disclosure of any information by a Party (“Disclosing Party”) if:

 

(e)                        Is or hereafter enters the public domain otherwise than as a result of a breach of confidentiality undertakings;

 

(f)                         The disclosure of information is required by law, governmental authority, stock exchange or other regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Disclosing Party and to the persons authorized by law to receive such information;

 

(g)                        In the course of proceedings before it to which the Disclosing Party is a party, to the court, arbitrator or administrative tribunal as may be necessary for such proceedings; or

 

(h)                       Information is disclosed to professional advisers who owe a duty of confidence to the Disclosing Party about the information disclosed.

 

15


 

14.           Fee

 

14.1 Each Party shall bear its own costs of and incidental to this Agreement and the transfer contemplated by this Agreement; provided that if this Agreement is rescinded due to the breach by a Party, such Party shall indemnify the other Parties for its costs and expenses incurred as a result of the preparation, negotiation and performance of this Agreement.

 

14.2 The Company shall bear any governmental expenses and taxes (if any) arising from the transfer of the Equity Interest hereunder, including, without limitation, expenses incurred in the approval and registration processes.

 

14.3 The Transferor acknowledges and warrants to the Transferees that the expenses of whatever nature payable by the Transferor in connection with the transfer of the Equity Interest are not and will not be borne by the Company.

 

15.            Liability

 

15.1 Liability for breach of contract

 

(a)                       Unless otherwise provided for herein, if a Party hereunder violates or fails to perform any provisions of this Agreement, or maliciously impedes the implementation of or fulfillment of conditions for the transaction hereunder, and fails or delays to implement such provisions under reasonable notices given by the non-breaching Party, the breaching Party shall pay liquidated damages to the non-breaching Party with the amount of breach damages being limited to the actual losses and not exceed 20% of the Transfer Price.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of indemnification made by the Transferor or Transferees with respect to any claims for losses arising from its breach of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 8 hereof shall be limited to 100% of the Transfer Price; the indemnification made by the Transferor to the Transferees in accordance with Section 10 shall be limited to the actual losses.

 

(b)                       In particular, if the failure to complete the Transfer under this Agreement is due to the unwillingness of the Transferor to continue the Transfer after the relevant Transferor Conditions have been satisfied (or waived by the Transferor) and the relevant Transferee Conditions have been satisfied (or waived by the Transferees), the Transferees shall have the right to rescind this Agreement and the Transferor shall pay the Transferees liquidated damages in the amount equal to 10% of the Transfer Price receivable by it; if the failure to complete the Transfer under this Agreement is due to the unwillingness of the Transferees to continue the Transfer after the relevant Transferor Conditions have been satisfied (or waived by the Transferor) and the relevant Transferee Conditions have been satisfied (or waived by the Transferees), the Transferor shall have the right to rescind this Agreement and the Transferees shall pay the Transferor liquidated damages in the amount equal to 10% of the Transfer Price payable by it to the Transferor.

 

15.2 This breach and indemnification provisions of this Section shall come into effect ab initio, and shall not be affected by other provisions hereof or become invalid as a result of rescission or termination of this Agreement.

 

15.3 Any grace or leniency granted by one Party to the other Party with respect to any breach or delay by the other Party shall not be deemed as a waiver of its rights and powers, and shall not prejudice, affect or restrict all rights and powers such Party is entitled to under this Agreement and relevant laws and regulations.

 

16


 

15.4 The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by Law.

 

15.5 Except for knowingly and deliberately delaying the action beyond the statute of limitations, unless otherwise provided for in this Agreement, failure to exercise or delay in exercising a right or remedy provided by this Agreement or by law does not impair or constitute a waiver of such right or remedy, nor does it impair or constitute a waiver of any other right or remedy.

 

16.           General Provisions

 

16.1 This Agreement, together with the other Transaction Documents, constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and negotiations.  All previous agreements relating to the subject matter of this Agreement are hereby extinguished and shall have no further force or effect; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall exclude liability or remedy arising out of fraud.

 

16.2 This Agreement may not be amended, modified or otherwise modified except by an instrument in writing agreed by the Parties.

 

16.3 The Transferor hereby acknowledges that it shall ensure that, after the execution of this Agreement, it will not negotiate or have contact with any third party with respect to the sale or settlement of all or any portion of the Equity Interest or the sale or settlement of any assets of the Company, and ensures that its officers, employees, agents and advisors will comply with the foregoing.

 

16.4 All provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full legal force and effect after the Closing (unless the obligations set forth in relevant provisions have been fully performed at the Closing).

 

16.5 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Without the prior written consent of the other Parties, no Party shall (or shall attempt to) assign, transfer, subcontract or otherwise dispose of in any way the benefit of all or any of its rights or interests under this Agreement or any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

16.6 Each of the provisions of this Agreement is severable.  If any provision is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any jurisdiction, but would be valid and enforceable if some part of the provision were deleted or its extent reduced, that provision shall apply with such deletion or modification as may be necessary to make it valid and enforceable.  Without prejudice to the foregoing, if any provision is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the laws of any jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed, to the extent of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability, not to form part of this Agreement, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, so long as the fundamental relationships among the Parties are not changed materially.  The Parties shall use all reasonable efforts to replace such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision with a substitute provision that is legal, valid and enforceable and that has the closest possible consequence to the intent of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision.

 

17


 

16.7 In addition to all other rights and remedies available, the right of rescission granted to the Parties under this Agreement is in addition to and not in derogation of all other rights and remedies available (and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, such right of rescission shall not affect the Transferee’s right to damages for breach of contract).  The failure of any Party to this Agreement to exercise or successfully exercise a right of rescission shall not constitute a waiver by the Transferees of any other such right or remedy.

 

16.8 Unless otherwise agreed upon, failure or delay on the part of each of the Parties to exercise any right or remedy under any provisions of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver thereof.

 

16.9 This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different Parties in separate counterparts, provided that each Party shall execute at least one counterpart, otherwise this Agreement shall have no legal effect, and each executed counterpart shall be deemed to be an original of this Agreement but all the counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

16.10 This Agreement is written and executed in the Chinese language.  This Agreement is executed in Chinese in eight originals.  Each Party and the Company shall hold two original copies of this Agreement, and the remaining originals shall be submitted to relevant authorities.

 

16.11 Either Party shall be relieved of all or part of its obligations under this Agreement in light of the effect of the Force Majeure Event if it fails or delays to perform its obligations hereunder due to the Force Majeure Event, provided, however, that such Party shall promptly notify the other Parties of the occurrence of such Force Majeure Event and provide the other Parties with detailed information and evidence of the Force Majeure Event within 15 Business Days after the occurrence of such Force Majeure Event, specifying the reason for its failure or delay in performing its obligations hereunder.  If the effect of a Force Majeure Event cannot be reversed, rectified or remedied within 30 Business Days after the occurrence of such Force Majeure Event, any of the Parties shall have the right to rescind this Contract without liability.  “Force Majeure Event” means, with respect to a Party, any unforeseeable, unavoidable, insurmountable or uncontrollable objective circumstances preventing such Party from performing all or part of its obligations hereunder, including lightning, typhoon, hurricane, flood, earthquake or other acts of nature, epidemic, war, riots and adjustments to and changes in any relevant laws.

 

16.12 Only for the purpose of the AIC change registration of this Transaction, the Parties may enter into a separate short form Equity Interest transfer agreement (or other similar agreements) for the AIC change registration.  In the event of any discrepancy between any of the terms of such short form agreements and this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

18


 

17.           Notice

 

17.1 Notices (including any approvals, consents or other communications) relating to this Agreement and the documents referred to herein:

 

Must be written in Chinese;

 

Must be left at or delivered by courier to the address of the recipient, or sent by prepaid letter (where the letter is to or from a place outside of the PRC, the airmail is used) to the address of the recipient, or sent by email to the email box of the recipient, that is, in each case with respect to the Party to whom notice is to be given in accordance with this Section (with indication of the recipient being specified), or such other address or fax number and/or indication of such other recipient as the relevant Party may from time to time designate by notice given in accordance with this Section.

 

Detailed information of each party as of the execution date of this Agreement is as follows:

 

To the Transferor: Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

 

Address: 10/F, Block A, Innovation Plaza, Tsinghua Science Park, Haidian District, Beijing

 

Attention:

 

To the Company: Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Address: No. 64 Shuimo West Street, East Yuanmingyuan Road, Haidian District, Beijing

 

Pre-closing Attention:

 

Post-closing Attention:

 

To Transferee 1: Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd.

 

Address: 165 Guangfu West Road, Putuo District, Shanghai

 

Attention:

 

To Transferee 2: Geng Xiaofei

 

Address:

 

17.2Subject to Section 17.3, a notice is deemed to have been served at the time when:

 

A notice served at the address of the recipient shall be deemed to have been served on delivery to that address

 

Notices given by post shall be deemed to have been served on the 3rd day after posting (or on the 7th day after posting if the letter is posted or posted to an address outside of the PRC); and

 

Where a notice is sent by E-mail, such notice shall be deemed to have been served upon successful transmission as shown on the E-mail box from which the E-mail is sent.

 

19


 

17.3 A notice served or deemed to have been served under Section 17.2 on a non-Business Day or on a Business Day after 5 p.m. in the place of delivery shall be deemed to have been served on the next following Business Day.

 

17.4 Each Party undertakes to give notice to the other Party by delivery of a notice pursuant to this Section if the address set forth herein is no longer appropriate for the purpose of serving notices as an address for service of notices.

 

18.           Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

18.1 This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the PRC.

 

18.2 Any dispute, controversy or claim among the Parties arising from or in connection with this Agreement or any breach of this Agreement, if not resolved by the Parties through friendly consultation, shall be submitted to the competent people’s court in Beijing for litigation.

 

20


 

Exhibit 1: Company Information

 

i


 

Exhibit 2: Pre-closing obligations

 

The Transferor undertakes that during the period from the execution date of this Agreement until the Closing Date, it shall comply with the following:

 

1.                  Right to know of the Transferees

 

The Transferor shall make the Transferees entitled to obtain the operation and financial information of the Company from the execution date hereof to the Closing Date.

 

2.                  Restrictions

 

Unless prior written consent from the Transferees is given, the Transferor shall ensure, to the extent of its contractual rights, that after the execution date of this Agreement, the Company:

 

(i)                                     Will not increase, distribute, issue, purchase, repay or redeem any share capital, or agree, arrange or commit to do any of the foregoing, or acquire or agree to acquire any equity interest in a company, or merge or consolidate with a company or any other person, or enter into any demerger transaction or participate in or provide any financial support for any of the foregoing;

 

(ii)                                  Unless otherwise provided for in the Transaction Documents, operate the business in the ordinary course so as to maintain the sustainable operation of the Company;

 

(iii)                               Not take any action that would constitute a breach of any representations and warranties of the Transferor;

 

(iv)                              Will not enter into any onerous, non-customary or other material agreements outside of the ordinary course of business;

 

(v)                                 Will not make any material alteration to the nature or form of organization of the Company (including but not limited to any alteration through the establishment, merger or disposal of the subsidiaries or the business), or engage in any activities other than the daily business activities that may have a material adverse effect on the Company;

 

(vi)                              Will not acquire or dispose of, or agree to acquire or dispose of, any asset other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

(vii)                           Will not expend or agree to expend any capital expenditure or assume or agree to assume any capital expenditure commitment involved;

 

(viii)                        Unless otherwise provided for in the Transaction Documents, will not declare or pay any dividend, or repay any shareholder loans;

 

(ix)                              Will not create, or agree to create, any new Encumbrance over its assets;

 

(x)                                 Will not change the employment conditions or compensation arrangements of any incumbent director or senior officer;

 

ii


 

(xi)                              Will not change the auditor of the Company;

 

(xii)                           Will not sell, transfer or authorize the disposal of any Material Assets;

 

(xiii)                        Unless required by laws and regulations, will not make any material change to its current accounting policies and application;

 

(xiv)                       Will not make any material changes to any of the Constitutional Documents (other than an amendment pursuant to this Agreement);

 

(xv)                          Except for the agreements or arrangements relevant to the transaction hereunder, will not enter into any agreement or arrangement outside the ordinary course of business with the Transferor or any affiliates of the Transferor;

 

(xvi)                       Will not employ or engage a new consultant;

 

(xvii)                    Will not make or agree to make any payment to the Transferor or any other affiliate of the Transferor, other than pursuant to an agreement executed prior to the execution date of this Agreement or payments that have been fully and fairly disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule;

 

(xviii)                 Will not enter into, amend or agree to enter into, or amend, any borrowing, factoring or other financing arrangement;

 

(xix)                       Will not provide borrowings or guarantees to a third party or undertake to indemnify a third party without litigation or arbitration proceedings;

 

(xx)                          Will not change or agree to change, terminate or agree to terminate or waive any material rights under any agreement or agreement which has material effect on the normal operation of the Company;

 

(xxi)                       Will not waive or cancel any Accounts Receivable;

 

(xxii)                    Will not destroy or abandon any corporate documents, books or information which should be kept in good condition under laws, regulations, provisions and decrees;

 

(xxiii)                 Will Not commence any litigation or arbitration proceedings;

 

(xxiv)                Will not enter into a settlement or conciliation in writing of any litigation, arbitration or dispute;

 

(xxv)                   Will not establish partnerships or joint ventures with any third party;

 

(xxvi)                Will not to establish any branch offices in any form;

 

(xxvii)             In determining whether any matter falls within the scope of the restrictions set forth in this Section 2, a series of related transactions shall be treated as a single transaction, and the amounts involved in all related transactions shall be aggregated;

 

iii


 

(xxviii)          Will not give abnormal promotion or adjustment (including but not limited to adjustment of salaries at a rate greater than 30%) to employees of the Company or its schools or subsidiaries.

 

(xxix)                Will not give its employees huge bonuses (i.e. the amount of RMB1 million or more).

 

iv


 

Exhibit 3: Transferor Warranties, Transferee Warranties

 

The Transferor warrants that:

 

1. Qualification and Authority

 

1.1 Right, power, authority and action

 

1.1.1 The Transferor has the rights, power and authority and has taken all actions necessary to execute and deliver, exercise its rights and perform its obligations under this Agreement and other Transaction Documents.

 

1.1.2 The Company is duly incorporated and has the requisite right, power and authority to carry on its business as conducted at the execution date of this Agreement.

 

1.2 Binding agreements

 

1.2.1 This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, upon execution by it, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Transferor in accordance with their terms.

 

1.2.2 The consummation of the transaction by Transferor in accordance with this Agreement will not conflict with:

 

(A) its articles of association, certificate of incorporation, bylaws or equivalent constitutional document;

 

(B) any relevant law, regulation, treaty or rule; or

 

(C) any obligation (contractual or otherwise) which is binding upon it or its assets

 

2. Equity Interest

 

2.1 Equity Interest

 

2.1.1 The Transferor is the sole legal owner of the Equity Interest and has the right to sell and transfer to the Transferees the full legal and beneficial ownership of the Equity Interest in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

2.1.2 There is no Encumbrance created on the Equity Interest, nor is there any agreement, arrangement or obligation creating or giving rise to Encumbrance on the Equity Interest.

 

2.1.3 There is no agreement, arrangement or obligation other than this Agreement, which calls for the creation, allotment, issue, transfer, redemption or repayment of shares of the Company’s capital stock or which calls for the grant to any person (conditional or unconditional) of any rights (including, without limitation, any option or right of pre-emption or conversion) to call for the allotment, issue, transfer, redemption or repayment of shares of the Company’s capital stock.

 

v


 

2.2 Subsidiaries

 

2.2.1 The subsidiaries and schools owned by the Company have been disclosed to the Transferees before the execution of this Agreement.  Except for the abovementioned, the Company has no other subsidiaries or schools.

 

3. Accounts and Books

 

3.1 The Company’s accounts and other books and records:

 

3.1.1 were prepared in accordance with the relevant laws of the PRC and generally accepted accounting principles, standards or methods in effect at the time of bookkeeping, as the case may be;

 

3.1.2 as of the execution date of this Agreement, no material inaccuracies or discrepancies of whatsoever kind have been contained or reflected in such books and records, and such books and records show and reflect, in a true, accurate, reliable, fair and complete manner, the financial, trading and contractual position of the Company and its assets, liabilities (whether ascertained, contingent or otherwise, and whether quantified or disputed), profits and losses; and

 

3.1.3 give a fair, true, accurate, complete and unmisleading disclosure of the Company’s financial position.

 

3.2 The statutory books and accounts and other records of whatsoever nature of the Company are up-to-date and have been maintained in accordance with the requirements of all applicable laws and regulations.

 

4. Since incorporation:

 

4.1 the Company’s business has been operated in the usual way so as to maintain continuous operation;

 

4.2 The Company is duly and validly established, the registered capital of Transferor has been fully paid up in accordance with law, and there is no withdrawal of capital contribution in any form or disguised withdrawal of the capital contribution.  If the Company engages in any in-kind contribution, such in-kind contribution shall be permitted under applicable laws, and such in-kind contribution shall have performed relevant procedures in accordance with applicable laws, including, without limitation, valuation, transfer, capital verification, filing and registration and other procedures, and such in-kind contribution shall be free and clear of any overvaluation or title defect;

 

4.3 no material adverse change in the financial or trading position of the Company;

 

vi


 

4.4 no circumstance having effect on the legal existence and normal operation of the Company, including termination, dissolution, bankruptcy, bankruptcy reorganization, custody or otherwise.  All changes since the date of establishment of the Company comply with the applicable laws, the Company has obtained approvals from all governmental authorities that should be obtained, and has completed registration and/or filing procedures in accordance with law;

 

4.5 except for matters already disclosed to the Transferees, all necessary application, filing, registration and other procedures have been completed for the relevant business operated or proposed to be operated by it, and all necessary certificates, licenses, approvals, approval replies, certificates, permits, concession and other documents have been obtained for such business;

 

4.6 except in the ordinary course of business, it shall not have entered into any transaction, assumed or incurred any liabilities (including contingent liabilities) or made any unreasonable payment not recorded in the Company’s financial statements, which may result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

4.7 other than as provided for in the accounts or the Company’s financial statements or management accounts, the Company has not declared, paid or made any dividend or distribution in respect thereof;

 

4.8 None of the Company has created, allotted, issued, acquired, repaid or redeemed its capital or loan capital or agreed, arranged or obligated to do any of the foregoing.

 

5. Taxes

 

5.1 The Company has not violated any applicable law relating to taxes, and there is no circumstance under which the Company has or may have any liability for taxes not disclosed in writing.

 

5.2 The Company has paid all taxes in accordance with applicable laws (including but not limited to enterprise income tax, individual income tax, and taxes related to urban construction fee) within the time period prescribed by applicable laws.

 

5.3 The Company has properly submitted to all tax-related governmental authorities all returns, statements and materials required to be made or provided for the purpose of taxes, and all of the foregoing returns, statements and materials have been made or submitted on an appropriate basis within the time period required and are accurate, true, complete and not overdue at the time of submission.  The governmental authorities have no objection to the taxes and relevant materials that have been filed; to the best knowledge of the Transferor, there is no likelihood of the taxes and relevant materials being objected to by the governmental authorities or any supporting documents submitted.  None of the foregoing will or may result in any dispute between the Company and any tax-related governmental authorities or have an adverse effect on the Company.  The accounts of the Company also accurately show the tax status of the target enterprise and make adequate provision for all taxes payable.

 

vii


 

5.4 The Company has paid, withheld, deducted or accounted for to the relevant Government Entity for all taxes (including provisional taxes) for which the Company is responsible when due.

 

5.5 The Company has never paid and will not delay the taxes payable by relevant governmental authorities in respect of any matters of the target enterprise.

 

5.6 The Company has paid any taxes (including but not limited to corporate income tax, value-added tax and business tax) arising in connection with all contracts and accrued income to which the Company is a party.  If the target enterprise is unable to pay any taxes to the relevant tax authority prior to the Transfer Date due to applicable laws, the Transferor shall provide reasonable evidence and explanation to the Transferees.  After the confirmation and consent of the Transferees, the Company shall make appropriate provision for such unpaid taxes in its balance sheet in accordance with the PRC GAAP, so as to ensure that such taxes will be expressly included as liabilities in the financial statements on the Closing Date.

 

6. Assets

 

6.1 All of the assets owned by the Company are the property solely and absolutely owned by the Company, and there is no outstanding Encumbrance over the whole or any part of the business, property or assets of the Company, and none of the assets currently owned or used by the Company is subject to any Encumbrance or any hire purchase, lease or credit agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business.  The Company has the sole power and authority to use, transfer or otherwise dispose of all assets owned by it.  All mortgages and/or charges created and registered by the Company prior to the execution date of this Agreement shall have been properly discharged and released.  There are no outstanding mortgages and/or guarantees created by the Company.

 

6.2 All assets owned by or which the Company has the right to use are in the possession, or under the control, of the Company.  So far as the Transferor is reasonably aware, no event or circumstance has occurred (or would, with the giving of notice and/or the passage of time and/or making of a determination that these will constitute) as a default under or any other event or circumstance which might entitle any third party to terminate any agreement or permit for the provision of any facilities or services to the Company if any assets used by the Company were not owned by the Company or any facilities or services were provided to the Company by any third party.

 

7. Intellectual Property

 

7.1 The Company holds the Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business in the ordinary course of business.

 

7.2 With respect to the Intellectual Property that has been registered by the Company: (a) all expenses (including fees for applications, registrations and renewals) related to the foregoing registered Intellectual Property have been fully paid; (b) all Intellectual Property registered under the name of the Company is owned by the Company, free and clear of Encumbrances and reasonably sufficient to protect the interests of the Company in the conduct of its business as it is now being conducted, and all such Intellectual Property have been registered timely, properly and validly; and (c) the Company has not done or omitted to do anything that could result in the cancellation or declaration of invalidity, in whole or in part, of any registered Intellectual Property for any reason.

 

viii


 

7.3 No commercial or industrial know-how or financial or trade secret of the Company has been disclosed to any person other than the acquirer and/or the customers and/or suppliers of the Company, except for those disclosed in the ordinary course of business and those disclosed to other potential acquirers for the purpose of sale of the Equity Interest prior to the execution of this Agreement.

 

8. Financial Matters

 

8.1 Except as recorded in the accounts, the Company has not lent or agreed to lend any money to or have any liability or other obligation to any Person.

 

8.2 There are no outstanding debts owing to the Company (whether as initial creditors or assignees) by any of the affiliates of the Transferor or for reasons attributable to the Transferor that cannot be collected in full, nor are there any debts owed by the Company that would not have been payable in the ordinary course of business.

 

8.3 All assets owned by the Company have been disclosed to the Transferees prior to the execution of this Agreement.  Even if any undisclosed assets are discovered in the future, no economic encumbrance (such as an increase in the consideration amount) shall be borne by the Transferees, nor shall the Company be subject to any economic encumbrance as a result of the acquisition, holding or use of such undisclosed assets.

 

8.4 The Company has not applied for or received any grant or subsidy from any governmental entity or agency which may be repayable under any circumstances even if the ownership of the Company is changed.

 

9. Agreement

 

9.1 All the material Contracts (including the medical insurance service agreement and the work-related injury insurance service agreement), to which the Company and its subsidiaries and schools are a party, are valid, subsisting, in full force and effect and binding upon the Company.  The validity and legal enforceability of all material contracts entered into by the Company, its subsidiaries and the school with any third party will not in any event be affected by the execution of, and compliance with the terms of, this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

 

9.2 To the reasonable knowledge of the Transferor, neither the Company nor its subsidiaries and schools nor any such other party is in default in any material respect under any contract between the Company, its subsidiaries or schools and any other party.

 

9.3 The Company and its subsidiaries and schools are not a party or subject to any agreement or arrangement (except for those disclosed by the Transferor to the Transferees) that:

 

(a)             Will be terminated or the performance conditions will undergo material changes due to the change of ownership or control of the Company;

 

ix


 

(b)             Any material agreement or arrangement that is not achieved through arms-length negotiations; or

 

(c)              Any material agreement or material arrangement entered into in any manner other than in the ordinary and proper course of the Company’s business.

 

9.4 any disclosed related party transaction between the Company and (i) the Transferor; or (ii) any of the Transferor’s related entities, has been conducted in the ordinary course of business and on an arm’s length basis.

 

10. Employees

 

10.1 The current employee handbook, internal management rules, labor policies or similar documents implemented by the Company in connection with its directors, employees or officers are prepared in accordance with applicable laws to which the Company is subject, and shall be valid and remain in full force and effect.  There have been no strikes by employees of the Company.

 

10.2 Except as already disclosed by the Company to the Buyer, the Company has performed in material respects its obligations with respect to payment of salaries, wages, expenses, bonuses, social insurance premiums and housing fund contributions in connection with the employees, directors and officers of the Company.

 

11. Bankruptcy, Winding Up, etc.

 

11.1 Suspension and Liquidation

 

No order has been made for the winding up of any company or the appointment of a liquidator or provisional liquidator to any company except for the Shanghai Tus-Giant Education and Training Co., Ltd.  So far as the Transferor is aware, no such request has been made or resolution passed.

 

11.2 Receivership

 

No receiver or administrative receiver has been appointed, or any notice has been given to appoint such a receiver or administrative receiver, of the whole or any part of the business or assets of any corporation.

 

12. Litigation and Compliance with the Law

 

13.1 To the best knowledge of the Transferor, the Company has not commenced any civil, criminal, arbitration, administrative or other legal proceedings which have caused or will cause a Material Adverse Effect to the Company.

 

12.2 To the reasonable knowledge of the Transferor, no company is conducting, nor is any other person conducting, any civil, criminal, arbitration, administrative or other legal proceedings against the Company which have or will have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

 

x


 

12.3 The Company has conducted its business operation in all material respects in a manner that complies with applicable laws and regulations.  The Company has all licenses, permits, authorizations, orders, assurances, confirmations, permits, certificates, approvals and powers (“Licenses”) necessary and required for the conduct of its business and operations, and all of such Licenses are legal and valid, or have not been obtained, expired or voided but have not had a Material Adverse Effect on the Company, and may be obtained, renewed or reissued at reasonable effort and without additional cost (such as the costs of less than RMB10,000).

 

13. Government and Judicial Proceedings

 

The Company and the Transferors are not subject to any outstanding administrative penalty or judicial proceedings, or involved in any administrative procedure or judicial proceeding relating to the conduct of the business of the Company or challenging the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any action to be taken by the Company or the Transferor pursuant to this Agreement, which will have a Material Adverse Effect on the performance of this Agreement.  None of the Company and the Transferor has received any notice alleging the existence of any pending administrative or judicial proceedings by or against the Company or the Transferor, which will have a Material Adverse Effect on the performance of this Agreement.

 

14. Due Diligence

 

The information provided by the Transferor to the Transferees and its advisers in the course of due diligence and negotiation (including but not limited to the relevant documents and materials requested by the Transferees and its advisers for the purpose of due diligence and negotiation) is true, complete, accurate and not misleading in any material respect. Except for the information disclosed to the Transferees and its advisors, the Transferor has not found any material fact, event or circumstance that renders such information untrue, inaccurate or misleading.

 

xi


 

The Transferee warrants that:

 

1. Qualification and Authority

 

1.1 Right, power, authority and action

 

1.1.1 The Transferees has the right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, exercise its rights hereunder and perform its obligations hereunder, and has taken all actions required by it to achieve the above purpose.

 

1.2 Binding agreements

 

1.2.1 This Agreement, upon execution by it, shall constitute valid and legally binding obligations of it in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

1.2.2 The consummation of the transaction by the Transferees pursuant to this Agreement will not conflict with:

 

(A) its articles of association, certificate of incorporation, bylaws or equivalent constitutional document;

 

(B) any relevant law, regulation, treaty or rule; or

 

(C) any obligation (contractual or otherwise) which is binding upon it or its assets.

 

xii


 

Exhibit 4: Closing Deliverables

 

The Transferor shall deliver the following materials to the Transferees at the Closing:

 

(1)             The seals, and the financial books maintained by the Company for the purposes of bookkeeping and filing of tax returns;

 

(2)             Originals of all documents and permits issued by any governmental entity to the Company other than the Business License;

 

(3)             All trade secrets, passwords or other information relating to the operation of the Company’s business (such as operating manuals and similar documents);

 

(4)             The Shareholder Register prepared in form and substance satisfactory to the Transferees and affixed with the company seal of the Company;

 

(5)             Originals of all contracts (including all supplements, amendments, confirmations, waivers or other related documents) to which the Company is a party or under which it has any rights or liability;

 

(6)             Tax payment certificates showing that the Company has paid all taxes due as of the Closing Date; and

 

(7)             Such other information as the Transferees may request, provided that such information is required by the normal operation of the Company and the Transferees shall make such request 3 days in advance.

 

xiii


 

This page 1 is the execution page of the Agreement among Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd., Geng Xiaofei, Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd. and Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd. in connection with Equity Interest Transfer of Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Transferor

 

 

 

Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

(Seal)

 

 

 

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

Signed by:

 

Title:

 

 

Transferee 1

 

 

 

Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd

 

 

 

(Seal)

 

 

 

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

Signed by:

 

Title:

 

 

Transferee 2

 

 

 

 

 

Geng Xiaofei

 

 

 

/s/ Geng Xiaofei

 

 

Signature Page

 


 

This page 2 is the execution page of the Agreement among Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd., Geng Xiaofei, Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd. and Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd. in connection with Equity Interest Transfer of Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

(Seal)

 

 

 

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

Signed by:

 

Title:

 

 

Signature Page

 


 

English Translation

 

September 23, 2018

 

Beijing Giant Dream Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

 

And

 

Geng Xiaofei

 

Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd

 

Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

 


 

EQUITY TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 

In connection with the

 

Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

 


 


 

Table of Contents

 

No.

 

Heading

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

EQUITY TRANSFER

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

TRANSFER PRICE

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

PRE-CLOSING OBLIGATIONS

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

6.

 

CLOSING

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

7.

 

COVENANT

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

8.

 

REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTY

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

9.

 

ADDITIONAL RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS AND UNDERTAKINGS

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

10.

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

11.

 

EFFECTIVENESS

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

12.

 

TERMINATION

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

13.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

14.

 

FEE

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

15.

 

LIABILITY

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

16.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

17.

 

NOTICE

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

18.

 

GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

24

 

 

 

 

APPENDIX I PARTICULARS OF THE COMPANY

25

 

 

APPENDIX 3 TRANSFEROR WARRANTIES, TRANSFEREE WARRANTIES

26

 

 

APPENDIX 4 CLOSING DELIVERABLES

27

 


 

This Equity Transfer Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated September 23, 2018, is entered into by and among the following Parties in Haidian District, Beijing, the PRC:

 

(1)             Beijing Giant Dream Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (the “Transferor”), a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC;

 

(2)             Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd., a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC (“Transferee 1”);

 

(3)             Geng Xiaofei, a PRC citizen whose ID number is * (“Transferee 2”, together with Transferee 1, the “Transferees”); and

 

(4)             Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd., a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the PRC (the “Company”).

 

In this Agreement, the Transferor, the Transferees and the Company shall be referred to collectively as the “Parties” and individually as a “Party”.

 

Whereas:

 

(C).        The Company is a limited liability company incorporated on July 10, 2014 with unified social credit code *, and registered address at Room 1004, 10/F, Block A, Building 1, Yard 1, Ease Zhongguancun Road, Haidian District, Beijing. As of the execution date of this Agreement, Transferor holds 45% of equity interest in the Company.

 

(D).        The Transferor agrees to sell and the Transferees agree to purchase 45% equity interest held by the Transferor in the Company (this “Transaction”) pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

The Parties agree as follows:

 

14.

 

1.                  Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.5           As permitted by the context of this Agreement, the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

“Equity Interest”

 

45% of the registered capital of the Company held by the Transferor (which as of the date hereof is RMB4,950,000 and which has not been actually subscribed for), together with all existing and future right, title and interest arising out of or in respect of such registered capital, including right to receive all dividends or other distribution benefits and all other rights and benefits attaching to its equity interest  pursuant to the article of association or applicable laws;

 

5


 

“Transaction”

 

Has the meaning ascribed to it in Recitals (B);

 

 

 

“Business Day”

 

A day (excluding Saturday, Sunday and statutory holidays) on which banks located in the PRC are open for business;

 

 

 

“Company”

 

Means Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd., please see Appendix I for details;

 

 

 

“Conditions Satisfaction Date of Tus Payment”

 

Has the same meaning as “Payment Conditions Satisfaction Date” ascribed to it in Section 6.1 of the Equity Transfer Agreement regarding Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd. made as of September 23, 2018 by and among Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd., the Transferee and other relevant parties thereto, i.e. Geng Xiaofei, Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd. and Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd.;

 

 

 

“Closing”

 

Has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6.1;

 

 

 

“Closing Date”

 

Has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6.1;

 

 

 

“Tus Closing Date”

 

Has the same meaning as “Payment Conditions Satisfaction Date” ascribed to it in Section 6.2 of the Equity Transfer Agreement regarding Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd. made as of September 23, 2018 by and among Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd., the Transferee and other relevant parties thereto, i.e. Geng Xiaofei, Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd. and Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd.;

 

 

 

“Tus Payment Date”

 

Has the same meaning as “Payment Conditions Satisfaction Date” ascribed to it in Section 3.3 of the Equity Transfer Agreement regarding Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd. made as of September 23, 2018 by and among Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd., the Transferee and other relevant parties thereto, i.e. Geng Xiaofei, Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd. and Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd.;

 

6


 

“Transaction Documents”

 

This Agreement and the Framework Agreement;

 

 

 

“Framework Agreement”

 

Means a framework agreement dated September 23, 2018 among, Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd., Beijing Giant Dream Education and Technology Co., Ltd., Geng Xiaofei, Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd., Yin Xiong, Beijing Yinxiong Education and Technology Co., Ltd., Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd.;

 

 

 

“Transferee Conditions”

 

Has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 4.2;

 

 

 

“Material Adverse Effect”

 

Means an event, circumstance, phenomenon, affairs or condition or any combination of the foregoing which has, or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (including, without limitation, contingent liabilities), business condition, financial condition, results of operations or prospects of the Company (whether now existing or occurring on or prior to the date of this Agreement or occurring after that date);

 

 

 

“PRC”

 

The People’s Republic of China but excluding, for the purposes of this Agreement, Hong Kong, Macau, and Taiwan;

 

 

 

“Transfer Price”

 

The consideration of the Equity Interest which is set forth in Section 3.1;

 

 

 

“Transferor Conditions”

 

Has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 4.1;

 

 

 

“AIC”

 

The State Administration for Industry and Commerce or any of its authorized local branches;

 

 

 

“Related Party”

 

(a) with respect to any person that is not an individual, means any other person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such Person; and (b) with respect to any person that is an individual: (i) the spouse of such person; (ii) children, parents (including stepparents) and siblings of such person and their spouses, spouses of such children or the spouses of such siblings, (iii) any trust established and maintained by any of the persons referred to in aforesaid sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii); and (iv) any medical institution or other entity of any type directly or indirectly controlled by or acting as the primary beneficiary by any person or entity referred to in aforesaid sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) or (iii);

 

7


 

“Government Entity”

 

Any international, national or local government or legislative body (at any level) or branch, subordinate or functional department thereof or other authority empowered to exercise any legislative power, regulatory power or quasi-governmental power;

 

 

 

“Intellectual Property Rights”

 

And all other rights or forms of protection of an equivalent or similar nature, in any part of the world, in respect of patents (including inventions, utility models and industrial designs), trademarks, copyrights (including rights in computer software), service marks, trade names or business names, domain names, logos and rights of authorship, design rights, database rights, confidential methods, processes and formulae, knowhow and other confidential information and trade secret rights and other similar rights, whether or not registered or capable of registration, and applications and rights of applications in connection with the foregoing;

 

 

 

“Encumbrance”

 

Any claim, mortgage, security, pledge, lien, restriction, assignment, power of sale, mortgage indenture, security interest, title retention, trust arrangement, subordinate arrangement, right of setoff under contract or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of creating security or any other benefit, interest or other right available to any person (including any right to acquire, option, preemptive right or right of first refusal) or any agreement, arrangement or obligation to create any of the foregoing;

 

1.6           Headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

8


 

1.7           “Transferor” and “Transferee” include each of their respective successors, assignees and personal representatives (where applicable).

 

1.8           All guarantees, representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or obligations made or entered into by two or more persons shall be joint and several.

 

1.9           If the date on which the rights under this Agreement should have been exercised or the obligations hereunder shall have been performed is not a Business Day, the exercise of such rights or performance of such obligations shall be postponed to the nearest Business Day.

 

2.                  Equity Transfer

 

2.1           Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Transferor transfers, and the Transferees acquire, the Equity Interest held by the Transferor and all rights and obligations relating thereto. Such Equity Interest is free and clear of any lien, pledge or other encumbrance of any kind, except for the pledge to Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

 

The Transferees agree to purchase the Equity Interest in the number set forth in the following table:

 

Transferor

 

Amount of Registered Capital for Sale
(RMB)

 

Percentage of Equity
Interest in the Company

 

Transferor

 

4,950,000

 

45

%

 

2.2           The Transferees is aware that the aforesaid registered capital of RMB4,950,000 (in words: Renminbi Four Million Nine Hundred and Fifty Thousand) has not been actually paid up on the execution date of this Agreement and the Transferees agree to assume the obligation to pay up the registered capital of RMB4,950,000 after the Closing.

 

3.                  Transfer Price

 

3.1           The transfer consideration of the Equity Interest is RMB262,000,000 (in words: Renminbi Two Hundred and Sixty Two Million) (the “Transfer Price”). All payment of the consideration by the Transferees to the Transferor for the Transaction shall be made on a pro rata basis to the bank account of the Transferor set forth in Section 3.3 below according to the Consideration Allocation Percentage.

 

3.2           The Transferee 1 shall bear joint and several liabilities for the payment obligations of Transferee 2 in accordance with this Agreement.

 

9


 

3.3           The Parties agree on the following: (A) the percentage of equity interest to be purchased by each Transferee from the Transferor; (B) amount of the Transfer Price to be paid by each Transferee; and (C) the percentage of the Transfer Price to be paid by each Transferee (the “Consideration Allocation Percentage”).

 

Transferee

 

Percentage of
Equity Interest to
be Purchased

 

Transfer Price
(RMB)

 

Transfer Price
Allocation Percentage

 

Geng Xiaofei

 

31.5

%

183,400,000

 

70

%

Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd

 

13.5

%

78,600,000

 

30

%

Total Sales

 

45

%

262,000,000

 

100

%

 

3.4           The Transferees shall make all payments hereunder to the following bank account of the Transferor:

 

Opening Bank: ICBC Zizhuyuan branch

Account Name: Beijing Giant Dream Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

Account No.:

 

3.5           The Transferees shall pay the Purchase Price to the Transferor as follows:

 

First installment: the Transferees shall remit 10% of the Transfer Price (i.e., RMB26,200,000, in words: Renminbi Twenty-six Million Two Hundred Thousand) to the Transferor within five Business Days after the Conditions Satisfaction Date of Tus Payment, of which the Transferee 1 shall pay RMB7,860,000 (in words: Renminbi Seven Million Eight Hundred and Sixty Thousand) and Transferee 2 shall pay RMB18,340,000 (in words: Renminbi Eighteen Million Three Hundred and Forty Thousand);

 

Second Installment: the Transferees shall remit 60% of the Transfer Price (i.e., RMB157,200,000, in words: Renminbi One Hundred and Fifty-Seven Million Two Hundred Thousand) to the Transferor within 180 days after the Tus Closing Date, of which the Transferee 1 shall pay RMB47,160,000 (in words: Renminbi Forty-seven Million One Hundred and Sixty Thousand) and the Transferee 2 shall pay RMB110,040,000 (in words: Renminbi One Hundred and Ten Million and Forty Thousand);

 

Third Installment: the Transferees shall remit 30% of the Transfer Price (i.e., RMB78,600,000, in words: Renminbi Seventy-eight Million Six Hundred Thousand) to the Transferor within 360 days after the Tus Closing Date (but in no event later than October 15, 2019), of which the Transferee 1 shall pay RMB23,580,000 (in words: Renminbi Twenty-three Million Five Hundred and Eighty Thousand) to the Transferor, the Transferee 2 shall pay RMB55,020,000 (in words: Renminbi Fifty-five Million and Twenty Thousand).

 

10


 

If the Transferees fail to pay the Purchase Price in accordance with this Section, the Transferees shall pay overdue fees to the Transferor at a rate of 0.1% of the outstanding amount per day until the payment is made in full.

 

3.6           During the period from the Completion Date of Alternation Registration to the payment of the second installment, the Transferees agree to pledge the Equity Interest to the Transferor in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i)  The total percentage of equity interest pledged by the Transferees to the Transferor = the Equity Interest × (the remaining outstanding consideration/(Transfer Price + RMB75,000,000)), among which the Transferee 1 shall pledge 20.99% of the Equity Interest it held to the Transferor, and the Transferee 2 shall pledge 48.98% of the Equity Interest it held to the Transferor;

 

(ii)     The pledge registration with the AIC shall be completed within 40 Business Days after the Completion Date of Alternation Registration.

 

During the period from the payment of second installment to the payment of third installment, the Transferees agree to pledge the Equity Interest to the Transferor in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i)        The percentage of equity interest pledged to the Transferor = Equity Interest × (the remaining outstanding consideration/(Transfer Price + RMB75,000,000)), among which the Transferee 1 shall pledge 7.00% of the Equity Interest it held to the Transferor, and the Transferee 2 shall pledge 16.33% of the Equity Interest it held to the Transferor;

 

(ii)     The Transferor shall complete the alternation registration in pledge with the AIC within 40 Business Days after receipt of second installment.

 

The Transferor, the Transferees and the Company shall provide all necessary cooperation for the purpose of completing the aforesaid pledge registration of equity interests.

 

4.                  Conditions Precedent

 

4.1           The obligation of the Transferor to complete the sale and transfer of the Equity Interest shall be subject to the conditions (the “Transferor Conditions”) reasonably satisfactory to the Transferor. The Transferor may in its sole and absolute discretion waive any one or more of the Transferor Conditions by notice in writing to the Transferees (without prejudice to any of its rights hereunder), the Transferor Conditions are:

 

11


 

4.1.1           Governmental Entity has not issued, enacted, made, promulgated or enforced any law or order (other than any that has been revoked, withdrawn or reversed) that restricts, prohibits or otherwise prevents this Transaction;

 

4.1.2           The Transaction Documents have been duly executed;

 

4.1.3           The Transferee warranties are true and accurate in all material respects when made and remain true and accurate in all material respects during the period from the execution date of this Agreement to the date of remittance of the relevant Transfer Price;

 

4.1.4           The Transferees shall have performed and complied in all material respects with the material agreements, obligations and conditions of the Transaction Documents to be performed or complied with by it on or before the remittance date of relevant Transfer Price.

 

4.2           The obligation of the Transferees to complete the purchase and transfer of the Equity Interest shall be subject to the conditions (the “Transferee Conditions”) reasonably satisfactory to the Transferee. The Transferee may in its sole and absolute discretion waive any one or more of the Transferee Conditions by notice in writing to the Transferor (without prejudice to any of its rights hereunder), the Transferee Conditions are:

 

(a)             Governmental Entity has not issued, enacted, made, promulgated or enforced any law or order (other than any that has been revoked, withdrawn or reversed) that restricts, prohibits or otherwise prevents this Transaction;

 

(b)             The Transaction Documents have been duly executed;

 

(c)              The execution and delivery by the Transferor of this Agreement and other Transaction Documents and the performance by the Transferor and the Company (if applicable) of the transactions contemplated hereby will not violate the articles of association and internal governance rules of the Transferor and the Company or the relevant provisions of the Company Law of the PRC;

 

(d)             The Transferor shall have performed and complied in all material respects with the material agreements, obligations and conditions contained in the Transaction Documents to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing; and

 

(e)              The Transferor Warranties are true, accurate, complete and not misleading in all material respects when made and remain true, accurate, complete and not misleading in all material respects during the period from the execution date of this Agreement to the date of remittance of the relevant Transfer Price

 

12


 

4.3           Once this Agreement is executed, the Parties shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure the fulfillment of the conditions precedent by September 30, 2018. Such reasonable efforts shall include, the Parties shall take all reasonable necessary or appropriate measures as soon as practicable. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that the Transferees shall pay the first installment set forth in Section 3.5, i.e. RMB26,200,000 (in words: Renminbi Twenty-six Million Two Hundred Thousand), by September 30, 2018, unless the Transferee Conditions have not been fulfilled and are not waived by the Transferees.

 

4.4           If by September 30, 2018, any of the Transferor Conditions have not been satisfied (or waived in accordance with Article 4.1) or the Transferee Conditions have not been satisfied (or waived in accordance with Article 4.2), this Agreement shall immediately terminate automatically, except for Article 1 (Definitions and Interpretation), Article 13 (Confidentiality), Article 14 (Expenses), Article 16 (General Terms), Article 17 (Notices) and Article 18 (Governing Law and Dispute Resolution).  Except for otherwise provided in this Agreement or for the liabilities for breach committed by any Party, the rights and obligations of each Party shall cease to be effective immediately after the termination.  If the Transferor Conditions or the Transferee Conditions are not satisfied due to willful or gross negligence of one Party, such Party shall bear the liabilities for breach.

 

5.                  Pre-closing obligations

 

5.1           The Transferor undertakes that during the period from the execution date of this Agreement to the Tus Closing Date, unless otherwise provided for herein, it shall not cause the Company to carry out business activities in a different manner from those previously conducted, or cause the Company to engage in acts that are detrimental to its own interests or the interests of the Transferees.

 

5.2           From the execution date of this Agreement, the Transferor shall immediately notify the Transferees in writing of material information, notices and events relating to the Company, employees or assets of the Company once they become known to the Transferor; Aforesaid material information, notices and events shall mean (i) the information, notices and events determined by the Transferor to be material, or (ii) information, notices and events that may materially and adversely affect the Company.

 

5.3           Unless otherwise specifically provided for herein, the Transferor and the Transferees shall each bear their own transfer taxes/fees (including income tax, business tax, value-added tax, consumption tax, stamp duty, other similar taxes and governmental charges) arising out of this Agreement or the acquisition in accordance with the applicable laws. The Parties shall cooperate with each other as far as reasonably required and to the extent consistent with law to reduce such transfer taxes/fees.

 

13


 

5.4           From the execution date of this Agreement to the Closing Date, the Transferor shall not create any new encumbrance on the Equity Interest.

 

6.                  Closing

 

6.1           The closing of this Transaction (the “Closing”) shall take place at the business place of the Company on the second (2nd) day following the Completion Date of Alternation Registration (the “Closing Date”). The Parties may agree upon another time and place to consummate the Closing.

 

6.2           At the Closing, the Transferor shall duly perform its obligations customary in the market. Without limiting the generality of the aforesaid sentence, at Closing, the Transferor shall deliver to the Transferees all closing deliverables as set out in Appendix IV.

 

7.                  Covenant

 

7.1           Within 30 days after the Tus Payment Date, the Transferor, the Transferees and the Company shall apply to AIC and complete alternation registration with respect to this Transaction and obtain a new business license of the Company which indicates alternation registration with respect to this Transaction with AIC has been completed; the date on which alternation registration with respect to this Transaction is completed shall be referred to as the “Completion Date of Alternation Registration”;

 

7.2           The Transferor, the Company and the Transferees agree to appoint one (1) person designated by the Transferor to serve as a director of the Company (who shall not be the legal representative of the Company), and complete all necessary procedures with the AIC in connection with such appointment. Upon the Transferor’s receipt of all the Transfer Price hereunder, the Transferees shall have the right to change such director.

 

7.3           The Transferor undertakes that (1) after receipt of the first installment of the Transfer Price paid by the Transferees, the Transferor shall pay RMB26,200,000 (in words: Renminbi Twenty-six Million Two Hundred Thousand) to Beijing Longbei Information Technology Co., Ltd. for assisting the Transferees in brand promotion and enrollment promotion of the Company; (2) after receipt of the second installment of the Transfer Price paid by the Transferees, the Transferor shall pay RMB52,400,000 (in words: Renminbi Fifty-two Million Four Hundred Thousand) to Beijing Longbei Information Technology Co., Ltd. for assisting the Transferees in brand promotion and enrollment promotion of the Company; (3) after receipt of the third installment of the Transfer Price paid by the Transferees, the Transferor shall pay RMB26,200,000 (in words: Renminbi Twenty-six Million Two Hundred Thousand) to Beijing Longbei Information Technology Co., Ltd. for assisting the Transferees in brand promotion and enrollment promotion of the Company. The detail project of aforesaid brand promotion and enrollment promotion shall be negotiated separately.

 

14


 

8.                  Representation and Warranty

 

8.1           The Transferor represents and warrants to the Transferees that the representations and warranties set forth in Appendix III (the “Transferor Warranties”) are true, accurate, complete and not misleading in material respects, and shall remain true, accurate, complete and not misleading in material respects from the execution date of this Agreement to the Closing Date.

 

8.2           The Transferor acknowledges that the Transferees has entered into this Agreement in reliance upon the Transferor Warranties.

 

8.3           Notwithstanding the fact that the Closing has taken place, the Transferees shall still be entitled to claim that the Transferor Warranties are false, inaccurate, incomplete, misleading or breached in material aspects within 2 years after the Closing Date (5 years for tax-related matters). After the aforementioned period, the Transferees shall not make any Claim in respect of the foregoing matters.

 

8.4           The Transferor undertakes to notify the Transferees in writing immediately if it becomes aware of any matter or circumstance which violates or is inconsistent with the representations and warranties prior to the Closing.

 

8.5           If the Transferor Warranties are false, inaccurate, incomplete or misleading on the Closing Date or during the period from the execution date of this Agreement to the Closing Date, the Transferor shall indemnify the Transferees for its actual losses.

 

8.6           Without prejudice to the generality of Section 8.5 (i.e. the indemnification provided for in Section 8.5 shall apply to this Section 8,6), the Transferor undertakes to indemnify the Transferees against any claims, liabilities, losses, costs and expenses that the Transferees may suffer in relation to:

 

(a)             Settle with the Transferor regarding any claim that the Transferor Warranties are false, inaccurate, incomplete, misleading or breached;

 

(b)             The Transferees claims that the Transferor Warranties are false, inaccurate, incomplete, misleading or breached and obtains a favor judgment through legal proceedings; and

 

(c)              To enforce such settlement agreement or judgment in relation to this Agreement or its subject matter.

 

8.7           Prior to the Closing Date, the Transferor shall make every effort to provide the Transferees and its authorized representatives with information and materials relating to the Transferor upon the reasonable written request of the Transferees to assure the accuracy of and compliance with the Transferor Warranties.

 

15


 

9.                  Additional Rights, Obligations and Undertakings

 

9.1           Each of the Parties shall bear and pay all costs, taxes and expenses incurred or to be incurred by it in connection with negotiating and executing this Agreement and conducting and consummating this Transaction.

 

9.2           The Transferor shall also, to the extent necessary and appropriate, provide reasonable cooperation in connection with change of names of the Company and/or its Affiliates. In addition, to the extent necessary and appropriate, the Transferor shall provide reasonable cooperation and take necessary measures to assist conversion of the private schools owned by the Company from non-profit schools into for-profit schools, application for the school qualification of private schools owned by the Company, the Company and private schools owned by the Company, follow-up operation of the Company, the management of the Company and maintenance of stability of teaching team and other matters reasonably requested by the Transferees.

 

9.3           The Transferor undertakes and covenants with the Transferees that, for a period starting from the execution of this Agreement to the end of the third (3rd) year after it ceases to hold, directly or indirectly, any equity interest in the Company, it shall not, and shall ensure that any entity or person controlled by the Transferor and other entities or persons acting on its behalf will not, employ or attempt to employ any employee or officer of the Company, or induce or attempt to induce any employee or officer of the Company to leave his/her position with the Company, unless it has obtained prior written consent of the Transferees (list of specific employees and officers shall be provided by the Transferees within 30 days after the Closing).

 

9.4           The Transferor shall ensure that the execution of the Transaction Documents and performance of the transactions thereunder will not violate the articles of association, internal governance rules and the Company Law. If there is any dispute between the Transferor Shareholders regarding the amount of the Transfer Price, the validity of the internal authorization granted by the Transferor relating to the Transaction and the internal distribution of proceeds by the Transfer Price among the Transferor Shareholders relating to the Transaction and the Transferee is not liable for any liabilities arising from such dispute, the Transferor shall compensate the Transferees for its actual losses incurred by the Transferees arising from such dispute.

 

10.           Indemnification

 

10.1    The Transferor covenants with the Transferees that it shall indemnify the Transferees from and against any liability to make a payment for (and on an equivalent basis):

 

(a)             Prior to the Closing Date, other encumbrances, other than the pledge to Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd., that the Equity Interest is subject to

 

16


 

11.           Effectiveness

 

This Agreement shall become effective upon affixation of seals by the Parties and execution by the authorized representatives.

 

12.           Termination

 

12.1    The Transferees may terminate this Agreement by notice in writing to the Transferor immediately, without any liability to the Transferor, under any of the following circumstances:

 

(a)             Any Governmental Entity makes an order permanently restraining, prohibiting or otherwise preventing the consummation of the Transaction (not due to the fault of the Transferees);

 

(b)             The Transferees become aware that any of the Transferor Warranties is false, inaccurate, incomplete, misleading or breached in material respect as of the execution date of this Agreement, and the Transferor fails to rectify within fifteen (15) Days after the Transferees give a written notice requesting the Transferor to rectify such breach;

 

(c)              The Transferor materially breaches the terms of this Agreement (including without limitation representations and warranties, covenants, undertakings or obligations) and such breach has a material adverse effect on the operation of the Company, and the Transferor fails to rectify within fifteen (15) Days after the Transferees give a written notice requesting the Transferor to rectify such breach;

 

(d)             The Transferor fails to complete the AIC alternation registration and obtain new business license for more than three months (except for reasons attributable to the Transferees) in accordance with Section 7.1; or

 

(e)              If any dispute arises between the Transferor Shareholders in connection with the performance by the Transferor of the transactions under the Transaction Documents, and the transactions hereunder are held to be invalid.

 

12.2    The Transferor may terminate this Agreement by notice in writing to the Transferees immediately, without any liability to the Transferees, under any of the following

 

(a)             Any Governmental Entity makes an order permanently restraining, prohibiting or otherwise preventing the consummation of the Transaction (not due to the fault of the Transferor)

 

(b)             The Transferor becomes aware that any of the Transferees warranties is false, inaccurate, incomplete, misleading or breached in material respect as of the execution date of this Agreement, and the Transferees fails to rectify within fifteen

 

17


 

(15) Days after the Transferor gives a written notice requesting the Transferees to rectify such breach;

 

(c)              The Transferees materially breaches the terms of this Agreement (including without limitation representations and warranties, covenants, undertakings or obligations, or fails to pay the Transfer Price as agreed), and the Transferees fails to rectify within fifteen (15) Days after the Transferor give a written notice requesting the Transferees to rectify such breach;

 

12.3    Upon any termination of this Agreement, all rights and obligations of the Parties shall cease immediately, except for Article 1 (Definitions and Interpretation), Article 13 (Confidentiality), Article 14 (Expense), Article 16 (General Provisions), Article 17 (Notice) and Article 18 (Governing Law and Dispute Resolution) of this Agreement, and any claims arising out of previous breaches of this Agreement, shall survive.

 

12.4    If any Party terminates this Agreement in accordance with this Section, it shall give a termination notice to the other Party and, unless otherwise provided for herein or the liabilities for breach of contract of any Party have occurred, the rights and obligations of each Party shall cease to be effective from the date on which the above termination notice is given by the Transferor. After any Party terminates the Transaction, (A) if the relevant changes of the Company have been completed, the Transferees shall cooperate with the Transferor in completing relevant change procedures and other procedures to restore the Company’s shareholders, directors, supervisors, legal representative, manager and authorized bank account signatory, etc. to the status prior to the Transaction within 30 Business Days from the date on which the above notice of termination or rescission of the Transaction is given. Within 30 Business Days after the completion of the above procedures, the Transferor shall refund the consideration for this Transaction that it has received to Transferee; or (B) if the change in the Company has not occurred, Transferor shall refund the consideration for this Transaction that it has received to Transferee within 30 Business Days from the date of the aforesaid notice of termination or rescission of this Transaction. In case the Transferor fails to refund the transaction consideration within the specified time limit as provided in (A) or (B) above, the Transferor agrees to pay the Transferees the overdue fee of 0.1% per day for the unpaid amount. For the purpose of item (A) above, if the relevant procedures for change in AIC and other procedures fail to be completed within thirty (30) Business Days due to the Transferor’s reason, the Transferor shall still make repayment to the Transferee within thirty (30) Business Days after the expiration of such period.

 

13.           Confidentiality

 

13.1    Subject to exceptions set forth in Section 13.2, from the date hereof, each Party shall not, without prior written consent of the other Parties, disclose (or permit its officers, employees, directors, agents, advisors or affiliates to disclose) the existence of this Agreement or its contents to any person or entity (except as permitted by this Agreement). In case of any early termination of this Agreement, the Transferees (including their Affiliates, officers, employees, directors, agents, advisors, representatives and aforesaid personnel of their Affiliates) shall bear aforesaid confidentiality obligation for the information about the Company provided by the Transferors to the Transferees.

 

18


 

13.2    The restrictions of Section 13.1 shall not apply to disclosure of any information by a Party (“Disclosing Party”) if:

 

(a)             The information aforesaid is or hereafter enters the public domain otherwise than as a result of a breach of confidentiality undertakings;

 

(b)             The disclosure of information is required by law, governmental authority, stock exchange or other regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Disclosing Party and to the persons authorized by law to receive such information;

 

(c)              In the course of proceedings before it to which the Disclosing Party is a party, to the court, arbitrator or administrative tribunal as may be necessary for such proceedings; or

 

(d)             Information is disclosed to professional advisers who owe a duty of confidence to the Disclosing Party about the information disclosed.

 

14.           Fee

 

14.1    Each Party shall bear its own costs of and incidental to this Agreement and the transfer contemplated by this Agreement; provided that if this Agreement is rescinded due to the breach by a Party, the defaulting Party shall indemnify the other Party for its costs and expenses incurred as a result of the preparation, negotiation and performance of this Agreement.

 

14.2    The Company shall bear any governmental expenses and taxes (if any) arising from the transfer of the Equity Interest hereunder, including without limitation expenses incurred in the approval and registration processes.

 

14.3    The Transferor acknowledges and warrants to the Transferee that the expenses of whatever nature payable by the Transferor in connection with the transfer of the Equity Interest are not and will not be borne by the Company.

 

15.           Liability

 

15.1    LIABILITY

 

19


 

(a)             Unless otherwise provided for herein, if a Party hereunder violates or fails to perform any provisions of this Agreement or maliciously impedes the implementation of or fulfillment of conditions for the transactions hereunder, and still fails or delays to implement such provisions or conditions under reasonable reminder given by the non-defaulting Party, the defaulting Party shall pay liquidated damages to the non-defaulting Party. The liquidated damages amount shall be limited to the actual losses but shall not exceed 20% of the Transfer Price. Such liquidated damages and overdue fees arising from breach of payment obligations could be applied cumulatively. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the threshold for the payment of claims and overdue fees for losses arising from the breach by a Party of the representations and warranties under Section 8 hereof or any monetary payment obligation shall be up to 100% of the Transfer Price. The indemnification made by the Transferor to the Transferees in accordance with Section 10 shall be limited to the actual losses.

 

(b)             In particular, if transfer of the Equity Interest contemplated under this Agreement fails to be completed due to the reason that the Transferor does not intend to continue the transfer when the relevant Transferor Conditions have been satisfied (or waived by the Transferor) and the relevant Transferee Conditions have been satisfied (or waived by the Transferee), the Transferor shall pay the Transferees liquidated damages in the amount equal to 10% of the Transfer Price receivable by it; if the Transferee does not intend to continue the transfer when the relevant Transferor Conditions have been satisfied (or waived by the Transferor) and the relevant Transferee Conditions have been satisfied (or waived by the Transferees), the Transferor shall have the right to rescind this Agreement and the Transferee shall pay the Transferor liquidated damages in the amount equal to 10% of the Transfer Price payable by it to the Transferor.

 

15.2    The default and indemnification provisions set forth in this Section shall take effect from the outset, and shall not be affected by other Sections of this Agreement or become invalid as a result of rescission or termination of this Agreement.

 

15.3    Any grace or leniency granted by a Party to the other Party with respect to any breach or delay by the other Party shall not be deemed as a waiver of its rights and powers, and shall not prejudice, affect or restrict all rights and powers such Party is entitled to under this Agreement and relevant laws and regulations.

 

15.4    The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

 

15.5    Failure to exercise or delay in exercising a right or remedy provided by this Agreement or by law shall not impair or constitute a waiver of such right or remedy or impair or constitute a waiver of any other right or remedy, except for knowingly and deliberately delay which exceeds limitation of litigation.

 

20


 

16.           General Provisions

 

16.1    This Agreement, together with the other Transaction Documents, constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, consultations and negotiations. All previous agreements relating to the subject matter of this Agreement are hereby extinguished and shall have no further force or effect; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall exclude liability or remedy arising out of fraud.

 

16.2    This Agreement may not be amended, modified or otherwise modified except by an instrument in writing agreed by the Parties.

 

16.3    The Transferor hereby acknowledges that it shall ensure that, after the execution of this Agreement, it will not negotiate or have contact with any third party in connection with the sale or disposal of all or any part of the Equity Interest or the sale or disposal of any assets of the Company.

 

16.4    All provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full legal force and effect after the Closing (unless the obligations set forth in relevant provisions have been fully performed at the Closing).

 

16.5    This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Without the prior written consent of the other Parties, no Party shall (or shall attempt to) assign, transfer, subcontract or otherwise dispose of in any way the benefit of all or any of its rights or interests under this Agreement or any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

16.6    Each of the provisions of this Agreement is severable. If any provision is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any jurisdiction, but would be valid and enforceable if some part of the provision are deleted or applicable scope is reduced, that provision shall apply with such deletion or modification as may be necessary to make it valid and enforceable. Without prejudice to the foregoing, if any provision is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the laws of any jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed, to the extent of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability, not to form part of this Agreement, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, so long as the fundamental relationships among the Parties are not materially changed. The Parties shall use all reasonable efforts to replace such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision with a substitute provision that is legal, valid and enforceable and that has the closest possible consequence to the intent of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision.

 

21


 

16.7    Except for all other rights and remedies available, the right of rescission granted to any Party under this Agreement is in addition to and without prejudice to all other rights and remedies available (and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, such right of rescission shall not prejudice its right for liquidated damages) and no failure on the part of any Party to exercise or successfully exercise any right of rescission shall constitute a waiver of any other such right or remedy.

 

16.8    Failure or delay on the part of any Party to exercise any rights or remedies under any provisions of this Agreement shall not constitute as a waiver of such rights or remedies.

 

16.9    This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by different Parties in separate counterparts, provided that each Party shall execute at least one counterpart, otherwise this Agreement shall have no legal effect, and each executed counterpart shall be deemed to be an original of this Agreement, and all the counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

16.10                         This Agreement is written and executed in Chinese. Chinese version of this Agreement is executed in eight (8) originals. Each Party and the Company shall hold two (2) originals of the Chinese Agreement. The remaining originals shall be submitted to the relevant authorities.

 

16.11                         Either Party shall be relieved of all or part of its obligations under this Agreement in light of the effect of Force Majeure Event if it fails or delays to perform its obligations hereunder due to such Force Majeure Event, provided, however, that such Party shall promptly notify the other Party of the occurrence of such Force Majeure Event and provide the other Party with detailed information and evidence within fifteen (15) Business Days after the occurrence of such Force Majeure Event, specifying the reason for its failure or delay in performing its obligations hereunder. If the effect of a Force Majeure Event cannot be restored, rectified or remedied within thirty (30) Business Days after the occurrence of such Force Majeure Event, any Party shall have the right to rescind this Agreement without liability. “Force Majeure Event” means, with respect to a Party, any unforeseeable, unavoidable, insurmountable or uncontrollable objective circumstances preventing such Party from performing all or part of its obligations hereunder, including lightning, typhoon, hurricane, flood, earthquake or other acts of nature, epidemic, war, riots and adjustments to and changes in any relevant laws.

 

16.12                         Only for the purpose of alternation registration of this Transaction with the AIC, the Parties may enter into a separate short form equity transfer agreement (or other similar agreements) for alternation registration with the AIC. In the event of any discrepancy between any of the terms of such short form agreements and this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

22


 

17.           Notice

 

17.1    Notices (including any approvals, consents or other communications) relating to this Agreement and the documents referred to herein:

 

Must be written in Chinese;

 

Shall be left at or delivered by courier to address of recipient, or sent by prepaid letter (where letter is sent to or from a place outside of the PRC, it shall use airmail) to address of recipient, or sent by facsimile to facsimile number of recipient, under which in each case with respect to the Party to whom notice is to be given in accordance with this Section (with indication of specified recipient), or such other address or facsimile number and/or indication of such other recipient as the relevant Party may, from time to time, designate by notice given in accordance with this Section.

 

Detailed information of each party as of the execution date of this Agreement is as follows:

 

To the Transferor: Beijing Giant Dream Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

Address: Room 905, Block B, Jinyu K. Wah Plaza, Shangdi Third Street, Haidian District, Beijing

Attn:

 

To Transferee 1: Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd.

Address: No. 165 West Guangfu Road, Putuo District, Shanghai

Attention:

 

To Transferee 2: Geng Xiaofei

Address:

Telephone:

 

To the Company: Beijing Tus-Giant Education Technology Co., Ltd.

Address: No. 64 West Shuimo Street, East Yuanmingyuan Road, Haidian District, Beijing

Pre-closing Attention:

Post-closing Attention:

 

17.2    Subject to Section 17.3, a notice shall be deemed to have been given:

 

Upon delivery if left at address of recipient;

 

Notice given by mail shall be deemed to have been given on the third (3) day after sending (or on the seventh (7) day after sending if the letter is sent to or from an address outside of the PRC); and

 

23


 

Any notice delivered by facsimile shall be deemed to have been served when a transmission report has been issued by the machine from which the facsimile was sent  indicates that the facsimile has been sent in its entirety to the facsimile number of the recipient.

 

17.3    A notice given or deemed to have been given under Section 17.2 on a non-Business Day at local time of place of delivery or after 5 p.m. on a Business Day shall be deemed to have been given on the next following Business Day.

 

17.4    Each Party undertakes to give notice to the other Party pursuant to this Section if the address set forth herein is no longer appropriate for notice delivery.

 

18.           Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

18.1    This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the PRC.

 

18.2    Any dispute, controversy or claim among the Parties arising from or in connection with this Agreement or any breach of this Agreement, if not resolved by the Parties through friendly consultation, shall be finally submitted to the competent people’s court in Beijing for litigation.

 

(Reminder of page intentionally left blank)

 

24


 

Appendix I Particulars of the Company

 

25


 

Appendix 3 TRANSFEROR WARRANTIES, TRANSFEREE WARRANTIES

 

The Transferor warrants that:

 

1.                  Qualification and Authority

 

1.1           Right, power, authority and action

 

1.1.1                    The Transferor have the rights, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and other Transaction Documents, exercise its rights and perform its obligations under this Agreement and other Transaction Documents.

 

1.2           Binding agreements

 

1.2.1                    This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, upon execution, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Transferor in accordance with terms thereunder.

 

1.2.2                    The consummation of the transaction by the Transferor in accordance with this Agreement will not conflict with:

 

(A).        its articles of association, certificate of incorporation, bylaws or equivalent constitutional document;

 

(B).        any relevant law, regulation, treaty or rule; or

 

(C).        any obligation (contractual or otherwise) which is binding upon it or its assets

 

2.                  Equity Interest

 

2.1           Equity Interest

 

2.1.1                    The Transferor is the sole legal owner of the Equity Interest and has the right to sell and transfer to the Transferees the full legal and beneficial ownership of the Equity Interest in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

2.1.2                    Except for the pledge to Tus-Education Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd., there is no encumbrance on the Equity Interest, nor is there any agreement, arrangement or obligation creating or incurring any encumbrance on the Equity Interest.

 

The Transferee warrants that:

 

1.                  Qualification and Authority

 

1.1           Right, power, authority and action

 

26


 

1.1.1                    The Transferees has the right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, exercise its rights hereunder and perform its obligations hereunder, and has taken all actions required by it to achieve the above purpose.

 

1.2           Binding agreements

 

1.2.1                    This Agreement, upon execution, shall constitute valid and legally binding obligations of it in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

1.2.2                    The consummation of the transaction by the Transferees pursuant to this Agreement will not conflict with:

 

(A).        its articles of association, certificate of incorporation, bylaws or equivalent constitutional document;

(B).        any relevant law, regulation, treaty or rule; or

(C).        any obligation (contractual or otherwise) which is binding upon it or its assets.

 

27


 

Appendix 4 Closing Deliverables

 

The Transferor shall deliver the following materials to the Transferees at the Closing:

 

(8)             The Register of Shareholders in form and substance satisfactory to the Transferees and affixed with seal of the Company; and

 

(9)             Other materials that may be requested by the Transferees, those materials must be in its possession as a shareholder of the Company and the Transferee has notified the Transferor three days in advance for preparation.

 

28


 

Signature Page

 

Transferor

 

Beijing Giant Dream Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

 

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

SIGNED BY

 

Title:

 

 

The Company

 

Beijing Tus-Giant Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

 

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

SIGNED BY

 

Title:

 

 

Transferee 1

 

Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd

 

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

SIGNED BY

 

Title:

 

 

Transferee 2

 

 

 

Geng Xiaofei

 

 

 

/s/ Geng Xiaofei

 

 

29


Exhibit 4.24

 

English Translation

 

LOAN FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT

 

 

THIS LOAN FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated October 31, 2018, is entered into in Shanghai by and among:

 

1.                  Beijing Yangguang Juren Education and Technology Co., Ltd., a limited liability company established and validly existing under laws, with its registered address at 10/F, Tower A, Building 1, No. 1 Zhongguancun East Road, Haidian District, Beijing (the “Borrower” or the “Company”);

 

2.                  Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd., a limited liability company established and validly existing under laws, with its registered address at Room 118, Building 20, No. 1-42, Lane 83, Hongxiang North Road, Wanxiang Town, Pudong New Area (the “Lender”);

 

3.                  Xiaofei Geng (ID number *), is the controlling shareholder of the Borrower (the “Controlling Shareholder”).

 

WHEREAS, the Lender intends to lend to the Borrower amounts which may be converted into a capital increase by the Lender to the Borrower in the future (the “Conversion into Investment”), as fully agreed by the parties through consultation. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing borrowing and the Conversion into Investment, the parties hereby enter into this Agreement to be bound hereby.

 

ARTICLE 1 AMOUNT OF LOAN:

 

The Lender hereby agrees, if requested by the Borrower, to make a loan available to the Borrower (the “Loan”) in a total amount of up to RMB670,000,000.

 

ARTICLE 2 PURPOSE OF LOAN

 

The parties agree that the Loan advanced by the Lender to the Borrower shall be used for the daily business running, operation and business development needs of the Borrower.

 

The Borrower shall not change the use of the Loan without the written consent of the Lender. In particular, the Borrower shall not use the Loan for the following purposes: distributing profits to its shareholders, entrusting wealth management, entrusting loans, real estate, stocks, futures, funds and other financial derivatives, or the projects prohibited by laws, regulations, supervisory rules and related policies or the projects unapproved in line with law.

 

ARTICLE 3 DATE AND METHOD OF ADVANCING LOAN

 

1.                  Within 10 business days from the Borrower’s written request for the Loan to the Lender, the Lender will advance the required amount of Loan to the following bank account designated by the Borrower.

 

2.                  The Borrower’s designated bank account information is as follows:

 

1


 

Account Name:                                                      Beijing Yangguang Juren Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Bank Name:                                                                      Beijing Zizhuyuan Sub-branch of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China

 

Account No.:

 

ARTICLE 4 RELEVANT PROVISIONS ON LIFE OF LOAN, INTEREST AND CONVERSION INTO INVESTMENT

 

1.                  Life of the Loan: 5 years from the date when the amount of Loan is actually paid to the account designated by the Borrower, unless otherwise agreed by the parties; if the Borrower and the Lender have reached a written agreement on the rollover, the life of Loan shall be subject to such agreement.

 

2.                  Interest on the Loan: The Borrower shall pay to the Lender interest at the rate of 10% (simple interest) per annum. The interest rate shall be calculated from the date when the amount of the Loan is actually paid to the account designated by the Borrower till the date when the actual repayment reaches the account of the Lender (the “Actual Repayment Date”) or the date when company registration changes of the Conversion into Investment is completed. The Borrower shall pay interest on a yearly basis (During the life of the Loan, the full year since the date on which the amount of the Loan is actually paid to the account designated by the Borrower shall be the first year of the Loan, and each full year thereafter shall constitute a full year of loan. For calculation convenience, each year of loan shall be calculated as 365 days.), the interest shall be paid within 10 business days after the end of each year of loan to the Lender, and the principal of the Loan and the remaining interest payable (except for Conversion into Investment) shall be paid when they become due.

 

3.                  The parties agree that the Lender is entitled to convert the Borrower’s Loan to its equity interest of the Borrower as the increased capital invested by the Lender to the Borrower in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

 

(1)                   The Borrower and the Controlling Shareholder agree that, during the period from the third anniversary of the Loan hereunder to December 31, 2022, the Lender shall have the right (but no obligation) to increase its capital with all or part of the outstanding Loan and interest payable by the Borrower on the basis of the Borrower’s post-money valuation of RMB1,117,200,000, obtaining the Borrower’s new registered capital by the way of capital increase at a premium.

 

(2)                   The Borrower and the Controlling Shareholder agree that, from January 1, 2023 to December 31, 2023, the Lender shall have the right (but no obligation) to increase its capital with all or part of the outstanding Loan and interest payable by the Borrower on the basis of the Borrower’s post-money valuation of RMB1,197,000,000, obtaining the Borrower’s new registered capital by the way of capital increase at a premium.

 

2


 

(3)                          The parties agree that, if the Lender chooses the Conversion into Investment, the Borrower shall complete the company registration changes of the Conversion into Investment and obtain the changed business license of the Borrower (the “Company Registration Changes”) within 15 business days upon receipt of the Lender’s notice, and the Controlling Shareholder shall provide necessary cooperation. If the Company Registration Changes of the Conversion into Investment fails to be completed within the aforesaid time limit, the Lender shall be entitled to declare the Loan immediately due and request the Borrower to repay all the outstanding Loan and interest payable immediately. If the Company Registration Changes of the Conversion into Investment fails to be completed within the aforesaid time limit and such failure is caused by reasons attributable to the Controlling Shareholder, the Lender shall have the right to request the Controlling Shareholder to transfer to it free of charge the part of the shares held by the Controlling Shareholder in the Company (the “Equity Transfer”), and the Controlling Shareholder shall complete the company registration changes of the Equity Transfer within 15 Business Days following the receipt of the Equity Transfer Notice from the Lender. After the completion of the aforesaid Equity Transfer, the shares held by the Lender in the Company shall be the same as the shares held by the Lender in the Company in the case of Conversion into Investment, and the taxes in connection with such Equity Transfer shall be borne by the Controlling Shareholder.

 

4.                  In the case that the Borrower fails to repay all the Loan and interest before the agreed repayment date or complete the Company Registration Changes of the Conversion into Investment, the Borrower shall pay extra liquidated damages to the Lender at the rate of 0.5% of the sum of outstanding amount and interest calculated from the agreed due date.

 

5.                  The Borrower is entitled to repay all or part of the principal and interest of the Loan hereunder in advance according to the actual operation of the Company. If the total principal and interest payable are not fully covered by the amount repaid by the Borrower ahead of schedule, the amount repaid by the Borrower shall be used to firstly set off the interest payable by the Borrower as of the date of early repayment (calculated on a daily basis), and secondly to set off the principal. The interest of the remaining principal unpaid shall be calculated according to paragraph 2 of Article 4.

 

6.                  The Borrower and the Controlling Shareholder agree that, in respect of the subsequent loans provided by the Lender or its affiliates to the Borrower, the interest of the loans and conditions for conversion into investment shall be determined in accordance with Article 4 hereof. From January 1, 2022, the Lender shall have the right to convert the loans provided by it into investment. The post-money valuation of the Borrower corresponding to the conversion into investment for the relevant year shall be RMB ((1 + (the year of conversion into investment - 2018) * 10%) * 798,000,000).

 

ARTICLE 5 RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

 

1.                  The Borrower is entitled to obtain and use the amount of the Loan as provided herein.

 

3


 

2.                  The Borrower shall repay the principal of the Loan hereunder and pay the interest accrued thereon on schedule or complete the Company Registration Changes of the Conversion into Investment. In case of special circumstances, if the Borrower is unable to repay the principal of the Loan hereunder and pay the interest accrued thereon prior to the repayment term and needs rollover, the Borrower shall apply to the Lender for rollover in writing five days prior to the expiry of the term. The rollover shall be available only upon the Lender’s written consent and the execution of a rollover agreement with the Borrower.

 

3.                  The Borrower shall pay to the Lender all principal, interest, and all sums payable (if any) on the Actual Repayment Date.

 

4.                  In case the Borrower incurs any material adverse event which may affect the ability of the Borrower to repay its debts or any other event which may endanger the creditor’s right of the Lender, the Borrower shall notify the Lender in writing within 3 days after the occurrence of such event and simultaneously clarify the liability for debt discharge or discharge its debts in advance.

 

5.                  Any taxes and fees in whatever form payable by either party arising from the performance of this Agreement shall be borne by the Borrower.

 

ARTICLE 6 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

1.                  The Borrower and the Controlling Shareholder represent and warrant to the Lender that:

 

(1)                          It/He is an enterprise duly organized and/or validly existing under the laws with independent legal person status, a corporate entity or a person with full capacity for civil conduct, and is able to sue and respond to lawsuits in its/his own name;

 

(2)                   It/He has the power, as a party, to enter into and perform this Agreement;

 

(3)                   Its/His execution and performance of this Agreement or exercise of its/his rights and obligations hereunder will not: (i) conflict with the laws, amendments and any other official or judicial orders that it/he must abide by; (ii) conflict with its articles of association; or (iii) conflict with any agreement or document entered into by it/he, or any agreement or document binding upon it/he or its/his properties.

 

2.                  The Borrower and the Controlling Shareholder further represent and warrant that the representations and warranties made by them in paragraph 1 of Article 6 hereof shall be true and accurate at all times during the term of this Agreement and with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at any time.

 

3.                  The Borrower has fully and accurately disclosed to the Lender the material liabilities borne by it as at the date of this Agreement (whether actual or contingent).

 

4


 

4.                  The Borrower understand that the Lender has entered into this Agreement and that the amount of the Loan advanced by the Lender to the Borrower is based on belief in and reliance on the representations and warranties set forth herein.

 

ARTICLE 7 EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND LIABILITIES FOR DEFAULT

 

1.                  Any of the following events shall constitute or shall be deemed as an event of default on the part of the Borrower/the Controlling Shareholder under this Agreement:

 

(1)                   The Borrower fails to use the funds received for the purpose set forth in this Agreement;

 

(2)                   The Borrower fails to repay any maturing principal or pay any interest, fee or any other payables due in accordance with this Agreement and fails to make Company Registration Changes for the Conversion into Investment;

 

(3)                   The Borrower or the Controlling Shareholder makes any of untrue representations under this Agreement or breaches any of the representations or warranties under this Agreement;

 

(4)                   The Borrower or the Controlling Shareholder breaches any other provision of this Agreement in respect of its/his obligations;

 

(5)                   The Borrower ceases its business operation, or incurs dissolution, deregistration or bankruptcy events;

 

2.                  In addition to other measures available under this Agreement, upon the occurrence of the aforementioned events of default, the Lender may take any one or more of the following remedial measures:

 

(1)                   Requiring the Borrower to cure the default within a prescribed time limit;

 

(2)                   Suspending advancing the Loan;

 

(3)                   Terminating or rescinding this Agreement, declaring all principal and interest hereunder immediately due, and requiring the Borrower to immediately repay all principal, interest, penalties and fees owed by it. The Borrower shall be entitled to have priority in repayment in case of dissolution, deregistration or bankruptcy liquidation.

 

(4)                   Requiring the Borrower to pay other costs (including but not limited to attorney fees) incurred by the Borrower in connection with the recovery of claims against the Borrower.

 

ARTICLE 8 NOTICES AND COMMUNICATIONS

 

1.                  Unless otherwise provided for herein, any notice, request or other communication to any party hereunder shall be made in writing and sent by personal delivery, prepaid mail, facsimile or other means to the addresses designated by the parties; in the case of facsimile, the facsimile numbers set forth below (another address or facsimile number may be used if given to the attention of the recipient three (3) banking days in advance by giving a specific written notice).

 

5


 

2.                  Any notice, request or other communication to be sent to the relevant parties, (a) if it is sent by personal delivery, the delivery time shall be the time of handover; (b) if it is sent by a letter, it is deemed to be delivered at the time of three (3) banking days after posting, provided that such notice, request or other communication is proved to have been sent as well as that the delivery address is correct and the notice, request or other communication has been stamped and posted; (c) if it is sent by facsimile or telegram, it shall be deemed to be delivered at the time of transmission (evidenced by complete transmission record or (as the case may be) confirmed call back code). However, any notice, request or other communication sent to the Lender by the Borrower shall not be deemed to have been delivered until it is received by the Lender.

 

3.                  The initial communication details and recipients of each party for delivery of notices shall be as follows:

 

To the Borrower

Address:      No. 64 Shuimo West Street, Yuanmingyuan East Road, Haidian District, Beijing

Recipient:  Guohong Zhang

Contact number:

 

To the Lender

Address:          No. 165 Guangfu West Road, Putuo District, Shanghai

Recipient:  Qi Zou

Contact number:

 

To the Controlling Shareholder

Address:          Room 501, North Building, No. 839 Dalian Road, Hongkou District, Shanghai

Recipient:  Xiaofei Geng

Contact number:

 

ARTICLE 9 GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

This Agreement and its performance shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China. Any dispute arising from or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled by the parties through amicable consultation. If such consultation fails, any party shall have the right to submit the dispute to the people’s court in the jurisdiction where this Agreement is executed for settlement through litigation.

 

ARTICLE 10 DIVISION

 

If, in accordance with applicable laws, any provision of this Agreement is declared illegal, invalid or unenforceable, or is declared illegal, invalid or unenforceable by a court or arbitration tribunal, such provision shall be deleted from this Agreement to the extent permitted by applicable laws so as to make the legality, validity and enforceability of other provisions hereof not affected, and all remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect after the deletion.

 

6


 

ARTICLE 11 EFFECTIVENESS OF AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement shall take effect from the date of signature and seal of all parties.

 

ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS

 

This agreement is made in triplicate, each party holds one copy and the three copies have the same legal effect.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK AND THE SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS.]

 

7


 

[Signature Page of the Loan Agreement]

 

Borrower:  Beijing Yangguang Juren Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

Lender:              Shanghai Jingrui Education Investment Co., Ltd. (Seal)

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

Controlling Shareholder:        Xiaofei Geng (Signature)

/s/ Xiaofei Geng

 

8


Exhibit 4.25

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

SENIOR FACILITIES AGREEMENT

 

Dated 27 MARCH 2019

 

FOR

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED
精銳國際教育集團有限公司

as Borrower

 

ONESMART EDU INC.

ONESMART EDU (HK) LIMITED 精銳教育集團(香港)有限公司

as Original Offshore Guarantors

 

CHINA MINSHENG BANKING CORP., LTD. HONG KONG BRANCH

INDUSTRIAL BANK CO., LTD. HONG KONG BRANCH

UBS AG HONG KONG BRANCH

as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners

 

AGRICULTURAL BANK OF CHINA, SEOUL BRANCH

as Mandated Lead Arranger

 

SIEMENS BANK GMBH SINGAPORE BRANCH

SPD SILICON VALLEY BANK CO., LTD.

as Lead Arrangers

 

with

 

UBS AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH

acting as Facility Agent

 

and

 

UBS AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH

acting as Security Agent

 


 

UP TO US$139,000,000 TERM FACILITY

 

and

 

UP TO US$61,000,000 GREENSHOE FACILITY

 


 


 

CONTENTS

 

Clause

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1.

Definitions and Interpretation

 

2

 

 

 

 

2.

The Facilities

 

41

 

 

 

 

3.

Purpose

 

45

 

 

 

 

4.

Conditions of Utilisation

 

46

 

 

 

 

5.

Utilisation

 

49

 

 

 

 

6.

Repayment

 

51

 

 

 

 

7.

Prepayment and Cancellation

 

52

 

 

 

 

8.

Mandatory Prepayment

 

56

 

 

 

 

9.

Interest

 

63

 

 

 

 

10.

Interest Periods

 

64

 

 

 

 

11.

Changes to the Calculation of Interest

 

65

 

 

 

 

12.

Fees

 

66

 

 

 

 

13.

Tax Gross Up and Indemnities

 

67

 

 

 

 

14.

Increased Costs

 

71

 

 

 

 

15.

Mitigation by the Lenders

 

73

 

 

 

 

16.

Other Indemnities

 

74

 

 

 

 

17.

Costs and Expenses

 

75

 

 

 

 

18.

Guarantee and Indemnity

 

77

 

 

 

 

19.

Representations

 

81

 

 

 

 

20.

Information Undertakings

 

91

 

 

 

 

21.

Financial Covenants

 

99

 

 

 

 

22.

General Undertakings

 

102

 

 

 

 

23.

Events of Default

 

130

 

 

 

 

24.

Changes to the Lenders

 

139

 

 

 

 

25.

Restriction On Debt Purchase Transactions

 

145

 

 

 

 

26.

Changes to the Obligors

 

146

 

 

 

 

27.

Disclosure of Information

 

147

 

 

 

 

28.

Role of the Transaction Agents and the Arranger

 

150

 

 

 

 

29.

Sharing among the Finance Parties

 

162

 

 

 

 

30.

Payment Mechanics

 

164

 

 

 

 

31.

Set-off

 

168

 

 

 

 

32.

Notices

 

168

 

 

 

 

33.

Calculations and Certificates

 

170

 

 

 

 

34.

Partial Invalidity

 

171

 

i


 

35.

Remedies and Waivers

 

171

 

 

 

 

36.

Amendments and Waivers

 

171

 

 

 

 

37.

Bail-in

 

174

 

 

 

 

38.

Counterparts

 

175

 

 

 

 

39.

Governing Law

 

176

 

 

 

 

40.

Enforcement

 

176

 

ii


 

THIS AGREEMENT is dated 27 March 2019 and made between:

 

(1)                                 ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED 精銳國際教育集團有限公司 (previously known as One Smart Education Group Limited), an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands with company number 320611 and registered office at Maples Corporate Services Limited, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands (and the shares of which are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (Stock Code: ONE.US)) (the “Borrower”);

 

(2)                                 ONESMART EDU INC. (previously known as Great Edu Inc.), a business company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the British Virgin Islands with company number 1916296 and registered office at Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands (the “BVI Guarantor”);

 

(3)                                 ONESMART EDU (HK) LIMITED 精銳教育集團(香港)有限公司 (previously known as Great Edu (HK) Limited), a company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong with registration number 2401253 and registered office at Unit A, 8th Floor, Winbase Centre, 208 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong (the “HK Guarantor”, and together with the BVI Guarantor, the “Original Offshore Guarantors”);

 

(4)                                 CHINA MINSHENG BANKING CORP., LTD. HONG KONG BRANCH, INDUSTRIAL BANK CO., LTD. HONG KONG BRANCH and UBS AG HONG KONG BRANCH as mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners (whether acting individually or together the “Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner”);

 

(5)                                 AGRICULTURAL BANK OF CHINA, SEOUL BRANCH as mandated lead arranger (the “Mandated Lead Arranger”);

 

(6)                                 SIEMENS BANK GMBH SINGAPORE BRANCH and SPD SILICON VALLEY BANK CO., LTD. as lead arrangers (whether acting individually or together the “Lead Arranger”);

 

(7)                                 THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 (The Original Term Facility Lenders) as lenders (the “Original Term Facility Lenders”);

 

(8)                                 UBS AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH as account bank (the “Account Bank”);

 

(9)                                 UBS AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH as agent of the Finance Parties (other than itself) (the “Facility Agent”); and

 

(10)                          UBS AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH as security agent and trustee for the Secured Parties (the “Security Agent”).

 

1


 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

SECTION 1
INTERPRETATION

 

1.                                      DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                               Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

Accession Deed” means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 10 (Form of Accession Deed).

 

Account Control Agreement” means, in relation to an Onshore Mandatory Prepayment Account, the account control agreement made or to be made between the Onshore Group Member (in whose name the Onshore Mandatory Prepayment Account is held), the bank or financial institution (with whom such Onshore Mandatory Prepayment Account is held) and the Facility Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

Accounting Principles” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

Additional Guarantor” means a person which becomes a “Guarantor” in accordance with Clause 26.2 (Additional Guarantors).

 

Administrative Parties” means each of the Facility Agent, the Security Agent and the Arranger (each an “Administrative Party”).

 

Affiliate” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of any Holding Company of that person.

 

Aggregate Total Greenshoe Facility Commitments” means, at any time, the aggregate of the Total Greenshoe Facility Commitments relating to each Greenshoe Facility.

 

Alleviating After-School Burden Notice” means the “Notice on Alleviating After-School Burden on Primary and Middle School Students and Imposing Special Administration on After-School Training Institutions” promulgated by, among others, the General Office of the Ministry of Education in the PRC on 13 February 2018.

 

Anti-Bribery and Corruption Laws” means the FCPA, the UK Bribery Act and all laws, rules and regulations issued, administered or enforced by the United States of America, the United Kingdom, the European Union or any of its member states, the PRC, Hong Kong or any other country or Governmental Agency, which laws, rules and/or regulations are applicable from time to time to any Obligor or any Group Member concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

 

Anti-Money Laundering Laws” means all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of

 

2


 

jurisdictions where any Obligor or any Group Member conducts business and/or where any Group Member is incorporated or organised, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, which in each case are issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Agency.

 

Anti-Terrorism Laws” means the USA Patriot Act, the US Money Laundering Control Act of 1986 (18 USC sect. 1956), the US Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing: Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism, issued on 23 September 2001, as amended by Order 13268 or any similar law, rule or regulation enacted in any jurisdiction, including the United States, any member nation of the European Union, Hong Kong, the PRC, United Kingdom or the United Nations.

 

APLMA” means the Asia Pacific Loan Market Association Limited.

 

Assignment Agreement” means, in relation to any assignment by any Lender of any or all of its rights under this Agreement, an assignment agreement substantially in a recommended form of the APLMA or any other form agreed between the applicable assignor, the applicable assignee and the Facility Agent.

 

Arranger” means, whether acting individually or together, the Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Original Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner), the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Lead Arranger.

 

Authorisation” means:

 

(a)                                 an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation, lodgement or registration; and/or

 

(b)                                 in relation to anything which will be fully or partly prohibited or restricted by law if a Governmental Agency intervenes or acts in any way within a specified period after lodgement, filing, registration or notification, the expiry of that period without intervention or action.

 

Availability Period” means:

 

(a)                                 in relation to the Term Facility, the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the earlier of (a) the date falling three Months after the date of this Agreement and (b) the first date on which the Available Facility for the Term Facility is zero; and

 

(b)                                 in relation to any Greenshoe Facility, the period from and including the Greenshoe Facility Establishment Date relating to that Greenshoe Facility to and including the earlier of (a) the date falling one Month after that Greenshoe Facility Establishment Date and (b) the first date on which the Available Facility for that Greenshoe Facility is zero.

 

3


 

Available Commitment” means, in relation to a Facility and a Lender and save as otherwise provided in this Agreement, that Lender’s Commitment under that Facility minus:

 

(a)                                 the aggregate amount of its participation in any outstanding Loan under that Facility (for such purpose taking into account the principal amount of each Loan when it is made and disregarding any subsequent reduction in such principal amount); and

 

(b)                                 in relation to any proposed Utilisation, that Lender’s participation in any Loan (other than the Loan the subject of such proposed Utilisation) that is due to be made under that Facility on or before the Utilisation Date for such proposed Utilisation.

 

Available Facility” means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment in respect of that Facility.

 

Base Case Model” means the financial model including profit and loss, balance sheet and cashflow projections in agreed form relating to the Group together with the written business plan in agreed form.

 

Big Four” means PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, KPMG or Deloitte & Touche (or any local affiliate, alliance, joint venture or partnership or amalgamation of the same or their successors).

 

Borrower Account Terms and Conditions” means the “Terms and Conditions for Acting as Account Bank” entered into between the Borrower and the Account Bank in connection with the Interest Reserve Account.

 

Break Costs” means the amount (if any) by which:

 

(a)                                 the interest which a Finance Party should have received pursuant to the terms of this Agreement for the period from the date of receipt or recovery of all or any part of the principal amount of a Loan or an Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or that Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount of that Loan or had that Unpaid Sum so received or recovered been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

 

exceeds:

 

(b)                                 the amount of interest which that Finance Party would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount of that Loan or equal to that Unpaid Sum so received or recovered by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following such receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of that current Interest Period.

 

Business Acquisition” means the acquisition of:

 

(a)                                 any company, shares or similar equity interests, business or undertaking; or

 

4


 

(b)                                 the assets of any person which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such person, or any division or line of business of such person; or

 

(c)                                  any properties or assets of a person other than in the ordinary course of trading,

 

and the foregoing shall include entry into, investment in or acquisition of any interest in any Joint Venture or partnership in whatever form but shall exclude acquisition of any Cash Equivalent, LTI or STI.

 

Business Day” means:

 

(a)                                 for the purpose of determining LIBOR, a London Business Day;

 

(b)                                 for the purpose of payment of amounts under the Finance Documents, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for the transaction of domestic and foreign exchange business in New York; and

 

(c)                                  for all purposes, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in Hong Kong, Singapore and the PRC.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents” have the meaning given to them under the Accounting Principles.

 

“Cash Pooling Accounts” means the Cash Pooling Accounts (Offshore) and the Cash Pooling Accounts (Onshore).

 

“Cash Pooling Accounts (Offshore)” means the account opened in the name of the Borrower with the Designated Onshore Bank Account Manager 境内资金账户管理行 and with account number *.

 

“Cash Pooling Accounts (Onshore)” means the account opened in the name of the Key WFOE with the Designated Onshore Bank Account Manager 境内资金账户管理行with account number *.

 

CB Documents” means, in relation to any Offshore Convertible Bonds, the governing indenture and any other document evidencing their terms and conditions.

 

“CB Bondholders” means the holders from time to time of any Offshore Convertible Bonds.

 

Change of Control” means:

 

(a)                                 at any time:

 

(i)                                     the Founder does not or ceases to directly or indirectly:

 

(A)                               beneficially own at least 31.09% of the Equity Interests (of each class) in the Borrower; or

 

(B)                               have the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to cast, or control, at least 75.0%

 

5


 

of the votes that may be cast a general meeting of the Borrower;

 

(ii)                                any person or persons acting in concert hold or beneficially own, directly or indirectly, a percentage of Equity Interests (of any class) in the Borrower that is equal to or greater than the percentage of Equity Interests (of such class) in the Borrower that is beneficially owned directly or indirectly by the Founder; or

 

(iii)                             the Founder does not or ceases to have (A) the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise), to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the Borrower and (B) the right to nominate directors of the Borrower which directors comprise a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower and carry the majority of the voting rights capable of being exercised by directors of the Borrower;

 

(b)                                 at any time, the Borrower:

 

(i)                                   does not or ceases to directly or indirectly:

 

(A)                               beneficially own at least the Applicable Percentage of the Equity Interests in each Subsidiary (other than, prior to any VIE Unwind, a VIE Group Member) of the Borrower;

 

(B)                               does not or ceases to beneficially own at least the Applicable Percentage of the economic interests in each Subsidiary of the Borrower; or

 

(C)                               have the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to cast, or control, at least the Applicable Percentage of the votes that may be cast a general meeting of in each Subsidiary of the Borrower,

 

where, for the purposes of this paragraph (b)(i), the “Applicable Percentage” means:

 

(1)                                 (in respect of any Group Member which is not wholly-owned by the Borrower as of the date of this Agreement) the actual percentage of the direct and indirect beneficial ownership of, or the power to cast or control, the Equity Interests, the economic interests or the votes (as applicable) by the Borrower in respect of that Subsidiary as of the Date of this Agreement; and

 

(2)                                 (otherwise) 100%;

 

(ii)                                does not or ceases to have (A) the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise), to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies in each Subsidiary of the Borrower and (B) the right to nominate directors in each Subsidiary of the Borrower which directors comprise the entirety of the

 

6


 

board of directors of that Subsidiary and carry all of the voting rights capable of being exercised by directors of that Subsidiary;

 

(c)                                  the Founder does not or ceases to:

 

(i)                                   directly beneficially own at least 28.9% of the Equity Interests in Shanghai OneSmart (or such higher percentage resulting from any transfer(s) of such Equity Interests from Shanghai Jingrui Education Technology Group);

 

(ii)                                directly beneficially own at least 62.0% of the Equity Interests in Shanghai Rui Si (or such higher percentage resulting from any transfer(s) of such Equity Interests from Shanghai Jingrui Education Technology Group); or

 

(iii)                             directly or indirectly beneficially own 100% of the Equity Interests in any VIE Group Member party to a VIE Contract (other than Shanghai OneSmart or Shanghai Rui Si);

 

(d)                                 Shanghai Jingrui Education Technology Group does not or ceases to directly beneficially own:

 

(i)                                   71.1% of the Equity Interests in Shanghai OneSmart (or such lower percentage resulting from any transfer(s) of such Equity Interests to the Founder); or

 

(ii)                                38.0% of the Equity Interests in Shanghai Rui Si (or such lower percentage resulting from any transfer(s) of such Equity Interests to the Founder); or

 

(e)                                  at any time, an Onshore Parent does not or ceases to directly or indirectly beneficially own at least the Applicable Percentage of the Equity Interests in its Subsidiary (except pursuant to a Permitted Employee Share Issuance) where, for the purposes of this paragraph (e), the “Applicable Percentage” means:

 

(i)                                   (in respect of any Group Member which is not wholly-owned by an Onshore Parent as of the date of this Agreement) the actual percentage of the direct and indirect beneficial ownership of the Equity Interests by the relevant Onshore Parent in respect of that Subsidiary as of the Date of this Agreement; and

 

(ii)                                (otherwise) 100%.

 

Charged Property” means all of the assets of any or all of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

 

Code” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

Commitment” means a Term Facility Commitment or a Greenshoe Facility Commitment.

 

7


 

Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 (Form of Compliance Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the Borrower.

 

Compliant Centre” means a study centre:

 

(a)                                 which meets and satisfies the Educational Licensing Requirements; or

 

(b)                                 which does not meet or satisfy the Educational Licensing Requirements, but applications have been duly made to the relevant Governmental Agencies to meet and satisfy such requirements and no rejection or denial has been received.

 

Confidential Information” means all information relating to the Obligors, the Group Members, the Group, the Finance Documents or a Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or a Facility from either:

 

(a)                                 any Obligor, any Group Member or any of their respective advisers; or

 

(b)                                 another Finance Party, if such information was obtained by that other Finance Party directly or indirectly from any Obligor, any Group Member or any of their respective advisers,

 

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

(i)                                    is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that first-mentioned Finance Party of Clause 27 (Disclosure of Information);

 

(ii)                                 is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any Obligor, any Group Member or any of their respective advisers; or

 

(iii)                              is known by that first-mentioned Finance Party before the date such information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that first-mentioned Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that first-mentioned Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the any Obligor or any Group Member and which, in either case, as far as that first-mentioned Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

 

Confidentiality Undertaking” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the APLMA or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Facility Agent.

 

Constitutional Documents” means, in respect of any person, the certificate of incorporation, the memorandum of association and the articles of association (or, in each case, the equivalent thereof), any certificate of change of name and any other

 

8


 

constitutional documents of such person, including any amendments and/or supplements thereto.

 

Control” means, in relation to any person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management, policies or affairs of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise (and the term “Controlled” shall be construed accordingly).

 

Debenture” means a debenture to be entered into by the Borrower, the BVI Guarantor and the HK Guarantor in favour of the Security Agent in respect of their respective assets, in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent.

 

Default” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

 

Deferred Consideration” means any vendor loans or notes, earn out or other deferred or contingent payment arrangement (and for this purpose including any purchase price adjustment resulting in payables or amounts due to the vendor) in connection with a Business Acquisition.

 

Delegate” means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-trustee appointed by the Security Agent.

 

Designated Onshore Bank Account Manager 境内资金账户管理行” means Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd., Shanghai Branch, Putuo Sub-branch (or any of its Affiliates).

 

Disruption Event” means either or both of:

 

(a)                                 a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facilities (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

(b)                                 the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

(i)                                     from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii)                                  from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

 

9


 

Educational Licensing Requirements” the licensing and compliance requirements under The Law for Promoting Private Education and Alleviating After-School Burden Notice (and under any other law, regulation or notice relating to educational permits, business license or school license that may be issued or implemented from time to time) which are, in each case, applicable to the Group.

 

Elected Amount” has the meaning give to it in paragraph (a)  of Clause 8.3 (Interest Reserve Account).

 

Environmental Claim” means any claim, proceeding or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law.

 

Environmental Law” means any applicable law in any jurisdiction in which any Obligor or any Group Member conducts business which relates to the pollution or protection of the environment or harm to or the protection of human health or the health of animals or plants.

 

Environmental Permits” means any Authorisation and/or the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of any Group Member conducted on or from any of the properties owned or used by any Group Member.

 

Equity-funded Acquisition” means any Business Acquisition or acquisition of any interest in any LTI by a Group Member and which is solely:

 

(a)                                 funded from the proceeds of an allotment or issuance of ordinary shares in the Borrower; or

 

(b)                                 made by way of an exchange for ordinary shares in the Borrower; or

 

(c)                                  funded and made by any combination of the foregoing,

 

provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any acquisition made or funded with the proceeds of any Offshore Convertible Bonds (whether whole or in part) shall not be regarded as an Equity-funded Acquisition.

 

Equity Interest” means, in relation to any person:

 

(a)                                 any shares of any class or capital stock of or equity interest in such person or any depositary receipt in respect of any such shares, capital stock or equity interest;

 

(b)                                 any securities convertible or exchangeable (whether at the option of the holder thereof or otherwise and whether such conversion is conditional or otherwise) into any such shares, capital stock, equity interest or depositary receipt, or any depositary receipt in respect of any such securities; or

 

(c)                                  any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such shares, capital stock, equity interest, securities or depositary receipts referred to in paragraphs (a) and/or (b).

 

Equity Pledges” means:

 

10


 

(a)                                 the Equity Pledge (Key WFOE), the Equity Pledge (WFOE 1), the Equity Pledge (WFOE 2) and the Equity Pledge (WFOE 3); and

 

(b)                                 any equity pledge in respect of Equity Interests in an entity established in the PRC in favour of the Security Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent.

 

Equity Pledge (Key WFOE)” means an equity pledge agreement or contract to be entered into by HK Guarantor in favour of the Security Agent in respect of its Equity Interests in the Key WFOE, in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent.

 

Equity Pledge (WFOE 1)” means an equity pledge agreement or contract to be entered into by HK Guarantor in favour of the Security Agent in respect of its Equity Interests in the WFOE 1, in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent.

 

Equity Pledge (WFOE 2)” means an equity pledge agreement or contract to be entered into by HK Guarantor in favour of the Security Agent in respect of its Equity Interests in the WFOE 2, in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent.

 

Equity Pledge (WFOE 3)” means an equity pledge agreement or contract to be entered into by HK Guarantor in favour of the Security Agent in respect of its Equity Interests in the WFOE 3, in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent.

 

Event of Default” means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 23 (Events of Default).

 

Existing CITIC Facility” means the facility made available under the facility agreement dated 3 January 2019 and made between Shanghai OneSmart and China CITIC Bank Corporation Limited Shanghai Branch for a total commitment of RMB68,000,000 (together with any guarantee granted in connection therewith).

 

Existing CMB Facility” means the facility made available under the facility agreement dated 24 July 2018 and made between Shanghai OneSmart and China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd., Shanghai Dongfang Sub-Branch for a total commitment of RMB150,000,000 (together with any guarantee granted in connection therewith).

 

Existing Onshore Facility” means the Existing CITIC Facility, the Existing CMB Facility or the Existing SPD Facility.

 

“Existing Onshore Financing Documents” means the facility/ies agreements, the related guarantee agreements and any other agreement or document evidencing the terms and conditions of the Existing Onshore Facilities.

 

Existing SPD Facility” means the facility made available under the facility agreement dated 27 November 2017 and made between Shanghai OneSmart and Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd., Shanghai Branch, Putuo Sub-branch for a total commitment of RMB450,000,000 (together with any guarantee granted in connection therewith).

 

Existing VIE Contract” means an agreement, instrument or arrangement set out in paragraphs (a) to (j) of the definition of “VIE Contracts”.

 

11


 

Facility” means the Term Facility or any Greenshoe Facility.

 

Facility Office” means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office(s) through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

Fangda Memorandum” means the written advice by Fangda Partners in relation to, among others, the Regulations on the Implementation of the PRC Law for Promoting Private Education (中华人民共和国民办教育促进法实施条例) and the Opinions of the General Office of the State Council on Regulating the Development of Afterschool Tutoring Institutions (国务院办公厅关于规范校外培训机构发展的意见) (which is capable of being disclosed by a Finance Party on a confidential and non-reliance basis).

 

FATCA” means:

 

(a)                                 sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

 

(b)                                 any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

 

(c)                                  any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

 

FATCA Application Date” means:

 

(a)                                 in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014; or

 

(b)                                 in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraph (a) above, the first date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA.

 

FATCA Deduction” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

 

FATCA Exempt Party” means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

 

FATCA FFI” means a foreign financial institution as defined in section 1471(d)(4) of the Code which, if any Finance Party is not a FATCA Exempt Party, could be required to make a FATCA Deduction.

 

FCPA” means the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

12


 

Fee Letter” means any letter or letters referring to this Agreement or a Facility between one or more of the Administrative Parties and the Borrower setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 2.2 (The Greenshoe Facilities) or Clause 12 (Fees).

 

Final Maturity Date” means the date falling 36 Months after the Initial Utilisation Date.

 

Finance Documents” means this Agreement, any Accession Deed, the Security Documents, any Account Control Agreement, the Fee Letters, any Hedging Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Utilisation Request, any Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement, the Borrower Account Terms and Conditions and any other document(s) designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrower (each a “Finance Document”), provided that where the term “Finance Documents” is used it shall not include the Borrower Account Terms and Conditions for the purposes of Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders) and Clause 36 (Amendments and Waivers), and provided further that where the term “Finance Document” is used in, and construed for the purposes of, this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement, a Hedging Agreement shall be a Finance Document only for the purposes of:

 

(a)                                 the definition of “Default”;

 

(b)                                 the definition of “Material Adverse Effect”;

 

(c)                                  the definition of “Security Document”;

 

(d)                                 the definition of “Transaction Document”;

 

(e)                                  paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 1.2 (Construction);

 

(f)                                   Clause 18 (Guarantee and Indemnity); and

 

(g)                                  Clause 23 (Events of Default) (other than Clause 23.22 (Acceleration)).

 

Finance Lease” means any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with the Accounting Principles, be treated as a finance or capital lease.

 

Finance Parties” means the Account Bank, the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Arranger, the Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties (each a “Finance Party”), provided that where the term “Finance Party” is used in, and construed for the purposes of, this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement, a Hedge Counterparty shall be a Finance Party only for the purposes of:

 

(a)                                 the definition of “Secured Parties”;

 

(b)                                 paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 1.2 (Construction);

 

(c)                                  paragraph (c) of the definition of “Material Adverse Effect”;

 

(d)                                 Clause 15.3 (Conduct of business by the Finance Parties);

 

(e)                                  Clause 18 (Guarantee and Indemnity); and

 

13


 

(f)                                   Clause 22.31 (Further assurance).

 

Financial Indebtedness” means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

(a)                                 monies borrowed and/or any debit balance at any bank or financial institution;

 

(b)                                 any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or by any bill discounting or factoring facility or by any dematerialised equivalent of any of the foregoing;

 

(c)                                  any amount raised pursuant to any note payables, or any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

(d)                                 the amount of any liability in respect of any Finance Lease;

 

(e)                                  receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

(f)                                   any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury Transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of termination or close-out of that Treasury Transaction, such amount) shall be taken into account);

 

(g)                                  any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;

 

(h)                                 any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if (i) one of the primary reasons behind entering into that agreement is to raise finance or to finance the acquisition or construction of any asset or service that is the subject of such agreement or (ii) such agreement is in respect of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more than 90 days after the date of supply;

 

(i)                                     any arrangement pursuant to which an asset sold or otherwise disposed of by any person may be re-acquired by such person, any Affiliate of such person or any person acting in accordance with the directions of such person or any Affiliate of such person;

 

(j)                                    any amount raised by the issue of shares which are redeemable (other than at the option of the issuer) on or before the Final Maturity Date or is otherwise classified as a borrowing under the Accounting Principles;

 

(k)                                 any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement, sale and sale back and/or sale and leaseback agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or otherwise classified as a borrowing under the Accounting Principles; and/or

 

(l)                                     the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity or other assurance against financial loss for any of the items referred to in paragraphs ‎(a) to ‎(k) above.

 

14


 

Financial Year” means the annual accounting period of the Group ending on or about 31 August in each year.

 

Founder” means Mr Zhang Xi, the holder of passport number * issued by the Government of the PRC.

 

Founder Entities” means the Founder and Happy Edu Inc., a business company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the British Virgin Islands with registered number 1937533 (each a “Founder Entity”).

 

Governmental Agency” means any government or any governmental agency, semi-governmental regulatory or judicial entity or authority (including, without limitation, any stock exchange or any self-regulatory organisation established under statute).

 

Greenshoe Facility” means any term loan facility that may be established and made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.2 (The Greenshoe Facilities).

 

Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement” means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 11 (Form of Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement).

 

Greenshoe Facility Commitment” means:

 

(a)                                 in relation to an Original Greenshoe Facility Lender, the amount in USD set opposite its name under the heading “Greenshoe Facility Commitments” in the relevant Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement and the amount of any other Greenshoe Facility Commitment relating to the relevant Greenshoe Facility transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

(b)                                 in relation to a Greenshoe Facility and any other Greenshoe Facility Lender, the amount of any Greenshoe Facility Commitment relating to that Greenshoe Facility transferred to it under this Agreement,

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

Greenshoe Facility Establishment Date” means, in relation to a Greenshoe Facility, the later of:

 

(a)                                 the proposed Greenshoe Facility Establishment Date specified in the relevant Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement; and

 

(b)                                 the date on which the Facility Agent executes the relevant Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement.

 

Greenshoe Facility Lender” means, in relation to a Greenshoe Facility, any person which becomes a Lender under the Greenshoe Facility in accordance with Clause 2.2 (The Greenshoe Facilities) or Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders), which in each case has not ceased to be a Party as such in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Greenshoe Facility Majority Lenders” means, in relation to a Greenshoe Facility, a Lender or Lenders whose Greenshoe Facility Commitments relating to that Greenshoe Facility aggregate more than 662/3 per cent. of the Total Greenshoe Facility Commitments relating to that Greenshoe Facility (or, if those Total Greenshoe

 

15


 

Facility Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 662/3 per cent. of those Total Greenshoe Facility Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).

 

Greenshoe Facility Supplemental Security” means, in relation to a Greenshoe Facility, such documents (if any) as are determined to be reasonably necessary by the Security Agent (after consultation with the Borrower and having regard to the customary legal practice of the jurisdiction of incorporation or establishment of the Obligors) to provide the Greenshoe Facility Lenders under that Greenshoe Facility with the benefit of Security, guarantees, indemnities and other assurance against loss equivalent to the Security, guarantees, indemnities and other assurance against loss provided to the Lenders under the Term Facility pursuant to the Finance Documents (other than any lack of equivalence directly consequent to being provided later in time).

 

Greenshoe Loan” means, in relation to a Greenshoe Facility and as the context requires, a loan made or to be made under that Greenshoe Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

Greenshoe Loan Repayment Instalment” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Loans).

 

Group” means the Borrower and its Subsidiaries from time to time, and the VIE Group Members from time to time.

 

Group Member” means any member of the Group.

 

Group Structure Chart” means a group structure chart in respect of the Group in agreed form.

 

Group WFOE” means any Onshore Group Member which is directly legally held (in whole or in part) by an Offshore Group Member from time to time (being as at the date of this Agreement, Key WFOE, WFOE 1, WFOE 2 and WFOE 3).

 

Guarantors” means the Original Offshore Guarantors and each Additional Guarantor (each a “Guarantor”).

 

Hedge Counterparty” means a person which:

 

(a)                                 is, at the time of its entry into a Hedging Agreement, a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender; and

 

(b)                                 is or has become a Party as a “Hedge Counterparty” in accordance with Clause 24.8 (Accession of Hedge Counterparties) and a party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Hedge Counterparty in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Hedging Agreement” means any master agreement, confirmation, schedule or other agreement entered into or to be entered into by the Borrower and a Hedge Counterparty for the purpose of hedging foreign exchange liabilities and/or interest rate liabilities relating to any or all of the Facilities only.

 

16


 

Holding Company” means, in relation to a company, corporation or entity, any other company, corporation or entity in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

 

Indirect Tax” means any goods and services tax, consumption tax, value added tax or any tax of a similar nature.

 

Information Package” means each of the Base Case Model and the Management Presentation.

 

Initial Utilisation Date” means the date on which the first Loan is made under this Agreement.

 

Intellectual Property” means:

 

(a)                                 any patents, trade marks, service marks, designs, business names, copyrights, database rights, design rights, domain names, moral rights, inventions, confidential information, knowhow and other intellectual property rights and interests (which may now or in the future subsist), whether registered or unregistered; and

 

(b)                                 the benefit of all applications and rights to use such assets of each Group Member (which may now or in the future subsist).

 

Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement dated on or about the date as this Agreement and made between, among others, UBS AG, Singapore Branch as Security Agent and as senior agent, the Lenders (as Senior Lenders), the Arranger (as Senior Arrangers), the Debtors and the Intra-Group Lenders (each as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

Interest Period” means:

 

(a)                                 in relation to a Loan, any period determined in accordance with Clause 10 (Interest Periods); and/or

 

(b)                                 in relation to an Unpaid Sum, any period determined in accordance with Clause 9.3 (Default interest).

 

Interest Reserve Account” means the account of the Borrower:

 

(a)                                 held with the Account Bank with account number *; and

 

(b)                                 which is subject to Security in favour of the Security Agent (which Security is in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent),

 

(as the same may be re-designated, substituted or replaced from time to time).

 

17


 

Interest Reserve Account Charge” means an account charge agreement to be entered into by the Borrower in favour of the Security Agent in respect of the Interest Reserve Account, in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent.

 

Interest Reserve Amount” means, as at any date, the aggregate amount of interest accruing on the Loans during the period of six (6) Months from such date. For the purposes of such calculation as at any date, it shall be assumed that:

 

(a)                                 the amount of the Loans shall not be reduced at any time during such period;

 

(b)                                 the rate of interest applicable to each Loan throughout such period shall be the rate of interest applicable to such Loan as at such date of calculation; and

 

(c)                                  each Loan (if any) to be made on such date of calculation has been made in full.

 

Interpolated Screen Rate” means, in relation to LIBOR for any Loan or any Unpaid Sum and any Interest Period relating thereto, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two Screen Rates referred to below) for the period equal in length to such Interest Period which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

(a)                                 the rate per annum that is equal to the applicable Screen Rate (for the currency of such Loan or such Unpaid Sum) for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the duration of such Interest Period; and

 

(b)                                 the rate per annum that is equal to the applicable Screen Rate (for the currency of such Loan or such Unpaid Sum) for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the duration of such Interest Period,

 

each as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day (for the currency of such Loan or such Unpaid Sum and a period comparable to that Interest Period).

 

Joint Venture” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 21.1 (Financial definitions).

 

Juren Investments” means:

 

(a)                                 the acquisition of the minority shares in Beijing Tus-Juren Education Technology Co., Ltd. pursuant to a sale and purchase agreement dated 23 September 2018 (as originally entered into); and

 

(b)                                 the grant of a convertible loan by 上海精锐教育投资有限公司 to Beijing Tus-Juren Education Technology Co., Ltd. pursuant to a loan agreement dated 5 November 2018 (as originally entered into).

 

Key WFOE” means Shanghai Jing Xue Rui Information and Technology Co., Ltd. (上海精学锐信息科技有限公司), a wholly foreign-owned enterprise incorporated under the laws of the PRC, with its registered address at Floor 3 and 4, No.1 of Lane 65, Huan Long Road, Free Trade Zone, Shanghai, PRC, and (as of the date of this Agreement) its legal representative being Meng Xiaoqiang.

 

18


 

Lender” means:

 

(a)                                 a Term Facility Lender; or

 

(b)                                 a Greenshoe Facility Lender,

 

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party as such in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

LIBOR” means, in relation to any Loan or Unpaid Sum and any Interest Period relating thereto, the rate per annum equal to:

 

(a)                                 the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

(b)                                 (if no Screen Rate is available for the currency of such Loan or Unpaid Sum and a period equal in length to such Interest Period) the Interpolated Screen Rate for such Loan or such Unpaid Sum and such Interest Period,

 

as of, in the case of paragraph (a), the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of such Loan or Unpaid Sum and for a period comparable to that Interest Period, provided that if such rate is less than zero, LIBOR for such Loan or Unpaid Sum and such Interest Period shall (without prejudice to Clause 11.1 (Market disruption)) be deemed to be zero.

 

Loan” means a Term Loan or a Greenshoe Loan.

 

London Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for transaction of domestic and foreign exchange business in London.

 

LTI” has the meaning given to it in Clause 22.11 (Acquisitions (Investment)).

 

Majority Lenders” means:

 

(a)                                 (for the purposes of paragraph (a) of Clause 36.2 (Required consents) in the context of a waiver in relation to a proposed Utilisation of a Greenshoe Facility of the condition in Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent)) the Greenshoe Facility Majority Lenders under that Greenshoe Facility; and

 

(b)                                 (in any other case) a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 662/3 per cent. of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 662/3 per cent. of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).

 

Management Presentation” means the written presentation entitled “Management Presentation” dated December 2018.

 

Margin” means 2.7% per annum.

 

19


 

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on:

 

(a)                                 the business, operations, assets or financial conditions of:

 

(i)                                     any Obligor; or

 

(ii)                                  the Group taken as a whole; or

 

(iii)                               the VIE Group taken as a whole;

 

(b)                                 the ability of any Obligor to perform its obligations under any or all of the Finance Documents or the ability of any Group Member to perform its obligations under any or all of the Relevant Documents to which it is a party; or

 

(c)                                  the legality, validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security or any subordination created or purported to be created pursuant to, any or all of the Finance Documents or any or all of the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any or all of the Finance Documents or any or all of the rights or remedies of any person party to a Relevant Document.

 

Material WFOE” means, at any time, any Group WFOE which:

 

(a)                                 is or becomes a VIE Counterparty;

 

(b)                                 has turnover (excluding intra-group items) representing five per cent. or more of the turnover of the Group, each calculated on a consolidated basis;

 

(c)                                  has earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation calculated on the same basis as EBITDA (as defined in Clause 21.1 (Financial definitions)) representing five per cent. or more of EBITDA (as defined in Clause 21.1 (Financial definitions)) of the Group, each calculated on a consolidated basis; or

 

(d)                                 has gross assets (excluding intra-group items) representing five per cent. or more of the gross assets of the Group, each calculated on a consolidated basis,

 

calculated (in the case of paragraphs (b) to (d) above) on quarterly basis by reference to: (w) the most recent Compliance Certificate supplied by the Borrower; (x) the latest financial statements of that Group WFOE (consolidated if it has Subsidiaries) and the latest consolidated financial statements of the Group (each in respect of the Relevant Period to which that Compliance Certificate relates); (y) (in the case of paragraphs (b) and (c) above) in respect of the Relevant Period to which that Compliance Certificate relates; and (z) (in the case of paragraph (d) above) as of the last day of the Relevant Period to which that Compliance Certificate relates.

 

MOFCOM” means the Ministry of Commerce of the PRC (including its successors) and its local counterparts.

 

Month” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

20


 

(a)                                 (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day in that next calendar month (in which that period is to end) is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that next calendar month if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day in that next calendar month;

 

(b)                                 if there is no numerically corresponding day in that next calendar month (in which that period is to end), that period shall end on the last Business Day in that next calendar month; and

 

(c)                                  if any period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that period is to end.

 

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

 

NDRC” means the National Development and Reform Commission of the PRC (including its successors) and its local counterparts.

 

NDRC Circular 2044” means the Circular on Promoting the Reform of the Filing and Registration Regime for Issuance of Foreign Debt by Enterprises (《国家发展改革委关于推进企业发行外债备案登记制度管理改革的通知》发改外资[2015] 2044) issued by the NDRC on 14 September 2015 and its implementation rules and interpretations.

 

NDRC Requirements” means the filing and registration requirements under the NDRC Circular 2044.

 

Non-Compliant Centre” means a study centre:

 

(a)                                 which does not meet or satisfy any Educational Licensing Requirement; and

 

(b)                                 in respect of which (x) applications have not been made to obtain all the requisite Authorisations to meet and satisfy the Educational Licensing Requirements or (y) such applications have been made but a rejection or denial has been received from any relevant Governmental Agency.

 

Non-Equity funded Acquisition” means any Business Acquisition or acquisition of any interest in any LTI by a Group Member and which is not an Equity-funded Acquisition.

 

Non-Group Entity” has the meaning given to it in Clause 21.1 (Financial definitions).

 

NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange and any market for listed securities operated by the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Obligors” means the Borrower and the Guarantors (each an “Obligor”).

 

Obligors’ Agent” means the Borrower, appointed to act on behalf of each Obligor in relation to the Finance Documents pursuant to Clause 2.11 (Obligors’ Agent).

 

21


 

Offshore Convertible Bonds” means any convertible bonds issued by the Borrower (which are convertible solely into the ordinary shares of the Borrower):

 

(a)                                 where the proceeds of such issuance are applied towards:

 

(i)                                     the working capital purposes or the Capital Expenditure of the Group;

 

(ii)                                  acquisitions of companies, businesses, undertakings or assets or financial investments, in each case as permitted under Clause 22.10 (Acquisitions (Business)) and Clause 22.11 (Acquisitions (Investment)) respectively; or

 

(iii)                               prepayment or repayment of the Facilities or purchase, redemption, defeasance or discharge of any other Offshore Convertible Bonds;

 

(b)                                 which do not have the benefit of:

 

(i)                                     any Security from any Group Member and which are otherwise unsecured;

 

(ii)                                  any guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against loss by any Group Member and which are otherwise unguaranteed (other than any guarantee, indemnity or assurance from the Borrower in customary form and a personal guarantee from the Founder);

 

(c)                                  which require repayment or redemption in full in a single instalment on the date of its maturity, and which does not provide for any scheduled amortisation payments (however denominated, including scheduled offers to repurchase or any sinking fund provisions);

 

(d)                                 the stated final maturity of which falls at least 6 months after the Final Maturity Date, and such stated final maturity is not subject to any conditions that could result in such stated final maturity occurring on a date that precedes such date (ignoring for this purpose any acceleration or mandatory repayment, prepayment, redemption or repurchase);

 

(e)                                  the Borrower would have remained in compliance with its obligations under Clause 21 (Financial Covenants) if the covenant test was recalculated for the Relevant Period ending on the Quarter Date immediately prior to such issuance, for this purpose:

 

(i)                                     as if the Financial Indebtedness to be incurred in connection with such issuance had been incurred in full at the start of, and for the duration of, that Relevant Period (with interest accruing at the rate that would have applied had the Offshore Convertible Bonds been issued in full at the start of the Relevant Period); and

 

(ii)                                  Total Debt shall be reduced or increased (as applicable) to take into account any repayment, incurrence or assumption of Financial Indebtedness made after that Quarter Date,

 

22


 

and the Borrower has delivered to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by two directors or authorised signatories of the Borrower which evidences (with calculations in reasonable detail) such compliance and such certificate shall further certify other matters and requirements set out in this definition of “Offshore Convertible Bonds”; and

 

(f)                                   no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed issuance;

 

(g)                                  the early redemption right of the Borrower (if any) is limited to a tax call right, which shall be exercisable upon any requirement on the Borrower to withhold or deduct tax from payments of principal or interest to a CB Bondholder (but there shall be no right to call upon the parity value exceeding a certain percentage of the conversion price or upon any conversion, redemption, purchase or cancellation of a certain percentage of the Offshore Convertible Bonds);

 

(h)                                 the early redemption right of the CB Bondholders (if any) is limited to a change of control put (which definition of change of control shall be on market terms and shall be not more restrictive with respect to the Borrower than the definition of “Change of Control” hereunder); and

 

(i)                                     the covenants and events of default applicable to such Offshore Convertible Bonds shall be on market terms and shall be not more restrictive (taken as a whole) with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries than the covenants and events of default contained in this Agreement respectively.

 

Offshore Group Member” means a Group Member which is established or incorporated outside the PRC.

 

Onshore Group Member” means a Group Member which is established or incorporated in the PRC.

 

Onshore Indebtedness” means the outstanding amount of all Financial Indebtedness of the Onshore Group Members.

 

Onshore Indebtedness Basket” means, as at any date, the amount equal to: (i) the EBITDA of the Group as certified in the Compliance Certificate most recently delivered to the Facility Agent in accordance with this Agreement multiplied by (ii) 1.5, provided that if such date falls prior to the date on which the first Compliance Certificate is delivered to the Facility Agent in accordance with this Agreement, then the EBITDA of the Group shall be that determined by the Original MLAB on the basis of the Original Financial Statements (or such other financial statements considered appropriate by it).

 

Onshore Mandatory Prepayment Account” means an account:

 

(a)                                 held in the PRC by an Onshore Group Member with a Finance Party or its Affiliate (or, in the event that such account is unable to be opened or maintained with a Finance Party or its Affiliate, with any bank or financial institution);

 

23


 

(b)                                 identified in writing between the Borrower and the Facility Agent as an “Onshore Mandatory Prepayment Account”;

 

(c)                                  subject to an Account Control Agreement; and

 

(d)                                 from which no withdrawals may be made except as contemplated by this Agreement,

 

(as the same may be re-designated, substituted or replaced from time to time).

 

Onshore Non-Group Entity” means a Non-Group Entity established or incorporated in the PRC.

 

Onshore Parents” means Shanghai OneSmart and Shanghai Rui Si (each an “Onshore Parent”).

 

Original Financial Statements” means:

 

(a)                                 the audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the Financial Year ended 31 August 2018; and

 

(b)                                 the unaudited consolidated management accounts of the Borrower for the financial quarter ended 30 November 2018.

 

Original Greenshoe Facility Lender” means, in respect of a Greenshoe Facility, a financial institution listed as a lender in the relevant Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement.

 

Original Jurisdiction” means:

 

(a)                                 in relation to the BVI Guarantor, the British Virgin Islands;

 

(b)                                 in relation to the Borrower, the Cayman Islands;

 

(c)                                  in relation to the HK Guarantor, Hong Kong;

 

(d)                                 in relation to each of the Key WFOE, the Three WFOEs and the Onshore Parents, the PRC; or

 

(e)                                  in relation to any other Obligor, its jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation as at the time when such Obligor becomes an Obligor.

 

Original Lender” means, as the context requires, an Original Term Facility Lender and/or an Original Greenshoe Facility Lender.

 

Original Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner” or “Original MLAB” means UBS AG Hong Kong Branch.

 

Party” means a party to this Agreement.

 

Permitted Dissolution” means any solvent liquidation or dissolution of any member of the Group (other than the Key WFOE, a Material WFOE, an Obligor or a VIE Counterparty) where:

 

24


 

(a)                                 all payments and assets distributed as a result of such liquidation or dissolution are distributed to members of the Group that are holders of shares in such first-mentioned member of the Group (and not to any VIE Shareholder or any other person that is not a member of the Group); and

 

(b)                                 such liquidation or dissolution would not, and could not reasonably be expected to: (x) have any Material Adverse Effect; or (y) prejudice the validity or the effectiveness of, or the ability of a Group Member to maintain or operate its business under, the VIE Structure; or (z) prejudice the ability of Onshore Group Members to engage in foreign exchange activities or to remit funds to Offshore Group Members.

 

Permitted Employee Share Issuance” means the issuance of shares by the Subsidiaries of Shanghai OneSmart (each an “Option Company”) pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the employee share incentive scheme adopted by Shanghai OneSmart in March 2017, provided that (i) only options may be granted under the scheme (ii) options shall be forfeited upon the termination of a grantee’s employment (iii) the aggregate of shares so issued pursuant to any and all exercises of the options shall not at any time exceed (for any and all such issuances) 30 per cent. (or such lesser percentage specified in that scheme as being the applicable maximum) of the total issued share capital of any Option Company and (iv) the shares so issued pursuant to the exercise of the options shall not carry any voting rights.

 

Permitted Lender Shareholder” means a Lender or a potential Lender which:

 

(a)                                 deals in shares in or securities of the Borrower where the relevant teams of that Lender or that potential Lender engaged in such dealings operate on the public side of an information barrier;

 

(b)                                 is or becomes an investor or equity holder in the Borrower as a consequence of a debt-for-equity swap, provided that post-swap the relevant teams of that Lender or that potential Lender engaged in dealings of shares operate on the public side of an information barrier;

 

(c)                                  engages in any merger and acquisition or other advisory activity in relation to or on behalf of a Group Member; or

 

(d)                                 is or becomes an investor or equity holder in the Borrower through a separately managed investment fund or vehicle owned or managed by that Lender or that potential Lender, provided that the relevant teams of that Lender or that potential Lender involved in such private equity investment fund are separated from any teams or employees of that Lender or that potential Lender working in relation to the Group and the Finance Documents (and related transactions) by way of an information barrier.

 

Permitted Reorganisation” means:

 

(a)                                 any Permitted Dissolution; and/or

 

25


 

(b)                                 any solvent amalgamation, merger or consolidation which involves a member of the Group (other than the Borrower, the Key WFOE, a Material WFOE or a VIE Counterparty) where:

 

(i)                                     if any Obligor is involved in such amalgamation, merger or consolidation, that Obligor shall be the surviving entity of such amalgamation, merger or consolidation;

 

(ii)                                  such amalgamation, merger or consolidation does not involve any VIE Shareholder or any other person that is not a member of the Group;

 

(iii)                               all of the obligations expressed to be assumed by each Obligor (that is involved in such amalgamation, merger or consolidation) under the Finance Documents shall be and continue to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable as against such surviving entity after such amalgamation, merger or consolidation, and none of the obligations of any Obligor under any Finance Document, or the legality, validity, binding nature or enforceability thereof, would be adversely affected in any way by such amalgamation, merger or consolidation,

 

(iv)                              none of the validity, priority or effectiveness of the Transaction Security or the guarantee or indemnity granted hereunder (the “Guarantee”) (or any part thereof) will be prejudiced by such amalgamation, merger or consolidation, save to the extent that (as applicable):

 

(A)                               equivalent Transaction Security (that is valid and effective and has the same priority as such first-mentioned Transaction Security) has been created over the assets that were subject to such first-mentioned Transaction Security immediately prior to such amalgamation, merger or consolidation (and, without prejudice to the foregoing, to the extent that the shares of or equity in any member of the Group involved in such amalgamation, merger or consolidation are subject to Transaction Security prior to such amalgamation, merger or consolidation, the shares of or equity in the resulting or surviving entity of such amalgamation, merger or consolidation are also subject to equivalent Transaction Security with effect from such amalgamation, merger or consolidation); and

 

(B)                               equivalent Guarantee (that is valid and effective and has the same priority as such first-mentioned Guarantee) has been granted by the resulting or surviving entity of such amalgamation, merger or consolidation;

 

(v)                                 the Borrower shall have, at its own cost, procured the delivery to the Facility Agent of such legal opinions (in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent, acting reasonably) issued by legal counsel acceptable to the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) confirming satisfaction of the requirements under paragraphs (iii) and (iv);

 

26


 

(vi)                              such amalgamation, merger or consolidation would not, and could not reasonably be expected to: (x) have any Material Adverse Effect; or (y) prejudice the validity or the effectiveness of, or the ability of a Group Member to maintain or operate its business under, the VIE Structure; or (z) prejudice the ability of Onshore Group Members to engage in foreign exchange activities or to remit funds to Offshore Group Members; and

 

(vii)                           such amalgamation, merger or consolidation does not involve or result in (A) any transfer of any assets of any member of the Group to any person that is not a member of the Group, (B) any transfer of any assets of the Borrower to any person other than a Guarantor, (C) any transfer of any assets of any Guarantor to any person other than the Borrower or a Guarantor, or (D) any transfer of assets to a VIE Group Member unless the transfer is from another VIE Group Member,

 

provided that, in each case, no Default and Event of Default is continuing or could reasonably be expected to occur as a result of such amalgamation, merger of consolidation.

 

PRC” means the People’s Republic of China (excluding for such purposes Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan).

 

PRC Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for transaction of domestic and foreign exchange business in Shanghai.

 

PRC Counsel (Borrower)” means the legal counsel for the Borrower as to the laws of the PRC.

 

PRC Counsel (Agent)” means the legal counsel for the Facility Agent as to the laws of the PRC.

 

PRC VIE Structure” has the meaning given to it in Clause 23.19 (VIE events and PRC Law).

 

Purchase Price” means, in relation to any Business Acquisition, the aggregate of:

 

(a)                                 the total consideration for that acquisition (which includes, for the avoidance of doubt, any Deferred Consideration); and

 

(b)                                 (where the company or the person (the “Target”) that is the subject matter of such Business Acquisition becomes a Group Member) any Financial Indebtedness or other assumed actual or contingent liability, in each case, remaining in such Target and/or its Subsidiaries at the time of such acquisition less any cash owned by such Target and/or its Subsidiaries at the time of such acquisition (based on, where the determination needs to be made prior to the time of such acquisition only, the seller’s good faith estimate based on reasonable assumptions).

 

Quarter Date” means the last day in the months of February, May, August and November.

 

27


 

Quasi-Security” means has the meaning given to such term in Clause 22.4 (Negative pledge).

 

Quotation Day” means:

 

(a)                                 in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined (other than any Interest Period referred to in paragraph (b)), two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market, in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Facility Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days); or

 

(b)                                 in relation to any Interest Period the duration of which is selected by the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 9.3 (Default interest), such date as may be determined by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).

 

Receiver” means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Charged Property.

 

Reference Date” the last day of the grace period (as amended, restated or updated from time to time) permitted by the municipal government of Shanghai to achieve full compliance with The Law for Promoting Private Education (as applicable to the study centres of the Group in Shanghai and which period ends, as of the date of this Agreement, on 31 December 2019).

 

Related Fund” in relation to a fund (the “first fund”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

 

Relevant Documents” means the VIE Contracts, the Shareholders Agreements and the VIE Restructuring Agreement.

 

Relevant Interbank Market” means the London interbank market.

 

Relevant Jurisdictions” means, in relation to any Obligor or any Group Member:

 

(a)                                 (in respect of any Obligor) its Original Jurisdiction and (in respect of any Group Member that is not an Obligor) its jurisdiction of incorporation or establishment;

 

(b)                                 any jurisdiction where any asset subject to or intended to be subject to any Transaction Security to be created by it is situated; and

 

(c)                                  any jurisdiction where it conducts its business or any part thereof.

 

Relevant Period” means has the meaning given to such term in Clause 21.1 (Financial definitions).

 

28


 

Relevant Persons” means:

 

(a)                                 any Founder Entity or any Affiliate thereof; and

 

(b)                                 any person that directly or indirectly holds or beneficially owns any Equity Interest in any Group Member,

 

excluding any Group Member and any Permitted Lender Shareholder.

 

Repayment Dates” means each of the dates falling 18, 24, 30 and 36 Months after the date of the Initial Utilisation Date respectively (each a “Repayment Date”).

 

Repayment Instalment” means each Term Loan Repayment Instalment and each Greenshoe Loan Repayment Instalment (each as defined in Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Loans)).

 

Repeating Representations” means each of the representations and warranties set out in Clause 19.1 (Status) to Clause 19.6 (Governing law and enforcement), paragraph (b) of Clause 19.10 (No default), paragraph (d) of Clause 19.11 (No misleading information), paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 19.12 (Financial statements), Clause 19.13 (Ranking), Clauses 19.15 (Sanctions, Anti-Bribery and Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Anti-Terrorism Laws) to 19.19 (Intellectual Property), Clause 19.21 (Relevant Documents), Clause 19.24 (No immunity), Clause 19.25 (Private and commercial acts), Clause 19.26 (Authorised Signatures) and Clause 19.27 (Compliance with SAFE Rules etc.).

 

Restricted Party” means a person that is:

 

(a)                                 listed on, or owned or controlled by a person listed on, or acting on behalf of a person listed on, any Sanctions List;

 

(b)                                 located in, resident in, incorporated under the laws of, or owned or (directly or indirectly) controlled by, or acting on behalf of, a person located in or organised under the laws of a country or territory that is the target of country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions; or

 

(c)                                  otherwise a target of Sanctions (“target of Sanctions” signifying a person with whom a US person or other national of a Sanctions Authority would be prohibited or restricted by law from engaging in trade, business or other activities).

 

SAFE” means the State Administration of Foreign Exchange of the PRC (国家外汇管理局) (including its successors), or its local branch.

 

SAFE Circular 37” means the Circular on Related Issues concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Residents to Engage in Overseas Investment and Financing and in Roundtrip Investment via Special Purpose Companies (国家外汇管理局关于境内居民通过特殊目的公司境外投融资及返程投资外汇管理有关问题的通知) (Hui Fa [2014] No. 37), issued by SAFE on 4 July 2014, effective from 4 July 2014, and any implementation, successor rule or regulation which is effective from time to time relating thereto under PRC law.

 

29


 

SAFE Rules” means:

 

(a)                                 the Circular on Further Simplifying and Improving Policies for the Foreign Exchange Administration of Direct Investment (国家外汇管理局关于进一步简化和改进直接投资外汇管理政策的通知) (Hui Fa [2015] No. 13), issued by SAFE on 13 February 2015, effective from 1 June 2015, and any implementation, successor rule or regulation which is effective from time to time relating thereto under PRC law;

 

(b)                                 SAFE Circular 37; and

 

(c)                                  the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Issues concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration of Domestic Individuals’ Participation in Equity Incentive Plans of Overseas Listed Companies (国家外汇管理局关于境内个人参与境外上市公司股权激励计划外汇管理有关问题的通知) (Hui Fa [2012] No. 7) issued by SAFE on 15 February 2012, effective from 15 February 2012, and any implementation, successor rule or regulation which is effective from time to time relating thereto under PRC law.

 

SAMR” means the State Administration for Market Regulation of the PRC (华人民共和国国家市场监督管理总局) (including its successors), or its local counterpart.

 

Sanctions” means any trade, economic or financial sanctions, embargoes, laws, regulations or restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by:

 

(a)                                 the European Union;

 

(b)                                 the United Kingdom;

 

(c)                                  the United Nations;

 

(d)                                 the US;

 

(e)                                  Hong Kong;

 

(f)                                   the PRC;

 

(g)                                  Singapore;

 

(h)                                 The Switzerland; and/or

 

(i)                                     the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”), the United States Department of State, and Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”), the Monetary Authority of Singapore and the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (together the “Sanctions Authorities”).

 

Sanctions List” means the “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” list maintained by OFAC and the Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets and the Investment Ban List maintained by HMT, or any similar list maintained by, or

 

30


 

public announcement of Sanctions designation made by, any of the Sanctions Authorities.

 

Screen Rate” means, in relation to any Loan or Unpaid Sum and any period relating thereto, the London interbank offered rate administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the currency of such Loan or Unpaid Sum and such Interest Period displayed on page LIBOR01 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate), or if such page or service ceases to be available, on such other page or service displaying such rate as specified by the Facility Agent after consultation with the Borrower.

 

Secured Obligations” means all obligations owing or expressed to be owing to the Secured Parties or any of them by the Obligors or any of them under or pursuant to the Finance Documents or any of them whether present or future, actual or contingent (and whether incurred by any Obligor alone or jointly, and whether as principal or surety or in some other capacity) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Total Greenshoe Facility Commitments under each Greenshoe Facility established pursuant to clauses 2.2 (The Greenshoe Facilities) to 2.9 (Limitation of responsibility) of the Facilities Agreement).

 

Secured Parties” means the Finance Parties, each Delegate and each Receiver.

 

Security” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

 

Security Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange” means, in relation to two given currencies, the Security Agent’s spot rate of exchange (or, if no such spot rate of exchange is quoted by the Security Agent, such other prevailing market rate of exchange selected by the Security Agent) for the purchase of the first such currency with the other such currency at or about 11:00 a.m. (Singapore time) on the applicable date of determination.

 

Security Documents” means:

 

(a)                                 the Share Charge (BVI Guarantor);

 

(b)                                 the Debenture;

 

(c)                                  the Equity Pledge (Key WFOE);

 

(d)                                 the Equity Pledge (WFOE 1);

 

(e)                                  the Interest Reserve Account Charge; and

 

(f)                                   any other document (including the Equity Pledge (WFOE 2) and the Equity Pledge (WFOE 3) as and when entered into) entered into by any person creating or expressed to create any Security over all or any part of its assets in respect of the obligations of the Borrower (or any other Obligor) under any of the Finance Documents,

 

31


 

(each a “Security Document”).

 

Security Property” means:

 

(a)                                 the Transaction Security expressed to be granted in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties and all proceeds of that Transaction Security;

 

(b)                                 all obligations expressed to be undertaken by any Obligor to pay amounts in respect of any or all of the Secured Obligations to the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties and secured by any Transaction Security together with all representations and warranties expressed to be given by any Obligor in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties; and

 

(c)                                  any other amounts or assets, whether rights, entitlements, choses in action or otherwise, actual or contingent, which the Security Agent is required by the terms of the Finance Documents to hold as trustee on trust for the Secured Parties.

 

Selection Notice” means a notice in substantially the form set out in Part II of Schedule 5 (Requests).

 

Shanghai OneSmart” means Shanghai OneSmart Education and Training Co., Ltd. (上海精锐教育培训有限公司), a limited liability company established under the laws of the PRC with registered number *.

 

Shanghai Rui Si” means Shanghai Rui Si Technology Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (海锐思科技信息咨询有限公司), a limited liability company established under the laws of the PRC with registered number *.

 

Shanghai Jingrui Education Technology Group” means 上海精锐教育科技集团有限公司 (previously known as Shanghai Xi Zhi Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (上海熙智企业管理有限公司)), a limited company incorporated under the laws of the People’s Republic of China with the registered office located at Room 2637, 2nd Floor, 3 Xuanhua Road, Changning District, Shanghai.

 

Share Charge (BVI Guarantor)” means a share charge to be entered into by the Borrower in favour of the Security Agent in respect of shares in the BVI Guarantor, in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent.

 

Shareholders Agreements” means:

 

(a)                                 the shareholders agreement dated 21 April 2017 between, among others, the Borrower, the Original Offshore Guarantors, Shanghai OneSmart, the Founder and Happy Edu Inc.; and

 

(b)                                 the amendment agreement to the shareholders agreement dated 11 December 2017 between, among others, the Borrower, the Original Offshore Guarantors, Shanghai OneSmart, the Founder and Happy Edu Inc.,

 

32


 

provided that a reference to the “Shareholders Agreement” shall be a reference to the agreement referred to in paragraph (a) above (as amended by the agreement referred to in paragraph (b) above).

 

Specified Time” means the applicable time determined in accordance with Schedule 9 (Timetables).

 

Subsidiary” means in relation to any company, corporation or entity, a company, corporation or entity:

 

(a)                                 which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by the first mentioned company, corporation or entity;

 

(b)                                 more than half the issued share capital, registered capital or equity interest of which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly by the first mentioned company, corporation or entity; or

 

(c)                                  which is a Subsidiary of another Subsidiary of the first mentioned company, corporation or entity,

 

and for this purpose, a company, corporation or entity shall be treated as being controlled by another if that other company, corporation or entity is able to (A) direct its affairs and/or to control the majority of the composition of its board of directors or equivalent body or (B) exercise effective Control over it or (C) consolidate its financial condition or results of operation in accordance with the Accounting Principles for the purposes of the consolidated financial statements, whether pursuant to a VIE Structure or other contractual arrangements or otherwise.

 

Syndication Date” means (in respect of a Facility) the date on which the Original MLAB confirms that the primary syndication of that Facility has been completed (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall include the initial sell-down or syndication in respect of a Greenshoe Facility (whether prior to, on or after its establishment)).

 

Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

Tax Deduction” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 13.1 (Definitions).

 

Term Loan” means, as the context requires, a loan made or to be made under the Term Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

Term Facility” means the Term Facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.1 (The Term Facility).

 

Term Facility Commitment” means:

 

(a)                                 in relation to an Original Term Facility Lender, the amount in USD set opposite its name under the heading “Term Facility Commitments” in Schedule 1 (The Original Term Facility Lenders) and the amount of any other Term Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

33


 

(b)                                 in relation to any other Term Facility Lender, the amount of any Term Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

Term Facility Lender” means:

 

(a)                                 any Original Term Facility Lender; and

 

(b)                                 any person which becomes a Lender of the Term Facility in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders),

 

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party as such in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Term Loan Repayment Instalment” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Loans).

 

The Law for Promoting Private Education” means the PRC Law for Promoting Private Education (中华人民共和国民办教育促进法) and any associated regulations.

 

Three WFOEs” means WFOE 1, WFOE 2 and WFOE 3.

 

Tianjin Acquisition” means the acquisition of all of the shares in Tianjin Huaying Education Co. Ltd. pursuant to a sale and purchase agreement dated 15 July 2018 (as originally entered into).

 

Total Commitments” means at any time the aggregate of the Total Term Facility Commitments and the Aggregate Total Greenshoe Facility Commitments, being US$200,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

Total Greenshoe Facility Commitments” means, in relation to a Greenshoe Facility, the aggregate of the Greenshoe Facility Commitments relating to that Greenshoe Facility.

 

Total Term Facility Commitments” means at any time the aggregate of the Term Facility Commitments (being US$139,000,000 at the date of this Agreement).

 

Trading Day” means a day on which the NYSE is open for normal trading activities.

 

Transaction Agents” means the Facility Agent and the Security Agent (each a “Transaction Agent”).

 

Transaction Documents” means the Finance Documents and the Relevant Documents (each a “Transaction Document”).

 

34


 

Transaction Security” means the Security created or expressed to be created in favour of any or all of the Secured Parties pursuant to or under any or all of the Security Documents.

 

Transfer Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the Borrower.

 

Transfer Date” means, in relation to an assignment by a Lender of any or all of its rights under this Agreement or a transfer by a Lender of any or all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, the later of:

 

(a)                                 the proposed Transfer Date specified in the Assignment Agreement relating to such assignment or (as the case may be) the Transfer Certificate relating to such transfer; and

 

(b)                                 the date on which the Facility Agent executes the Assignment Agreement relating to such assignment or (as the case may be) the Transfer Certificate relating to such transfer.

 

Treasury Transaction” means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or to benefit from fluctuation in any rate, index, price, foreign exchange or other benchmark.

 

United States”, “U.S.” or “US” means the United States of America, its territories, possessions and other areas subject to the jurisdiction of the United States of America.

 

Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by any Obligor under any or all of the Finance Documents.

 

Unwaived Existing Onshore Facility” means an Existing Onshore Facility in respect of which the relevant Waiver Documents have not been executed or have been executed but have not yet become fully effective.

 

US Tax Obligor” means:

 

(a)                                 the Borrower, if it is resident for tax purposes in the US; or

 

(b)                                 any Obligor some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the U.S. for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

Utilisation” means a utilisation of a Facility.

 

Utilisation Date” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the Loan (the subject of such Utilisation) is made or to be made.

 

Utilisation Request” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part I of Schedule 5 (Requests).

 

VIE Contracts” means:

 

(a)                                 the exclusive call option agreement dated 1 November 2017 between, among others, the Founder, Shanghai Jingrui Education Technology Group, the Key WFOE and Shanghai Rui Si;

 

35


 

(b)                                 the exclusive technology and consulting service agreement dated 1 November 2017 between the Key WFOE and Shanghai Rui Si;

 

(c)                                  the equity pledge agreement dated 1 November 2017 between the Founder and Shanghai Jingrui Education Technology Group as pledgors, the Key WFOE as pledgee and Shanghai Rui Si;

 

(d)                                 the shareholders’ voting rights agreement dated 1 November 2017 between the Founder, Shanghai Jingrui Education Technology Group, the Key WFOE and Shanghai Rui Si;

 

(e)                                  the loan agreement dated 1 November 2017 between the Key WFOE, the Founder and Shanghai Jingrui Education Technology Group;

 

(f)                                   the exclusive call option agreement dated 24 January 2018 between the Founder, Shanghai Jingrui Education Technology Group, the Key WFOE and Shanghai OneSmart;

 

(g)                                  the exclusive technology and consultation service agreement dated 24 January 2018 between the Key WFOE and Shanghai OneSmart;

 

(h)                                 the equity pledge agreement dated 24 January 2018 between the Founder and Shanghai Jingrui Education Technology Group as pledgors, the Key WFOE as pledgee and Shanghai OneSmart;

 

(i)                                     the shareholders’ voting rights agreement dated 24 January 2018 between the Founder, Shanghai Jingrui Education Technology Group, the Key WFOE and Shanghai OneSmart; and

 

(j)                                    the loan agreement dated 24 January 2018 between the Key WFOE, the Founder and Shanghai Jingrui Education Technology Group,

 

together with any other agreement, instrument or arrangement that constitutes, or forms part of, any contractual arrangements enabling a Group Member to exercise Control over another entity (that is established in the PRC and in respect of which such Group Member does not, directly or indirectly, hold or own a majority of its equity interests) or consolidate the financial condition or results of operation of such entity for the purposes of the consolidated financial statements of the Group or such Group Member, and including any renewal or replacement of any of the foregoing.

 

VIE Counterparty” means any party to a VIE Contract.

 

VIE Group” means the Onshore Parents and their respective Subsidiaries from time to time, together with any other person incorporated under the laws of the PRC which is subject to the Control of a Group Member or whose financial condition or results of

 

36


 

operation is consolidated in the consolidated financial statements of the Group or any Group Member and its Subsidiaries from time to time (each a “VIE Group Member”).

 

VIE Restructuring” means the transactions and steps expressly set out in the VIE Restructuring Agreement.

 

VIE Restructuring Agreement” means:

 

(a)                                 the restructuring agreement (重组协议契据) dated 21 April 2017;

 

(b)                                 the escrow arrangement deed (监管安排协议契据) dated 21 September 2017; and

 

(c)                                  the amendment to the restructuring agreement (重组协议补充协议契据) dated 31 October 2017,

 

each between, among others, the Founder, the Borrower and the Onshore Parents.

 

VIE Security” means any Security created in favour of the Key WFOE pursuant to or constituted by any VIE Contract.

 

VIE Shareholders” means the Founder and Shanghai Jingrui Education Technology Group (each a “VIE Shareholder”).

 

VIE Structure” means any arrangement where an entity (that is established in the PRC and in respect of which the Borrower does not, directly or indirectly, hold or own a majority of its equity interests) and/or any or all of its shareholder(s) enter into contractual arrangements with any Group Member which enable any Group Member to exercise effective Control over such first-mentioned entity or consolidate the financial condition or results of operation of such first-mentioned entity for the purposes of the consolidated financial statements of the Group or any Group Member.

 

VIE Unwind” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (e) of Clause 22.25 (Relevant Documents).

 

Waiver Documents” means, in respect of an Existing Onshore Facility, any and all waiver documents relating to such Existing Onshore Facility in form and substance satisfactory to the Original MLAB.

 

Waived Existing Onshore Facility” means an Existing Onshore Facility in respect of which the relevant Waiver Documents have been executed and have become and remain fully effective (or the requirements of waiver as set out in the relevant Waiver Documents, or as notified by the Original MLAB to the Borrower from time to time, have been implemented and remain effective in form and substance satisfactory to the Original MLAB).

 

"WFOE Group Member" means each Group WFOE and each of its Subsidiaries for the time being (but excluding any VIE Group Member).

 

37


 

WFOE 1” means Shanghai Jingerrui EducationTechnology Co, Ltd. (上海精而睿教育科技有限公司), a company incorporated under the laws of the PRC, with uniform social credit code *.

 

WFOE 2” means Shanghai One Smart Information and Technology Co., Ltd (上海精锐信息科技有限公司), a company incorporated under the laws of the PRC, with uniform social credit code *.

 

WFOE 3” means Shanghai One Smart Business Consulting Co., Ltd. (上海精睿商务咨询有限公司), a company incorporated under the laws of the PRC, with uniform social credit code *.

 

1.2                               Construction

 

(a)                                 Unless a contrary indication appears any reference in this Agreement to:

 

(i)                                     the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner, the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Lead Arranger, any Administrative Party, any Finance Party, any “Hedge Counterparty”, any Secured Party, any Lender or any Party shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees;

 

(ii)                                  a Finance Document, a Security Document, a Transaction Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document, Security Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended and/or restated from time to time;

 

(iii)                               one person is “acting in concert” with another person in relation to any Equity Interests in any entity if, whether pursuant to any agreement or understanding, formal or informal or otherwise, such persons actively co-operate to obtain, maintain, consolidate or exercise Control over that entity or control of the voting rights attaching to Equity Interests in that entity to a greater extent than would be possible by reason of each such person’s individual holding (direct or indirect) of Equity Interests in such entity alone;

 

(iv)                              a document in “agreed form” is a document which is in the form agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower and the Facility Agent;

 

(v)                                 asset” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

(vi)                              disposal” includes any sale, lease, transfer, conveyance, assignment and other disposal of any asset or any interest therein (including, without limitation, any other transaction or arrangement pursuant to which the economic benefit of or beneficial interest in such asset is lost or diluted) and “dispose” shall be construed accordingly;

 

38


 

(vii)                           guarantee” (other than in Clause 18.1 (Guarantee and indemnity)) includes any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness (and “guarantor” shall be construed accordingly);

 

(viii)                        including” shall be construed as “including without limitation” (and cognate expressions shall be construed similarly);

 

(ix)                              indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

(x)                                 a Finance Party’s “participation” in any Loan or Unpaid Sum includes an amount (in the currency of such Loan or Unpaid Sum) representing the fraction or portion (attributable to such Finance Party by virtue of the provisions of this Agreement) of the total amount of such Loan or Unpaid Sum and such Finance Party’s rights under this Agreement and/or any other Finance Document in respect thereof;

 

(xi)                              a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

(xii)                           a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

(xiii)                        any gender shall be construed to include a reference to each other gender;

 

(xiv)                       a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and

 

(xv)                          a time of day is a reference to Singapore time.

 

(b)                                 Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

(c)                                  Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

(d)                                 A Default (other than an Event of Default) is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been waived.

 

39


 

(e)                                  The “equivalent” of an amount in a given currency (the “specified currency”) is a reference to the amount of any other currency which, when converted into the specified currency utilising the Facility Agent’s spot rate of exchange (or, if no such spot rate of exchange is quoted by the Facility Agent, such other prevailing market rate of exchange selected by the Facility Agent) for the purchase of the specified currency with that other currency at or about 11 a.m. (Singapore time) on the applicable date of determination, is equal to the applicable amount in the specified currency.

 

1.3                               Currency symbols and definitions

 

US$”, “USD”, “US dollar” and “US dollars” denote lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

RMB” denotes the lawful currency of the PRC.

 

1.4                               Calculations

 

(a)                                 When applying any basket amounts, monetary limits or thresholds to the undertakings and Events of Default under this Agreement, the equivalent to an amount in US dollars shall be calculated at the Security Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange as at the date such basket amounts, monetary limits or thresholds are tested (or, where unspecified, as of at the date a Group Member incurs or makes the relevant disposal, acquisition, investment, loan, debt or guarantee or takes any other relevant action).

 

(b)                                 (In relation to paragraph (b)(iv)(D) of Clause 22.10 (Acquisitions (Business)) and paragraph (c)(iii)(B) of Clause 22.11 (Acquisitions (Investment)), and only then in respect of those acquisitions or loans already made or incurred in accordance with this Agreement prior to any subsequent decrease in the EBITDA of the Group) no Event of Default shall arise solely as a result of a subsequent decrease in the EBITDA of the Group to US$100,000,000 or less.

 

1.5                               Third party rights

 

(a)                                 A person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance (Cap. 623) (the “Third Parties Ordinance”) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) of Clause 28.10 (Exclusion of liability).

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document (including paragraph (a) above), the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind, amend, vary or waive any provision of this Agreement at any time.

 

1.6                               Intercreditor Agreement

 

This Agreement is subject to, and has the benefit of, the Intercreditor Agreement.  In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement shall prevail.

 

40


 

SECTION 2
THE FACILITIES

 

2.                                      THE FACILITIES

 

2.1                               The Term Facility

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Term Facility Lenders agree to make available to the Borrower a US dollar term loan facility in an aggregate amount of up to the Total Term Facility Commitments.

 

2.2                               The Greenshoe Facilities

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, up to two Greenshoe Facilities may be established and be made available hereunder.

 

2.3                               Conditions to establishment of a Greenshoe Facility

 

The establishment of a Greenshoe Facility will only be effected in accordance with Clause 2.4 (Establishment of a Greenshoe Facility) if:

 

(a)                                 on the date of the Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement and on the Greenshoe Facility Establishment Date:

 

(i)                                     no Default is continuing or would result from the establishment of the proposed Greenshoe Facility; and

 

(ii)                                  the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects;

 

(b)                                 each Greenshoe Facility Lender enters into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(c)                                  the Facility Agent has received in form and substance satisfactory to it:

 

(i)                                     such documents (if any) which are reasonably necessary or desirable (as a result of the establishment of that Greenshoe Facility) to maintain the effectiveness of the Security, guarantees, indemnities and other assurance against loss provided to the Finance Parties pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

(ii)                                  any applicable Greenshoe Facility Supplemental Security;

 

(d)                                 the Aggregate Total Greenshoe Facility Commitments shall not, at any time, exceed US$61,000,000; and

 

(e)                                  the Total Commitments shall not, at any time, exceed US$200,000,000.

 

41


 

2.4                               Establishment of a Greenshoe Facility

 

(a)                                 If:

 

(i)                                     the conditions set out in Clause 2.3 (Conditions to establishment of a Greenshoe Facility) have been met;

 

(ii)                                  the Borrower delivers a duly completed Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement to the Facility Agent not later than 5 Business Days prior to the proposed Greenshoe Facility Establishment Date (and which proposed Greenshoe Facility Establishment Date shall fall on or prior to the date falling 12 Months after the date of this Agreement); and

 

(iii)                               the Facility Agent is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the establishment of the relevant Greenshoe Facility and each proposed Greenshoe Facility Lender thereto (the “Proposed Greenshoe Facility Lenders”),

 

the Facility Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of such duly completed Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement.

 

(b)                                 On the Greenshoe Facility Establishment Date:

 

(i)                                     each Proposed Greenshoe Facility Lender shall assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to the Greenshoe Facility Commitment specified opposite its name in the Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement as if it had been an Original Lender in respect of that Greenshoe Facility Commitment;

 

(ii)                                  each Proposed Greenshoe Facility Lender and the Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Proposed Greenshoe Facility Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had that Proposed Greenshoe Facility Lender been a Lender named as an original party to this Agreement;

 

(iii)                               each of the Obligors and each such Proposed Greenshoe Facility Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and each such Proposed Greenshoe Facility Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had that Proposed Greenshoe Facility Lender been a Lender named as an original party to this Agreement;

 

(iv)                              the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect;

 

42


 

(v)                                 each Proposed Greenshoe Facility Lender party to the Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement shall become a Party as a “Greenshoe Facility Lender” and a “Lender”; and

 

(vi)                              subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Greenshoe Facility Lenders make available a USD term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Greenshoe Facility Commitments specified in that Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement.

 

2.5                               Restrictions on a Greenshoe Facility

 

(a)                                 The Borrower may not deliver a Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement unless the Term Facility has been utilised.

 

(b)                                 Up to two Greenshoe Facilities may be established and made available pursuant to this Clause 2.

 

(c)                                  The delivery of a Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement by the Borrower is irrevocable.

 

(d)                                 The Greenshoe Facilities are available to the Borrower only and shall be on terms identical to the Term Facility (except as expressly provided in this Agreement).

 

(e)                                  For the avoidance of doubt, no Term Facility Lender shall be obliged to execute any Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement as a Greenshoe Facility Lender.

 

2.6                               Notification of establishment

 

The Facility Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after the establishment of a Greenshoe Facility, notify the Borrower and the Lenders of that establishment.

 

2.7                               Greenshoe Facility costs and expenses

 

(a)                                 The Borrower shall promptly on demand pay the Facility Agent and the Security Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by either of them and, in the case of the Security Agent, by any Receiver or Delegate in connection with the establishment of a Greenshoe Facility under this Clause 2.

 

(b)                                 The Borrower shall pay to the Original MLAB a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Borrower and the Original MLAB in a Fee Letter.

 

2.8                               Prior amendments binding

 

Each Proposed Greenshoe Facility Lender, by executing a Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement and becoming a Party, agrees and confirms that the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the Greenshoe Facility Establishment Date relating to that

 

43


 

Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement and that it shall be bound by amendment or waiver.

 

2.9                               Limitation of responsibility

 

Clause 24.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2 in relation to any Greenshoe Facility Lender as if references in that Clause to:

 

(a)                                 an “Existing Lender” were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the Greenshoe Facility Establishment Date;

 

(b)                                 the “New Lender” were references to a “Greenshoe Facility Lender”; and

 

(c)                                  a “re-transfer” and “re-assignment” were references respectively to a “transfer” and “assignment”.

 

2.10                        Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

(a)                                 The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several.  Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under any or all of the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents.  No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under any or all of the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                 The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under any or all of the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of a Loan or any other amount owed by an Obligor which relates to a Finance Party’s participation in a Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Facility Agent or the Security Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Obligor.

 

(c)                                  A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents. Each Finance Party shall be entitled to separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents against each of the Obligors to recover any amount that is due and payable to it under any Finance Document (or to recover its share of any amount that is due and payable under any Finance Document) without the consent of any other Party; and nothing shall prejudice the rights of a Finance Party from separately enforcing its rights in relation to any debt arising under any Finance Document owing to it (or its share of any debt arising under a Finance Document), which debt is due and payable.

 

44


 

2.11                        Obligors’ Agent

 

(a)                                 Each Obligor (other than the Borrower) by its execution of this Agreement or an Accession Deed irrevocably appoints the Borrower (acting through one or more authorised signatories) to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises:

 

(i)                                     the Borrower on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including Utilisation Requests), to deliver any Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement, to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any Obligor notwithstanding that they may affect the Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor; and

 

(ii)                                  each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Borrower,

 

and in each case the Obligor shall be bound as though the Obligor itself had given the notices and instructions (including, without limitation, any Utilisation Requests) or executed or made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication.

 

(b)                                 Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Obligors’ Agent or given to the Obligors’ Agent under any Finance Document on behalf of another Obligor or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any other Obligor and whether occurring before or after such other Obligor became an Obligor under any Finance Document) shall be binding for all purposes on that Obligor as if that Obligor had expressly made, given or concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Obligors’ Agent and any other Obligor, those of the Obligors’ Agent shall prevail.

 

3.                                      PURPOSE

 

3.1                               Purpose

 

(a)                                 (Term Facility) the Borrower shall ensure that all amounts borrowed by it under the Term Facility are applied towards:

 

(i)                                     the working capital purposes of the Group and/or the Capital Expenditure of the Group (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, towards (i) Distributions by the Borrower or by the Onshore Parents (except pursuant to the VIE Contracts) or (ii) loans or credits to any shareholder of the Borrower or the Onshore Parents);

 

45


 

(ii)                                  funding of the Interest Reserve Account (such that the aggregate balance standing to the credit thereof is equal to the Interest Reserve Amount); and

 

(iii)                               financing fees, costs and other expenses relating to the Facilities.

 

(b)                                 (Greenshoe Facility) the Borrower shall ensure that all amounts borrowed by it under a Greenshoe Facility are applied towards:

 

(i)                                     (subject to any restriction on the use of proceeds specified in the relevant Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement) the general corporate purposes of the Group (including working capital purposes and acquisitions of companies, businesses, undertakings or assets permitted to be made under this Agreement but not towards (i) Distributions by the Borrower or by the Onshore Parents (except pursuant to the VIE Contracts) or (ii) loans or credits to any shareholder of the Borrower or the Onshore Parents);

 

(ii)                                  funding of the Interest Reserve Account (such that the aggregate balance standing to the credit thereof is equal to the Interest Reserve Amount); and

 

(iii)                               financing fees, costs and other expenses relating to the Facilities.

 

3.2                               Monitoring

 

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4.                                      CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

4.1                               Initial conditions precedent

 

(a)                                 The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request in respect of the Term Facility unless the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent acting upon the instructions of:

 

(i)                                     (in relation to the Fee Letters) each Finance Party which is party thereto; and

 

(ii)                                  (otherwise) the Original MLAB,

 

and the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Term Facility Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

 

(b)                                 Other than to the extent that the Original MLAB notifies the Facility Agent in writing to the contrary before the Facility Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Facility Agent to give that notification. The Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

46


 

(c)                                  The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request in respect of a Greenshoe Facility unless the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 3 (Conditions Precedent for a Greenshoe Facility) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent acting upon the instructions of:

 

(i)                                     (in relation to the Fee Letters) each Finance Party which is party thereto; and

 

(ii)                                  (otherwise) the Original MLAB,

 

and the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Greenshoe Facility Lenders under that Greenshoe Facility promptly upon being so satisfied.

 

(d)                                 Other than to the extent that the Original MLAB notifies the Facility Agent in writing to the contrary before the Facility Agent gives a notification described in paragraph (c) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Facility Agent to give that notification. The Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

4.2                               Further conditions precedent

 

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) in relation to any Loan if:

 

(a)                                 on the date of the Utilisation Request (relating to such Loan) and on the proposed Utilisation Date (for such Loan):

 

(i)                                     no Default is continuing or would result from such proposed Loan; and

 

(ii)                                  the representations and/or warranties to be repeated by any or all of the Obligors under any or all of the Finance Documents upon the date of any Utilisation Request or any Utilisation Date are true in all material respects (whether before or after giving effect to such proposed Loan); and

 

(b)                                 (in the case of a Greenshoe Loan) on the date of the Utilisation Request (relating to such Greenshoe Loan) the Borrower has delivered to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by two directors or authorised signatories of the Borrower evidencing (with calculations in reasonable detail) that the Borrower would have remained in compliance with its obligations under Clause 21 (Financial Covenants) if the covenant tests were recalculated for the Relevant Period ending on the most recent Quarter Date (and, for this purpose, assuming the incurrence in full of such Greenshoe Loan and Total Debt shall be reduced or increased (as applicable) to take into account any repayment, incurrence or assumption of Financial Indebtedness made on or before the date of the Utilisation Request but after that Quarter Date).

 

4.3                               Maximum number of Loans

 

The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation:

 

47


 

(a)                                 more than 1 Loan would be outstanding under the Term Facility; or

 

(b)                                 more than 1 Loan would be outstanding under a Greenshoe Facility.

 

(c)                                  No Obligor may request that a Loan be divided.

 

48


 

SECTION 3
UTILISATION

 

5.                                      UTILISATION

 

5.1                               Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

The Borrower may utilise a Facility by delivery to the Facility Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

5.2                               Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

(a)                                 Each Utilisation Request for a Loan is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

(i)                                     the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

 

(ii)                                  the currency and amount of such Loan (the subject of such Utilisation Request) comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount);

 

(iii)                               the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 10 (Interest Periods); and

 

(iv)                              (subject to, in the case of a Greenshoe Facility, any restriction on the use of proceeds specified in the relevant Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement) it specifies that all of the proceeds of the proposed Loan should be applied in compliance with Clause 3.1 (Purpose).

 

(b)                                 Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

5.3                               Currency and amount

 

(a)                                 The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be US dollars.

 

(b)                                 The amount of the proposed Loan specified in a Utilisation Request must be an amount which does not exceed the Available Facility and which is:

 

(i)                                     (for the Term Facility) a minimum of US$50,000,000 and an integral multiple of US$1,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility; and

 

(ii)                                  (for a Greenshoe Facility) a minimum of US$20,000,000 and an integral multiple of US$1,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility for that Greenshoe Facility.

 

5.4                               Lenders’ participation

 

(a)                                 If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met and subject to Clause 7.1 (Illegality) and Clause 7.5 (Exit Event), each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date for such Loan through its Facility Office.

 

49


 

(b)                                 The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan under a Facility will be equal to a proportion of such Loan, such proportion being equal to the proportion borne by such Lender’s Available Commitment under that Facility to the Available Facility immediately prior to making such Loan.

 

(c)                                  The Facility Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of each Loan and the amount of its participation in that Loan, in each case by the Specified Time.

 

5.5                               Cancellation of Available Facility

 

(a)                                 Upon the expiry of the Availability Period for the Term Facility (being 5:00 p.m. on the last day of the Availability Period for the Term Facility):

 

(i)                                     the Available Commitment (if any) of each Term Facility Lender shall be immediately and automatically reduced to zero; and

 

(ii)                                  the Commitment of each Term Facility Lender shall be immediately and automatically reduced by the amount (if any) of the Available Commitment of such Term Facility Lender immediately before the reduction to zero of its Available Commitment in accordance with paragraph (i) above.

 

(b)                                 Upon the expiry of the Availability Period for a Greenshoe Facility (being 5:00 p.m. on the last day of the Availability Period for that Greenshoe Facility):

 

(i)                                     the Available Commitment (if any) of each Greenshoe Facility Lender under that Greenshoe Facility shall be immediately and automatically reduced to zero; and

 

(ii)                                  the Commitment of each Greenshoe Facility Lender under that Greenshoe Facility shall be immediately and automatically reduced by the amount (if any) of the Available Commitment of such Greenshoe Facility Lender immediately before the reduction to zero of its Available Commitment in accordance with paragraph (i) above.

 

50


 

SECTION 4
REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

6.                                      REPAYMENT

 

6.1                               Repayment of Loans

 

(a)                                 The Borrower shall repay the Term Loan in instalments by repaying on each Repayment Date an amount that reduces the aggregate outstanding Term Loan by a proportion of the aggregate outstanding Term Loan as at 5.00 p.m. on the last day of the Availability Period for the Term Facility, which proportion is set out in the table below beside such Repayment Date (each such amount being a “Term Loan Repayment Instalment”):

 

Repayment Date

 

Percentage

date falling 18 Months after the Initial Utilisation Date

 

10.0%

date falling 24 Months after the Initial Utilisation Date

 

12.5%

date falling 30 Months after the Initial Utilisation Date

 

15.0%

date falling 36 Months after the Initial Utilisation Date

 

62.5% (or such higher percentage as may be required for a full repayment of the Term Loan)

 

(b)                                 The Borrower under a Greenshoe Facility shall repay the Greenshoe Loan under that Greenshoe Facility in instalments by repaying on each Repayment Date an amount that reduces the aggregate outstanding Greenshoe Loan under that Greenshoe Facility by a proportion of the aggregate outstanding Greenshoe Loan as at 5.00 p.m. on the last day of the Availability Period for that Greenshoe Facility, which proportion is set out in the table below beside such Repayment Date (each such amount being a “Greenshoe Loan Repayment Instalment”):

 

Repayment Date

 

Percentage

date falling 18 Months after the Initial Utilisation Date

 

10.0%

date falling 24 Months after the Initial Utilisation Date

 

12.5%

date falling 30 Months after the Initial Utilisation Date

 

15.0%

date falling 36 Months after the Initial Utilisation Date

 

62.5% (or such higher percentage as may be required for a full repayment of the Greenshoe Loan under that Greenshoe Facility)

 

51


 

(c)                                  Without prejudice to paragraph (a) or (b), all of the Loans must be repaid in full on the Final Maturity Date.

 

6.2                               No re-borrowing

 

The Borrower may not re-borrow any part of a Facility which is repaid.

 

6.3                               Effect of prepayment on scheduled repayments

 

If any Loan(s) are prepaid in accordance with Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment of Loans), 7.4 (Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender) or Clause 8.1 (Debt, Disposal, Equity Issuance and Insurance Proceeds), the amount of the Term Loan Repayment Instalments and the Greenshoe Loan Repayment Instalments for each Repayment Date falling after that prepayment will be reduced pro rata by the amount of the Term Loan and the Greenshoe Loans repaid or prepaid, provided that (for the avoidance of doubt) the aggregate amount of such reduction for all such Repayment Instalments shall not exceed the amount of the prepayment(s).

 

7.                                      PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

7.1                               Illegality

 

If, at any time, it is or will become unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan or any part thereof:

 

(a)                                 that Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event and the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower upon the receipt of such notification from that Lender;

 

(b)                                 upon the Facility Agent notifying the Borrower, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled and reduced to zero; and

 

(c)                                  the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in each Loan on the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan occurring after the Facility Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by that Lender in the notice delivered to the Facility Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

7.2                               Voluntary cancellation

 

The Borrower may, if it gives the Facility Agent not less than 5 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, reduce the Available Facility to zero or by such amount (being a minimum amount of US$10,000,000 and an integral multiple of US$5,000,000) as the Borrower may specify in such notice.  Any such reduction of the Available Facility under this Clause 7.2 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably.

 

52


 

7.3                               Voluntary prepayment of Loans

 

(a)                                 The Borrower may, if it gives the Facility Agent not less than 5 Business Days’ prior notice in writing, prepay the whole or any part of any Loan on the last day of any Interest Period relating to such Loan, provided that (in the case of prepayment of such Loan in part) the amount of such prepayment reduces the amount of such Loan by an amount that is (a) not less than US$10,000,000 and (b) an integral multiple of US$5,000,000.

 

(b)                                 For so long as any Greenshoe Loan is outstanding or any Greenshoe Facility Commitment is in force, a Loan may only be prepaid if each other Loan is:

 

(i)                                     prepaid at the same time; and

 

(ii)                                  prepaid in amounts which reduce the Term Loan and each Greenshoe Loan by the same proportion,

 

and, for the avoidance of doubt, a Greenshoe Loan which is due to be made shall be prepaid in accordance with this paragraph.

 

7.4                               Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

 

(a)                                 If:

 

(i)                                     any sum payable to any Lender by the Borrower is required to be increased under Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up); or

 

(ii)                                  any Lender claims indemnification from the Borrower under Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 14 (Increased Costs),

 

the Borrower may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to such requirement or indemnification continues, give the Facility Agent and that Lender (A) notice of its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loans and the cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender (a “Cancellation Notice”) or (B) notice of its intention to replace that Lender in accordance with paragraph (d) below (“Replacement Notice”).

 

(b)                                 On receipt of a Cancellation Notice referred to in paragraph (a) above in respect of any Lender, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

(c)                                  On the last day of each Interest Period relating to any Loan which ends after the Borrower has given a Cancellation Notice under paragraph (a) above in respect of any Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrower in that notice), the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Loan.

 

(d)                                 The Borrower may, in the circumstances set out in paragraph (a) above, on 10 Business Days’ prior notice to the Facility Agent and that Lender (in the form of a Replacement Notice), replace that Lender (a “Replaced Lender”) by requiring such Replaced Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Replaced Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a

 

53


 

Lender or any other bank or financial institution selected by the Borrower (a “Replacement Lender”) which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of such Replaced Lender in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash payable, free and clear from any and all withholdings and deductions, at the time of such transfer equal to the sum of (and in the currency of) the (i) aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Replaced Lender’s participation in each of the outstanding Loans, (ii) all accrued interest (whether or not due) thereon, (iii) any Break Costs that would have been payable to such Replaced Lender had such Replaced Lender received payment of its participation in each of the Loans and accrued interest thereon and other sums payable under the Finance Documents from the Obligors on the date of such transfer (as if a claim for such Break Costs had been made) and (iv) all other amounts owing or payable to such Replaced Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

(e)                                  The replacement of a Replaced Lender and the transfer of rights and obligations of such Replaced Lender to the applicable Replacement Lender pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i)                                     the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Account Bank or the Facility Agent or the Security Agent;

 

(ii)                                  none of the Finance Parties (including without limitation such Replaced Lender) shall have any obligation to find a Replacement Lender;

 

(iii)                               in no event shall such Replaced Lender be required to pay, account for or surrender to such Replacement Lender for any amount (including without limitation any fees) received or recovered by such Replaced Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents prior to or in respect of any time prior to such transfer;

 

(iv)                              such Replaced Lender shall not be obliged to make such transfer or execute any Transfer Certificate in respect of such transfer unless it is satisfied (acting reasonably) that it has completed all “know your customer” and other similar procedures that it is required to conduct in relation to such transfer to such Replacement Lender;

 

(v)                                 such Replaced Lender shall be paid the purchase price in respect of such transfer as set out in paragraph (a) by no later than the time of such transfer, and any and all costs and expenses incurred or to be incurred in connection with such transfer by such Replaced Lender shall be paid by the Borrower to such Replaced Lender no later than the time of such transfer;

 

(vi)                              such Replacement Lender is not an Obligor, a Group Member, any Relevant Person or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing;

 

(vii)                           such Replaced Lender shall not be required to make any such transfer to the extent that such transfer is, or would be reasonably likely to result, in breach of or non-compliance with any applicable law or

 

54


 

regulation, or any rules or regulations of any applicable securities exchange; and

 

(viii)                        such Replaced Lender shall only be obliged to make such transfer if at the time of such transfer the circumstance giving rise to such requirement for increased payments to such Replaced Lender under Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up) or such indemnification in favour of such Replaced Lender under Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 14 (Increased Costs) (in each case as referred to in paragraph (a) above) is continuing.

 

7.5                               Exit Event

 

(a)                                 Upon the occurrence of any Exit Event:

 

(i)                                     the Borrower shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event; and

 

(ii)                                  (irrespective of whether the Borrower has complied with paragraph (i) above):

 

(A)                               no Lender shall be obliged to participate in the making of any Loan; and

 

(B)                               the Facilities (and the Commitment of each Lender) will be immediately cancelled and all of the outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest and any Break Costs, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents will become immediately due and payable.

 

(b)                                 Exit Event” means:

 

(i)                                     any Change of Control; or

 

(ii)                                  any sale or disposal of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Group, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions.

 

7.6                               Restrictions

 

(a)                                 Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 or under Clause 8 (Mandatory Prepayment) shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

(b)                                 Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

(c)                                  The Borrower may not re-borrow any part of any Facility which is prepaid.

 

55


 

(d)                                 The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel or reduce all or any part of the Commitments or Available Commitments of the Lenders except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

(e)                                  If any Commitment of any Lender is cancelled or reduced under this Agreement, such Commitment so cancelled or reduced may not be subsequently reinstated.

 

(f)                                   If the Facility Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 or under Clause 8 (Mandatory Prepayment) it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrower or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

(g)                                  Any prepayment or repayment of a Loan or any part thereof (other than a prepayment or repayment pursuant to Clause 7.1 (Illegality) or Clause 7.4 (Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender)) shall be applied pro rata to each Lender’s participation in that Loan.

 

(h)                                 If all or part of any Lender’s participation in a Loan is repaid or prepaid, an amount of that Lender’s Commitment (equal to the amount of such Lender’s participation in such Loan which is so repaid or prepaid) will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of such repayment or prepayment (unless such cancellation of such Lender’s Commitment on account of such repayment or prepayment has already been made pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement).

 

8.                                      MANDATORY PREPAYMENT

 

8.1                               Debt, Disposal, Equity Issuance and Insurance Proceeds

 

(a)                                 For the purposes of this Clause 8.1, Clause 8.2 (Application of mandatory prepayments and cancellations) and Clause 8.3 (Interest Reserve Account):

 

Debt Incurrence” means any incurrence of any Financial Indebtedness (except any Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraph (f) of the definition of “Financial Indebtedness” or paragraph (l) of the definition of “Financial Indebtedness” (to the extent relating to any Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraph (f) of the definition of “Financial Indebtedness”)) by any Group Member.

 

Debt Incurrence Proceeds” means the cash proceeds of any Debt Incurrence (other than an Excluded Debt Incurrence) received or recovered by (or paid to the order of) any Group Member (including any amount received in repayment of intercompany debt) and after deducting (without double counting):

 

(i)                                     any reasonable expenses which are incurred by such Group Member in connection with that Debt Incurrence to persons who are not Obligors, Group Members or Relevant Persons; and

 

(ii)                                  any Tax incurred and required to be paid by any Group Member (that is making such Debt Incurrence) in connection with that Debt Incurrence (as reasonably determined by such Group Member on the

 

56


 

basis of existing rates and taking into account any available credit, deduction or allowance).

 

Disposal” means a sale, lease, licence, transfer, loan or other disposal by a person of any asset, undertaking or business (whether by a voluntary or involuntary single transaction or series of transactions).

 

Disposal Proceeds” means the consideration received or recovered by (or paid to the order of) any Group Member (including any amount received in repayment of intercompany debt) for any Disposal by any Group Member except for Excluded Disposal Proceeds and after deducting (without double counting):

 

(i)                                     any reasonable expenses which are incurred by any Group Member with respect to that Disposal to persons who are not Obligors, Group Members or Relevant Persons; and

 

(ii)                                  any Tax incurred and required to be paid by any Group Member (making that Disposal) in connection with that Disposal (as reasonably determined by such Group Member on the basis of existing rates and taking account of any available credit, deduction or allowance).

 

to the extent the aggregate amount of such consideration, when aggregated with the aggregate consideration received or received by (or paid to the order of) and or all of the Group Members in respect of any or all other Disposals by any or all of the Group Member in the same Financial Year as such first-mentioned Disposal (except for Excluded Disposal Proceeds), exceeds U.S.$5,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies).

 

Equity Issuance” means:

 

(i)                                     any allotment or issuance of (or the entering into of any agreement to allot or issue) any Equity Interest in, or any equity-linked securities or products (whether convertible or exchangeable (whether at the option of the holder thereof) or otherwise and whether such conversion or exchange is conditional or otherwise) of, any Group Member;

 

(ii)                                  any grant to any person of any right (whether conditional or unconditional) to call for or require the allotment or issuance of any Equity Interest in, or any equity-linked securities or products (whether convertible or exchangeable (whether at the option of the holder thereof) or otherwise and whether such conversion or exchange is conditional or otherwise) of, any Group Member; or

 

(iii)                               a Flotation (including dual or secondary) of any person where the primary business or undertaking that is the subject-matter of such Flotation is the business or the undertaking of the Group or the VIE Group (the “Flotation Entity”).

 

Equity Issuance Proceeds” means the cash proceeds of any Equity Issuance (other than an Excluded Equity Issuance) received or recovered by (or paid to

 

57


 

the order of) any Group Member or the Flotation Entity and after deducting (without double counting):

 

(i)                                     any reasonable expenses which are incurred by such Group Member or the Flotation Entity in connection with such Equity Issuance to persons who are not Obligors, Group Members or Relevant Persons; and

 

(ii)                                  any Tax incurred and required to be paid by such Group Member or the Flotation Entity (that is making such Equity Issuance) in connection with such Equity Issuance (as reasonably determined by such Group Member or the Flotation Entity on the basis of existing rates and taking into account any available credit, deduction or allowance).

 

Excluded Debt Incurrence” means:

 

(i)                                     any Debt Incurrence under any Finance Document (including, for the avoidance of doubt, under any Greenshoe Facility);

 

(ii)                                  any Debt Incurrence by a Group Member from another Group Member;

 

(iii)                               any Debt Incurrence under any Offshore Convertible Bonds; and

 

(iv)                              any Debt Incurrence of any Onshore Indebtedness (provided that if the Onshore Indebtedness in aggregate exceed the Onshore Indebtedness Basket, such excess shall constitute Debt Incurrence that is required to be applied towards prepayment of the Loan(s) pursuant to Clause 8.1 (Debt, Disposal, Equity Issuance and Insurance Proceeds) and Clause 8.2 (Application of mandatory prepayments and cancellations)).

 

Excluded Disposal Proceeds” means any proceeds of any Disposal by any Group Member where:

 

(i)                                     such Disposal is made in accordance with paragraphs (b)(i), (ii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) and (viii) of Clause 22.5 (Disposals); or

 

(ii)                                  such proceeds of such Disposal are applied in the purchase of operating assets for use in the business of the Group within 6 months (or such longer period as the Majority Lenders may agree) of the receipt or recovery of such proceeds by any Group Member.

 

Excluded Equity Issuance” means any Equity Issuance:

 

(i)                                     by a Group Member to another Group Member;

 

(ii)                                  by a Group Member pursuant to any Permitted Employee Share Issuance;

 

(iii)                               by the Borrower:

 

58


 

(A)                               which constitutes any Offshore Convertible Bonds;

 

(B)                               in a conversion of any Offshore Convertible Bonds into the ordinary shares of the Borrower;

 

(C)                               where the ordinary shares in the Borrower are allotted or issued in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NYSE; or

 

(D)                               where any other Equity Issuance is made in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NYSE (and such issuance is expressly governed by and is the subject-matter of such rules and regulations, and other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any issuance made under or in connection with paragraph (iii) of the definition of “Equity Issuance”).

 

Excluded Insurance Proceeds” means any proceeds of an insurance claim or series of related claims received or recovered by or paid to the order of any Group Member which are applied:

 

(i)                                     to satisfy liabilities of any Group Member towards any third party (which is not an Obligor, a Group Member or a Relevant Person) in respect of which liabilities such insurance claim was made;

 

(ii)                                  to cover operating losses of the Group in respect of which such insurance claim was made; or

 

(iii)                               in the replacement, reinstatement and/or repair of the assets of any Group Member in respect of which such insurance claim was made or otherwise in amelioration of the loss of any Group Member in respect of which such insurance claim was made,

 

and in each case are actually so applied as soon as reasonably practicable (but in any event within 6 months (or such longer period as the Majority Lenders may agree)) after the receipt or recovery of such proceeds by (or paid of such proceeds to the order of) any Group Member.

 

Flotation” means:

 

(i)                                     listing or admission to trading on any stock or securities exchange or market (including any over-the counter market); or

 

(ii)                                  sale or issue by way of listing, flotation or public offering (or any equivalent event or circumstance),

 

of any shares or securities of any person in any jurisdiction or country.

 

Insurance Proceeds” means the proceeds of an insurance claim or series of related claims under any insurance maintained by or for the benefit of any Group Member (except for Excluded Insurance Proceeds and after deducting any reasonable expenses in relation to that claim or those claims which are incurred by any Group Member to persons who are not Obligors, Group Members or Relevant Persons), to the extent the aggregate amount of such

 

59


 

proceeds, when aggregated with the aggregate amount of proceeds of any and all other insurance claims (under any or all insurances maintained by or for the benefit of any or all of the Group Members) in the same Financial Year, exceeds U.S.$5,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies).

 

(b)                                 The Borrower shall prepay the Loan at the times and in the order of application contemplated by Clause 8.2 (Application of mandatory prepayments and cancellations) in amounts equal to 100% of (i) Debt Incurrence Proceeds (ii) any Disposal Proceeds, (iii) any Equity Issuance Proceeds and (iv) any Insurance Proceeds.

 

8.2                               Application of mandatory prepayments and cancellations

 

(a)                                 A prepayment of the Loan made under Clause 8.1 (Debt, Disposal, Equity Issuance and Insurance Proceeds) shall be applied in prepayment of the Loan(s) as contemplated in paragraphs (b) to (e) inclusive below.

 

(b)                                 Unless the Borrower makes an election under paragraph (d) below, the Borrower shall prepay the Loan(s), in the case of any prepayment relating to, in respect of or on account of any Debt Incurrence Proceeds, Disposal Proceeds, Equity Issuance Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds, as soon as reasonably practicable upon receipt or recovery of the same by (or payment of the same to the order of) any Group Member or a Flotation Entity (or, in the case of any Excluded Disposal Proceeds or Excluded Insurance Proceeds which cease to constitute Excluded Disposal Proceeds or, as the case may be, Excluded Insurance Proceeds, promptly upon such cessation) (the time of such receipt, recovery, payment to order or, as the case may be, cessation being the “Applicable Time”) and (without prejudice to the foregoing) such prepayment of the Loan(s) shall be made in any event within three Business Days of such Applicable Time.

 

(c)                                  Any prepayment of Loan(s) pursuant to Clause 8.1 (Debt, Disposal, Equity Issuance and Insurance Proceeds) shall be applied:

 

(i)                                     towards the Term Loan and each Greenshoe Loan on a pro rata basis; and

 

(ii)                                  in reducing the relevant Repayment Instalment for each Repayment Date falling after the date of prepayment in the manner contemplated by Clause 6.3 (Effect of prepayment on scheduled repayments).

 

(d)                                 Subject to paragraph (e) below, the Borrower may elect, by notice to the Facility Agent, that any amount required to be applied towards prepayment of any Loan under Clause 8.1 (Debt, Disposal, Equity Issuance and Insurance Proceeds) be so applied in prepayment of such Loan on the last day of the current Interest Period for such Loan, provided that (i) the amount to be so applied towards prepayment of each Loan shall be determined in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (c) above at the time when such prepayment is (without giving effect to this paragraph (d)) required to be made and (ii) such election is made prior to the time when such prepayment is (without giving effect to this paragraph (d)) required to be made. If the Borrower makes that election in

 

60


 

respect of any Loan then a proportion of such Loan equal to the amount to be so applied in prepayment of such Loan will be due and payable on the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of such Loan (as at the date of such election).

 

(e)                                  If the Borrower has made an election under paragraph (d) above but an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, that election shall no longer apply and a proportion of the Loan in respect of which election was made equal to the amount to be so applied in prepayment of such Loan shall be immediately due and payable (unless the Majority Lenders otherwise agree in writing).

 

8.3                               Interest Reserve Account

 

(a)                                 The Borrower shall ensure that an amount equal to the amount of Debt Incurrence Proceeds, Disposal Proceeds, Equity Issuance Proceeds or, as the case may be, Insurance Proceeds in respect of which the Borrower has made an election under paragraph (d) of Clause 8.2 (Application of mandatory prepayments and cancellations) (each an “Elected Amount”) is paid into the Interest Reserve Account as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt or recovery of the same by (or payment of the same to the order of) any Group Member (or, in the case of any Excluded Disposal Proceeds or Excluded Insurance Proceeds which cease to constitute Excluded Disposal Proceeds or Excluded Insurance Proceeds, promptly upon such cessation) and (without prejudice to the foregoing) in any event within three Business Days of the Applicable Time in respect thereof, provided that (in each case) if an Event of Default is continuing each such Elected Amount shall be applied towards mandatory prepayment of the Loan(s) immediately.

 

(b)                                 The determination of the Facility Agent and/or the Security Agent as to whether any amount deposited or transferred into or withdrawn or transferred from the Interest Reserve Account is so deposited, transferred or withdrawn on account of any applicable proceeds or any applicable provision of this Clause 8 or otherwise, and whether any balance standing to the credit of the Interest Reserve Account represents amounts deposited or transferred into the Interest Reserve Account on account of any applicable proceeds or as referred to or on account of any provision of this Clause 8 or otherwise shall, in the absence of manifest error, be binding on the Parties.

 

8.4                               Excluded proceeds

 

(a)                                 Where Excluded Disposal Proceeds or Excluded Insurance Proceeds include amounts which are intended to be used for a specific purpose within a specified period (as set out in the definition of “Excluded Disposal Proceeds” or “Excluded Insurance Proceeds”), the Borrower shall ensure that those amounts are used for that purpose and, if requested to do so by the Facility Agent, shall deliver a certificate to the Facility Agent at the time of such application and at the end of such period confirming the amount (if any) which has been so applied within such period provided for in such definition.

 

(b)                                 Any amount of Excluded Disposal Proceeds or Excluded Insurance Proceeds that is not applied within the applicable time period specified in the definition

 

61


 

of “Excluded Disposal Proceeds” or “Excluded Insurance Proceeds” towards the applicable purpose(s) specified in such definition shall cease to be Excluded Disposal Proceeds or Excluded Insurance Proceeds (as the case may be) upon the expiry of such period, and shall (upon the expiry of such period) constitute Disposal Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds (as the case may be) that are required to be applied towards prepayment of the Loan(s) pursuant to Clause 8.1 (Debt, Disposal, Equity Issuance and Insurance Proceeds) and Clause 8.2 (Application of mandatory prepayments and cancellations).

 

62


 

SECTION 5
COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

9.                                      INTEREST

 

9.1                               Calculation of interest

 

The rate of interest on each Loan at any time during an Interest Period relating thereto is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

 

(a)                                 the Margin; and

 

(b)                                 LIBOR for such Loan and such Interest Period.

 

9.2                               Payment of interest

 

On the last day of each Interest Period relating to a Loan the Borrower shall pay accrued interest on such Loan.

 

9.3                               Default interest

 

(a)                                 If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on such overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is two (2) per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if such overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of such overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 9.3 on any overdue amount owing by an Obligor shall be immediately payable by that Obligor on demand by the Facility Agent.

 

(b)                                 If any Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

 

(i)                                     the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

 

(ii)                                  the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be two (2) per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.

 

(c)                                  Default interest (if unpaid) arising on any Unpaid Sum will be compounded with that Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

9.4                               Notification of rates of interest

 

The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

63


 

10.                               INTEREST PERIODS

 

10.1                        Selection of Interest Periods

 

(a)                                 Subject to the provisions of this Agreement:

 

(i)                                     the Borrower may select an Interest Period for any Loan in the Utilisation Request relating thereto or (if such Loan has already been borrowed) in a Selection Notice;

 

(ii)                                  each Selection Notice in respect of an Interest Period for any Loan is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Facility Agent by the Borrower not later than three Business Days prior to the commencement of that Interest Period;

 

(iii)                               if the Borrower fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (a)(ii) above in relation to any Interest Period for any Loan, such Interest Period will, subject to paragraph (b), be three Months; and

 

(iv)                              the Borrower may (pursuant to paragraph (a)(i)) select an Interest Period for any Loan of one, three or six Months (or such other duration agreed between the Borrower and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders)).

 

(b)                                 No Interest Period for any Loan shall extend beyond the Final Maturity Date.  An Interest Period for any Loan that would otherwise extend beyond any Repayment Date (excluding any Interest Period commencing on that Repayment Date) shall end on that Repayment Date.

 

(c)                                  Each Interest Period for any Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date for such Loan or (in the case of any Loan which is already made) on the last day of the preceding Interest Period relating to such Loan.

 

10.2                        Non-Business Days

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is no such next Business Day in that calendar month).

 

10.3                        Changes to Interest Periods

 

(a)                                 Prior to determining the interest rate for the Term Loan or a Greenshoe Loan, the Facility Agent may shorten an Interest Period for the Term Loan or any Greenshoe Loan to ensure (i) the Term Loan or the Greenshoe Loan has an Interest Period ending on the relevant Repayment Date or (ii) that an Interest Period for a Loan ends on a Syndication Date and any Interest Period which would otherwise end during the Month preceding or extend beyond the Syndication Date shall end on the Syndication Date or (iii) that an Interest Period for a Greenshoe Loan ends on the last day of an Interest Period for the Term Loan.

 

64


 

(b)                                 If the Facility Agent makes any of the changes to an Interest Period referred to in this Clause 10.3, it shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Term Facility Lenders and/or the Greenshoe Facility Lenders under the relevant Greenshoe Facility (as applicable).

 

11.                               CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

11.1                        Market disruption

 

(a)                                 Subject to any alternative basis agreed and consented to as contemplated by paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 11.2 (Alternative basis of interest or funding), if a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan for any Interest Period relating thereto, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s participation in that Loan at any time during that Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

(i)                                     the Margin; and

 

(ii)                                  (subject to paragraph (b)) the percentage rate per annum notified to the Facility Agent by that Lender, as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period (or such later date as may be acceptable to the Facility Agent), as the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select (provided that if such percentage rate per annum is below zero, then such percentage rate per annum shall be deemed to be zero).

 

(b)                                 In relation to a Market Disruption Event (in respect of any Loan and any Interest Period relating thereto) falling within paragraph (c)(ii), if the percentage rate per annum notified by a Lender pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) above in respect of such Loan and such Interest Period is less than LIBOR for such Loan and such Interest Period or if a Lender shall fail to notify the Facility Agent of any such percentage rate per annum pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) above in respect of such Loan and such Interest Period, then the cost of that Lender of funding its participation in such Loan for such Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of paragraph (a)(ii) above, to be equal to LIBOR for such Loan and such Interest Period, and such Lender shall be deemed to have notified the Facility Agent of such cost of funding pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) above.

 

(c)                                  In this Agreement “Market Disruption Event” means in relation to any Loan and any Interest Period relating thereto:

 

(i)                                     LIBOR for such Loan and such Interest Period is zero or negative; or

 

(ii)                                  as at 5:00 p.m. (Singapore time) on the Business Day immediately following the Quotation Day for such Loan and such Interest Period, the Facility Agent has received notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose aggregate participations in such Loan exceed 35 per cent. of such Loan) that the cost to it or them of funding its/their participation(s)

 

65


 

in such Loan from whatever source(s) it/they may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR for such Loan and such Interest Period.

 

(d)                                 If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to any Loan and any Interest Period relating thereto, the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower thereof upon becoming aware of the same.

 

11.2                        Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

(a)                                 If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Facility Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Facility Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                 Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties.

 

(c)                                  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that no substitute basis is agreed at the end of such thirty-day period, the rate of interest shall continue to be determined in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (including without limitation Clause 11.1 (Market disruption)).

 

11.3                        Break Costs

 

(a)                                 The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or any Unpaid Sum being paid by or recovered from any Obligor on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or that Unpaid Sum.

 

(b)                                 Each Finance Party shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs in relation to any Loan or any Unpaid Sum and any Interest Period relating thereto.

 

12.                               FEES

 

12.1                        Arrangement fee

 

The Borrower shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Original MLAB) an arrangement fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

12.2                        Agency fee

 

The Borrower shall pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

12.3                        Security Agency fee

 

The Borrower shall pay to the Security Agent (for its own account) a security agency fee in the amount and at times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

66


 

SECTION 6
ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

13.                               TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

13.1                        Definitions

 

(a)                                 In this Agreement:

 

Tax Credit” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

 

Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

 

Tax Payment” means an increased payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity).

 

(b)                                 Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 13 a reference to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

13.2                        Tax gross-up

 

(a)                                 All payments to be made by an Obligor to any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents shall be made free and clear of and without any Tax Deduction unless such Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, in which case the sum payable by such Obligor (in respect of which such Tax Deduction is required to be made) shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that such Finance Party receives a sum net of any deduction or withholding equal to the sum which it would have received had no such Tax Deduction been made or required to be made.

 

(b)                                 The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Facility Agent accordingly.  Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Facility Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable by an Obligor to that Lender.  If the Facility Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrower and that Obligor.

 

(c)                                  If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

(d)                                 Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making such Tax Deduction or payment shall deliver to the Facility Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment (to which such Tax Deduction relates) evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that such Tax Deduction has been

 

67


 

made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment has been paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

13.3                        Tax indemnity

 

(a)                                 Without prejudice to Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up), if any Finance Party is required to make any payment of or on account of Tax on or in relation to any sum received or receivable under any of the Finance Documents (including any sum deemed for purposes of Tax to be received or receivable by such Finance Party whether or not actually received or receivable) or if any liability in respect of any such payment is asserted, imposed, levied or assessed against any Finance Party, the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand of the Facility Agent, promptly indemnify each Finance Party which suffers a loss or liability as a result against such payment or liability, together with any interest, penalties, costs and expenses payable or incurred in connection therewith, provided that this Clause 13.3 shall not apply to:

 

(i)                                     any Tax imposed on and calculated by reference to the net income actually received or receivable by such Finance Party (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including any sum deemed for purposes of Tax to be received or receivable by such Finance Party but not actually receivable) by the jurisdiction in which such Finance Party is incorporated;

 

(ii)                                  any Tax imposed on and calculated by reference to the net income of the Facility Office of such Finance Party actually received or receivable by such Finance Party (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including any sum deemed for purposes of Tax to be received or receivable by such Finance Party but not actually receivable) by the jurisdiction in which its Facility Office is located; or

 

(iii)                               any Tax constituted by any FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

(b)                                 A Finance Party intending to make a claim under paragraph (a) shall notify the Facility Agent of the event giving rise to such claim, whereupon the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrower thereof.

 

(c)                                  A Finance Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 13.3, notify the Facility Agent.

 

13.4                        Tax Credit

 

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment in respect of a Finance Party and that Finance Party determines that:

 

(a)                                 a Tax Credit is attributable to that Tax Payment; and

 

(b)                                 that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

 

that Finance Party shall pay an amount to that Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would

 

68


 

have been in had such Tax Payment not been made or required to be made by that Obligor.

 

13.5                        Stamp taxes

 

The Borrower shall:

 

(a)                                 pay all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document; and

 

(b)                                 within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability which that Finance Party incurs in relation to any or all stamp duty, registration and/or other similar Taxes paid or payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

13.6                        Indirect Tax

 

(a)                                 All amounts set out or expressed in any Finance Document to be payable by any Party to a Finance Party shall be deemed to be exclusive of any Indirect Tax.  If any Indirect Tax is chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Party shall pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying the consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such Indirect Tax.

 

(b)                                 Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any costs or expenses, that Party shall also at the same time pay and indemnify that Finance Party against all Indirect Tax incurred by that Finance Party in respect of such costs or expenses to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such Indirect Tax.

 

13.7                        FATCA Information

 

(a)                                 Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

(i)                                     confirm to that requesting Party:

 

(A)                               whether it is a FATCA Exempt Party or not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(B)                               (in the case of an Obligor only) that it is not a US Tax Obligor or FATCA FFI;

 

(ii)                                  supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA; and

 

(iii)                               supply to that requesting Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that requesting Party reasonably

 

69


 

requests for the purposes of that requesting Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation or exchange of information regime.

 

(b)                                 If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party (or (in the case of an Obligor only) it is not a US Tax Obligor or FATCA FFI) and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party (or (in the case of an Obligor only) it is or has become a US Tax Obligor or FATCA FFI), that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

(c)                                  Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and paragraph (a)(iii) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

(i)                                     any law or regulation;

 

(ii)                                  any fiduciary duty; or

 

(iii)                               any duty of confidentiality.

 

(d)                                 If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party (or (in the case of an Obligor only) that it is not a US Tax Obligor or FATCA FFI) or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party (and (in the case of an Obligor only) as if it is or has become a US Tax Obligor or FATCA FFI) until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

(e)                                  If a Lender fails to supply any form, documentation or other information in accordance with this Clause 13.7, or any form, documentation or other information provided by a Lender to the Facility Agent is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, then such Lender shall indemnify the Facility Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss, Tax or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Facility Agent (including any related interest and penalties) in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents as a result of such failure.

 

(f)                                   If the Facility Agent provides an Obligor with sufficient information to determine its withholding obligations under FATCA, but such Obligor fails to withhold as required by FATCA, the Borrower shall indemnify the Facility Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss, Tax or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Facility Agent (including any related interest and penalties) in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents as a result of such failure.

 

70


 

13.8                        FATCA Deduction

 

(a)                                 Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of that payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

(b)                                 Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment (to which such FATCA Deduction relates) and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower and the Facility Agent and the Facility Agent shall (upon receiving such notification) notify the other Finance Parties.

 

14.                               INCREASED COSTS

 

14.1                        Increased costs

 

(a)                                 Subject to Clause 14.3 (Exceptions), the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Facility Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

(i)                                     the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation;

 

(ii)                                  compliance with any law or regulation made, enacted, issued or put into effect after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iii)                               the implementation or application of, or compliance with, Basel III or CRD IV any law or regulation that implements or applies Basel III or CRD IV.

 

The terms “law” and “regulation” in this paragraph (a) shall include, without limitation, any law or regulation concerning capital adequacy, prudential limits, liquidity, reserve assets or Tax.

 

(b)                                 In this Agreement:

 

Basel III” means:

 

(i)                                     the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

71


 

(ii)                                  the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement — Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

(iii)                               any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

 

CRD IV” means:

 

(iv)                              Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms; and

 

(v)                                 Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC.

 

Increased Costs” means:

 

(i)                                     a reduction in the rate of return from a Facility (or any part thereof) or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

(ii)                                  an additional or increased cost; or

 

(iii)                               a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

 

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to the undertaking, funding or performance by that Finance Party of any of its obligations under any Finance Document or any participation of that Finance Party in any Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

14.2                        Increased cost claims

 

(a)                                 A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 14.1 (Increased costs) shall notify the Facility Agent of the event giving rise to such claim, following which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.

 

(b)                                 Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs in respect of any claim made by such Finance Party under Clause 14.1 (Increased costs).

 

72


 

14.3                        Exceptions

 

Clause 14.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to any Increased Cost to the extent such Increased Cost is:

 

(a)                                 attributable to a Tax Deduction that is required by law to be made by an Obligor and that is already compensated for by Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up);

 

(b)                                 attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by an Obligor or a Finance Party;

 

(c)                                  compensated for by Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (a) of Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity) applied); or

 

(d)                                 incurred by a Finance Party or an Affiliate of a Finance Party and is attributable to the wilful breach by such Finance Party or such Affiliate of any law or regulation.

 

15.                               MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

 

15.1                        Mitigation

 

(a)                                 Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 13 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities) or Clause 14 (Increased Costs).

 

(b)                                 Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

15.2                        Limitation of liability

 

(a)                                 The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party, within three Business Days of demand, for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation).

 

(b)                                 A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

15.3                        Conduct of business by the Finance Parties

 

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

(a)                                 interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

(b)                                 oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any such claim; or

 

73


 

(c)                                  oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

16.                               OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

16.1                        Currency indemnity

 

(a)                                 If any sum due from any Obligor under any or all of the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “First Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the purpose of:

 

(i)                                     making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

 

(ii)                                  obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

 

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, promptly (and in any event within three Business Days of demand), indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of such conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt or recovery of that Sum.

 

(b)                                 Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

16.2                        Other indemnities

 

The Borrower shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), promptly (and in any event within three Business Days of demand), indemnify each of the Finance Parties against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:

 

(a)                                 the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

(b)                                 any Information Package or any other information produced or approved by any Obligor or any Group Member being or being alleged to be misleading and/or deceptive in any respect;

 

(c)                                  any enquiry, investigation, subpoena (or similar order) or legal or arbitral proceedings with respect to any Obligor or any Group Member or with respect to any transactions contemplated or financed under any Finance Document (including in connection with any Unwaived Existing Onshore Facility);

 

(d)                                 a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date and in the currency in which such amount is due, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 29 (Sharing among the Finance Parties);

 

74


 

(e)                                  funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by the Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone);

 

(f)                                   a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower; or

 

(g)                                  the arranging or underwriting of a Facility.

 

16.3                        Indemnity to the Facility Agent

 

The Borrower shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), promptly (and in any event within three Business Days of demand), indemnify the Facility Agent against:

 

(a)                                 any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

(i)                                     investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;

 

(ii)                                  acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and/or

 

(iii)                               instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under this Agreement; and

 

(b)                                 any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct (as determined in a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 30.10 (Disruption to payment systems etc.) notwithstanding the Facility Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent)) in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents; or

 

(c)                                  any failure by the Borrower to comply with its obligations under Clause 17 (Costs and Expenses) or any default by any Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents.

 

17.                               COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

17.1                        Transaction expenses

 

The Borrower shall within three Business Days of demand pay each of the Administrative Parties the amount of all costs and expenses (including without limitation legal fees and travel, due diligence, printing, publicity and bank presentation costs and expenses) reasonably incurred by any or all of them (and, in the case of the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate) in connection with the

 

75


 

negotiation, preparation, review, structuring, printing, execution, delivery, syndication and perfection of:

 

(a)                                 this Agreement and/or any other documents referred to in this Agreement or in a Security Document; and/or

 

(b)                                 any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

17.2                        Amendment costs

 

If (a) an Obligor requests an amendment, modification, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 30.9 (Change of currency) or (c) any amendment or waiver is contemplated or agreed pursuant to Clause 36.5 (Replacement of Screen Rate), the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse each of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by it (and, in the case of the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate) in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with or implementing that request or requirement or actual or contemplated agreement.

 

17.3                        Enforcement costs

 

The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under any Finance Document and/or any Transaction Security, and/or any proceedings instituted by or against any Finance Party as a consequence of taking or holding any Transaction Security.

 

17.4                        Security Agency expenses

 

The Borrower shall promptly on demand pay the Security Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by it in connection with the administration or release of any Transaction Security created pursuant to any Security Document.

 

76


 

SECTION 7
GUARANTEE

 

18.                               GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

18.1                        Guarantee and indemnity

 

Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)                                 guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by the Borrower of all of the obligations assumed and/or expressed to be assumed by the Borrower under the Finance Documents;

 

(b)                                 undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever the Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

 

(c)                                  undertakes with each Finance Party that if any amount which would otherwise be claimable by such Finance Party under paragraphs (a) and/or (b) above is for any reason not recoverable thereunder on the basis of a guarantee, the Guarantor shall, as principal debtor and primary obligor, indemnify such Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability which such Finance Party may incur or suffer as a result of the Borrower not paying any amount when (if such amount were recoverable from the Borrower) it would have been due under or in connection with any Finance Document.  The amount payable by the Guarantor under this indemnity under this paragraph (c) shall not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under paragraphs (a) and/or (b) above if such amount had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

18.2                        Continuing guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

18.3                        Reinstatement

 

If for any reason (including, without limitation, as a result of insolvency, breach of fiduciary or statutory duties or any similar event) any payment to a Finance Party (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is avoided, reduced or required to be restored, or any discharge, compromise or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for any such obligation or otherwise) given or made wholly or partly on the basis of any payment, security or other matter is avoided, reduced or required to be restored, then:

 

(a)                                 the liability of each Obligor shall continue as if such payment, discharge, compromise or arrangement had not occurred; and

 

77


 

(b)                                 each Finance Party shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that payment or security from each Obligor party hereto, as if such payment, discharge, compromise or arrangement had not occurred.

 

18.4                        Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Clause 18 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 18, including (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party):

 

(a)                                 any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

(b)                                 the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any Obligor or any other person;

 

(c)                                  the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, execute, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(d)                                 any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

(e)                                  any amendment, novation, supplement, extension (whether of maturity or otherwise) or restatement (in each case however fundamental and of whatsoever nature, and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security;

 

(f)                                   any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security;

 

(g)                                  any claims or set-off right that the Guarantor may have;

 

(h)                                 any insolvency or similar proceedings; or

 

(i)                                     this Agreement or any other Finance Document not being executed by or binding against any other Obligor or any other party.

 

18.5                        Guarantor Intent

 

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 18.4 (Waiver of defences), the Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that this guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental and of whatsoever nature and whether or not more onerous) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness;

 

78


 

making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

 

18.6                        Immediate recourse

 

The Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from the Guarantor under this Clause 18.  This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

18.7                        Appropriations

 

Until (i) all amounts which may be or become payable by any or all of the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and (ii) no Finance Party is under any further obligation (whether actual or contingent) to provide any further advance or financial accommodation to any Obligor under any Finance Document, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

(a)                                 refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Guarantor shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b)                                 hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Guarantor or on account of the Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 18.

 

18.8                        Deferral of Guarantor’s rights

 

Until (i) all amounts which may be or become payable by any or all of the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and (ii) no Finance Party is under any further obligation (whether actual or contingent) to provide any further advance or financial accommodation to any Obligor under any Finance Document, and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, the Guarantor will not exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:

 

(a)                                 to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

(b)                                 to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of or provider of security for any of the obligations of any Obligor under any of the Finance Documents;

 

(c)                                  to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under any of the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any of the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;

 

(d)                                 to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which the Guarantor has

 

79


 

given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 18.1 (Guarantee and indemnity);

 

(e)                                  to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

(f)                                   to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.

 

If the Guarantor shall receive any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to any such right it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution (or so much of it as may be necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to any or all of the Finance Parties by any or all of the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be paid in full) on trust for the Finance Parties, and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Facility Agent or as the Facility Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 30 (Payment Mechanics).

 

18.9                        Additional security

 

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

 

80


 

SECTION 8
REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

19.                               REPRESENTATIONS

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 19 to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

 

19.1                        Status

 

(a)                                 It is a corporation, duly incorporated, in good standing (if applicable) and validly existing under the laws of its Original Jurisdiction.

 

(b)                                 Each of it and the Group Members has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

19.2                        Binding obligations

 

(a)                                 The obligations expressed to be assumed by it or any Group Member in each Transaction Document to which it or such Group Member is a party are, subject to any general principles of law limiting its or such Group Member’s obligations which are specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered under this Agreement, legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

(b)                                 Without affecting the generality of paragraph (a) above, each Security Document to which it is a party creates the security interests which that Security Document purports to create and such security interests are valid and effective.

 

19.3                        Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it or any Group Member of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Transaction Documents to which it or any Group Member is a party do not and will not:

 

(a)                                 conflict with any law or regulation applicable to it or any Group Member;

 

(b)                                 conflict with the Constitutional Documents of it or any Group Member;

 

(c)                                  (other than in connection with any Unwaived Existing Onshore Facility) conflict with any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any Group Member or any asset of it or any Group Member; or

 

(d)                                 (save as disclosed in writing to the Original Lenders prior to the date of this Agreement) conflict with any Unwaived Existing Onshore Facility (or the Existing Onshore Financing Documents relating thereto) or constitute circumstances entitling the lenders to accelerate or claim under any Unwaived Existing Onshore Facility (or the Existing Onshore Financing Documents relating thereto); and

 

(e)                                  result in the existence of or oblige it or any Group Member to create any Security over all or any of the assets of it or any Group Member (including,

 

81


 

for the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to any Existing Onshore Financing Document and other than any Security constituted by the Security Documents).

 

19.4                        Power and authority

 

(a)                                 Each of it and the Group Members has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its or such Group Member’s entry into, performance and delivery of, the Transaction Documents to which it or such Group Member is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents.

 

(b)                                 It is acting as principal and for its own account and not as agent or trustee or in any other capacity on behalf of any other person in entering into, performing and/or entering into any Finance Document or any transaction contemplated by any Finance Document.

 

(c)                                  No limit on its powers be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, grant of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

19.5                        Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

(a)                                 All Authorisations required:

 

(i)                                     to enable it or any Group Member lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Transaction Documents to which it or such Group Member is a party;

 

(ii)                                  to make the Transaction Documents to which it or any Group Member is a party admissible in evidence in its or such Group Member’s Relevant Jurisdictions; and/or

 

(iii)                               to enable it to create the Transaction Security (if any) expressed to be created by it pursuant to any Security Document to which it is a party and to ensure that such Transaction Security has the priority and ranking it is expressed to have,

 

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect, except (in the case of a Security Document) for any filing and/or registration in respect of such Security Document that is expressly set out in such Security Document, which filing and/or registration will (subject to paragraphs (a) to (b) of Clause 22.33 (Conditions Subsequent)) be effected and completed on or prior to the earlier of (i) the time required under the Finance Documents or (ii) the time required under applicable law or regulation.

 

(b)                                 (Without prejudice to paragraph (c) below) all material Authorisations required for each of it and the Group Members to carry on their respective business have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

(c)

 

82


 

(i)                                     (if the date on which the representation and warranty set out in this paragraph (c)(i) is to be made falls on or prior to the Reference Date) the licensing and compliance requirements under The Law for Promoting Private Education and the Alleviating After-School Burden Notice (and under any other law, regulation or notice relating to educational permits, business license or school license that may be issued or implemented from time to time and which are, in each case, applicable to the Group) have been met and otherwise satisfied in all material respects; or

 

(ii)                                  (if the date on which the representation and warranty set out in this paragraph (c)(ii) is to be made falls after Reference Date) the aggregate turnover of the Compliant Centres is at least 87.5% of the turnover of the Group (in each case calculated by reference to the turnover generated after the immediately prior Quarter Date).

 

19.6                        Governing law and enforcement

 

(a)                                 The choice of law of each Finance Document to which it is a party will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

(b)                                 Any judgment obtained in the jurisdiction of the governing law of any Finance Document to which it is a party in relation to such Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions (subject to, in respect of the Borrower and the BVI Guarantor, any matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in the legal opinions of the advisers to the Facility Agent as to the laws of the British Virgin Islands and the Cayman Islands delivered in accordance with Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent)).

 

19.7                        Deduction of Tax

 

It is not required under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document.

 

19.8                        Insolvency

 

No:

 

(a)                                 corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in Clause 23.7 (Insolvency proceedings); or

 

(b)                                 creditors’ process described in Clause 23.8 (Creditors’ process),

 

has been taken or threatened in relation to it or any Group Member and none of the circumstances described in Clause 23.6 (Insolvency) applies to it or any Group Member.

 

19.9                        No filing or stamp taxes

 

Under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions, it is not necessary that any of the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that

 

83


 

jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to any or all of the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, except for:

 

(a)                                 any filing, recording or enrolling (or the payment of Taxes or fees payable) in relation to any Transaction Security which will be made and/or paid within the time limits specified in the relevant Security Document (and in any event by the earlier of (x) the time such filing, recording or enrolling is required to be made or (as the case may be) such Taxes or fees are required to be paid under applicable law or regulation and (y) the time required under the Finance Documents);

 

(b)                                 any stamp tax arising from any Finance Document being executed in, or the original of which being brought into, the Cayman Islands; and

 

(c)                                  filing and registration of this Agreement and the Facilities with the NDRC.

 

19.10                 No default

 

(a)                                 No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation or the entry into, or the performance of, any transaction contemplated by any Transaction Document.

 

(b)                                 No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any Group Member or to which any asset of it or any Group Member is subject which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19.11                 No misleading information

 

(a)                                 All information contained in or provided by or on behalf of any Obligor or any Group Member for the purposes of any Information Package (or any part thereof) is true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was given or stated and is not misleading in any respect.

 

(b)                                 Any financial projections provided by or on behalf of any Obligor or any Group Member or contained in any Information Package (or any part thereof) have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.

 

(c)                                  Nothing has occurred and nothing has been omitted and no information has been given or withheld that results in any information provided by or on behalf of any Obligor or any Group Member or contained in any Information Package (or any part thereof) being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

(d)                                 All information (other than any Information Package) provided by or on behalf of any Obligor or any Group Member is true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was given and is not misleading in any respect.

 

84


 

19.12                 Financial statements

 

(a)                                 The financial statements most recently supplied to the Facility Agent (which, as at the date of this Agreement, are the Original Financial Statements) were prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles (applicable to it) consistently applied save to the extent expressly disclosed in such financial statements.

 

(b)                                 The financial statements most recently supplied to the Facility Agent (which, as at the date of this Agreement, are the Original Financial Statements) give a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly represent (if unaudited) the consolidated financial condition and operations of the person in respect of which such financial statements are delivered as at the end of and during the applicable period to which such financial statements relate, save to the extent expressly disclosed in such financial statements.

 

(c)                                  There has been no material adverse change in the business, operations, assets, conditions (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any Obligor, or of the Group (taken as a whole), or of the VIE Group (taken as a whole), since the date of the Original Financial Statements of 30 November 2018.

 

19.13                 Ranking

 

(a)                                 Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all of its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

(b)                                 The Transaction Security has or will have the ranking in priority which it is expressed to have in the Security Document(s) governing or evidencing such Transaction Security and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security.

 

19.14                 No proceedings pending or threatened

 

(a)                                 (In the case of any Obligor) no litigation, arbitration, investigation or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened, or are pending, against it or any Group Member.

 

(b)                                 No judgment or order of a court, arbitral body or agency which might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been made against it or any Group Member.

 

19.15                 Sanctions, Anti-Bribery and Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Anti-Terrorism Laws

 

(a)                                 None of any Obligor, any Group Member or any director or officer of, or (to the best knowledge of each of the Obligors and Group Members) employee, representative or Affiliate of, any Obligor or any Group Member is currently a Restricted Party.

 

85


 

(b)                                 None of any Obligor, any Group Member or any director or officer of, or (to the best knowledge of each of the Obligors and Group Members) employee, representative or Affiliate of, any Obligor or any Group Member has violated or is violating any Sanctions or has engaged or is engaging in any activity or conduct which could reasonably be expected to result in any violation of any Sanctions.

 

(c)                                  None of any Obligor, any Group Member or any director or officer of, or (to the best knowledge of each of the Obligors and Group Members) employee, representative or Affiliate of, any Obligor or any Group Member:

 

(i)                                     has violated or is violating any applicable Anti-Bribery and Corruption Laws;

 

(ii)                                  has directly or indirectly made, offered to make, promised to make or authorised the payment or giving of, directly or indirectly, an unlawful payment or improper transfer of value within the meaning of the FCPA or any other applicable Anti-Bribery and Corruption Laws;

 

(iii)                               has directly or indirectly used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political or governmental activity; made any direct or indirect unlawful payment or improper transfer of value to any public official or any person or employee from corporate funds; or has made or received directly or indirectly any bribe, rebate, payoff, kickback or other unlawful payment prohibited under any applicable Anti-Bribery and Corruption Laws; or

 

(iv)                              has been subject to any action, proceeding, arbitration, litigation, regulatory or criminal investigation with regard to any actual or alleged unlawful payment, improper transfer of value or violation in any way of the FCPA or any applicable Anti-Bribery and Corruption Laws.

 

(d)                                 None of any Obligor, any Group Member or any director or officer of, or (to the best knowledge of each of the Obligors and Group Members) employee, representative or Affiliate of, any Obligor or any Group Member:

 

(i)                                     has violated or is violating any applicable Anti-Money Laundering Laws or Anti-Terrorism Laws; or

 

(ii)                                  has engaged or is engaging in any activity or conduct which could reasonably be expected to result in any violation of any applicable Anti-Money Laundering Laws or Anti-Terrorism Laws.

 

(e)                                  Each Group Member has instituted and maintains systems, controls, policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Group and by persons associated with the Group with all applicable Sanctions, Anti-Bribery and Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Anti-Terrorism Laws.

 

86


 

19.16                 Ownership of assets

 

(a)                                 Subject to any Transaction Security, it is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the respective assets over which it purports to grant any Transaction Security.

 

(b)                                 (In the case of an Obligor) each of it and the Group Members has a good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, or is otherwise entitled to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted (in each case where failure to have such title, leases or licenses or entitlements has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect).

 

(c)                                  The Equity Interests in any Obligor or any Group Member which are (or are required by this Agreement or any VIE Contract to be or become) subject to Transaction Security or VIE Security are (or, at the time such Transaction Security or VIE Security will be granted, will be) fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights.

 

(d)                                 The Constitutional Documents of any entity the Equity Interests in which are (or are required by this Agreement or any VIE Contract to be or become) subject to Transaction Security or VIE Security do not and could not (or, at the time such Transaction Security or VIE Security will be granted, will not except as required by law) restrict or inhibit any transfer of any such Equity Interests on creation or enforcement of any Transaction Security or VIE Security.

 

(e)                                  There are no agreements in force which provide for the issue or allotment of, or grant any person the right to call for the issue or allotment of, any Equity Interest in or loan capital of any Group Member (including any option or right of pre-emption or conversion) other than the Borrower or pursuant to the Permitted Employee Share Issuance.

 

19.17                 No breach of laws

 

(a)                                 (In the case of an Obligor) neither it nor any Group Member has breached any law or regulation (including any Environmental Law) which breach has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                 (In the case of an Obligor) no Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) is threatened against it or any Group Member where that claim, if determined against it or that Group Member, has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                                  (In the case of an Obligor) no labour disputes are current or, to the best of its knowledge and belief, threatened against it or any Group Member which have or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19.18                 Taxation

 

(a)                                 (In the case of an Obligor) neither it nor any Group Member is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns.

 

87


 

(b)                                 (In the case of an Obligor) neither it nor any Group Member is overdue in payment of Taxes (except where (i) such payment is being contested in good faith and adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and (ii) failure to pay those Taxes does not have and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect).

 

(c)                                  (In the case of an Obligor) no claims or investigations are being, or are likely to be, made or conducted against it or any Group Member with respect to Taxes which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19.19                 Intellectual Property

 

(a)                                 (In the case of an Obligor) each of it and each Group Member is the sole legal and beneficial owner of or has licensed to it or such Group Member on normal commercial terms all the Intellectual Property which is material in the context of its or such Group Member’s business and which is required by it or such Group Member in order to carry on its or such Group Member’s business as it is being conducted.

 

(b)                                 (In the case of an Obligor) there has been no infringement or, to its knowledge, threatened or suspected infringement of or challenge to the validity of any Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to it or any Group Member which has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                                  (In the case of an Obligor) each of it and each Group Member has taken all formal or procedural actions (including payment of fees) required to maintain any material Intellectual Property owned by it or such Group Member.

 

(d)                                 (In the case of an Obligor) neither it nor any Group Member, in carrying on its or such Group Member’s businesses, has infringed any Intellectual Property of any third party where such infringement has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19.20                 Group Structure Chart

 

The Group Structure Chart delivered to the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) is true, complete and accurate and shows the following information:

 

(a)                                 each Group Member, including current name and company registration number, its Original Jurisdiction (in the case of an Obligor) or its jurisdiction of incorporation and/or establishment (in the case of a Group Member that is not an Obligor), a list of holders of Equity Interests in such Group Member and indicating where such Group Member is not a company with limited liability; and

 

(b)                                 all minority interests in any Group Member and any person in which any Group Member holds any Equity Interest.

 

88


 

19.21                 Relevant Documents

 

(a)                                 The VIE Contracts contain all the material terms of any and all agreements and arrangements between (i) any VIE Group Member or any holder or owner (direct or indirect) of any Equity Interest in any VIE Group Member and (ii) any Group Member (that is not a VIE Group Member) with respect to voting rights and/or economic interests in respect of a VIE Group Member and/or the affairs of any VIE Group Member.

 

(b)

 

(i)                                     The Shareholders Agreements contain all the material terms of any and all agreements and arrangements between any holders or owners (direct or indirect) of Equity Interests in the Borrower with respect to voting rights and/or economic interests in respect of the Borrower and/or the affairs of the Borrower;

 

(ii)                                  sections 7 to 17 (inclusive and except for sections 17.1, 17.8 and 17.9) of the Shareholders Agreement have been terminated pursuant to section 18.1 of the Shareholders Agreement and are of no effect; and

 

(iii)                               sections 2 to 6 (inclusive) and sections 18.19, 18.23 and 18.24 of the Shareholders Agreement do not apply to, and are not binding on, any Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

 

(c)                                  The obligations of or expressed to be assumed by each party to a VIE Contract are, subject to any general principles of law limiting its obligations which are specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered under this Agreement, legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

(d)

 

(i)                                     No party to any VIE Contract is in breach of or non-compliance with its obligations under any VIE Contract in any material respect; and

 

(ii)                                  no representation or warranty given or expressed to be given by any party to any VIE Contract under or in respect of any VIE Contract is incorrect or misleading any material respect.

 

(e)                                  Except with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders):

 

(i)                                     there has been no amendment, variation or supplement of or to, or any waiver by any Obligor or any Group Member of, any of the terms of any Relevant Document, which amendment, variation or supplement is or could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Finance Parties; and

 

(ii)                                  none of any Obligor or any Group Member has given any consent (which is or could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Finance Parties) under any Relevant Document.

 

89


 

(f)                                   There has been no termination, rescission, repudiation or cancellation of or any assignment or transfer of any rights or obligations under, any Relevant Document (other than (i) any assignment constituted by any Transaction Security and (ii) any termination of the VIE Contracts pursuant to a VIE Unwind) and each of the VIE Contracts is in full force and effect (except upon a VIE Unwind).

 

(g)                                  No VIE Group Member has encountered any materially adverse interference or encumbrance from any Governmental Agency of the PRC in operating its business through the VIE Structure.

 

(h)                                 The VIE Restructuring has been implemented in accordance with the VIE Restructuring Agreement and applicable laws and regulations, and all Authorisations required in respect of the VIE Restructuring has been obtained or effected.

 

(i)                                     All of the shares in the Onshore Parents are pledged in favour of the Key WFOE pursuant to the VIE Contracts and such pledges have been duly registered, and all transfers of shares in the Onshore Parent in connection with the VIE Restructuring have been duly registered.

 

19.22                 Holding Companies

 

Except as may arise under the Finance Documents, no Original Offshore Guarantor has traded or incurred any liabilities or commitments (actual or contingent, present or future) other than as permitted by Clause 22.18 (Holding companies).

 

19.23                 Security and indebtedness

 

(a)                                 (In the case of an Obligor) no Security or Quasi-Security exists over all or any of the present or future assets of it or any Group Member other than as permitted by Clause 22.4 (Negative pledge).

 

(b)                                 (In the case of an Obligor) neither it nor any Group Member has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding or any guarantee outstanding other than as permitted by Clause 22.12 (Loans and guarantees) or Clause 22.13 (Financial Indebtedness)).

 

19.24                 No immunity

 

In any proceedings taken in any of its or any Group Member’s Relevant Jurisdictions in relation to any Transaction Document, neither it nor any Group Member will be entitled to claim for it or such Group Member or any of its or any Group Member’s assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.

 

19.25                 Private and commercial acts

 

The execution by it or any Group Member of the Transaction Documents to which it or any Group Member is a party constitutes, and the exercise by it or any Group Member of the rights and performance of the obligations of it or such Group Member thereunder will constitute, private and commercial acts done and performed for private and commercial purposes.

 

90


 

19.26                 Authorised Signatures

 

Any person specified as an authorised signatory of an Obligor under Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) or paragraph (a)(v) of Clause 20.8 (Information: miscellaneous) is authorised to sign Utilisation Requests and Selection Notices (in the case of the Borrower only) and other notices on behalf of such Obligor.

 

19.27                 Compliance with SAFE Rules etc.

 

All approvals of, and filings and registrations and other requisite formalities with, any Governmental Agency in the PRC required in respect of the Group Members and/or their respective capital structure and operations, including registrations with the SAMR, the SAFE and (to the extent applicable) the State Administration of Taxation of the PRC, and their respective local counterparts, have been duly obtained or effected in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations (including the SAFE Rules) and are in full force and effect.

 

19.28                 Repetition

 

(a)                                 The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor on:

 

(i)                                     the date of each Utilisation Request;

 

(ii)                                  the first day of each Interest Period relating to a Loan;

 

(iii)                               the date of each Greenshoe Facility Accession Agreement and each Greenshoe Facility Establishment Date; and

 

(iv)                              the day on which any Accession Deed is delivered to the Facility Agent,

 

in each case by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

(b)                                 The representations and warranties set out in paragraphs (a) to (c) of Clause 19.11 (No misleading information) are deemed to be made by each Obligor, with respect to any Information Package, on the date of this Agreement, on any later date on which that Information Package (or part of it) is released (or re-released) to the Original MLAB for distribution in connection with syndication of a Facility, and on the Syndication Date.

 

(c)                                  Without prejudice to the foregoing, the representations and warranties set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 19.5 (Validity and admissibility in evidence) are deemed to be made by each Obligor on each Quarter Date falling after the Reference Date.

 

20.                               INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

 

The undertakings in this Clause 20 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment (or any commitment represented thereby) is in force.

 

91


 

20.1                        Financial statements

 

The Borrower shall supply or procure the supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

 

(a)                                 as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each of its Financial Years, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for that Financial Year, audited by an independent firm of certified public accountants;

 

(b)                                 as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of the first half of each of its Financial Years, the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for that half year; and

 

(c)                                  as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each quarter of each of its Financial Years, the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for that quarter.

 

20.2                        Compliance Certificate

 

(a)                                 The Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered under Clause 20.1 (Financial statements) (other than financial statements delivered for the second and fourth quarter under paragraph (c) thereof), a Compliance Certificate:

 

(i)                                     setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to:

 

(A)                               compliance with Clause 21 (Financial Covenants) as at the date as at which (and in respect of the Relevant Period ending on the date as at which) such financial statements were prepared (together with a breakdown of the Onshore Indebtedness);

 

(B)                               compliance with the representations and warranties set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 19.5 (Validity and admissibility in evidence); and

 

(C)                               the requirements set out in paragraphs (b) to (d) of the definition of “Material WFOE”;

 

(ii)                                  confirming:

 

(A)                               the balances of the Cash Pooling Accounts;

 

(B)                               that no amount has been withdrawn, transferred or applied from any Cash Pooling Account (Onshore) to any Cash Pooling Account (Offshore) or in favour of or to the order of any person outside the PRC (except to the extent applied in direct repayment or prepayment of the Facilities); and

 

92


 

(C)                               the maximum amount that may be withdrawn, transferred or applied from any Cash Pooling Account (Onshore) to any Cash Pooling Account (Offshore); and

 

(iii)                               confirming:

 

(A)                               that no Default has occurred and is continuing or, if a Default is continuing, specify the nature of such Default and the steps being taken to remedy such Default; and

 

(B)                               which of its Group WFOEs are Material WFOEs; and

 

(iv)                              (in the case of a Compliance Certificate delivered with the audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower) attaching an up-to-date structure chart of the Group.

 

(b)                                 Each Compliance Certificate delivered under paragraph (a) shall be signed by two directors or authorised signatories of the Borrower.

 

20.3                        Requirements as to financial statements

 

(a)                                 The Borrower shall ensure that each set of financial statements delivered or procured pursuant to Clause 20.1 (Financial statements) shall include a balance sheet, profit and loss account and cashflow statement and, in addition, shall be certified by a director of the Borrower as giving a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly representing (if unaudited) the financial condition and operations of the Borrower (on a consolidated basis) as at the end of and during the applicable period to which such financial statements relate.

 

(b)                                 The Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 20.1 (Financial statements) is prepared using the Accounting Principles, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements of the Borrower unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Facility Agent that there has been a change in the Accounting Principles, the accounting practices or reference periods and the auditors of the Borrower deliver to the Facility Agent:

 

(i)                                     a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the Accounting Principles, accounting practices and reference periods upon which the Original Financial Statements of the Borrower were prepared; and

 

(ii)                                  sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Facility Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 21 (Financial Covenants) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and that Original Financial Statements of the Borrower.

 

Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the

 

93


 

basis upon which the Original Financial Statements of the Borrower were prepared.

 

20.4                        Budget

 

(a)                                 Commencing with the Financial Year starting 1 September 2019, the Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, as soon as the same become available but in any event within 30 days after the start of each of its Financial Years, an annual budget for that Financial Year.

 

(b)                                 The Borrower shall ensure that each budget is in a form reasonably acceptable to the Facility Agent and:

 

(i)                                     includes a projected consolidated profit and loss;

 

(ii)                                  is prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles and the accounting practices and financial reference periods applied to financial statements under Clause 20.1 (Financial statements); and

 

(iii)                               has been approved by the board of directors of the Borrower.

 

(c)                                  If the Borrower updates or changes the budget in any material respect, it shall promptly (in any event within not more than ten Business Days of the update or change being made) deliver to the Facility Agent, in sufficient copies for each of the Lenders, such updated or changed budget together with a written explanation of the main changes in that budget.

 

20.5                        Access

 

If an Event of Default is continuing or the Facility Agent reasonably suspects an Event of Default is continuing or may occur, each Obligor shall, and the Borrower shall ensure that each Group Member will, permit the Facility Agent and/or the Security Agent and/or accountants or other professional advisers and contractors of the Facility Agent or Security Agent free access during normal business hours and on reasonable notice at the risk and cost of the Obligor or the Borrower to (a) the premises, assets, books, accounts and records of each Group Member and (b) meet and discuss matters with the senior management of each Group Member, provided that all information obtained as a result of such access shall be subject to the confidentiality restrictions set out in this Agreement.

 

20.6                        Year-end

 

The Borrower shall ensure that the last day of its and the Group’s financial year falls on 31 August.

 

20.7                        Auditors

 

The Borrower shall ensure that the auditor of the financial statements of the Borrower is one of the Big Four or any other firm approved in advance by the Majority Lenders.

 

94


 

20.8                        Information: miscellaneous

 

(a)                                 Each Obligor shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests):

 

(i)                                     all documents dispatched by any Obligor or any Group Member to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors (or any class of them) generally at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

(ii)                                  promptly, any announcement, notice or other document relating specifically to any Group Member posted onto any electronic website maintained by any stock exchange on which shares in or other securities of any Group Member are listed or any electronic website required by any such stock exchange to be maintained by or on behalf of any Group Member;

 

(iii)                               promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, investigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any Obligor or any Group Member and which might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(iv)                              promptly, such further information regarding (i) the financial condition, business and operations of any Group Member (including its financial statements and the details of any transfer to and from a Cash Pooling Account and the use of the proceeds of such transfer (except where applied to repay the Facilities)) and (ii) any Relevant Document;

 

(v)                                 promptly, such information as (x) the Security Agent may reasonably require about the Charged Property and/or (y) a Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably require about compliance of any of the Obligors with the terms of any of the Finance Documents;

 

(vi)                              promptly, notice of any change in authorised signatories of any Obligor signed by a director or company secretary of such Obligor accompanied by specimen signatures of any new authorised signatories of such Obligor; and

 

(vii)                           promptly, notice of any change in the ownership structure of the Group (provided that, in the case of the Borrower, such change would require disclosure or notification pursuant to the rules of any stock exchange on which its shares or other securities are listed);

 

(viii)                        promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any event or circumstance which will give rise to any requirement for any prepayment of the Loans or any part thereof under Clause 7.5 (Exit Event) or Clause 8.1 (Debt, Disposal, Equity Issuance and Insurance Proceeds);

 

(ix)                              promptly upon becoming aware, the details of any material amendment to, any material consent or waiver under, or any material breach or

 

95


 

non-compliance of the terms of any Relevant Document by any party thereto;

 

(x)                                 promptly, any material notification from any Governmental Agency of the PRC (including the Ministry of Education and the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security) concerning the legality, validity, enforceability, renewal or effectiveness of any Authorisation (including any educational permit, business license, school license (办学许可证) and internet content provider license) required for the operation of the business of any VIE Group Member;

 

(xi)                              promptly, any notification received under the Existing SPD Facility requiring or requesting for Security over any asset of a Group Member; and

 

(xii)                           promptly following the execution of any VIE Contract, the details of such VIE Contract.

 

(b)                                 Each Obligor shall promptly supply each of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent with or procure the supply to each of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent of such information as it may from time to time reasonably require for the performance of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

(c)                                  In the event of an introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation (in each case whether actual or proposed) concerning or relating to:

 

(i)                                     an Authorisation required for the operation of the business of any VIE Group Member (including in connection with the Regulations on the Implementation of the PRC Law for Promoting Private Education or the Opinions of the General Office of the State Council on Regulating the Development of Afterschool Tutoring Institutions);

 

(ii)                                  a PRC VIE Structure in general or a PRC VIE Structure applicable to the industry in which the VIE Group operates or foreign investment in education services business in the PRC (including in connection with the Foreign Investment Law); or

 

(iii)                               the ability of Onshore Group Members to engage in foreign exchange activities or remit funds to Offshore Group Members (including in connection with the SAFE Rules) or to otherwise perform their obligations under the Finance Document,

 

96


 

the Borrower shall, at its cost and promptly upon request by a Finance Party, supply a written memorandum from the legal adviser to the Facility Agent explaining such introduction or change and the effect (anticipated or actual) on the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents (and which memorandum shall be addressed to the Finance Parties).

 

20.9                        Notification of default

 

(a)                                 Each Obligor shall notify the Facility Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

(b)                                 Promptly upon a request by the Facility Agent, each Obligor shall supply to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by two directors or authorised signatories of the Borrower on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if any Default is continuing, specifying such Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

20.10                 Use of websites

 

(a)                                 Each Obligor may satisfy its obligations under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the “Website Lenders”) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrower and the Facility Agent (the “Designated Website”) if:

 

(i)                                     the Facility Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of such information by this method;

 

(ii)                                  both the Facility Agent and the Borrower are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

(iii)                               such information is in a format previously agreed between the Borrower and the Facility Agent.

 

(b)                                 If any Lender (a “Paper Form Lender”) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrower accordingly and each Obligor shall, at its own cost, supply information to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form.  In any event each Obligor shall, at its own cost, supply the Facility Agent with at least one copy in paper form any information required to be provided by it under this Agreement.

 

(c)                                  The Facility Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Borrower and the Facility Agent.

 

97


 

(d)                                 Each Obligor shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Facility Agent if:

 

(i)                                     the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

(ii)                                  the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

(iii)                               any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

(iv)                              any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

(v)                                 it becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

 

(e)                                  If any Obligor notifies the Facility Agent under paragraph (d)(i) or (d)(v) above, all information to be provided by any Obligor under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Facility Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to such notification are no longer continuing.

 

(f)                                   Any Website Lender may request, through the Facility Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website.  Each Obligor shall at its own cost comply with any such request within ten Business Days.

 

20.11                 “Know your customer” checks

 

(a)                                 Each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of any Transaction Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by such Transaction Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender (including for any Lender on behalf of any prospective new Lender)) in order for such Transaction Agent, such Lender or any prospective new Lender to conduct all “know your customer” and other similar procedures that it is required (or deems desirable) to conduct.

 

(b)                                 Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of any Transaction Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by such Transaction Agent (for itself) in order for such Transaction Agent to conduct all “know your customer” and other similar procedures that it is required (or deems desirable) to conduct.

 

(c)                                  The Borrower shall, by not less than five Business Days’ prior written notice to the Facility Agent, notify the Facility Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that any Group Member becomes an Additional Guarantor pursuant to Clause 26 (Changes to the Obligors).

 

(d)                                 Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Group Member to this Agreement as an Additional Guarantor obliges the Facility Agent, the Security Agent or any Lender (or

 

98


 

any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Facility Agent, the Security Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Facility Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender), the Security Agent (for itself) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Facility Agent, the Security Agent or such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all “know your customer” and other similar checks that it is required (or deems desirable) to conduct pursuant to the accession of such Group Member to this Agreement as an Additional Guarantor.

 

21.                               FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

The undertakings in this Clause 21 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under any of the Finance Documents or any Commitment (or any commitment represented thereby) is in force.

 

21.1                        Financial definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

Borrowings” means, at any time, the aggregate outstanding principal, capital or nominal amount and any fixed or minimum premium payable on prepayment or redemption of any indebtedness of Group Members for or in respect of Financial Indebtedness (other than in respect of Financial Indebtedness under paragraph (f) or under paragraph (l) thereof (to the extent relating to Financial Indebtedness under paragraph (f) thereof)).

 

Capital Expenditure” means any expenditure or obligation in respect of expenditure which, in accordance with the Accounting Principles, is treated as capital expenditure (including the capital element of any Finance Lease).

 

EBITDA” means, in respect of any period of twelve months (ending on the date of determination), the consolidated operating profit of the Group for that period before taxation:

 

(a)                                 before deducting any interest, commission, fees, discounts, prepayment fees, premiums or charges and other finance payments whether accrued, paid, payable or capitalised by any Group Member (calculated on a consolidated basis) in respect of that period;

 

(b)                                 not including any accrued interest owing to any Group Member;

 

(c)                                  after adding back any amount attributable to the amortisation, depreciation or impairment of assets of Group Members (and taking no account of the reversal in that period of any previous impairment charge);

 

(d)                                 before taking into account any Exceptional Items;

 

99


 

(e)                                  after deducting (to the extent otherwise included) the amount of any profit of any Non-Group Entity to the extent that the amount of such profit taken into account in the determination of such consolidated operating profit of the Group before taxation for such period exceeds the amount actually received in cash (net of any applicable Taxes) by Group Members during such period through profit distributions by such Non-Group Entity;

 

(f)                                   after deducting (to the extent otherwise included) any profit attributable to minority interest (that is, any interest of any person that is not a Group Member in any Group Member);

 

(g)                                  before taking into account any unrealised gains or losses on any derivative instrument, including those arising on translation of currency of debt (other than any derivative instrument which is accounted for on a hedge accounting basis);

 

(h)                                 before taking into account any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any other asset; and

 

(i)                                     excluding the charge to profit (to the extent non-cash) represented by the expensing of stock options and any other share-based compensation of employees of the Group,

 

to the extent otherwise deducted (in the case of paragraph (a) or (c)), to the extent otherwise included (in the case of paragraph (b), (e), (f) or (i)) or to the extent otherwise taken into account (in the case of paragraph (d), (g) or (h)) in the calculation of the consolidated operating profit of the Group before taxation for such period.

 

Exceptional Items” means any exceptional, one off, non-recurring or extraordinary items.

 

Finance Charges” means, for any period, the aggregate amount of the accrued interest, commission, fees, discounts, prepayment fees, premiums, charges and/or other finance payments in respect of Borrowings paid or payable in cash by, or capitalised by or in respect of, any Group Member (calculated on a consolidated basis) in respect of that period:

 

(a)                                 excluding any upfront fees in respect of a Facility, provided that any upfront fees in respect of other Borrowings (to the extent not funded from the proceeds of such Borrowings) shall be amortised on a straight line basis over the average life of such Borrowings and the corresponding portion of such amortisation that is attributable to such period shall be included;

 

(b)                                 including the interest (but not the capital) element of payments in respect of Finance Leases;

 

(c)                                  including any commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments payable by (and deducting any such amounts payable to) any Group Member (to or, as the case may be, by any person that is not a Group Member) under any interest rate hedging arrangement during that period;

 

100


 

(d)                                 if a Joint Venture (that is not a Group Member) is accounted for by the Group on a proportionate consolidation basis, after adding back the Group’s share of the finance costs and/or interest payable of that Joint Venture for that period; and

 

(e)                                  taking no account of any unrealised gains or losses on any derivative instruments other than any derivative instruments which are accounted for on a hedge accounting basis,

 

and so that no amount shall be added (or deducted) more than once.

 

Interest Coverage Ratio” means, in respect of any period, the ratio of EBITDA to Finance Charges in respect of such period.

 

Joint Venture” means any joint venture entity, whether a company, unincorporated firm, undertaking, association, joint venture or partnership or any other entity.

 

Leverage Ratio” means, in respect of any period, the ratio of Total Debt as at the end of such period to EBITDA in respect of such period.

 

Non-Group Entity” means any investment or entity (which is not itself a Group Member (including associates and Joint Ventures)) in which any Group Member has an ownership interest.

 

Relevant Periods” means each period of twelve months ending on each Quarter Date of each Financial Year of the Borrower.

 

Total Debt” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of all obligations of Group Members for or in respect of Borrowings (on a consolidated basis) at that time but:

 

(a)                                 excluding any such obligations to any other Group Member; and

 

(b)                                 including, in the case of Finance Leases only, their capitalised value,

 

and so that no amount shall be included or excluded more than once.

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity” means, for any period, the total shareholders’ equity as shown in the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower accompanying the Compliance Certificate most recently delivered under Clause 20.2 (Compliance Certificate).

 

21.2                        Financial conditions

 

The Borrower shall ensure that:

 

(a)                                 (Leverage) in respect of each Relevant Period (commencing with the Relevant Period ending on the first Quarter Date to occur on or after the date of this Agreement), the Leverage Ratio for such Relevant Period shall not exceed 4.00 : 1.00;

 

101


 

(b)                                 (Interest Cover) in respect of each Relevant Period (commencing with the Relevant Period ending on the first Quarter Date to occur on or after the date of this Agreement), the Interest Coverage Ratio for such Relevant Period shall not be less than 5.00 : 1.00;

 

(c)                                  (Onshore Indebtedness) the Onshore Indebtedness shall not exceed the Onshore Indebtedness Basket at any time; and

 

(d)                                 (Shareholders’ Equity) the Total Shareholders’ Equity shall not at any time be less than US$140,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies).

 

21.3                        Financial testing

 

(a)                                 (Subject to paragraph (b)(i) below) the financial covenants set out in Clause 21.2 (Financial conditions) shall be calculated in accordance with the Accounting Principles (as applied in the preparation of the audited Original Financial Statements of the Borrower) and tested quarterly on each Quarter Date by reference to each set of financial statements of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Clause 20.1 (Financial statements) and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 20.2 (Compliance Certificate).

 

(b)                                 For the purposes of this Clause 21:

 

(i)                                     whether any VIE Group Member constitutes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, a Group Member or a Subsidiary of a Group Member shall be determined in accordance with the then applicable Accounting Principles; and

 

(ii)                                  no item shall be included or excluded more than once in any calculation, and items between Group Members shall be excluded.

 

22.                               GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

The undertakings in this Clause 22 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under any of the Finance Documents or any Commitment (or any commitment represented thereby) is in force.

 

22.1                        Authorisations

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each Group Member will, promptly:

 

(a)                                 obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

(b)                                 supply certified copies to the Facility Agent of,

 

any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to:

 

(i)                                     enable it to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

 

102


 

(ii)                                  ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Transaction Document to which it is a party;

 

(iii)                               enable it to create the Transaction Security (if any) expressed to be created by it pursuant to any Security Document to which it is a party and to ensure that such Transaction Security has the priority and ranking it is expressed to have; and/or

 

(iv)                              carry on its business, which Authorisation is material.

 

22.2                        Compliance with laws

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each Group Member will, comply in all respects with all laws and regulations to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply would, or could reasonably be expected to, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

22.3                        Pari passu ranking

 

(a)                                 Each Obligor shall ensure that its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank and continue to rank at least pari passu with the claims of all of its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

(b)                                 Without prejudice to paragraph (a), each Obligor shall ensure that any and all Transaction Security expressed to be created by it under any or all of the Security Documents enjoys the priority which such Transaction Security is expressed to have.

 

22.4                        Negative pledge

 

In this Agreement, “Quasi-Security” means any arrangement or transaction described in paragraph (b) below.

 

(a)                                 No Obligor shall, and each Obligor shall procure that no Group Member will, create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets.

 

(b)                                 No Obligor shall, and each Obligor shall procure that no Group Member will:

 

(i)                                     sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by any Obligor or any Group Member;

 

(ii)                                  sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

(iii)                               enter into or permit to subsist any title retention arrangement;

 

(iv)                              enter into or permit to subsist any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

103


 

(v)                                 enter into or permit to subsist any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

 

in circumstances where such arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of any asset.

 

(c)                                  Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to:

 

(i)                                     any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any Group Member in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

 

(ii)                                  any payment or close-out netting or set-off arrangement pursuant to any hedging transaction entered into by a Group Member for the purpose of:

 

(A)                               hedging any risk to which such Group Member is exposed in its ordinary course of trading; or

 

(B)                               its interest rate or currency management operations which are carried out in the ordinary course of business of such Group Member and for non-speculative purposes only,

 

excluding, in each case, any Security or Quasi-Security under a credit support arrangement in relation to a hedging transaction;

 

(iii)                               any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading provided that the debt which is secured thereby is paid when due or contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and properly provisioned;

 

(iv)                              any lien encumbering deposits of cash made by any Onshore Group Member to secure its public or statutory obligations as required by the local education bureaus in connection with the operations of an Onshore Group Member’s business;

 

(v)                                 any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting the Equity Interests of any person which becomes an Onshore Group Member or an Onshore Non-Group Entity after the date of this Agreement if:

 

(A)                               the acquisition of such Equity Interests is made by a VIE Group Member, the Security or Quasi-Security is granted solely to secure the loan borrowed by it to acquire such Equity Interests (the “Acquisition Loan”), and the Equity Interests that are subject to such Security or Quasi-Security are those directly acquired by that VIE Group Member only;

 

(B)                               the principal amount of that Acquisition Loan, when aggregated with the aggregate amount of all other sources of funds applied towards such acquisition (including cash on hand and/or the proceeds of allotment or issuance of ordinary shares

 

104


 

in the Borrower), does not exceed the Purchase Price payable in respect of such acquisition, and is not increased since the acquisition of such Equity Interests by the VIE Group Member;

 

(C)                               that Acquisition Loan does not have the benefit of (x) any other Security or Quasi-Security or (y) guarantees, indemnities or other assurance against loss given by any member of the Group; and

 

(D)                               incurrence of that Acquisition Loan is permitted under paragraph (b)(ii) of Clause 22.13 (Financial Indebtedness);

 

(vi)                              any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset of any person which becomes a Group Member after the date of this Agreement, where the Security or Quasi-Security is created prior to the date on which that person becomes a Group Member, if:

 

(A)                               the Security or Quasi-Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that person;

 

(B)                               the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that person; and

 

(C)                               the Security or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within four months of that person becoming a Group Member;

 

(vii)                           any Security or Quasi-Security created pursuant to any Finance Document;

 

(viii)                        any VIE Security over any shares in the Onshore Parents in favour of the Key WFOE;

 

(ix)                              any Security or Quasi-Security arising under any retention of title, hire purchase or conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having similar effect in respect of goods supplied to a Group Member in the ordinary course of trading and on the supplier’s standard or usual terms and not arising as a result of any default or omission by any Group Member; or

 

(x)                                 any Security or Quasi-Security approved in writing by the Majority Lenders,

 

provided that (in each case other than paragraph (vii) and, where applicable, paragraphs (viii)) none of such Security or Quasi-Security subsists over or in respect of any of the following assets (or any right, title or interest to or in any of the following): (A) any Equity Interest in any Group Member, (B) any Cash Pooling Account (other than any netting or set-off arrangement falling within paragraph (i) which netting or set-off arrangement only relates to the netting of debit and credit balances among the Cash Pooling Accounts) or the Interest Reserve Account, (C) any right to receive any right or claim under, or the proceeds of any right or claim under, any Relevant Document, (D) any Authorisation of a Governmental Agency of the PRC required for the

 

105


 

operation of the business of a VIE Group Member, or (E) any Intellectual Property.

 

22.5                        Disposals

 

(a)                                 No Obligor shall, and each Obligor shall procure that no Group Member will, enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset.

 

(b)                                 Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal:

 

(i)                                     made in the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity;

 

(ii)                                  made in connection with paragraph (c)(iv) of Clause 22.4 (Negative pledge);

 

(iii)                               of assets (other than any Equity Interests, businesses, any right under any Relevant Document or any interest in any of the foregoing) in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality and for a similar purpose (other than an exchange of a non-cash asset for cash);

 

(iv)                              of Equity Interests in the Onshore Parents to the Key WFOE pursuant to the terms of the VIE Contracts;

 

(v)                                 of surplus, obsolete or redundant assets (other than any Equity Interests, businesses or undertakings, any right under any Relevant Document or any interest in any of the foregoing) by any Group Member for cash;

 

(vi)                              constituted by any VIE Unwind made in accordance with paragraph (e)(e) of Clause 22.25 (Relevant Documents);

 

(vii)                           of any asset by a Group Member (the “Disposing Company”) to another Group Member (the “Acquiring Company”), provided that:

 

(A)                               if the Disposing Company had given Transaction Security over that asset, the Acquiring Company gives equivalent Transaction Security over that asset;

 

(B)                               if the Disposing Company is not a VIE Group Member, the Acquiring Company is not a VIE Group Member; and

 

(C)                               if the Disposing Company is an Obligor, the Acquiring Company is an Obligor;

 

(viii)                        of assets (other than to a VIE Group Member) where the higher of the market value or consideration receivable (when aggregated with the higher of the market value or consideration receivable for each other sale, lease, transfer or other disposal by any or all of the Group

 

106


 

Members, other than any permitted under paragraphs (i) to (vii) above) does not exceed US$5,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) in any Financial Year of the Borrower;

 

(ix)                            a disposal giving effect to a Liabilities Acquisition which is permitted by, and as defined in, the Intercreditor Agreement; or

 

(x)                                 approved in writing by the Majority Lenders,

 

but notwithstanding any of the foregoing (in each case other than paragraphs (iv) and (vi)), none of the assets that is subject to any such sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal shall include any of the following (or any right, title or interest to or in any of the following):  (1) any Equity Interest in any Obligor or any Group Member (except pursuant to a Permitted Employee Share Issuance), (2) any rights in respect of, or any amount standing to the credit of, any Cash Pooling Account or the Interest Reserve Account (excluding any application of any such amount in accordance with the provisions of the Finance Documents), (3) any right or claim under, or the proceeds of any right or claim under, any Relevant Document, (4) any Authorisation of a Governmental Agency of the PRC required for the operation of the business of a VIE Group Member, or (5) any Intellectual Property (other than (y) to an Obligor or a WFOE Group Member and (z) any Intellectual Property no longer required in the business of the VIE Group).

 

22.6                        Merger

 

No Obligor shall, and each Obligor shall procure that no Group Member will, enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction other than:

 

(a)                                 any corporate reconstruction constituted by any VIE Unwind made in accordance with paragraph (e)(e) of Clause 22.25 (Relevant Documents); or

 

(b)                                 any Permitted Reorganisation.

 

22.7                        Change of business

 

Each Obligor shall procure that no material change is made to the general nature or scope of the business of any Group Member, or of the Group taken as a whole, from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

22.8                        Environmental compliance

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each Group Member will, comply in all material respects with all Environmental Law, obtain and maintain any Environmental Permits and take all reasonable steps in anticipation of known or expected future changes to or obligations under any Environmental Law or any Environmental Permits.

 

22.9                        Environmental Claims

 

Each Obligor shall inform the Facility Agent in writing as soon as reasonably practicable upon becoming aware of:

 

107


 

(a)                                 any Environmental Claim which has been commenced or (to the best of such Obligor’s knowledge and belief) is threatened against any Group Member, or

 

(b)                                 any facts or circumstances which will or might reasonably be expected to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any Group Member,

 

in each case where such Environmental Claim might reasonably be expected, if determined against any Group Member, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

22.10                 Acquisitions (Business)

 

(a)                                 No Obligor shall, and each Obligor shall procure that no Group Member will, make any Business Acquisition.

 

(b)                                 Paragraph (a) above does not apply to:

 

(i)                                   an acquisition constituted by any VIE Unwind made in accordance with paragraph (e)(e) of Clause 22.25 (Relevant Documents);

 

(ii)                                an acquisition by (A) the Borrower of Equity Interests in the BVI Guarantor pursuant to the issuance of such Equity Interests by the BVI Guarantor or (B) the BVI Guarantor of Equity Interests in the HK Guarantor pursuant to the issuance of such Equity Interests by the HK Guarantor, provided that (in each case) such issuance is permitted under this Agreement;

 

(iii)                             an acquisition by the Key WFOE of Equity Interests in the Onshore Parents pursuant to the terms of the VIE Contracts;

 

(iv)                            any acquisition of any Equity Interests in any company, business, undertaking or asset by any Group Member which satisfies each of the following criteria:

 

(A)                             such acquisition is in respect of assets or businesses in the same nature and of the same scope as the VIE Group’s business as conducted on the date of this Agreement, and does not and could not reasonably be expected to have any Material Adverse Effect;

 

(B)                             no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of such acquisition and such acquisition does not result in a breach of any Authorisation;

 

(C)                               the consolidated net worth (being the total consolidated assets less total consolidated liabilities) of such company, business or undertaking immediately prior to the entry into the acquisition agreement exceeds zero;

 

(D)                             (where the acquisition is a Non-Equity funded Acquisition) the aggregate Purchase Price in respect of such acquisition (when aggregated with (x) the aggregate Purchase Price of all

 

108


 

other Business Acquisitions and (y) the aggregate amount of all LTIs (in each case constituting a Non-Equity funded Acquisition and excluding any acquisition permitted under paragraphs (i) to (iii)) made by any one or more Group Members in the same Financial Year of the Borrower as such first-mentioned acquisition) does not exceed:

 

(1)                                 (where the EBITDA of the Group, calculated as of the date immediately prior to legally committing to make such acquisition and as certified by the Borrower to the Facility Agent, exceeds US$100,000,000) US$100,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies); or

 

(2)                                 (otherwise) US$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies),

 

provided that, in computing compliance with this sub-paragraph (D), the Juren Investments and the Tianjin Acquisition shall be excluded;

 

(E)                                (where the acquisition is an Equity-funded Acquisition) the aggregate Purchase Price in respect of such acquisition (when aggregated with (x) the aggregate Purchase Price of all other Business Acquisitions and (y) the aggregate amount of all LTIs (in each case constituting an Equity-funded Acquisition and excluding any acquisition permitted under paragraphs (i) to (iii))) made by any one or more Group Members in the same Financial Year of the Borrower as such first-mentioned acquisition does not exceed US$100,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies);

 

(F)                                 the Borrower has delivered to the Facility Agent not later than 20 Business Days before legally committing to make such acquisition a certificate signed by two directors or authorised signatories of the Borrower to which is attached a copy of the latest audited accounts (or if not available, management accounts) of the target company, business or undertaking, and which evidences (with calculations in reasonable detail) that the Borrower would have remained in compliance with its obligations under Clause 21 (Financial Covenants) if the covenant tests were recalculated for the Relevant Period ending on the most recent Quarter Date (consolidating, in the case of the acquisition of a company, business or undertaking, the financial statements of the target company (consolidated if it has Subsidiaries), business or undertaking with the financial statements of the Group for such period on a pro forma basis) and, for this purpose:

 

(1)                                 as if the consideration for the proposed acquisition had been paid at the start of the Relevant Period;

 

109


 

(2)                                 as if the Financial Indebtedness to be incurred or established for the purposes of such acquisition had been incurred in full at the start of, and for the duration of, that Relevant Period (with interest accruing at the rate that would have applied had the Financial Indebtedness been incurred in full at the start of the Relevant Period); and

 

(3)                                 Total Debt shall be reduced or increased (as applicable) to take into account any repayment, incurrence or assumption of Financial Indebtedness made after that Quarter Date),

 

and such certificate shall further (x) give an analysis in sufficient detail of the target company, business, undertaking or asset, the nature and the scope of its business, and the rationale for the acquisition (together with a description of anticipated operating improvements, operating expense reductions and other commercial benefits and any initiatives intended to be implemented following the acquisition to realise such benefits) (y) attach due diligence reports prepared in relation to such acquisition (if any) and (z) attach the structure chart of the target group and the Group (pro forma for the acquisition of the target group); and

 

(G)                               (in the case of acquisition by a Group Member incorporated outside of the PRC) all disclosures and registrations required to be made under SAFE Circular 37 in connection with such acquisition have been completed (or will be completed on terms satisfactory to the Facility Agent) by the shareholders of the Borrower that are subject to disclosures and registrations requirements under SAFE Circular 37; and/or

 

(v)                                 an acquisition approved in writing by the Majority Lenders.

 

22.11                 Acquisitions (Investment)

 

(a)                                 For the purpose of this Clause 22.11:

 

110


 

Cash” means cash on hand or at bank classfied as “cash” under the Accounting Principles.

 

Cash Equivalent” means a financial investment classified as “cash equivalent” under the Accounting Principles.

 

LTI” means a financial investment classified as a “long-term investment” under the Accounting Principles.

 

PBOC” means the central bank of the People’s Republic of China (including its successors).

 

rated-STI” means any STI that has a rating assigned to it by the qualified financial or non-financial institutions offering such STI or any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory authorities or bodies in the PRC, in each case in accordance with the relevant rules of the Relevant PRC Authorities (on a scale of “R1” to “R5” (or their equivalents)).

 

Relevant PRC Authorities” means the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission (中国银行保险监督管理委员会) (formerly the China Banking Regulatory Commission 中国银行业监督管理委员会), the China Securities Regulatory Commission ( 中国证券监督管理委员会), the China Banking Association (中国银行业协会), the Securities Association of China (中国证券业协会), the Asset Managaement Association of China (中国证券投资基金业协会) and any other applicable governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory authorities or bodies of the PRC.

 

Restricted STI” means:

 

(i)                                     a rated-STI with recovery rating of R3, R4 or R5 (or their equivalents); and/or

 

(ii)                                  an unrated-STI which is not capital-protected.

 

STI” means a financial investment classified as a “short-term investment” under the Accounting Principles.

 

unrated-STI” means any STI which is not a rated-STI.

 

Unrestricted STI” means:

 

(i)                                     a rated-STI with recovery rating of R1 or R2 (or their equivalents); and/or

 

(ii)                                  an unrated-STI which is capital-protected; or

 

(b)                                 No Obligor shall, and each Obligor shall procure that no Group Member will, acquire any interest in any financial investment (whether in debt or equity securities or other investment products).

 

111


 

(c)                                  (Subject to paragraph (d) below) paragraph (b) above does not apply to:

 

(i)                                     an acquisition of or investment in any Cash Equivalents;

 

(ii)                                  an acquisition of or investment in:

 

(A)                               any Unrestricted STI; or

 

(B)                               any Restricted STI, provided that that the Obligors shall ensure at all times that the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of Restricted STIs made or held by the Group Members to (ii) the aggregate amount of Cash and STIs made or held by the Group Members shall not exceed 0.10:1; or

 

(iii)                               an acquisition of or investment in any LTI, provided that:

 

(A)                               the investment is in respect of assets or businesses in the same nature and of the same scope as the VIE Group’s business as conducted on the date of this Agreement; and

 

(B)                               (where the acquisition is a Non-Equity funded Acquisition) the aggregate amount of such acquisition (when aggregated with (x) the aggregate amount of all other LTIs and (y) the aggregate Purchase Price of all Business Acquisitions (in each case constituting a Non-Equity funded Acquisition and excluding any acquisition permitted under paragraphs (i) and (ii)) made by any one or more Group Members in the same Financial Year of the Borrower as such first-mentioned acquisition does not exceed:

 

(1)                                 (where the EBITDA of the Group, calculated as of the date immediately prior to legally committing to make such acquisition and as certified by the Borrower to the Facility Agent, exceeds US$100,000,000) US$100,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies); or

 

(2)                                 (otherwise) US$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies),

 

provided that, in computing compliance with this sub-paragraph (D), the Juren Investments and the Tianjin Acquisition shall be excluded;

 

(C)                               (where the acquisition is an Equity-funded Acquisition) the aggregate amount of such acquisition (when aggregated with (x) the aggregate amount of all other LTIs and (y) the aggregate Purchase Price of all Business Acquisitions (in each case constituting an Equity-funded Acquisition and excluding any acquisition permitted under paragraphs (i) and (ii)) made by any one or more Group Members in the same Financial Year of

 

112


 

the Borrower as such first-mentioned acquisition does not exceed US$100,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies);

 

(d)                                 (Minimum cash balance) each Obligor shall ensure that the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalents (which are not issued or guaranteed by any Group Member):

 

(i)                                     to which a Group Member is alone (or together with other Group Members) beneficially entitled; and

 

(ii)                                  which is freely and immediately available to be applied in repayment or prepayment of any Existing Onshore Facility or towards the working capital purposes of the Group Members,

 

is not, at any time, less than RMB500,000,000.

 

22.12                 Loans and guarantees

 

(a)                                 No Obligor shall, and each Obligor shall procure that no Group Member will, make any loans, grant any credit or give any guarantee or indemnity to or for the benefit of any person or otherwise voluntarily assume any liability, whether actual or contingent, in respect of any obligation of any person.

 

(b)                                 Paragraph (a) above does not apply to:

 

(i)                                   any loan or credit given by any Group Member in its ordinary course of its trading;

 

(ii)                                any unsecured guarantee given by an Offshore Group Member in respect of any Onshore Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Agreement;

 

(iii)                             any unsecured guarantee given by an Onshore Group Member in respect of any loan borrowed by an Onshore Non-Group Entity, provided that the guarantee is permitted under paragraph (b)(ii) of Clause 22.13 (Financial Indebtedness);

 

(iv)                            a loan or credit by a Group Member (the “Creditor Company”) to another Group Member (the “Debtor Company”), provided that (i) (if the Creditor Company is an Obligor) the Debtor Company shall be an Obligor and (ii) (if the Creditor Company is not a VIE Group Member) the Debtor Company is not a VIE Group Member;

 

(v)                               any loan or credit by any Group Member (an “intra-group lender”) to another Group Member (an “intra-group borrower”):

 

(A)                             constituted by the cash pooling arrangements in respect of the Cash Pooling Accounts; or

 

(B)                             where the intra-group lender creates first ranking assignment or other Security in respect of all of its present and future rights, title, interest and benefit in and to such loan in favour of the

 

113


 

Security Agent (in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent, provided that accession to, or entry into a security document substantially in the form of, the Debenture by such intra-group lender (as appropriate) shall be deemed to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent) and the intra-group lender and the intra-group borrower are or become party to the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(vi)                            any loan made by the Key WFOE to shareholders of the Onshore Parents under the VIE Contracts;

 

(vii)                         any guarantee or indemnity contained in any Transaction Document;

 

(viii)                      any loan or credit arising by virtue of the acquisition of any interest in any financial investment (whether in debt or equity securities or other investment products), provided that such acquisition is expressly permitted under the other provisions of this Agreement; or

 

(ix)                            any loan or credit or guarantee or indemnity approved in writing by the Majority Lenders.

 

22.13                 Financial Indebtedness

 

(a)                                 No Obligor shall, and each Obligor shall procure that no Group Member will, incur any Financial Indebtedness.

 

(b)                                 Paragraph (a) above does not apply to:

 

(i)                                   any Financial Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Finance Documents;

 

(ii)                                any Onshore Indebtedness (provided that any and all Onshore Indebtedness does not exceed in aggregate the Onshore Indebtedness Basket at any time);

 

(iii)                             any Offshore Convertible Bond;

 

(iv)                            any Financial Indebtedness owing by a Group Member to another Group Member and arising under paragraph (b)(iv) or (v) of Clause 22.12 (Loans and guarantees));

 

(v)                               any Treasury Transaction permitted under Clause 22.23 (Treasury Transactions);

 

(vi)                            any Subordinated Liabilities (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement and subject always to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement); or

 

(vii)                         any Financial Indebtedness approved in writing by the Majority Lenders.

 

114


 

22.14                 Dividends

 

(a)                                 No Obligor shall, and each Obligor shall procure that no Group Member will:

 

(i)                                   declare, make or pay any dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (or interest on any unpaid dividend, charge, fee or other distribution) (whether in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its share capital or Equity Interests (or any class of its share capital or Equity Interests);

 

(ii)                                repay or distribute any dividend or share premium reserve;

 

(iii)                             pay any management, advisory or other fee to or to the order of any Relevant Person; or

 

(iv)                            redeem, repurchase, defease, retire or repay any of its share capital or Equity Interests or resolve to do so,

 

(each a “Distribution”).

 

(b)                                 Paragraph (a) does not apply to:

 

(i)                                   any dividend or distribution in cash by any Group Member (other than the Onshore Parents, the Borrower and any VIE Group Member which is a VIE Counterparty) to the holders of equity interests in such Group Member, provided that the amount of any such Distribution to any such holder does not exceed such holder’s proportionate share of such equity interests in the Group Member making such dividend or distribution;

 

(ii)                                any Distribution by a VIE Group Member in favour of another Group Member (that is not a VIE Group Member) pursuant to the terms of the applicable VIE Contracts;

 

(iii)                             any dividend or distribution in cash by the Borrower in favour of its shareholders, provided that:

 

(A)                               no Default is continuing or would arise as a result of making of such dividend or distribution;

 

(B)                               the aggregate amount of such dividend or distribution (when aggregated with the amount of any and all other dividends and distributions made by the Borrower during the Financial Year in which such first-mentioned dividend or distribution is made) does not exceed 50% of the consolidated net after-tax profit of the Borrower for the immediately prior Financial Year of the Borrower;

 

(C)                               as of the date of declaration of such dividend or distribution, the Leverage Ratio is less than 2.0x (pro forma for such dividend or distribution); and

 

115


 

(D)                               such payment is not in breach of the Intercreditor Agreement; or

 

(iv)                            any Distribution approved in writing by the Majority Lenders.

 

22.15                 Sanctions, Anti-Bribery and Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Anti-Terrorism Laws

 

(a)                                 Each Obligor shall (and shall procure that each Group Member shall) comply with all applicable Sanctions, Anti-Bribery and Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Anti-Terrorism Laws.

 

(b)                                 None of the Obligors shall (and each Obligor shall procure that no Group Member shall):

 

(i)                                   directly or indirectly use or allow to be used the proceeds of any Facility (or any part thereof) or other transaction(s) contemplated by any Finance Document for any purpose which would violate, or cause any Group Member to violate, any applicable Sanctions, Anti-Bribery and Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws or Anti-Terrorism Laws;

 

(ii)                                directly or indirectly lend, invest, contribute or otherwise make available the proceeds of any Facility (or any part thereof) to, or for the benefit of, or for financing the activities of, any Restricted Party; or

 

(iii)                             directly or indirectly use or allow to be used the proceeds of any Facility (or any part thereof) in any other manner that would, or could reasonably be expected to, result in any Obligor, any Group Member or any Finance Party being in breach of any Sanctions, Anti-Bribery and Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws, Anti-Terrorism Laws or becoming a Restricted Party.

 

(c)                                  Each Obligor shall (and shall procure that each Group Member shall) continue to institute and maintain systems, controls, policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Group and by persons associated with the Group with all applicable Sanctions, Anti-Bribery and Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Anti-Terrorism Laws.

 

22.16                 Arm’s length basis

 

(a)                                 Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall, and each Obligor shall procure that no Group Member will, enter into any transaction with any person except on arm’s length terms.

 

(b)                                 The following transactions shall not be a breach of this Clause 22.16:

 

(i)                                   loans from a Group Member to another Group Member that is permitted under Clause 22.12 (Loans and guarantees) (other than (A) a loan made by an Obligor to a Group Member which is not an Obligor, (B) any loan from a Group Member that is not an Obligor to an Obligor or (C) a loan made by a Group Member which is not an

 

116


 

Obligor to an Obligor, in each case, that is on terms that are less favourable to such Obligor than arm’s length terms);

 

(ii)                                 any Liabilities Acquisition which is permitted by, and as defined in, the Intercreditor Agreement; or

 

(iii)                              fees, costs and expenses payable under the Transaction Documents in the amounts set out in the Transaction Documents delivered to the Facility Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or agreed by the Facility Agent.

 

22.17                 Share capital

 

(a)                                 Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall, and each Obligor shall procure that no Group Member will, issue any Equity Interest.

 

(b)                                 Paragraph (a) does not apply to any issuance of:

 

(c)                                  Equity Interests by the Borrower in accordance with the applicable listing rules of the NYSE;

 

(d)                                 Equity Interests by a Group Member (other than the Borrower or the VIE Counterparties) to another Group Member, provided that (i) if the existing Equity Interests of the Group Member are the subject of the Transaction Security, the newly-issued Equity Interests also become subject to the Transaction Security on the same terms; (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, no Equity Interests may be issued by a WFOE Group Member to a VIE Group Member; and (iii) any issuance made under this paragraph (d) shall be subject to the other provisions of this Agreement; and

 

(e)                                  a Permitted Employee Share Issuance.

 

22.18                 Holding companies

 

(a)                                 None of the Borrower, the BVI Guarantor nor the HK Guarantor shall trade, carry on any business, own any assets or incur any liabilities, indebtedness or commitments (whether actual or contingent), except for:

 

(i)                                    (in the case of the Borrower) ownership of Equity Interests in the BVI Guarantor and credit balances in bank accounts and cash;

 

(ii)                                 (in the case of the BVI Guarantor) ownership of Equity Interests in the HK Guarantor and credit balances in bank accounts and cash;

 

(iii)                              (in the case of the HK Guarantor) ownership of Equity Interests in each of the Key WFOE and the Three WFOEs and any other Group WFOE and credit balances in bank accounts and cash; and

 

(iv)                             the incurrence of (A) any liabilities under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, (B) any liabilities for payment of fees, costs and expenses relating to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, and (C) Taxes and administrative expenditures in the

 

117


 

ordinary course of acting as a holding company of Equity Interests in the BVI Guarantor (in the case of the Borrower) or Equity Interests in the HK Guarantor (in the case of the BVI Guarantor) or Equity Interests in each of the Key WFOE and the Three WFOEs and any other Group WFOE (in the case of the HK Guarantor).

 

(b)                                 None of the Borrower, the BVI Guarantor nor the HK Guarantor shall hold or own any Equity Interest in any person except for (in of the case of the Borrower) Equity Interests in the BVI Guarantor or (in respect of the BVI Guarantor) Equity Interests in the HK Guarantor or (in respect of the HK Guarantor) Equity Interests in each of the Key WFOE and the Three WFOEs and any other Group WFOE.

 

22.19                 Financial assistance

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each Group Member will, comply with laws and regulations in any and all applicable jurisdictions relating to financial assistance (and/or similar provisions), including in relation to the execution of any Security Document or Accession Deed and payment of amounts due under any Finance Document.

 

22.20                 Preservation of assets

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each Group Member will, maintain in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) all of its assets necessary in the conduct of its business where failure to do so has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

22.21                 Taxation

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each Group Member will, pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

(a)                                 such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

(b)                                 adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them; and

 

(c)                                  failure to pay those Taxes does not have and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

22.22                 Insurance

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each Group Member will, maintain insurances on and in relation to its business and assets against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business, and that all such insurances are effected with reputable independent insurance companies or underwriters.

 

118


 

22.23                 Treasury Transactions

 

No Obligor shall, and each Obligor shall procure that no Group Member will, enter into any Treasury Transaction, other than:

 

(a)                                 (unsecured hedging) any hedging transaction in respect of foreign exchange liabilities and/or interest rate liabilities relating to any or all of the Facilities, provided that:

 

(i)                                    such exchange rate and/or interest rate hedging is entered into by the Borrower;

 

(ii)                                 such exchange rate and/or interest rate hedging does not have the benefit of:

 

(A)                             any Security from any Group Member and is otherwise unsecured;

 

(B)                             any guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against loss by any Group Member and which are otherwise unguaranteed (other than any guarantee, indemnity or assurance from the Borrower in customary form); and

 

(iii)                              the aggregate notional amount of such interest rate hedging or, as the case may be, the aggregate notional amount of such exchange rate hedging does not (in each case) exceed the aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the Facilities (or, if any such excess arises, the Borrower shall take prompt action to eliminate such excess, including through close-out or termination of any such hedging transaction in whole or in part);

 

(b)                                 (secured hedging) the hedging transactions documented by the Hedging Agreements;

 

(c)                                  spot and forward delivery foreign exchange contracts entered into by a Group Member in the ordinary course of its business and not for speculative purposes; and

 

(d)                                 any Treasury Transaction entered into by a Group Member for the hedging of actual or projected real exposures arising in the ordinary course of trading activities of such Group Member and not for speculative purposes.

 

22.24                 SAFE Rules

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall ensure that:

 

(a)                                 each Group Member shall; and

 

(b)                                 (in the case of SAFE Circular 37) each shareholder of the Borrower that is a resident in the PRC shall,

 

to the extent applicable, comply in all respects with the SAFE Rules, any amendments

 

119


 

and/or supplements to the SAFE Rules and all further and/or supplemental laws and/or regulations (relating to any of the subject matters of the SAFE Rules) to which it is subject from time to time.

 

22.25                 Relevant Documents

 

(a)                                 Each Obligor shall (and shall procure that each Group Member shall) comply with all of its obligations under the Relevant Documents to which it is a party.

 

(b)                                 Without prejudice to paragraph (a) above, each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each Group Member shall, take all reasonable and practical steps to preserve and enforce its rights and remedies under or in connection with, and pursue any claims arising under, any or all of the VIE Contracts (except for rights, remedies and claims of VIE Group Members against Group Members (that are not VIE Group Members)).

 

(c)                                  No Obligor shall (and each Obligor shall procure that no Group Member will) without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders):

 

(i)                                    make or agree to any amendment or variation of or supplement to any provision of any of the Relevant Documents, which amendment or variation is or could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Finance Parties;

 

(ii)                                 grant or agree to any waiver of any of its rights or remedies under or in connection with any of the Relevant Documents, which waiver is or could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Finance Parties;

 

(iii)                              give any consent under any of the Relevant Documents where such consent is or could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Finance Parties;

 

(iv)                             terminate, rescind, supersede, cancel or agree to terminate, rescind, supersede or cancel any Relevant Document (other than any VIE Unwind in accordance with paragraph (e));

 

(v)                                assign, transfer, novate or otherwise dispose of any or all of its rights and/or obligations under any Relevant Document, except for any assignment constituted by the creation of Transaction Security over such rights; or

 

(vi)                             (other than the Existing VIE Contracts) enter into or be party to any arrangement, instrument or agreement that constitutes, or forms part of, any VIE Structure.

 

(d)                                 The Borrower shall promptly (i) notify the Facility Agent in writing upon the occurrence of any event or circumstance specified in paragraphs (c)(i) to (c)(vii) above and (ii) provide to the Facility Agent copies of any amendment, variation, supplement or waiver relating to any Relevant Document, and of any Relevant Document entered into by any Group Member.

 

120


 

(e)                                  Each Obligor shall (and shall procure that each Group Member shall) maintain the VIE Structure and the VIE Contracts, except where the unwinding of the VIE Structure is required by the applicable rules of the NYSE or where the laws of the PRC and the practice of the relevant authorities in the PRC permit the business of the VIE Group Members to be operated and conducted without being subject to the VIE Structure, in which case each Obligor shall ensure that:

 

(i)                                    (subject to obtaining approval from the requisite shareholders of the Borrower where expressly required by the applicable listing rules of the NYSE (it being understood that no such shareholder approval is required under the listing rules of the NYSE as of the date of this Agreement)) such unwinding is carried out as soon as possible and results in the VIE Group Members being wholly-owned by the Key WFOE or the Borrower directly (such unwinding being the “VIE Unwind”); and

 

(ii)                                 the VIE Structure and the VIE Contracts are otherwise unwound in a manner that is satisfactory to the Finance Parties.

 

(f)                                   Each Obligor shall not (and the Borrower shall ensure that no Group Member will) enter into or establish any VIE Structure (except for the VIE Structure established pursuant to the Existing VIE Contracts unless VIE Unwind has occurred).

 

22.26                 Constitutional Documents and Dividend Policy

 

No Obligor shall (and each Obligor shall ensure that no Group Member will) amend, vary, novate, supplement, supersede, waive or terminate any of:

 

(a)                                 the Constitutional Documents of any Group Member;

 

(b)                                 the Constitutional Documents of any person over whose shares and Equity Interests any Transaction Security is purported or required to be given under the terms of any of the Finance Documents; or

 

(c)                                  the dividend policy of the Borrower,

 

where (in the case of amendment, variation, supplement or waiver) such amendment, variation, supplement or waiver is or could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Finance Parties, except with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders). The Borrower shall promptly supply to the Facility Agent a copy of any amendment, variation, novation, supplement, superseding, waiver or termination of or to any of such Constitutional Documents or its dividend policy.

 

22.27                 Convertible Bonds

 

(a)                                 The Borrower shall not optionally or voluntarily repay, prepay, purchase, defease or redeem (or otherwise retire for value or cash settle) any Offshore Convertible Bonds (or offer to do so) (a “Debt Repurchase”) unless it is in connection with any requirement on the Borrower to withhold or deduct tax

 

121


 

from payments of principal or interest to the CB Bondholders, provided that no Default is continuing or would result from such Debt Repurchase, provided further that the foregoing shall not restrict, for the avoidance of doubt, any right of the Borrower or any CB Bondholder to convert any Offshore Convertible Bonds into the ordinary shares of the Borrower or otherwise settle with such shares.

 

(b)                                 If a Debt Repurchase occurs, or an offer to make a Debt Repurchase has been made, the Borrower will promptly notify the Facility Agent of the details of the event, including the amount of the Debt Repurchase.

 

(c)                                  The Borrower shall not make or agree to any amendment or variation of or supplement to any provision of any of the CB Documents, which amendment or variation or supplement is or could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Finance Parties.

 

22.28                 Cash Pooling Accounts

 

(a)                                 Each Obligor shall ensure that:

 

(i)                                    the Cash Pooling Accounts (Offshore) are maintained;

 

(ii)                                 the Cash Pooling Accounts (Onshore) are maintained in the China (Shanghai) Pilot Free Trade Zone and that the Cash Pooling Accounts (Onshore) are held by the Onshore Parents and the VIE Group Members;

 

(iii)                              only Group Members can withdraw, transfer or apply amounts standing to the credit of any Cash Pooling Account; and

 

(iv)                             no amount is withdrawn, transferred or applied from any Cash Pooling Account (Onshore) to any Cash Pooling Account (Offshore) or in favour of or to the order of any person outside the PRC, except where such amount is directly applied towards repayment or prepayment of the Facilities, provided that the amounts so withdrawn, transferred or applied shall be subject to applicable regulatory limit from time to time.

 

(b)                                 Each Obligor acknowledges the role of the Designated Onshore Bank Account Manager 境内资金账户管理行 in:

 

(i)                                    the cross-border liquidity management of the Group;

 

(ii)                                 achieving efficiency in the use of capital and the treasury operations of the Group; and

 

(iii)                              monitoring, verifying and otherwise ensuring that the cross-border cash pooling arrangement operated by the Group with it complies with applicable law and regulation (including as to any limit on the amount of cross-border remittances),

 

122


 

and shall ensure that its participation in the cash pooling programme in the China (Shanghai) Free Trade Pilot Zone (pursuant to which, among others, cross-border intra-Group loans may be extended) shall be with the Designated Onshore Bank Account Manager 境内资金账户管理行.

 

22.29                 Interest Reserve Account

 

(a)                                 The Borrower shall ensure that, at all times with effect from the Initial Utilisation Date and for so long as any Loan (or any part thereof) is outstanding (each an “IRA Determination Time”), the aggregate balance standing to the credit of the Interest Reserve Account is not less than the Interest Reserve Amount as at such IRA Determination Time, provided that any amount deposited or transferred into the Interest Reserve Account on account of any Elected Amount or any provision of Clause 8 (Mandatory Prepayment) (as determined by the Facility Agent and/or the Security Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 8.3 (Interest Reserve Account)) shall be ignored in the calculation of whether the aggregate balance is or is not less than the Interest Reserve Amount.

 

(b)                                 Without prejudice to the rights of the Security Agent under the Security Documents and subject to paragraph (c) below, none of the amounts standing to the credit of the Interest Reserve Account may be withdrawn, transferred or applied by the Borrower except with the prior written consent of the Security Agent.

 

(c)                                  The Borrower irrevocably authorises:

 

(i)                                    the Facility Agent and/or the Security Agent to withdraw (and subsequently apply) amounts credited to the Interest Reserve Account to pay amounts due and payable under Clause 8.2 (Application of mandatory prepayments and cancellations) and any Unpaid Sum;

 

(ii)                                 the Account Bank to permit withdrawals by, and otherwise act upon the instruction of, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent; and

 

(iii)                              the Account Bank to disclose to any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent and/or the Security Agent) such information as may be requested by it in connection with the Interest Reserve Account.

 

22.30                 Intellectual Property

 

(a)                                 Each Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall procure that each other Group Member will):

 

(i)                                    preserve and maintain the subsistence and validity of the Intellectual Property necessary for the business of the relevant Group Member;

 

(ii)                                 use reasonable endeavours to prevent any infringement in any material respect of the Intellectual Property;

 

123


 

(iii)                              make registrations and pay all registration fees and taxes necessary to maintain the Intellectual Property in full force and effect and record its interest in that Intellectual Property;

 

(iv)                             not use or permit the Intellectual Property to be used in a way or take any step or omit to take any step in respect of that Intellectual Property which may materially and adversely affect the existence or value of the Intellectual Property or imperil the right of any Group Member to use such property; and

 

(v)                                not discontinue the use of the Intellectual Property,

 

where failure to do so or, in the case of paragraphs (iv) and (v) above, such use, permission to use, omission or discontinuation, is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                 Each Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall procure that each other Group Member will) use commercially reasonable endeavours to ensure that, to the extent permissible by law and not commercially disadvantageous, any new Intellectual Property is licenced, developed and owned by a WFOE Group Member and not by a VIE Group Member.

 

22.31                 Further assurance

 

(a)                                 Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Obligor will, promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Security Agent may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Security Agent may reasonably require in favour of the Security Agent or its nominee(s)):

 

(i)                                    to perfect the Security created or intended to be created under or evidenced by any or all of the Security Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of any or all of the Security Agent and/or the Secured Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

 

(ii)                                 to confer on the Security Agent or confer on the Finance Parties Security over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Security Documents;

 

(iii)                              upon and after any Transaction Security becoming enforceable, to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of such Transaction Security; and/or

 

(iv)                             to procure remittance of any balance standing to the credit of the Onshore Mandatory Prepayment Account to an account designated by the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

 

124


 

(b)                                 Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Obligor will, promptly take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or any or all of the Secured Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

(c)                                  Each Obligor shall procure that promptly upon execution of any Security Document (other than any Security Document referred to in paragraph 4(a) of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent)), there shall be delivered to the Facility Agent such documents and evidence (including Constitutional Documents, corporate authorisations and legal opinions) similar to those specified in Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) (applying mutatis mutandis with respect to such Security Document and each Obligor party thereto) as the Facility Agent may require, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).

 

(d)                                 Each Obligor shall procure that each applicable Group Member complies with all applicable NDRC Requirements in relation to this Agreement and the Facilities (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any request by the NDRC to amend, supplement or make a reapplication in respect of any application made in connection with the NDRC Requirements).

 

22.32                 Listing Rule Requirements

 

The Borrower shall:

 

(a)                                 comply in all material respects with the rules and regulations of the NYSE; and

 

(b)                                 ensure that any applicable Group Member complies in all material respects with the rules and regulations of any relevant stock exchange or securities exchange or market.

 

22.33                 Conditions Subsequent

 

(a)                                 (Registration of Equity Pledges (CP)) each of the Borrower and the HK Guarantor:

 

(i)                                    shall procure that within 120 days of the date of execution of the Equity Pledge (Key WFOE) and Equity Pledge (WFOE 1), each of the HK Guarantor, the Key WFOE and WFOE 1 shall use all reasonable endeavours to obtain and effect all requisite Authorisations required under the laws of the PRC (including registration with SAMR) in respect of the applicable Equity Pledge;

 

(ii)                                 shall, prior to making any application for any such Authorisation, give at least 3 Business Days’ prior notice to the PRC Counsel (Agent) and ensure that the PRC Counsel (Agent) attends such application in person;

 

125


 

(iii)                              shall, upon obtaining or effecting any such Authorisation, ensure that the original of such Authorisation are collected directly by the PRC Counsel (Agent) from the relevant Governmental Agency (including, in the case of registration with SAMR, the original registration certificate issued by SAMR and any other original certificate, statement or document issued by a Governmental Agency to evidence that such Authorisation has been properly obtained and effected); and

 

(iv)                             shall provide such assistance as the Facility Agent and/or the PRC Counsel (Agent) may request to independently verify that all Authorisations referred to in paragraph (i) above have been properly obtained and effected (including making such arrangement as may be necessary for the PRC Counsel (Agent) to accompany the relevant Group Member in person when making an application).

 

(b)                                 (Registration of Equity Pledges (CS)) each of the Borrower and the HK Guarantor:

 

(i)                                    shall procure that as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 15 PRC Business Days after the date of the delivery of the Compliance Certificate evidencing that WFOE 2, WFOE 3 and/or any other Group WFOE is or has become a Material WFOE, the relevant Group Member(s) shall execute Security Documents (in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent) to pledge all of the Equity Interests in such WFOE that are held or beneficially owned by such Group Member(s) in favour of the Security Agent, and concurrently deliver to the Facility Agent:

 

(A)                             legal opinions of the legal advisers to the Facility Agent as to the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Group Member granting that pledge and the governing law of the document evidencing such pledge;

 

(B)                             such document and evidence considered necessary by such legal advisers to issue their legal opinions; and

 

(C)                             a copy of any Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by the pledge or for the validity and enforceability of the pledge;

 

(ii)                                 shall procure that within 120 days from such execution, each of the relevant Group Member(s), WFOE 2, WFOE 3 and/or the other Group WFOE (as applicable) uses all reasonable endeavours to obtain and effect all requisite Authorisations in relation to such Equity Pledges in the PRC (including registration with SAMR);

 

(iii)                              shall, prior to making any application for any such Authorisation, give at least 3 Business Days’ prior notice to the PRC Counsel (Agent) and

 

126


 

ensure that the PRC Counsel (Agent) attends such application in person;

 

(iv)                            shall, upon obtaining or effecting any such Authorisation, ensure that the original of such Authorisation are collected directly by the PRC Counsel (Agent) from the relevant Governmental Agency (including, in the case of registration with SAMR, the original registration certificate issued by SAMR and any other original certificate, statement or document issued by a Governmental Agency to evidence that such Authorisation has been properly obtained and effected); and

 

(v)                               shall provide such assistance as the Facility Agent and/or the PRC Counsel (Agent) may request to independently verify that all Authorisations referred to in paragraph (ii) above have been properly obtained and effected (including making such arrangement as may be necessary for the PRC Counsel (Agent) to accompany the relevant Group Member in person when making an application).

 

(c)                                (Offshore guarantor accession) each of the Obligors shall procure that as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 15 Business Days after the date on which any person becomes an Offshore Group Member after the date of this Agreement:

 

(i)                                   such Offshore Group Member shall become an Additional Guarantor (complying with, among others, the requirements of paragraph (b) of Clause 26.2 (Additional Guarantors));

 

(ii)                                all of the Equity Interests in such Offshore Group Member that are held or beneficially owned by any Group Member shall be made subject to Transaction Security pursuant to a Security Document in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent; and

 

(iii)                             such Offshore Group Member grants Transaction Security over its assets in favour of the Security Agent pursuant to a Security Document in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent.

 

(d)                               (Constitutional documents) without prejudice to paragraphs (a) to (c) above, to the extent that any Equity Interests of a Group Member are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security, the Obligors shall ensure that the constitutional documents of that Group Member are amended to remove any liens in favour of that Group Member and any restriction(s) on the transfer of, or the registration of the transfer of, such Equity Interests, and the Obligors shall promptly deliver to the Facility Agent a copy of the resolutions of the shareholders of that Group Member approving such amendments and the evidence of any public registration of such amendments.

 

(e)                                (Remittance notifications) upon any remittance of the proceeds of any Loan by any Group Member, the Borrower shall promptly (and in any event within two Business Days of such remittance) deliver to the Facility Agent a statement describing the amount and the manner of such remittance (including whether the remittance was by way of an intra-group loan or a transfer to the

 

127


 

Cash Pooling Account (Onshore) or otherwise), together with the evidence of such remittance.

 

(f)                                 (Onshore waivers) Each Obligor shall:

 

(i)

 

(A)                               use its best endeavours to procure that the Waiver Documents are executed and dated by the parties thereto and any and all conditions set out therein are satisfied as soon as possible, and in any event within 6 Months, after the date of this Agreement; and

 

(B)                               ensure that any Unwaived Existing Onshore Facility is repaid in full on the date falling 6 Months after the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii)                                ensure that the principal amount of any Unwaived Existing Onshore Facility is not increased since the date of this Agreement;

 

(iii)                             upon a Waiver Document (or any term or condition of the waiver set out therein) being rejected or repudiated by a party or a person addressed thereto, or an Existing Onshore Facility being declared to be or otherwise becoming due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described), immediately repay the relevant Existing Onshore Facility in full;

 

(iv)                            ensure that no Unwaived Existing Onshore Facility is refinanced, novated, deferred, extended or renewed after its originally scheduled maturity date (as of the date of this Agreement), provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not prohibit any refinancing, novation, deferral, extension or renewal on terms where any Unwaived Existing Onshore Facility is or becomes a Waived Existing Onshore Facility; and

 

(v)                               ensure that no Onshore Indebtedness is incurred after the date of this Agreement,

 

provided that paragraphs (f)(ii), (f)(iv) and (f)(v) above shall cease to apply after each of the Existing Onshore Facilities has become a Waived Existing Onshore Facility or has been repaid in full.

 

(g)                                (Onshore Indebtedness) (without prejudice to the obligation to comply with Clause 19.3 (Non-conflict with other obligations)) each Obligor shall ensure that the terms and conditions applicable to any document evidencing any Onshore Indebtedness (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any associated arrangement for guarantee or indemnity in connection therewith) entered into by any Group Member (or entered into by any person on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any Group Member) after the date of this Agreement do not conflict with any Finance Document.

 

128


 

(h)                               (Constitutional documents (WFOEs)) each of the Obligors shall procure that, as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement, each of Key WFOE, WFOE 1, WFOE 2 and WFOE 3 shall further update, where relevant, its filing certificate issued by MOFCOM, business licence and articles of association, and shall promptly deliver to the Facility Agent a copy of such updated documents.

 

(i)                                   (NDRC filing)

 

(i)                                   The Borrower shall:

 

(A)                             (where the NDRC has issued evidence that the NDRC Requirements have been met) deliver such evidence to the Facility Agent promptly upon (and in any event within 3 Business Days of) such issuance;

 

(B)                             (where the NDRC has rejected the application for filing and registration):

 

(1)                                 promptly (and in any event within 2 Business Days of the rejection) deliver the evidence of such rejection to the Facility Agent; and

 

(2)                                 use reasonable endeavours to enquire with the NDRC for the reasons behind such rejection,

 

and the Borrower shall, following the use of such reasonable endeavours:

 

(3)                                 (where the NDRC has provided the reasons) procure that the PRC Counsel (Borrower) promptly delivers to the Facility Agent an explanation of the reasons (in reasonable detail) for such rejection; or

 

(4)                                 (where the NDRC has not provided the reasons) promptly confirm to the Facility Agent that the NDRC has not provided any reasons,

 

provided that, where the reason for such rejection is any inaccuracy and/or incompleteness in the application, the Borrower shall promptly correct such inaccuracy and/or incompleteness and reapply to meet the NDRC Requirements; or

 

(C)                             (where the NDRC has neither issued the evidence of acceptance nor rejection by the date falling 2 Months after the initial Utilisation Date) deliver a certificate signed by an authorised signatory certifying that the NDRC has not confirmed whether the NDRC Requirements have been met on that date, provided that this paragraph (C) shall be without prejudice to the requirements of sub-paragraphs (i)(A) or (i)(B) above.

 

129


 

(ii)                                If, as a result of:

 

(A)                             the introduction of any law or regulation; or

 

(B)                             any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or the market practice or the practice or the custom of any applicable NDRC,

 

the NDRC requires any new or additional filing or registration to be made, the Borrower shall make such filing or registration prior to any deadline imposed by, or within any grace period permitted by, the applicable law or regulation of the PRC or otherwise as required by the NDRC, and shall promptly deliver the evidence thereof to the Facility Agent following the completion of such filing or registration.

 

(j)                                  (SAFE Circular 37) the Borrower shall, as soon as reasonably practicable but in any event within 4 Months after the date of this Agreement, deliver evidence to the Facility Agent that each of Key WFOE, WFOE 2 and WFOE 3 has duly disclosed and registered:

 

(i)                                   its nature of being a round-trip investment enterprise; and

 

(ii)                                (to the extent required by SAFE or qualified banks) the identity of relevant shareholders of the Borrower which are residents in the PRC to and with the SAFE (or its local branches) or qualified banks.

 

(k)                               The Borrower shall:

 

(i)                                   ensure that the PRC Counsel (Borrower):

 

(A)                             attends application for filing and registration in compliance with the NDRC Requirements in person; and

 

(B)                             promptly notifies the Facility Agent that the application has been duly made and the result of the application (if known); and

 

(ii)                                provide such assistance as the Facility Agent may request to verify that such filing, registration or disclosure referred to in paragraphs (i) and (j) above have been properly obtained and effected.

 

23.                               EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 23 is an Event of Default (save for Clause 23.22 (Acceleration)).

 

23.1                        Non-payment

 

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

(a)                                 its failure to pay is caused by administrative or technical error; and

 

130


 

(b)                                 payment of such amount is made within three Business Days of its due date.

 

23.2                        Financial covenants

 

Any requirement of Clause ‎21 (Financial Covenants) is not satisfied.

 

23.3                        Other obligations

 

(a)                                 An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents to which it is a party (other than those referred to in Clause 23.1 (Non-payment) and Clause ‎23.2 (Financial covenants) or paragraph (b) below) unless such failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within:

 

(i)                                   (in the case of a failure to comply with Clause 22.29 (Interest Reserve Account)) 3 Business Days;

 

(ii)                                (in the case of a failure to comply with Clause 20.1 (Financial statements) or paragraph (a)(iv) of Clause 22.28 (Cash Pooling Accounts)) 5 Business Days; and

 

(iii)                             (otherwise) 20 Business Days,

 

of the earlier of (A) the Facility Agent giving notice to an Obligor or (B) an Obligor becoming aware of such failure to comply.

 

(b)                                 An Obligor does not comply with any provision of any requirement of paragraph (a)(i) to (a)(iii) of Clause 22.28 (Cash Pooling Accounts) or Clause 22.33 (Conditions Subsequent).

 

23.4                        Misrepresentation

 

(a)                                 Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by any Obligor in any or all of the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect (or, where any representation or statement is already qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in any respect) when made or deemed to be made.

 

(b)                                 No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur in respect of any misrepresentation if the circumstances giving rise to such misrepresentation are capable of remedy and are remedied within 20 Business Days of the earlier of (A) the Facility Agent giving written notice of such misrepresentation to an Obligor and (B) an Obligor becoming aware of such misrepresentation (it being understood that the subsequent provision of accurate information shall not in itself be deemed to cure any misrepresentation in respect of the accuracy of previous information provided).

 

23.5                        Cross default

 

Any:

 

131


 

(a)                                 Financial Indebtedness of any Group Member or any VIE Shareholder is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period;

 

(b)                                 Financial Indebtedness of any Group Member or any VIE Shareholder is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described);

 

(c)                                  commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Group Member or any VIE Shareholder is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any Group Member or any VIE Shareholder as a result of an event of default (however described); or

 

(d)                                 creditor of any Group Member or any VIE Shareholder becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any Group Member or any VIE Shareholder due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described),

 

provided that no Event of Default will occur under this Clause ‎23.5 if: (x) that Financial Indebtedness is owing to any Group Member or (y) the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness and/or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs ‎(a) to (d) above (for any and all of the Group Members and the VIE Shareholders) is less than US$5,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies), provided further that the exception referred to in paragraph (y) shall not apply in respect of any Existing Onshore Facility or any Offshore Convertible Bonds.

 

23.6                        Insolvency

 

(a)                                 Any Group Member or any VIE Shareholder is or is presumed or deemed to be unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness;

 

(b)                                 the value of the assets of any Group Member or any VIE Shareholder (as applicable) is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities);

 

(c)                                  a moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Group Member or any VIE Shareholder (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, if a moratorium occurs, the ending of such moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by such moratorium); or

 

(d)                                 the Founder dies, is of unsound mind, or becomes mentally incapacitated or unable to manage his affairs.

 

23.7                        Insolvency proceedings

 

Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

(a)                                 the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, bankruptcy, dissolution, administration, provisional supervision or

 

132


 

reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Group Member (other than a solvent reorganisation of any Group Member that is permitted under Clause 22.6 (Merger)) or any VIE Shareholder (as applicable);

 

(b)                                 a composition or arrangement with any creditor of any Group Member or any VIE Shareholder, or an assignment for the benefit of creditors generally of any Group Member or any VIE Shareholder or a class of such creditors;

 

(c)                                  the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent reorganisation of any Group Member that is permitted under Clause 22.6 (Merger)), receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, compulsory manager, provisional supervisor or other similar officer in respect of any Group Member or any VIE Shareholder or any of its assets; or

 

(d)                                 enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Group Member or any VIE Shareholder,

 

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

23.8                        Creditors’ process

 

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of any Group Member or any VIE Shareholder, provided that it shall not be an Event of Default under this Clause 23.8 if the aggregate value of any and all assets of any or all of the Group Members and any or all of the VIE Shareholders that are subject to any or all events of expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress and/or execution does not exceed US$5,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies).

 

23.9                        Unlawfulness or ineffective security

 

(a)                                 It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor or any person (other than a Finance Party) that is a party to the Intercreditor Agreement to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(b)                                 any Transaction Security created or expressed to be created or evidenced by any or all of the Security Documents is not or ceases to be effective, or does not or ceases to have the priority which it is expressed to have, or any subordination created under the Intercreditor Agreement is or becomes unlawful;

 

(c)                                  any obligation of any Obligor or of any person (other than a Finance party) that is a party to the Intercreditor Agreement under any Finance Document are not or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable; or

 

(d)                                 any Finance Document is not or ceases to be in full force and effect or any Transaction Security or any subordination created under the Intercreditor Agreement is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable or effective or is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective.

 

23.10                 De-listing or suspension of trading of shares

 

133


 

(a)                                 The shares of the Borrower are not or cease to be listed on NYSE; or

 

(b)                                 the trading of shares of the Borrower is suspended for a period of more than 7 consecutive Trading Days (or, if such suspension is for a technical reason that is not adverse to the Group, more than 10 consecutive Trading Days).

 

23.11                 Repudiation

 

An Obligor repudiates or purports to repudiate or rescinds or purports to rescind a Finance Document or any Transaction Security or evidences an intention to repudiate or rescind any Finance Document or any Transaction Security.

 

23.12                 Cessation of business

 

(a)                                 (Without prejudice to paragraph (b) below) the Group (taken as a whole) or the VIE Group (taken as a whole) suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

 

(b)                                 (Without prejudice to paragraph (a) above) the Group suspends or ceases to carry on (or is notified by any Governmental Agency to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its online business (whether by reason of conflict with any law or regulation or failure to obtain any Authorisation or otherwise).

 

23.13                 Ownership of Subsidiaries

 

(a)                                 The aggregate direct or indirect beneficial ownership of the Borrower in the Equity Interests (of any class) in any Group Member (other than, prior to a VIE Unwind, a VIE Group Member and expressed as a percentage of the aggregate Equity Interests (of such class) in such Group Member) is reduced, except with the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

(b)                                 The aggregate direct or indirect beneficial ownership of the Onshore Parents in the Equity Interests (of any class) in any VIE Group Member (expressed as a percentage of the aggregate Equity Interests (of such class) in such VIE Group Member) is reduced, except (a) any reduction in the ownership of Equity Interests in any Subsidiary of Shanghai OneSmart as a result of any Permitted Employee Share Issuance or (b) with the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

23.14                 Audit qualification

 

The auditors of the Group qualify any financial statements of the Group where that qualification is or could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Finance Parties.

 

23.15                 Litigation

 

Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced against any Group Member by any person which are likely to be adversely determined, and, if so adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

134


 

23.16                 Failure to comply with final judgment

 

Any Group Member or any VIE Shareholder fails to comply with or pay any sum due from it under any final judgment or order made or given by any court of competent jurisdiction, except where:

 

(a)                                 (in the case of failure to pay) the aggregate amount failed to be paid by any or all of the Group Members and any or all of the VIE Shareholders under any one or more such judgments or orders is less than US$5,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) and (ii) such failure is capable of remedy and is remedied (or such judgment or order is set aside) within 20 Business Days; or

 

(b)                                 such judgment is appealable and is being appealed by such Group Member or such VIE Shareholder through applicable proceedings, which such proceedings have not been concluded.

 

23.17                 Expropriation

 

(a)                                 The authority or ability of any Group Member (calculated on a consolidated basis) or any VIE Shareholder (calculated on an unconsolidated basis) to conduct its business is materially limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation or other action by or on behalf of any Governmental Agency or any other governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any Group Member or any VIE Shareholder or any of the assets of any Group Member or any VIE Shareholder; or

 

(b)                                 by or under the authority of any Governmental Agency, any Equity Interest in any Group Member or any VIE Shareholder, or the whole or any part of the revenues or assets (which revenues or assets in aggregate are not less than 5 of the total revenues or the total assets of (x) (in the case of a Group Member) the Group on a consolidated basis or the VIE Group on a consolidated basis or (y) (in the case of a VIE Shareholder) that VIE Shareholder on an unconsolidated basis) of any Group Member or any VIE Shareholder, is seized, nationalised, expropriated or compulsorily acquired.

 

23.18                 Authorisations

 

(a)                                 (Without prejudice to paragraph (b) below) any Group Member fails to obtain, effect, maintain or renew any educational permit, business license, school license (办学许可证), internet content provider license or other Authorisation, certificate or contract necessary for the operation, business and/or activities of any Group Member which failure to do so has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

(b)

 

(i)                                  (at any time on or prior to the Reference Date) the licensing and compliance requirements under The Law for Promoting Private Education and the Alleviating After-School Burden Notice (and under any other law, regulation or notice relating to educational permits,

 

135


 

business license or school license that may be issued or implemented from time to time and which are, in each case, applicable to the Group) are not met or satisfied in any material respect; or

 

(ii)                               (at any time after the Reference Date) the aggregate turnover of the Non-Compliant Centres is 12.5% or more of the turnover of the Group (in each case calculated by reference to the turnover generated after the immediately prior Quarter Date).

 

(c)                                  Neither paragraph (a) nor (b) above shall apply where such failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 20 Business Days of the earlier of (A) the Facility Agent giving notice to a Group Member or (B) a Group Member becoming aware of such failure to comply.

 

23.19                 VIE events and PRC Law

 

(a)                                 Any change or clarification in law or regulation (or interpretation of the same) pursuant to an official declaration, pronouncement or ruling of any Governmental Agency, whereby (i) a PRC VIE Structure in general (or a PRC VIE Structure applicable to the industry in which the VIE Group operates) or foreign investment in education services businesses in the PRC is generally or specifically in the case of the Group declared illegal, invalid, non-binding or unenforceable or (ii) the right or ability of any Group Member (other than a VIE Group Member) to control the affairs of or receive the economic benefits of business operations of the VIE Group is materially and adversely affected.  For such purposes, a “PRC VIE Structure” means an arrangement where an entity (“Relevant Controller”) enters into or is party to contractual arrangements with another entity (that is established in the PRC and in respect of which such Relevant Controller does not, directly or indirectly, hold or own a majority of its equity interests) (“Relevant Controlled Entity”) and/or any or all of the shareholder(s) of such Relevant Controlled Entity which enable such Relevant Controller or any of its Affiliates to exercise effective Control over such Relevant Controlled Entity or consolidate the financial condition or results of operation of such Relevant Controlled Entity for the purposes of the consolidated financial statements of such Relevant Controller or any of its Affiliates, where the direct ownership of all or a majority of the equity interests in such Relevant Controlled Entity (or its business or operations) by such Relevant Controller or its Affiliates may be restricted or prohibited under the laws of the PRC;

 

(b)                                 the ability of Onshore Group Members to engage in foreign exchange activities or to remit funds to Offshore Group Members (whether by way of dividend, distribution or repayment of intercompany loans or withdrawal from or transfer to any Cash Pooling Account or otherwise) is materially and adversely affected, including by reason of (i) any change or clarification in law or regulation (or interpretation of the same) pursuant to an official declaration, pronouncement or ruling of any Governmental Agency or (ii) any failure by direct or indirect shareholders of the Borrower to make the required registration or to update the previously filed registration under or in connection with SAFE Circular 37 or other SAFE Rules or (iii) imposition of additional tax or changes to the basis of taxation in the PRC;

 

136


 

(c)                                  any VIE Contract (or any of the obligations of any VIE Counterparty under any VIE Contract) is or becomes or illegal, invalid, non-binding or unenforceable, or any VIE Contract is not or ceases to be in full force and effect, or any VIE Security is not or ceases to be valid and effective or does not or ceases to have the priority that it is expressed to have or does not or ceases to constitute Security over 100% of the Equity Interests in the Onshore Parents;

 

(d)                                 any party to a VIE Contract shall have failed to comply with any material provision of or perform any of its material obligations under any VIE Contract to which it is a party and (if such failure is capable of being remedied) such failure is not remedied within 20 Business Days;

 

(e)                                  any party to any VIE Contract repudiates or purports in writing to repudiate any VIE Contract; or

 

(f)                                   any VIE Contract is terminated, rescinded, superseded or cancelled (except any VIE Unwind in accordance with paragraph (e) of Clause 22.25 (Relevant Documents)).

 

23.20                 Intercreditor Agreement

 

(a)                                 Any party to the Intercreditor Agreement (other than a Finance Party or an Obligor) fails to comply with the provisions of, or does not perform its obligations under, the Intercreditor Agreement; or

 

(b)                                 a representation or warranty given by that party in the Intercreditor Agreement is incorrect in any material respect,

 

and, if the non-compliance or circumstances giving rise to the misrepresentation are capable of remedy, it is not remedied within 20 Business Days of the earlier of the Facility Agent giving notice to that party or that party becoming aware of the non-compliance or misrepresentation.

 

23.21                 Material adverse change

 

Any event or circumstance (or any events or circumstances) occur(s) which has, have or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

23.22                 Acceleration

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Facility Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders,

 

(a)                                 by notice to the Borrower:

 

(i)                                     without prejudice to the participations of any or all of the Lenders in any Loans then outstanding:

 

(A)                               cancel the Commitments of the Lenders and reduce them to zero whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled and reduced to zero; or

 

137


 

(B)                               cancel any part of the Commitments of the Lenders and reduce them accordingly, whereupon the applicable part of the Commitments of the Lenders shall be cancelled (and the Commitments of the Lenders shall be reduced accordingly), provided that such reduction of the Commitments of the Lenders shall be applied towards the Commitments of the Lenders rateably;

 

(ii)                                  declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

(iii)                               declare that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Facility Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or

 

(b)                                 (with or without notice to the Borrower and without prejudice to the provisions of the Security Documents) exercise or direct the Security Agent to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents.

 

138


 

SECTION 9
CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

24.                               CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

 

24.1                        Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

Subject to this Clause 24 and Clause 25 (Restriction On Debt Purchase Transactions), a Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may:

 

(a)                                 assign any of its rights; or

 

(b)                                 transfer by novation any of its rights and/or obligations,

 

under any Finance Document to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the “New Lender”).

 

24.2                        Conditions of assignment or transfer

 

(a)                                 No consent of any Obligor shall be required in respect of any assignment or transfer made in accordance with Clause 24.1 (Assignments and transfers by the Lenders).

 

(b)                                 The Existing Lender shall, simultaneously with the assignment or transfer by it of rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to the New Lender, assign to the New Lender a proportionate share of the rights held by it (in its capacity as Lender) under or in connection with the other Finance Documents.

 

(c)                                  A transfer by the Existing Lender to the New Lender will be effective only if the New Lender enters into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement and if the procedure set out in Clause 24.5 (Procedure for transfer) is complied with in respect of such transfer.

 

(d)                                 An assignment by the Existing Lender to the New Lender will be effective only if the New Lender enters into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement and if the procedure and conditions set out in Clause 24.6 (Procedure for assignment) are complied with in respect of such assignment (subject to paragraph (c) of Clause 24.6 (Procedure for assignment)).

 

(e)                                  Each New Lender, by executing the applicable Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to which it is a party, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that each of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver or election or decision relating to any Finance Document that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the applicable transfer or assignment from the applicable Existing Lender to such New Lender becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that amendment or waiver or election or

 

139


 

decision to the same extent as such Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

24.3                        Assignment or transfer fee

 

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which the relevant assignment or transfer by the Existing Lender to the New Lender takes effect, pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) a fee of US$3,000.

 

24.4                        Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

(a)                                 Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, the Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to the New Lender for:

 

(i)                                     the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or the Transaction Security or any other documents;

 

(ii)                                  the financial condition of any Obligor, any Group Member, or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing;

 

(iii)                               the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under any of the Finance Documents or any other documents; or

 

(iv)                              the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

 

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

(b)                                 Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender, the other Finance Parties and the Secured Parties that it:

 

(i)                                     has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of the Obligors, Group Members and their related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; and

 

(ii)                                  will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Obligors, Group Members and their related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under any of the Finance Documents or any commitment represented by any Commitment is in force.

 

(c)                                  Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

(i)                                     accept a re-assignment or re-transfer from the New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 24; or

 

140


 

(ii)                                  support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under any of the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

24.5                        Procedure for transfer

 

(a)                                 Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 24.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) a transfer by the Existing Lender of any or all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement is effected on the Transfer Date in accordance with paragraph (c) below.  The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

 

(b)                                 The Facility Agent shall not be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender unless (i) it is satisfied that it has completed all “know your customer” and other similar procedures that it is required (including in accordance with internal policies) (or deems desirable) to conduct in relation to the transfer from the Existing Lender to the New Lender (the subject of such Transfer Certificate) and (ii) it has received the full amount of the fee payable by such New Lender pursuant to Clause 24.3 (Assignment or transfer fee).  The Facility Agent accepts no liability to any person for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever for any delay or failure to execute any Transfer Certificate resulting from any non-completion of any such procedures.

 

(c)                                  On the Transfer Date in respect of a transfer by the Existing Lender to the New Lender:

 

(i)                                     to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate (relating to such transfer) the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under this Agreement each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under this Agreement and their respective rights against one another under this Agreement shall be cancelled (being the “Discharged Rights and Obligations”);

 

(ii)                                  each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another under this Agreement which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

 

(iii)                               each Transaction Agent, the Arranger, the New Lender and the other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been originally as a Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer (the subject of such Transfer Certificate) and to that extent each

 

141


 

Transaction Agent, the Arranger and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under this Agreement; and

 

(iv)                              the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

 

24.6                        Procedure for assignment

 

(a)                                 Subject to the conditions set out in paragraph (d) below and Clause 24.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer), an assignment by the Existing Lender of any or all of its rights under this Agreement may be effected on the Transfer Date in accordance with paragraph (b) below.  The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (d)(ii), as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement, provided that the Facility Agent shall have no obligation to execute any Assignment Agreement at any time earlier than the date that is 5 Business Days after its receipt of such Assignment Agreement.

 

(b)                                 On the Transfer Date relating to an assignment by the Existing Lender to the New Lender:

 

(i)                                     the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender the rights under the Finance Documents expressed to be the subject of assignment in such Assignment Agreement;

 

(ii)                                  the Existing Lender will be released by each Obligor and the other Finance Parties from the obligations owed by it (the “Relevant Obligations”) and expressed to be the subject of release in such Assignment Agreement; and

 

(iii)                               the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and shall be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

 

(c)                                  The Existing Lender may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 24.6 to assign its rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the applicable Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 24.5 (Procedure for transfer), to obtain a release by an Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Existing Lender nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by the New Lender) provided that the conditions set out in paragraph (d) below are complied with.

 

(d)                                 An assignment by the Existing Lender to the New Lender (whether pursuant to an Assignment Agreement or paragraph (c) above) will only be effective on:

 

(i)                                     receipt by the Facility Agent (whether in an Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it were an Original Lender; and

 

142


 

(ii)                                  performance by the Facility Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to the New Lender.  The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Existing Lender and the New Lender of the completion of such checks.  The Facility Agent shall not be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender or any document delivered to it pursuant to paragraph (c) above unless (A) it is satisfied that it has completed all “know your customer” and other similar procedures that it is required (including in accordance with internal policies) (or deems desirable) to conduct in relation to such assignment to the New Lender and (B) it has received the full amount of the fee payable by such New Lender pursuant to Clause 24.3 (Assignment or transfer fee).  The Facility Agent accepts no liability to any person for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever for any delay or failure to execute any Assignment Agreement resulting from any non-completion of any such procedures.

 

(e)                                  The procedure set out in this Clause 24.6 shall not apply to any right or obligation under any Finance Document (other than this Agreement) if and to the extent its terms, or any laws or regulations applicable thereto, provide for or require a different means of assignment of such right or release or assumption of obligation or prohibit or restrict any assignment of such right or release or assumption of such obligation, unless such prohibition or restriction shall not be applicable to the applicable assignment, release and assumption or each condition of any applicable assignment, release and assumption shall have been satisfied.

 

24.7                        Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrower

 

The Facility Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or an Assignment Agreement, send to the Borrower a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement.

 

24.8                        Accession of Hedge Counterparties

 

Any person which becomes a party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Hedge Counterparty shall, at the same time, become a Party to this Agreement as a “Hedge Counterparty” in accordance with clause 19.8 (Creditor Accession Undertaking) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

24.9                        Exclusion of Transaction Agents’ liabilities

 

In relation to any assignment or transfer pursuant to this Clause 24, each Party acknowledges and agrees that none of the Transaction Agents shall be obliged to:

 

(a)                                 enquire as to the accuracy of any representation or warranty made by, or the status of, any person in respect of its eligibility as a Lender;

 

143


 

(b)                                 attend to any registration or perfection requirements required in connection with such assignment or transfer or to ensure that such registration or perfection requirements are completed; and/or

 

(c)                                  provide the New Lender with any information regarding any previous amendments or waivers in relation to any Finance Document.

 

24.10                 Sub-participation

 

For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender may grant sub-participations in respect of any or all of its rights and/or obligations under any Finance Document to any person and no consent of any Obligor shall be required in respect of any of such sub-participations.

 

24.11                 Assignments and transfers to Obligors or Relevant Persons

 

A Lender may not assign or transfer any of its rights and/or obligations under any Finance Document to any Obligor, any Group Member, any Affiliate of any Group Member or any Relevant Person, except for any Permitted Lender Shareholder or with the prior written consent of all of the Lenders.

 

24.12                 Security over Lenders’ rights

 

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 24, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

(a)                                 any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

(b)                                 any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

 

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

 

(i)                                     release such Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents, or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or other Security for such Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii)                                  require any payments to be made by an Obligor or grant to any person any rights that are more extensive than those required to be made or granted to such Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

24.13                 Change of name

 

If a Lender changes its name, then it shall, at its own cost and within 7 Business Days, provide the Facility Agent with an original or certified true copy of a legal opinion issued by the legal advisers to such Lender in the jurisdiction where such Lender is

 

144


 

incorporated addressed to the Facility Agent (for and on behalf of the Finance Parties), which is in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent, confirming that (a) such Lender has changed its name; (b) the new name of such Lender; (c) the date from which such change has taken effect; and (d) such Lender’s obligations under the Finance Documents remain legal, valid, binding and enforceable on such Lender after its change of name.  If such Lender fails to provide the Facility Agent with such legal opinion, it shall, upon the request of the Facility Agent, sign and deliver to the Facility Agent a Transfer Certificate in respect of the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to the entity with such new name.

 

24.14                 Re-organisation

 

If a Lender becomes subject to a re-organisation, such Lender shall, at its own costs and within 7 Business Days after the effective date of such re-organisation, deliver to the Facility Agent an original or certified true copy of legal opinions, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent, addressed to the Facility Agent (as agent for the Finance Parties) and issued by legal advisers to such Lender in each of the jurisdictions (a) where such Lender is incorporated; (b) where such Lender’s Facility Office is located, and (c) the law of which governs the Finance Documents such that all such legal opinions taken together provide the Facility Agent with confirmation that such Lender’s obligations under the Finance Documents remain legal, valid, binding and enforceable on the surviving entity of such re-organisation after such re-organisation.  If such Lender fails to provide the Facility Agent with such legal opinions, it shall, upon the request of the Facility Agent, sign and deliver to the Facility Agent a Transfer Certificate in respect of the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to the surviving entity of such re-organisation.

 

25.                               RESTRICTION ON DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTIONS

 

25.1                        Prohibition on Debt Purchase Transactions by the Group and Relevant Persons

 

(a)                                 Except where agreed to by the Original MLAB, the Borrower shall not, and shall procure that each other member of the Group and each Relevant Person shall not, enter into any Debt Purchase Transaction or beneficially own all or any part of the share capital of a company that is a Lender or a party to a Debt Purchase Transaction of the type referred to in paragraphs (ii) or (iii) of the definition of “Debt Purchase Transaction”.

 

(b)                                 For the purpose of this Clause:

 

Debt Purchase Transactionmeans, in relation to a person, a transaction where such person:

 

(i)                                     purchases by way of assignment or transfer;

 

(ii)                                  enters into any sub-participation in respect of; or

 

(iii)                               enters into any other agreement or arrangement having an economic effect substantially similar to a sub-participation in respect of,

 

any Commitment or amount outstanding under this Agreement.

 

145


 

26.                               CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

 

26.1                        No assignment or transfer by Obligors

 

No Obligor shall, and each Obligor shall procure that no Group Member will, assign or transfer any or all of its rights or obligations under any or all of the Finance Documents, except with the prior written consent of all of the Lenders.

 

26.2                        Additional Guarantors

 

(a)                                 Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 20.11 (“Know your customer” checks), the Borrower may request that any Group Member become a “Guarantor” by giving the Facility Agent not less than 5 Business Days’ prior notice.

 

(b)                                 A Group Member (“Proposed Additional Guarantor”) shall become a “Guarantor”  if:

 

(i)                                     the Borrower and such Proposed Additional Guarantor deliver to the Facility Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Deed and such Proposed Additional Guarantor accedes to the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(ii)                                  each of the Borrower and such Proposed Additional Guarantor shall have confirmed in such Accession Deed that no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of such Proposed Additional Guarantor becoming a Guarantor;

 

(iii)                               each of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent shall have completed (and be satisfied with the results of) all necessary “know your customer”, anti-money laundering or similar other checks relating to any person that it is required under applicable laws and/or regulations to carry out in relation to such Proposed Additional Guarantor becoming a Guarantor; and

 

(iv)                              the Facility Agent has received, or waived the requirement to receive, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 4 (Documents and evidence — Proposed Additional Guarantor) in relation to that Proposed Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).

 

(c)                                  The Facility Agent shall notify the Borrower, the Security Agent and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received, or waived the requirement to receive (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 4 (Documents and evidence — Proposed Additional Guarantor) in relation to a Proposed Additional Guarantor.

 

(d)                                 Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Facility Agent in writing to the contrary before the Facility Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (c) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Facility Agent to give that notification. The Facility Agent shall not be

 

146


 

liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

26.3                        Repetition of representations

 

Delivery of an Accession Deed constitutes confirmation by each Group Member party thereto that the Repeating Representations are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of such delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

27.                               DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION

 

Any Finance Party may deliver copies of the Finance Documents and/or disclose any information received by it (including Confidential Information) under or pursuant to any Finance Document or any other information about any Obligor, the Group and/or the Finance Documents as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate (if, in relation to any of paragraphs (n)(i), (n)(ii) and (n)(iii) below, the person to whom the copies and/or information are to be delivered or disclosed has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking, except that there shall be no requirement for any Confidentiality Undertaking if such recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information) to:

 

(a)                                 any of its head office, other branches, regional offices, representative offices, Affiliates, Related Funds and all its other affiliated companies (and any of the officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners, insurers, insurance brokers, service providers and representatives of any of the foregoing);

 

(b)                                 any other Finance Party;

 

(c)                                  any professional adviser of, or any person providing services to or any agent or contractor of, any Finance Party or any person referred to in any of paragraphs (a) and (b) (provided that such professional adviser, person providing services or agent or contractor is under a duty of confidentiality, contractual or otherwise, to such Finance Party or such person referred to in any of paragraphs (a) and (b));

 

(d)                                 any person appointed by any Finance Party or any person falling within any of paragraphs (n)(i), (n)(ii) and (n)(iii) below to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf;

 

(e)                                  any person who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction contemplated by any of the Finance Documents or any transaction referred to in any of paragraphs (n)(i), (n)(ii) and (n)(iii) below;

 

(f)                                   any Obligor, any Group Member or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing;

 

(g)                                  any person permitted by any Obligor;

 

147


 

(h)                                 any person to the extent required for the purpose of any litigation, arbitration, administrative or regulatory proceedings or procedure or any other investigations, proceedings or disputes or in connection with any preservation or enforcement of any right or remedy under any Finance Document or any Transaction Security;

 

(i)                                     any person to whom, and to the extent that, information is required to be disclosed by any applicable law or regulation or the rules or requirements of any court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation, securities exchange, regulatory, self-regulatory or similar body or authority (or is requested to be disclosed by any court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation, securities exchange, regulatory, self-regulatory or similar body or authority);

 

(j)                                    any insurer or re-insurer or insurance broker of, or any direct or indirect provider of credit protection to, such Finance Party (or any of its Affiliates, head office or other branch);

 

(k)                                 any investor, arranger, lender, trustee, manager, administrator or any participant in, or party to, directly or indirectly, any securitisation scheme or transaction or any scheme or transaction relating to the issuance of notes or other debt secured by any indebtedness or obligations under (or payments under which are funded by or made by reference to payments under) any Finance Document, or any similar scheme or transaction;

 

(l)                                     any person to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) in or over all or any of its rights under any Finance Document pursuant to Clause 24.12 (Security over Lenders’ rights) and to any of such person’s Affiliates, representatives and professional advisers;

 

(m)                             any court or tribunal or regulatory, supervisory, governmental, quasi-governmental authority, securities exchange, self regulatory body or authority which has jurisdiction over that Finance Party (or any of its Affiliates, head office or other branch);

 

(n)                                 any other person:

 

(i)                                     to (or through) whom that Finance Party assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and obligations under any Finance Document;

 

(ii)                                  with (or through) whom that Finance Party enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to, any Facility, any Finance Document, any Obligor or any Group Member, or who invests directly or indirectly in any such sub-participation or other transaction; or

 

148


 

(iii)                               who acquires or is proposing to acquire any interest in, or enters into or is proposing to enter into any merger, amalgamation or other similar arrangement with, that Finance Party,

 

(iv)                              and, in each case, to any of such other person’s Affiliates, representatives and professional advisers;

 

(o)                                 any person appointed by any Finance Party (or its Affiliate) or by any person falling within any of paragraphs (n)(i), (n)(ii) and (n)(iii) above to provide administration or settlement or other services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents (provided that such person providing such administration or settlement services is under a duty of confidentiality, contractual or otherwise, to that Finance Party or that person falling within any of paragraphs (n)(i), (n)(ii) and (n)(iii) above); or

 

(p)                                 any rating agency (including its professional advisers) as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or any Obligor.

 

The Borrower further acknowledges and agrees that some services, operational and processing procedures relating to the transactions or services contemplated under the Finance Documents may from time to time be outsourced by any Finance Party to its regional or global processing centres, branches, Subsidiaries, representative offices, Affiliates, agents of any Finance Party and third parties selected by any Finance Party, wherever situated, and these service providers may from time to time be given access to information and data relating to the transactions or services contemplated under the Finance Documents for the purpose of or in relation to the services and procedures they perform.  This Clause 27 is not, and shall not be deemed to constitute, an express or implied agreement by a Finance Party for a higher degree of confidentiality than that prescribed under any applicable law or regulation.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 27 shall not replace or prejudice, but shall be in addition to, any consent or right of disclosure which any Finance Party may have received or be entitled to (whether under law, agreement or otherwise).

 

For the purpose of any banking secrecy obligation which may be imposed upon any Finance Party pursuant to any applicable law, rule or regulation, any authorisation for any disclosure permitted to be made hereunder shall survive and continue in full force and effect for the benefit of each Finance Party notwithstanding the full repayment of all amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents and/or the cancellation or cessation of any or all of the Commitments.

 

The Arranger may, at its own expense, disclose in any marketing or publicity materials (including, without limitation, advertisements placed in financial and other newspapers and journals), its arrangement of, and participation in, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any other Finance Document after prior consultation with the Borrower.

 

This Clause supersedes any previous agreement between any of the Parties relation to the confidentiality of any such information or of any Finance Document.

 

149


 

SECTION 10
THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

28.                               ROLE OF THE TRANSACTION AGENTS AND THE ARRANGER

 

28.1                        Appointment of the Facility Agent

 

(a)                                 Each Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent) appoints the Facility Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                 Each Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent) authorises the Facility Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Facility Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

28.2                        Duties of the Facility Agent

 

(a)                                 Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Facility Agent shall promptly forward to a party to any Finance Document the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Facility Agent for that party by any other party to any Finance Document.

 

(b)                                 Without prejudice to Clause 24.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrower), paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any Assignment Agreement or any Transfer Certificate or any notice or confirmation under paragraph (d)(i) of Clause 24.6 (Procedure for assignment).

 

(c)                                  Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Facility Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to any party to any Finance Document.

 

(d)                                 If the Facility Agent receives notice from any party to any Finance Document referring to a Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(e)                                  If the Facility Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than any Administrative Party) under a Finance Document it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(f)                                   The Facility Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.  The Facility Agent shall have no other duties, obligations and responsibilities save as expressly provided for in the Finance Documents to which it is a party (and no others shall be implied).

 

150


 

28.3                        Duties of the Security Agent

 

(a)                                 The Security Agent shall promptly inform the Facility Agent of the contents of any notice or document or payment received by it (in its capacity as security agent and/or trustee for the Secured Parties) from any Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

(b)                                 Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Security Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to the Facility Agent.

 

(c)                                  If the Security Agent receives notice from any party to any Finance Document referring to a Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the Facility Agent.

 

(d)                                 The Security Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.  The Security Agent shall have no other duties, obligations and responsibilities save as expressly provided for in the Finance Documents to which it is a party (and no others shall be implied).

 

28.4                        Role of the Arranger

 

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents to which it is a party, the Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

28.5                        No fiduciary duties

 

(a)                                 Nothing in this Agreement constitutes any Administrative Party as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person (except, in the case of the Security Agent, to the extent expressly provided in clause 18 (The Security Agent) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(b)                                 No Administrative Party shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

28.6                        Business with the Group

 

(a)                                 Each Administrative Party may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any Obligor, any Group Member or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing.

 

(b)                                 Each of the Finance Parties hereby irrevocably waives, in favour of each Transaction Agent, any conflict of interest which may arise by virtue of such Transaction Agent acting in various capacities under the Finance Documents or for other customers of such Transaction Agent. Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that each Transaction Agent and its affiliates (together, the “Agent Parties”) may have interests in, or may be providing or may in the future provide financial or other services to other parties with interests which a Finance Party may regard as conflicting with its interests and may possess information (whether or not material to the Finance Parties), other than as a result of such Transaction Agent acting as agent or security agent or trustee

 

151


 

under the Finance Documents, that such Transaction Agent may not be entitled to share with any Finance Party.

 

(c)                                  A Transaction Agent will not disclose confidential information obtained from any Finance Party (without its consent) to any of such Transaction Agent’s other customers nor will it use on a Finance Party’s behalf any confidential information obtained from any other customer. Without prejudice to the foregoing, each of the Finance Parties agrees that each of the Agent Parties may deal (whether for its own or its customers’ account) in, or advise on, securities of any party and that such dealing or giving of advice, will not constitute a conflict of interest for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

28.7                        Rights and discretions of the Facility Agent

 

(a)                                 The Facility Agent may rely on:

 

(i)                                     any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised and shall have no duty to verify any signature on any document; and

 

(ii)                                  any statement purportedly made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify.

 

(b)                                 The Facility Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Finance Parties) that:

 

(i)                                     no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 23.1 (Non-payment));

 

(ii)                                  any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any party to any Finance Document, the Majority Lenders or the applicable Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

(iii)                               any notice or request made by the Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request or Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of each Obligor.

 

(c)                                  The Facility Agent may:

 

(i)                                     assume that:

 

(A)                               any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Lender or any group of Lenders are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

 

(B)                               unless it has received notice of revocation, those instructions have not been revoked; and

 

152


 

(ii)                                  rely on a certificate from any person:

 

(A)                               as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

 

(B)                               to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

 

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

 

(d)                                 The Facility Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.

 

(e)                                  Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (d) above or paragraph (f) below, the Facility Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Facility Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Facility Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be necessary.

 

(f)                                   The Facility Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Facility Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

 

(g)                                  The Facility Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel, agents and affiliates.  The Facility Agent shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of any such agents provided that it has acted in good faith in the selection of such agents.

 

(h)                                 The Facility Agent may disclose to any other party to any Finance Document any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under any Finance Document.

 

(i)                                     Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Facility Agent nor the Arranger is obliged to (i) do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality or (ii) disclose any information that is stated to be confidential.

 

(j)                                    The Facility Agent is not obliged to disclose to any Finance Party any details of any rate notified to the Facility Agent by any Lender for the purpose of paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 11.1 (Market disruption) or the identity of any such Lender.

 

(k)                                 Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, no Transaction Agent is obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it

 

153


 

has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

28.8                        Majority Lenders’ instructions

 

(a)                                 Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Facility Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Facility Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Facility Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with such an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

 

(b)                                 Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any such instructions so given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all of the Finance Parties.

 

(c)                                  The Facility Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the applicable Lenders) until it has received such indemnification and/or security as it may require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated Indirect Tax) which it may incur in complying with such instructions.

 

(d)                                 In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the applicable Lenders) the Facility Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

(e)                                  The Facility Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of and in the name of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party’s prior written consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document, provided that (i) nothing herein shall prejudice the ability of the Facility Agent to bring, defend or conduct any proceedings in its capacity as Facility Agent (in the name of the Facility Agent) and (ii) this paragraph (e) shall not apply to any legal or arbitral proceedings relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under any Security Document or the enforcement of any Security Document.

 

28.9                        Responsibility for documentation

 

No Administrative Party:

 

(a)                                 is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by any Administrative Party, any Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document, any Information Package, the Fangda Memorandum or the transactions contemplated under any Finance Document;

 

(b)                                 is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any Transaction Security or any

 

154


 

other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document or any Transaction Security; or

 

(c)                                  is responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

28.10                 Exclusion of liability

 

(a)                                 Without limiting paragraph (b) below, a Transaction Agent will not be liable (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for any cost, loss or liability incurred by any Party as a consequence of:

 

(i)                                     such Transaction Agent having taken or having omitted to take any action under or in connection with any Finance Document or any Transaction Security, unless directly caused by such Transaction Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct; or

 

(ii)                                  any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under any of the Finance Documents to be paid by such Transaction Agent if such Transaction Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by such Transaction Agent for that purpose.

 

(b)                                 No Party (other than the Facility Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Facility Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document or any Transaction Security or any Security Property, and any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Ordinance.

 

(c)                                  Neither Transaction Agent shall be responsible for making, or have any duty to make, any investigation in respect of or in any way be liable whatsoever for:

 

(i)                                     the nature, status, creditworthiness or solvency of any Obligor, any Group Member or any other person;

 

(ii)                                  the execution, legality, validity, adequacy (including without limitation adequacy of security, if any, relating to), admissibility in evidence or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other document entered into in connection therewith;

 

(iii)                               the title, ownership, value, sufficiency or existence of any Charged Property;

 

155


 

(iv)                              the registration, filing, protection or perfection of any Security Document or the priority of any Transaction Security;

 

(v)                                 the scope, adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any representations, warranties or statements made by or on behalf of, or any information (whether oral or written) supplied by or on behalf of, any Obligor, any Group Member, or any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document or any document entered into in connection therewith;

 

(vi)                              the performance or observance by any Obligor or any other person with any provisions of any Finance Document or in any document entered into in connection therewith or the fulfilment or satisfaction of any conditions contained therein or relating thereto or as to the existence or occurrence at any time of any default, event of default or similar event contained therein or any waiver or consent which has at any time been granted in relation to any of the foregoing;

 

(vii)                           the existence, accuracy or sufficiency of any legal or other opinions, searches, reports, certificates, valuations or investigations delivered or obtained or required to be delivered or obtained at any time in connection with any Finance Document;

 

(viii)                        the title of any Obligor to any Charged Property;

 

(ix)                              the compliance of the provisions and contents of and the manner and formalities applicable to the execution of any Finance Document and any documents connected therewith, and/or compliance of any such provisions, contents, manner and/or formalities with any applicable laws or regulations;

 

(x)                                 the failure by any Obligor to obtain or comply with any Authorisation or other authority in connection with the origination, sale or purchase of any of the Charged Property or the failure to effect or procure registration of or to give notice to any person in relation to or otherwise protect the security created or purported to be created by or pursuant to any Transaction Security or other documents entered into in connection therewith;

 

(xi)                              the failure to call for delivery of documents of title to or require any transfers, legal mortgages, charges or other further assurances in relation to any of the assets the subject matter of any of the Finance Documents or any other document;

 

(xii)                           any accounts subject to any Transaction Security or any other accounts, books, records or files maintained by any Obligor, or any other person in respect of any of the Charged Property; or

 

(xiii)                        any other matter or thing relating to or in any way connected with any Transaction Security or any document entered into in connection therewith whether or not similar to the foregoing.

 

156


 

(d)                                 Neither Transaction Agent shall be responsible for any loss or damage, or any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under any Finance Document if it is prevented from so performing its obligations by any reason which is beyond the control of such Transaction Agent, including, but not limited to, any existing or future law or regulation, any existing or future act of governmental authority, Act of God, flood, war whether declared or undeclared, terrorism, riot, rebellion, civil commotion, strike, lockout, other industrial action, general failure of electricity or other supply, aircraft collision, or technical failure of, accidental or mechanical or electrical breakdown of, or computer failure or other failure of, any money transmission system, or any event where, in the reasonable opinion of such Transaction Agent, performance of any duty or obligation under or pursuant to any Finance Document would or may be illegal or would result in such Transaction Agent being in breach of any law, rule, regulation, or any decree, order or judgment of any court, or practice, request, direction, notice, announcement or similar action (whether or not having the force of law) of any relevant government, government agency, regulatory authority, stock exchange or self-regulatory organisation to which such Transaction Agent is subject.

 

(e)                                  Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no Transaction Agent shall be liable under any circumstances for special, punitive, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, whether or not foreseeable, or for any loss of business, goodwill, opportunity or profit, whether arising directly or indirectly and whether or not foreseeable, even if such Transaction Agent is actually aware of or has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of whether the claim for such loss or damage is made in negligence, for breach of contract, breach of trust, breach of fiduciary obligation or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Clause shall survive any termination or expiry of this Agreement or any resignation or removal of any Transaction Agent.

 

(f)                                   Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige any Administrative Party to carry out any “know your customer”, anti-money laundering or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender (including any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Lender, or for any Affiliate of any Lender) and each of the Lenders confirms to each Administrative Party that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any such checks made by, or any statement in relation to such checks made by, any Administrative Party.

 

28.11                 Lenders’ indemnity to the Facility Agent

 

(a)                                 Each Lender shall (in the proportion determined in accordance with paragraph (b) below) indemnify the Facility Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 30.10 (Disruption to payment systems etc.) notwithstanding the Facility Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of

 

157


 

liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent)) in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Facility Agent has been reimbursed by any Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document in respect of the same cost, loss or liability).

 

(b)                                 Each Lender’s proportion of such cost, loss or liability shall be:

 

(i)                                     if there is any Loan then outstanding, the proportion borne by (A) such Lender’s aggregate participations in the Loan(s) then outstanding to (B) the aggregate amount of the Loans then outstanding;

 

(ii)                                  if no Loan is then outstanding and the Available Facility is then greater than zero, the proportion borne by (A) the aggregate of such Lender’s Available Commitments to (B) the aggregate of the Available Facility; or

 

(iii)                               if no Loan is then outstanding and the Available Facility is then zero:

 

(A)                               if the time when the Available Facility became zero falls after the time when each Loan ceased to be outstanding, the proportion borne by (A) the aggregate of such Lender’s Available Commitments immediately before the Available Facility became zero to (B) the aggregate of the Available Facility immediately before the Available Facility became zero; or

 

(B)                               if the time when each Loan ceased to be outstanding falls upon or after the time when the Available Facility became zero, the proportion borne by (A) the aggregate of such Lender’s participations in the Loan(s) outstanding (immediately before the time when each Loan ceased to be outstanding) to (B) the aggregate amount of the Loans outstanding (immediately before the time when each Loan ceased to be outstanding).

 

28.12                 Resignation of the Facility Agent

 

(a)                                 The Facility Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the Lenders and the Borrower.

 

(b)                                 Alternatively the Facility Agent may resign by giving notice to the Lenders and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

 

(c)                                  If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 30 days after the applicable notice of resignation was given, the retiring Facility Agent (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

 

(d)                                 The retiring Facility Agent shall make available to the successor Facility Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Facility Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

158


 

(e)                                  The Facility Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor to the Facility Agent.

 

(f)                                   Upon the appointment of a successor Facility Agent, the retiring Facility Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (d) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 28 (and any agency fees for the account of such retiring Facility Agent shall cease to accrue from such date and shall instead accrue in favour of such successor Facility Agent).

 

(g)                                  The Majority Lenders may, by giving not less than 30 days’ notice to the Facility Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.  In this event, the Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above but the cost of complying with paragraph (d) above shall be for the account of the Borrower.

 

(h)                                 Any successor Facility Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations among themselves as they would have had had such successor Facility Agent been originally party hereto as the Facility Agent.

 

(i)                                     The Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

(i)                                     the Facility Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 13.7 (FATCA Information) and the Borrower or a Lender reasonably believes that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

(ii)                                  the information supplied by the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 13.7 (FATCA Information) indicates that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

(iii)                               the Facility Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

and (in each case) the Borrower or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Facility Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Borrower or that Lender, by notice to the Facility Agent, requires it to resign.

 

(j)                                    Clauses 16 (Other Indemnities) and 17 (Costs and Expenses) shall survive and remain in full force and effect in favour of any Facility Agent that has resigned or been replaced.

 

159


 

28.13                 Confidentiality

 

(a)                                 In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Facility Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

(b)                                 If information is received by another division or department of the Facility Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and such Transaction Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

(c)                                  The Facility Agent shall not be obliged to disclose to any Finance Party any information supplied to it by any Obligor or any Affiliate of any Obligor on a confidential basis and for the purpose of evaluating whether any waiver or amendment is or may be required or desirable in relation to any Finance Document.

 

28.14                 Relationship with the Lenders

 

(a)                                 Subject to Clause 30.2 (Distributions by the Facility Agent), each Transaction Agent may treat each person shown in the records of the Facility Agent as a Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Facility Agent’s principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as a Lender acting through its Facility Office:

 

(i)                                     entitled to or liable for an payment due under any Finance Document on that day as a Lender; and

 

(ii)                                  entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered as a Lender on that day,

 

unless it has received not less than five Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                 Each Finance Party shall provide each Transaction Agent with such information that such Transaction Agent may reasonably specify (through the Facility Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable such Transaction Agent to perform its functions as Transaction Agent.

 

(c)                                  Any Lender may by notice to each Transaction Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents.  Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 32.5 (Electronic communication)) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 32.2 (Addresses)) and each Transaction Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all

 

160


 

such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

 

28.15                 Credit appraisal by the Lenders

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each of the Lenders confirms to each Administrative Party that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

(a)                                 the financial condition, status and nature of the Obligors, the Group Members and their respective Affiliates;

 

(b)                                 the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document, any Transaction Security, the Security Property and/or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document, any Transaction Security or the Security Property;

 

(c)                                  whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any party to any Finance Document or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, any Transaction Security or the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document, any Transaction Security or the Security Property;

 

(d)                                 the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any Information Package and/or the Fangda Memorandum and/or any other information provided by any Transaction Agent, any party to any Finance Document or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(e)                                  the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of the Charged Property or any part thereof, the priority of any Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting any Charged Property or any part thereof.

 

28.16                 Deduction from amounts payable by Transaction Agents

 

If any Party owes an amount to any Transaction Agent under any of the Finance Documents, any Transaction Agent may, after giving notice to such Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to such Party which such Transaction Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of that amount owed by such Party to such Transaction Agent.  For the purposes of the Finance Documents such Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

161


 

28.17                 Facility Agent’s management time

 

Any amount payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 16.3 (Indemnity to the Facility Agent ), Clause 17 (Costs and Expenses) and/or Clause 28.11 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Facility Agent) shall include the cost of utilising the Facility Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Facility Agent may notify to the Borrower and the Lenders, and shall be in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 12 (Fees).

 

28.18                 Money laundering

 

Unless mandatorily required by applicable laws or regulations to which a Transaction Agent is subject, that Transaction Agent shall not be responsible to any Party for providing any certification or documents with respect to any information (except for any information in respect of itself) required for any anti-money laundering due diligence purpose.  Such certificates and related documents shall be provided directly by the Obligors provided that the request for such information may be made through the Facility Agent.

 

29.                               SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

29.1                        Payments to Finance Parties

 

If a Finance Party (a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives or recovers (whether by set-off or otherwise) any amount from or in respect of any Obligor (the “Relevant Obligor”), other than through a Transaction Agent and in accordance with Clause 30 (Payment Mechanics), (such amount being a “Recovered Amount”) and applies that amount to a payment due under any of the Finance Documents then:

 

(a)                                 the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of such receipt or recovery, to the Facility Agent;

 

(b)                                 the Facility Agent shall determine whether such receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount that the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had such receipt or recovery been received or made by the Facility Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 30 (Payment Mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Facility Agent in relation to such receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

(c)                                  the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent an amount (the “Sharing Payment”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Facility Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made (by reference to such receipt or recovery) in accordance with Clause 30.5 (Partial payments).

 

29.2                        Redistribution of payments

 

The Facility Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the Relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the “Sharing Finance Parties”) in accordance with

 

162


 

Clause 30.5 (Partial payments) towards the obligations owing to such Sharing Finance Parties.

 

29.3                        Recovering Finance Party’s rights

 

On a distribution by the Facility Agent under Clause 29.2 (Redistribution of payments), as between such Relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of such Recovered Amount equal to such Sharing Payment shall be treated as not having been paid by such Relevant Obligor (and such Relevant Obligor shall be liable to the Recovering Finance Party for a debt equal to such Sharing Payment, which debt is immediately due and payable).

 

29.4                        Reversal of redistribution

 

To the extent that any part of such Recovered Amount received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party (which Recovered Amount gives rise to any Sharing Payment) becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

(a)                                 each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to (i) the appropriate part of its share of such Sharing Payment (that is attributable to such Recovered Amount so repayable and repaid by such Recovering Finance Party) together with (ii) an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on such part of such Sharing Payment (or on such part of such Recovered Amount to which such Sharing Payment is attributable) which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay ((i) and (ii) being collectively the “Redistributed Amount”); and

 

(b)                                 as between such Relevant Obligor and each Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to such Redistributed Amount shall be treated as not having been paid by such Relevant Obligor (and such Relevant Obligor shall be liable to such Sharing Finance Party for a debt equal to such Redistributed Amount, which debt is immediately due and payable).

 

29.5                        Exceptions

 

(a)                                 This Clause 29 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the Relevant Obligor.

 

(b)                                 A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which that Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

(i)                                     it notified that other Finance Party of those legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

(ii)                                  that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

163


 

SECTION 11
ADMINISTRATION

 

30.                               PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

30.1                        Payments to the Facility Agent

 

(a)                                 On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or that Lender (as the case may be) shall make the same available to the Facility Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Facility Agent as being customary at the time for settlement (in place of settlement) of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

(b)                                 Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of the currency of such payment with such bank as the Facility Agent specifies.

 

(c)                                  A Transaction Agent shall not be liable to account for interest on money paid to it by or recovered from any Obligor. Monies held by a Transaction Agent need not be segregated except as required by law.

 

(d)                                 Each payment of any amount made by any Obligor to the Facility Agent in accordance with any Finance Document (including paragraph (a) above) is made to the Facility Agent for and on behalf of each Finance Party to whom such amount is owing.  The payment of any such amount to the Facility Agent shall not in any way affect or prejudice the separate and independent nature of the debt owing to each such Finance Party, which may be enforced individually by each such Finance Party in the event that all or part of such debt remains unpaid when due.

 

30.2                        Distributions by the Facility Agent

 

(a)                                 Each payment received or recovered by the Facility Agent under any Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 30.3 (Distributions to an Obligor), Clause 30.4 (Clawback), Clause 30.5 (Partial payments) and Clause 28.16 (Deduction from amounts payable by Transaction Agents), be made available by the Facility Agent as soon as practicable after receipt or recovery to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Facility Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of the currency of such payment.

 

(b)                                 The Facility Agent shall distribute payments received or recovered by it (and shall instruct the Security Agent to distribute payments received or recovered by the Security Agent) in relation to all or any part of a Loan to the applicable Lender(s) indicated in the records of the Facility Agent as being so entitled on the applicable date, provided that the Facility Agent is authorised to distribute (and/or instruct the Security Agent to distribute) payments to be made on the

 

164


 

date on which any assignment or transfer becomes effective pursuant to Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders) to the applicable Lender(s) so entitled immediately before such assignment or transfer took place regardless of the period to which such payments relate.

 

(c)                                  Neither Transaction Agent is under any obligation to make payment to any Finance Party on account of any amount owing by any Obligor to such Finance Party in the same currency as that in which such latter-mentioned amount is denominated.

 

30.3                        Distributions to an Obligor

 

The Facility Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 31 (Set-off)) apply any amount received by it for any Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under any or all of the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

30.4                        Clawback

 

(a)                                 Where a sum is to be paid to a Transaction Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, that Transaction Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

(b)                                 To the extent that a Transaction Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that such Transaction Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by such Transaction Agent shall on demand refund the same to such Transaction Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by such Transaction Agent, calculated by such Transaction Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

30.5                        Partial payments

 

(a)                                 If the Facility Agent receives or recovers an amount from or in respect of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document which amount is insufficient to, or is not applied to, discharge all the amounts then due and payable by such Obligor under the Finance Documents and/or (in the case of any receipt or recovery under any Security Document) all the amounts then due and payable by any or all of the Obligors under any or all of the Finance Documents, then (subject to (A) Clause 18.7 (Appropriations) and (B) in the case of any receipt or recovery under any Security Document, the provisions of such Security Document) such amount shall be applied towards the obligations of such Obligor under the Finance Documents and/or (in the case of any receipt or recovery under any Security Document) any and all amounts then due and payable by any or all of the Obligors under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 

165


 

(i)                                     first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of, and other amounts owing to, any Administrative Party, any Receiver or any Delegate (in each case for its own account) under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii)                                  secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee (other than as provided in paragraph (a)(i) above) or commission due to any or all of the Finance Parties but unpaid under the Finance Documents;

 

(iii)                               thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and

 

(iv)                              fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due to any or all of the Finance Parties but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                 The Facility Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to (iv) above.

 

(c)                                  Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor party hereto.

 

30.6                        No set-off by Obligors

 

All payments to be made by any Obligor under any or all of the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

30.7                        Business Days

 

(a)                                 Any payment which is due to be made under a Finance Document on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

(b)                                 During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum pursuant to paragraph (a) above, interest is payable on such principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate applicable on the original due date.

 

30.8                        Currency of account

 

(a)                                 Subject to paragraphs (b) to (d) below, US dollar is the currency of account and payment for any sum from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

(b)                                 Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which such interest is payable was denominated when such interest accrued.

 

(c)                                  Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which such costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

(d)                                 Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than US dollar shall be paid in that other currency.

 

166


 

30.9                        Change of currency

 

(a)                                 Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

(i)                                     any reference in this Agreement to, and any obligations arising under this Agreement in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Facility Agent (after consultation with the Borrower); and

 

(ii)                                  any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).

 

(b)                                 If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Facility Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

30.10                 Disruption to payment systems etc.

 

If either the Facility Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Facility Agent is notified by the Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

(a)                                 the Facility Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or administration of the Facilities as the Facility Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

(b)                                 the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

(c)                                  the Facility Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

(d)                                 any such changes agreed upon by the Facility Agent and the Borrower shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 36 (Amendments and Waivers);

 

(e)                                  the Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility

 

167


 

Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 30.10; and

 

(f)                                   the Facility Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

30.11                 Sums received by Obligors

 

If any of the Obligors receives any sum which, pursuant to any of the Finance Documents, should have been paid to the Security Agent, that sum shall promptly be paid to the Security Agent for application in accordance with this Clause 30 and/or the Intercreditor Agreement (as applicable).

 

31.                               SET-OFF

 

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under any or all of the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation.  If such obligations are in different currencies, that Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of such set-off.

 

32.                               NOTICES

 

32.1                        Communications in writing

 

Any communication to be made by a Party to another Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter or by electronic communication pursuant to Clause 32.5 (Electronic communication).

 

32.2                        Addresses

 

The contact details of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents are:

 

(a)                                 in the case of the Borrower and the Original Offshore Guarantors, those identified with its name below;

 

(b)                                 in the case of any Lender, those identified with its name below or those notified in writing to the Facility Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party;

 

(c)                                  in the case of a Transaction Agent, those identified with its name below; and

 

(d)                                 in the case of any other Obligor, those notified in writing to the Facility Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party,

 

or any substitute contact details as that Party may notify to the Facility Agent (or the Facility Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Facility Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

168


 

32.3                        Delivery

 

(a)                                 Any communication or document made or delivered by one Party to another Party under or in connection with any Finance Documents will be effective:

 

(i)                                     if by way of fax, only when received in legible form; or

 

(ii)                                  if by way of letter, only when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address; or

 

(iii)                               if by way of electronic communication, when received in the manner prescribed in Clause 32.5 (Electronic communication),

 

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 32.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

(b)                                 Any communication or document to be made or delivered to a Transaction Agent under or in connection with any Finance Document will be effective only when actually received by that Transaction Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with that Transaction Agent’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as that Transaction Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

(c)                                  All notices from or to an Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be sent through the Facility Agent.

 

(d)                                 Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrower in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors party hereto.

 

(e)                                  Each Finance Party may assume that any communication made by the Borrower (or by the Borrower on behalf of an Obligor) is made with the consent of each other Obligor.

 

(f)                                   Any communication which would otherwise become effective on a non-working day or after business hours in the place of receipt will be deemed only to become effective on the next working day in that place.

 

32.4                        Notification of address and fax number

 

Promptly upon changing its own address or fax number, the Facility Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

169


 

32.5                        Electronic communication

 

(a)                                 Any communication to be made between any of the Parties under or in connection with any Finance Document may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means.

 

(b)                                 For the purposes of the Finance Documents, an electronic communication will be treated as being in writing.

 

(c)                                  Any electronic communication made between two or more Parties under or in connection with a Finance Document will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to a Transaction Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as that Transaction Agent may specify for this purpose.

 

(d)                                 Any electronic communication which would otherwise become effective on a non-working day or after business hours in the place of receipt will be deemed only to become effective on the next working day in that place.

 

(e)                                  Each Obligor agrees and acknowledges that electronic means of communication may not be secure or virus or error free and could be intercepted, corrupted, lost, destroyed or arrive late, and none of the Finance Parties or their Affiliates will be liable to any Obligor for any of such occurrences. Each Finance Party may monitor, record and retain communications between such Finance Party and any other Party or any Obligor.

 

32.6                        English language

 

(a)                                 Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

(b)                                 All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

(i)                                     in English; or

 

(ii)                                  if not in English, and if so required by the Facility Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

33.                               CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

33.1                        Accounts

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

170


 

33.2                        Certificates and determinations

 

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

33.3                        Day count convention

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

34.                               PARTIAL INVALIDITY

 

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

35.                               REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver or constitute an election to affirm any Finance Document.  No election by a Finance Party to affirm any Finance Document shall be effective unless it is in writing.  No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy by any Finance Party shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy.  The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

36.                               AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

36.1                        Intercreditor Agreement

 

This Clause 35 is subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

36.2                        Required consents

 

(a)                                 Subject to Clause 36.3 (Exceptions) and as expressly provided for otherwise under this Agreement, any term of any Finance Document (other than any Fee Letter) may be amended or waived only in writing and with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Obligor(s) party thereto. Any such amendment or waiver so made with such consent will be binding on all Parties.

 

(b)                                 The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause.

 

(c)                                  Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 28.7 (Rights and discretions of the Facility Agent), the Facility Agent may, whenever it deems appropriate, engage and rely on the advice of external legal counsel in determining the

 

171


 

level of consent required in respect of any amendment, waiver or consent under any Finance Document.

 

36.3                        Exceptions

 

(a)                                 Subject to Clause 36.5 (Replacement of Screen Rate), an amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

(i)                                     the definition of “Majority Lenders” or “Greenshoe Facility Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);

 

(ii)                                  an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

(iii)                               a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of, or any change in the currency of, any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

(iv)                              an increase in, or any change in the currency of, any Commitment;

 

(v)                                 an extension of the period of availability for utilisation of any Commitment (or any commitment represented thereby) or any Facility (or any part thereof) or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the relevant Facility;

 

(vi)                              any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

(vii)                           a change to an Obligor;

 

(viii)                        any release of any guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 18.1 (Guarantee and indemnity) or any Transaction Security (other than, with respect to each of the foregoing, in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement or, in the case of Transaction Security, in accordance with the terms of the Security Document(s) governing such Transaction Security) or any VIE Security;

 

(ix)                              the nature or scope of:

 

(A)                               the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 18.1 (Guarantee and indemnity);

 

(B)                               the VIE Security; or

 

(C)                               the Charged Property or any Transaction Security,

 

(other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document and except for any release required under the Intercreditor Agreement);

 

(x)                                 any provision governing the release of any Transaction Security or the VIE Security;

 

172


 

(xi)                              the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of any Transaction Security are distributed;

 

(xii)                           any amendment to the order of priority or subordination under the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(xiii)                        the definition of “Greenshoe Loan Repayment Instalment”, “Repayment Date”, “Term Loan Repayment Instalment” or Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Loans); or

 

(xiv)                       Clauses 2.3 (Conditions to establishment of the Greenshoe Facility)  to 2.5 (Restrictions on Greenshoe Facility), Clause 2.10 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations), Clause 7.1 (Illegality), 24 (Changes to the Lenders) or this Clause 36,

 

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

36.4                        Other exceptions

 

(a)                                 The Borrower and the Arranger, the Facility Agent or Security Agent, as applicable, may amend or waive a term of a Fee Letter to which they are party.

 

(b)                                 An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of an Administrative Party or a Hedge Counterparty (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of that Administrative Party or that Hedge Counterparty, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                  Any amendment or waiver which:

 

(i)                                     relates only to the rights or obligations applicable to a particular Utilisation, Facility or class of Lender; and

 

(ii)                                  does not materially and adversely affect the rights or interests of Lenders in respect of any other Utilisation or Facility or another class of Lender,

 

may be made in accordance with this Clause 36 but as if references in this Clause 36 to the specified proportion of Lenders (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all the Lenders) whose consent would, but for this paragraph (c), be required for that amendment or waiver were to that proportion of the Lenders participating in that particular Utilisation or Facility or forming part of that particular class.

 

(d)                                 Any amendment or waiver which relates to paragraphs (h) to (i) of the definition of “Offshore Convertible Bonds” may be, and any determination as to the compliance thereof shall be, made by the Original Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner.

 

(e)                                  Any amendment to, or any waiver or reduction of any mandatory prepayment under:

 

173


 

(i)                                     Clause 8.1 (Debt, Disposal, Equity Issuance and Insurance Proceeds) may be made with the consent of the Majority Lenders, except where a mandatory prepayment has become due or will become payable but has not yet accrued or become due thereunder (in which case the consent of all the Lenders shall be required);

 

(ii)                                  Clause 7.5 (Exit Event) may be made with the consent of all the Lenders only.

 

36.5                        Replacement of Screen Rate

 

Subject to paragraph (a) of Clause 36.4 (Other exceptions) if any Screen Rate is not available for a currency which can be selected for a Loan, any amendment or waiver which relates to providing for another benchmark rate to apply in relation to that currency in place of that Screen Rate (or which relates to aligning any provision of a Finance Document to the use of that other benchmark rate) may be made with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower.

 

36.6                        Excluded Commitments

 

If any Lender fails to respond to a written request for a consent, waiver or amendment of or in relation to any term of any Finance Document or any other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement within 30 Business Days of that request being made (by the Borrower to all relevant Lenders through the Facility Agent), unless the Borrower and the Facility Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to such request:

 

(a)                                 its Commitment shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments under the relevant Facility/ies when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

 

(b)                                 its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

37.                               BAIL-IN

 

37.1                        Contractual recognition of bail-in

 

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

 

(a)                                 any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

 

(i)                                     a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

 

174


 

(ii)                                  a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

 

(iii)                               a cancellation of any such liability; and

 

(b)                                 a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

 

37.2                        Bail-In definitions

 

In this Clause 34:

 

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

Bail-In Legislation” means in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time.

 

EEA Member Country” means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

 

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.

 

Resolution Authority” means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

Write-down and Conversion Powers” means, in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule

 

38.                               COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on such counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

175


 

SECTION 12
GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

39.                               GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong.

 

40.                               ENFORCEMENT

 

40.1                        Jurisdiction of Hong Kong Courts

 

(a)                                 The courts of Hong Kong have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) (a “Dispute”).

 

(b)                                 The Parties agree that the courts of Hong Kong are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

(c)                                  This Clause 40.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only.  As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction.  To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

40.2                        Service of process

 

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, the Borrower:

 

(a)                                 irrevocably appoints the HK Guarantor as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the Hong Kong courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(b)                                 agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Borrower of any process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

40.3                        Waiver of Immunity

 

Each Obligor irrevocably waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, with respect to itself and its revenues and assets (irrespective of their use or intended use), all immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or other similar grounds from:

 

(a)                                 the service of process;

 

(b)                                 suit;

 

(c)                                  jurisdiction of any court;

 

176


 

(d)                                 relief by way of injunction or order for specific performance or recovery of property;

 

(e)                                  attachment of its assets (whether before or after judgment); and

 

(f)                                   execution or enforcement of any judgment to which it or its revenues or assets might otherwise be entitled in any proceedings in the courts of any jurisdiction (and irrevocably agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that it will not claim any immunity in any such proceedings).

 

THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

177


 

SIGNATURES

 

THE BORROWER

 

ONESMART INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED
精銳國際教育集團有限公司

 

By:

/s/ Xi Zhang

 

 

Address:                                                 No.165 West Guangfu Road, Putuo District, Shanghai上海市普陀区光复西路165

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 


 

THE BVI GUARANTOR

 

ONESMART EDU INC.

 

By:

/s/ Xi Zhang

 

 

Address:                                                 No.165 West Guangfu Road, Putuo District, Shanghai上海市普陀区光复西路165

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 


 

THE HK GUARANTOR

 

ONESMART EDU (HK) LIMITED 精銳教育集團(香港)有限公司

 

By:

/s/ Xi Zhang

 

 

Address:                                                 No.165 West Guangfu Road, Putuo District, Shanghai上海市普陀区光复西路165

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 


 

THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER AND BOOKRUNNER

 

CHINA MINSHENG BANKING CORP., LTD. HONG KONG BRANCH

 

By:

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

 

For documentation, signing and credit matters:

 

Address:                40/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 

For drawdown and facility administration subsequent to signing:

 

Address:                40/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 


 

THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER AND BOOKRUNNER

 

INDUSTRIAL BANK CO., LTD. HONG KONG BRANCH

 

By:

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

 

For documentation, signing and credit matters:

 

Address:                                                12/F, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, Hong Kong

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 

For drawdown and facility administration subsequent to signing:

 

Address:                                                12/F, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, Hong Kong

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 


 

THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER AND BOOKRUNNER

 

UBS AG HONG KONG BRANCH

 

By:

/s/ Jerry Guo

 

 

Executive Director

 

By:

/s/ Joe Cheung

 

 

Executive Director

 

Address:                Two International Finance Centre 52/F, 8 Finance Street, Hong Kong

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 


 

THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER

 

AGRICULTURAL BANK OF CHINA, SEOUL BRANCH

 

By:

/s/ Zebo Qiu

 

 

Agricultural Bank of China Seoul Branch General Manager

 

For documentation, signing and credit matters:

 

Address:                                                 14F Seoul Finance Center, 84 Taepyung-ro 1-ga, Chung-gu, Seoul 100-768, Korea

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 

For drawdown and facility administration matters subsequent to signing:

 

Address:                                                 14F Seoul Finance Center, 84 Taepyung-ro 1-ga, Chung-gu, Seoul 100-768, Korea

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 


 

THE LEAD ARRANGER

 

SIEMENS BANK GMBH SINGAPORE BRANCH

 

By:

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

Executive Director

 

For credit matters:

 

Address:                Siemans Bank, 60 MacPherson Road, Singapore 348615

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 

For all operations matters (settlement and confirmation):

 

Address:                SFS RC FRO OPS BTR, Otto-Hahn-Ring 6, D-81739 Munich

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 


 

THE LEAD ARRANGER

 

SPD SILICON VALLEY BANK CO., LTD.

 

By:

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

 

For loan administration matters:

 

Address:                上海市大连路588号宝地广场B21200082

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 

For credit matters (post signing):

 

Address:                上海市大连路588号宝地广场B21200082

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 


 

THE ACCOUNT BANK

 

UBS AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH

 

By:

/s/ Jerry Gruo

 

 

Executive Director

 

By:

/s/ Joe Cheung

 

 

Executive Director

 

Address:                                                 5 Temasek Boulevard, #16-00 Suntec Tower Five, Singapore 038985

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 


 

THE FACILITY AGENT

 

UBS AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH

 

By:

/s/ Jerry Gruo

 

 

Executive Director

 

By:

/s/ Joe Cheung

 

 

Executive Director

 

Address:                                                 5 Temasek Boulevard, #16-00 Suntec Tower Five, Singapore 038985

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 


 

THE SECURITY AGENT

 

UBS AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH

 

By:

/s/ Jerry Gruo

 

 

 

Executive Director

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Cheung

 

 

Executive Director

 

Address:                5 Temasek Boulevard, #16-00 Suntec Tower Five, Singapore 038985

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 


 

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

AGRICULTURAL BANK OF CHINA, SEOUL BRANCH

 

By:

/s/ Zebo Qiu

 

 

Agricultural Bank of China Seoul Branch General Manager

 

For documentation, signing and credit matters:

 

Address:                                                 14F Seoul Finance Center, 84 Taepyung-ro 1-ga, Chung-gu, Seoul 100-768, Korea

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 

For drawdown and facility administration matters subsequent to signing:

 

Address:                                                 14F Seoul Finance Center, 84 Taepyung-ro 1-ga, Chung-gu, Seoul 100-768, Korea

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 


 

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

CHINA MINSHENG BANKING CORP., LTD. HONG KONG BRANCH

 

By:

./s/ Authorized Signatory

 

 

For documentation, signing and credit matters:

 

Address:                                                 40/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 

For drawdown and facility administration subsequent to signing:

 

Address:                                                 40/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 


 

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

INDUSTRIAL BANK CO., LTD. HONG KONG BRANCH

 

By:

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

 

For documentation, signing and credit matters:

 

Address:                                                 12/F, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, Hong Kong

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 

For drawdown and facility administration subsequent to signing:

 

Address:                                                 12/F, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, Hong Kong

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 


 

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

SIEMENS BANK GMBH SINGAPORE BRANCH

 

By:

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

Executive Director

 

For credit matters:

 

Address:                                                 Siemans Bank, 60 MacPherson Road, Singapore 348615

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:                                                                       N/A

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 

For all operations matters (settlement and confirmation):

 

Address:                                                 SFS RC FRO OPS BTR, Otto-Hahn-Ring 6, D-81739 Munich

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 


 

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

SPD SILICON VALLEY BANK CO., LTD.

 

By:

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

 

For loan administration matters:

 

Address:                                                 上海市大连路588号宝地广场B21200082

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 

For credit matters (post signing):

 

Address:                                                 上海市大连路588号宝地广场B21200082

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 


 

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

UBS AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH

 

By:

/s/ Jerry Guo

 

 

 

Executive Director

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joe Cheung

 

 

Executive Director

 

Address:                5 Temasek Boulevard, #16-00 Suntec Tower Five, Singapore 038985

 

Telephone:

 

Fax:

 

Attention:

 

Email:

 


Exhibit 8.1

 

List of Principal Subsidiaries and Variable Interest Entities

of OneSmart International Education Group Limited

 

Subsidiaries:

 

Place of Incorporation

OneSmart Edu Inc.

 

British Virgin Islands

OneSmart Edu (HK) Limited

 

Hong Kong

OneSmart Great Edu (HK) Limited

 

Hong Kong

Shanghai Jing Xue Rui Information and Technology Co., Ltd.

 

People’s Republic of China

 

Variable Interest Entities:

 

Place of Incorporation

Shanghai OneSmart Education and Training Co., Ltd.

 

People’s Republic of China

Shanghai Rui Si Technology Information Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

People’s Republic of China

 

Principal Subsidiaries of Variable Interest Entities:

 

 Place of Incorporation

Beijing Jingrui Peiyou Education Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

People’s Republic of China

Shanghai Jing Yu Investment Co., Ltd.

 

People’s Republic of China

Wuxi Jingxuerui Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd

 

People’s Republic of China

Changzhou Jingrui Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd

 

People’s Republic of China

Nanjing Jingrui Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

People’s Republic of China

Hangzhou OneSmart Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

People’s Republic of China

Guangzhou Jingxuerui Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

People’s Republic of China

Shenzhen Jingrui Education Training Centers

 

People’s Republic of China

Shanghai Jingsirui Education Training Centers

 

People’s Republic of China

Tianjin Huaying Education Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

People’s Republic of China

Shanghai FasTrack English Education Training Co., Ltd.

 

People’s Republic of China

Shanghai OneSmart Education Investment Co., Ltd.

 

People’s Republic of China

 


Exhibit 12.1

 

Certification by the Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Xi Zhang, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of OneSmart International Education Group Limited;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: December 16, 2019

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Xi Zhang

 

Name:

Xi Zhang

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 


Exhibit 12.2

 

Certification by the Chief Financial Officer

 

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Honggang (Greg) Zuo, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of OneSmart International Education Group Limited;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: December 16, 2019

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Honggang (Greg) Zuo

 

Name:

Honggang (Greg) Zuo

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 


 

Exhibit 13.1

 

Certification by the Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of OneSmart International Education Group Limited (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Xi Zhang, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: December 16, 2019

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Xi Zhang

 

Name:

Xi Zhang

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 


Exhibit 13.2

 

Certification by the Chief Financial Officer

 

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of OneSmart International Education Group Limited (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Honggang (Greg) Zuo, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: December 16, 2019

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Honggang (Greg) Zuo

 

Name:

Honggang (Greg) Zuo

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

1


Exhibit 15.1

 

 

December 16, 2019

 

OneSmart International Education Group Limited

Maples Corporate Services Limited,

PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104

Cayman Islands

 

Dear Sirs,

 

Re: Consent of People’s Republic of China Counsel

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the headings “ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION” and “ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY” in the annual report of OneSmart International Education Group Limited on Form 20-F for the year ended August 31, 2019 (the “Annual Report”), which is filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof. We also consent to the incorporation by reference of the summaries of our opinions that appear in the Annual Report into the registration statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-228068).

 

In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, or under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, in each case, as amended, or the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ King & Wood Mallesons

King & Wood Mallesons

 


Exhibit 15.2

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-228068) pertaining to the Amended and Restated 2015 Share Incentive Plan of OneSmart International Education Group Limited of our report dated December 16, 2019, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of OneSmart International Education Group Limited included in this Annual Report (Form 20-F) for the year ended August 31, 2019.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young Hua Ming LLP

Ernst & Young Hua Ming LLP

Beijing, the People’s Republic of China

December 16, 2019

 


Exhibit 15.3

 

Our ref           LWP/726901-000001/15414905v2

 

OneSmart International Education Group Limited

165 West Guangfu Road

Putuo District

Shanghai

People’s Republic of China

 

16 December 2019

 

Dear Sirs,

 

OneSmart International Education Group Limited

 

We have acted as legal advisors as to the laws of the Cayman Islands to OneSmart International Education Group Limited, an exempted limited liability company incorporated in the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), in connection with the filing by the Company with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission of an annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended 31 August 2019.

 

We hereby consent to the reference of our name under the heading “Item 10. Additional Information E. Taxation — Cayman Islands Taxation” in the Form 20-F.

 

Yours faithfully

 

/s/ Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP

Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP